ПЕРЕДМОВА

Запропонований посібник розрахований на студентівдругого курсу факультетів та відділень англійської мовилінгвістичних університетів і педагогічних вищих учбовихзакладів і призначений для розвитку граматичних навичокстудентів

Укладачем посібника були проаналізовані деякі сучаснілінгвістичні моделі, а також велика кількість новихдовідників та посібників з практичної граматики англійськоїмови та електронні джерела Інтернету; надані таблиці,схеми, моделі для відповідних граматичних дій; зміст такількість вправ дає можливість відпрацювати у студентанавички вживання тих чи інших граматичних конструкцій доавтоматизму та наблизити до розмовного стилю мовлення.

Матеріал викладено у відповідності до спрямованості тацільових настанов чинної програми. Посібник складається зп'яти розділів (Nouns, Adjectives, Modal Verbs, Non-finiteforms of the Verb, the Subjunctive Мооd), кожен з якихподілений на дві частини. Перша частина дає теоретичнепояснення граматичного матеріалу, виклад з поясненнями щодоумов виконання відповідних граматичних дій та способівутворення граматичної структури. Друга частина кожногорозділу містить вправи для формування відповідних навичок уне комунікативних та умовно-комунікативних вправах.Необхідно підкреслити, що подані у посібнику кількість тазміст матеріалу дозволяє викладачеві реалізуватиіндивідуалізоване навчання у групі, тобто варіюватикількість і складність виконаних студентами вправвідповідно до їх індивідуального рівня підготовки, а такожмоделювати самостійну роботу студентів. У посібнику з метоюоптимізації навчання увагу приділено забезпеченнюкомунікативної навчальної діяльності студентів. Виходячи зцього, посібник містить ряд завдань, спрямованих напрактичне застосування граматичних навичок, до виконанняяких студент має бути готовий або повинен уміти їхвиконувати, щоб задовольнити вимоги ситуації. Завданнявключають тренування, імітацію, спілкування у групі,дискусії, та інше.

3

Для того, щоб викладач мав можливість гнучко підходитидо організації навчальної діяльності студентів, посібниквключає в межах окремого розділу різні за складністю вправита завдання. Основним принципом роботи з посібником є рухвід формування розуміння про те чи інше граматичне явище дойого відпрацювання в найбільш типових ситуаціяхспілкування.

Посібник повинен допомогти студентам зрозумітихарактер граматичних явищ, запропонованих до вивченнячинною програмою, та оволодіти практичними навичкамивикористання граматичних структур, типових для сучасноїанглійської мови.

4

THE NOUN

The noun is a nominative part of speech denoting substances, i. e. things (table, book), living beings (girl, doctor), materials (water, iron) and abstract notions (courage, peace, war).

Classification of nouns.Nouns fall under two classes:-proper nouns-common nouns

Proper nouns are individual names given to separate personsor things. They can be:

- personal names – Paul, Andrew, Smith;- geographical names – London, Ukraine, Britain;- the names of the months and of the days of the week –

March, April, Friday;- names of ships, hotels, periodicals, etc.

Common nouns are names that can be applied to any individual of a class of persons or things (woman, table, pen), collections of similar individuals or things regarded as a single unit (company, nation, army), materials (wool, water, silk) or abstract notions (unity, excitement, joy).Nouns may also be classified from another point of view: nouns denoting things that can be counted are called countable nouns; nouns denoting things that cannot be countable are called uncountable nouns.● Class nouns denote persons or things belonging to a

class. They are countables and have two numbers: singular and plural; they are generally used with an article – a book, a window, a boy.

● Collective nouns denote a number or collection of similar individuals or things as a single unit. They fall under the following groups: a) nouns used only in the singular and denoting a number of things collected together and regarded as a single object (furniture, linen, machinery); b) nouns which are singular in form though

5

plural in meaning (people, police, cattle), they are usually called nouns of multitude; when the subject of the sentence is a noun of multitude the verb used as predicate is in the plural (e.g. The police do not think he can stay free very long); c) nouns that can be both plural and singular ( fleet, nation, family, crew, team); d) nouns that are used only in the plural (clothes, goods, belongings).

● Nouns of material denote material: gold, coffee, water; they are uncountables and are generally used without any article. Sometimes nouns of material are used in the plural to denote different sorts of a given material (a collection of wines ) ; they may turn into class nouns and become countables when they come to express an individual object of definite shape (He ordered a glass of lemonade.)

● Abstract nouns denote some quality, state, action or idea: information, beauty, life, peace, discussion, sadness; most of them are uncountables; but they may change their meaningand become class nouns, this change is marked by the useof the article and of the plural number (beauty – a beauty – beauties).

Morphological composition of nouns.According to their morphological composition nouns can be distinguished as simple, derivative and compound.

1.Simple nouns are nouns which have neither prefixes norsuffixes: room, work, pen, moon.

2.Derivative nouns are nouns which have derivative elements (prefixes or suffixes or both): writer, darkness, childhood, immobility, misunderstanding.

3.Compound nouns are nouns built from two or more stems,they often have one stress and the meaning of the compound noun often differs from the meaning of its elements. The main types of compound nouns are as follows:a) noun-stem + noun-stem: snowball, schoolboy, housewife;

6

b) adjective-stem + noun-stem: blackboard, bluejacket, redskin;c) verb-stem + noun-stem: pickpocket, make-peace.d) gerund (participle)-stem + noun stem: reading-hall, dancing-girl, etc.

The noun has the following morphological characteristics:1.Nouns that can be counted have two numbers: singular

and plural (doctor – doctors); ;2.Nouns denoting living beings and some other nouns have

the category of case represented by two forms: the father (the common case) – the father's (the genitive case).

The main syntactical functions of the noun in the sentence are those of the subject and the object:

The students (subject) passed their exams (object).It also may be used as predicative, attribute and adverbial modifier:

My father is a teacher (predicative).I want to buy that glass bowl (attribute).I've been studying English for a year (adverbial modifier).

The noun is associated with the following structural words:1.articles: a pen – the pen;2.prepositions: on the sofa, in the classroom.

It may be modified by the following notional parts of speech:

1.adjectives: a beautiful picture, an interesting story;2.pronouns: my mother, this building;3.numerals: eight stories, the fifth floor;4.verbals: generations to come, the lost memory.

Besides, the noun may be modified by another noun: a stone wall, birthday presents.

The category of number

7

English countable nouns have two numbers – the singular andthe plural.

Guide to Forming Plurals

The plurals of most nouns is formed by adding -s to the singular:

apple – applesbell -bellsepoch -epochslaw – lawsshade – shades

Common nouns ending in -ch, -sh, -s, -ss, -x, -z, -zz usually form their plurals by adding -es:

church – churchesslash – slashesclass – classesfox – foxesquiz – quizzesbuzz – buzzes

Common nouns ending in -y preceded by a consonant or by -qu change the -y to -i and add -es:

baby – babiescity – citiesfaculty – facultiessoliloquy – soliloquies

Proper nouns ending in -y form their plurals regularly, and do not change the -y to -i as common nouns do:

the two Kathysthe Connallysthe two Kansas Citys

There are a few well-known exceptions to this rule:the Ptolemiesthe Rockiesthe Two Sicilies

Most nouns ending in -f, -ff, or -fe form their plurals regularly by adding -s to the singular:

8

chief – chiefsproof – proofsroof – roofssheriff – sheriffsfife – fifes

However, some nouns ending in -f or -fe change the -f or -fe to-v and add -es:

calf – calveself – elveshalf – halvesknife – kniveslife – livesloaf -loavesself – selvesshelf – shelvesthief – thieveswife – wiveswolf – wolves

A few nouns ending in -f or -ff, includingbeefdwarfhoofscarfwharfstaff

have two plural forms:beefs or beevesdwarfs or dwarveshoofs or hoovesscarfs or scarveswharfs or wharvesstaffs or staves

In this case sometimes different forms have different meanings, as

beefs (complaints) and beeves (animals)staffs (people) and staves (long poles)

Nouns ending in -o preceded by a vowel form their plurals byadding -s to the singular:

cameo – cameos9

duo – duosstudio – studioszoo – zoos

Most nouns ending in -o preceded by a consonant also usually add -s to form the plural:

alto – altoscasino – casinosego – egosLatino – Latinosmemo – memosneutrino – neutrinosponcho – ponchossilo -silos

However, some nouns ending in -o preceded by a consonant add -es:

echo – echoeshero – heroesjingo – jingoesno - noespotato – potatoestomato – tomatoes

Some nouns ending in -o preceded by a consonant have two plural forms (the preferred form is given first):

buffaloes or buffaloscargoes or cargosdesperadoes or desperadoshalos or haloesmosquitoes or mosquitoszeros or zeroes

Most nouns ending in -i form their plurals by adding -s:alibi – alibiskhaki – khakisrabbi – rabbisski – skis

Three notable exceptions to this rule are:alkali – alkalis or alkaliestaxi – taxis or taxies

10

chili – chillies.

Irregular plurals1.mutation : seven nouns (and their compounds) change

their root vowels in the plural-man – menwoman – womenfoot – feettooth – teethlouse – licemouse – micegoose – geese

2.-en plurals : three nouns-child – childrenox – oxenbrother – brethren

3.zero plurals : have the same form in singular and plural, they are:

- animal names: fish, trout, deer, sheep, duck;- nationality names or other proper nouns ending in -ese: Chinese, Viennese, Japanese + the noun Swiss;- nouns denoting measure, quantity, number, when they are preceded by an indication of number: dozen, hundred, thousand, million, score;- nouns ending in -s: means, works, crossroads, series, species, barracks, headquarters;

4.foreign plurals : some nouns have been adapted to the English system, others have both the foreign plural and the plural in -s, while others have only the foreign plural; when you have a choice, the foreign plural is preferred in the scientific language and the-s plural in the everyday language.

Latin plurals* -us ending is changed to -i , -ora, -era

stimulus – stimulibacillus – bacilligenus – genera

11

corpus – corporaalumnus – alumniNote: both forms have cactus – cacti – cactuses, nucleus– nuclei – nucleuses, radius – radii - radiuses;

* -a ending is changed to -ae:larva – larvaealga – algaeNote: both forms have vertebra – vertebrae – vertebras,formula – formulae – formulas

* -um ending is changed to -a: addendum – addenda datum – data bacterium – bacteria erratum – errata medium – media Note: both forms have sanatorium – sanatoria – sanatoriums, memorandum – memoranda – memorandums, stratum – strata – stratums, ultimatum – ultimata – ultimatums;

* -ex / -ix ending is changed to -ices: codex – codices Note: both forms have matrix – matrices – matrixes, index – indices – indexes, appendix – appendices – appendixes.

Greek plurals -is ending is changed to -es:

analysis – analysesbasis – basescrisis – crises

-on ending is changed to -a:criterion – criteriaphenomenon – phenomenaNote: both forms has automaton – automata – automatons;

French plurals -e (a) ending is changed to -x;

bureau – bureaux - bureausadieu – adieux – adieus

Italian plurals12

-o/e ending is changed to -i:virtuoso – virtuosi – virtuosostempo – tempi – temposlibretto – libretti – librettosNote: only regular plural have solo, soprano;

Hebrew plurals cherub – cherubim

seraph – seraphim – seraphs.

Table 1 shows a few of the words that English has taken from other languages that are most often found in the singular. In formal academic English, it is usually seen ascorrect to use the foreign plural forms. So these are givenwhere we think they may be useful.

Table 1Singular Plural NotesAbscissa abscissae Possible variant -'abscissas'Addendum addenda - 'the things that should be

added' Alumna alumnae These are the feminine

forms,~'old girl(s)'Alumnus alumni These are the masculine forms,

~'old boy(s)'Analysis analyses Don't confuse with the verb 'to

analyse=analyses'+auditorium auditoriaAppendix appendices Better academic plural than

'appendixes'Automaton automata Possible variant -''automatons'

Axis axes Maths ( 'turning point', 'graphline'); History (the Axis =

Germany, Italy, Japan in W. W.II)

Bacterium bacteria

13

Cherub cherubim Religious context; but: Childrenare cherubs.

Compendium compendia Possible variant -'compendiums'Consortium consortiaColloquium colloquiaContinuum continuaCorpus corporaCrisis crises

Criterion criteriaCurriculum curricula The adjective is 'curricular'dictum dicta

Emphasis emphases Don't confuse with 'toemphasize = emphasizes'

Erratum errataFocus foci Also: 'focuses'; in U.K. often

irregular 'focuses'Forum fora Many people say 'forums'Fungus fungi Colloquially sometimes

'funguses'Ganglion gangliaGenus generaHelix helices

Hypothesis hypotheses Don't confuse with the verb 'tohypothesize'

Incunabulum incunabulaIndex indices Better academic plural than

'indexes'Locus loci

Maximum maxima Note adjective 'maximal'Medium mediaMinimum minima Note adjective 'minimal'

14

Nebula nebulaeOpus opera Musical plays use “the works”

to move the audiencePersona personae Note: “personae non gratae”

Phenomenon phenomenaPostscriptum -scripta Academics may add several “post

scripta” to a letter, othershave “postscripts”

Quantum quanta Possible variant- 'quantums'Radius radii

Referendum referenda Possible variant- 'referendums'Rostrum rostra Rarely possible variant

-'rostrums'Seraph seraphim In academic religious studiesSeries series Singular and the plural are the

sameSimulacrum simulacraSpecies species Singular and the plural are the

sameSpectrum spectraStadium stadia Possible variant - 'stadiums'Stimulus stimuliStratum strataSyllabus syllabi Better in academic writing than

'syllabuses'Synthesis syntheses The verb – 'to synthesize'Thesis theses

Ultimatum ultimataVertex verticesVortex vortices

15

Some words are essentially used in English only in their plural form. Some of these are:

Table 2Usual (plural) form Original Singular Comments

alia alium -”other things”agenda agendum - the things that

are to be done”arcana arcanum -”the secret

things”, onlyrevealed toinitiates

cetera ceterum - “the other things(et cetera – and the

other things)corrigenda corrigendum - “the things that

should be corrected”data datum The singular “datum”

is rare nowadaysdelenda delendum - “the things that

are to be deleted”emendenda emendendum - “the things that

should be changed”impedimenta impedimentum - 'baggage”marginalia marginaliummiscellanea miscellaneum - “miscellany'

paraphernalia There is a singular– 'paraphernal', but

it is rare

The plural of compound nouns:1. -s is generally added to the final element (washing-machines, handfuls, forget-me-nots);2. -s is added to the first element when:

16

this is a noun ending in -er or -ing (passers-by, goings-out);

the compound is formed of two nouns linked with a preposition (editors-in-chief, sons-in-law);

the compound is formed of noun + adjective (courts-martial);

3. compounds with “and” make both elements plural (ins-and-outs, cons-and-pros);4. compounds with “man” and “woman” make both elements plural (women-drivers, men-singers), but: woman-haters, man-eaters.

The countability of uncountable nouns

Uncountable nouns may be:material nouns – air, milk, cotton, bread;abstract nouns – biology, peace, music;names of sport – football, swimming;names of edible plants, when reference is made to the

species itself – maize, onion, tomato, potato;names of towns, cities, countries, months – London,

England, February.Note: there are some words which are uncountable nouns in English, but which refer to things that are considered countable in other languages, for instance 'advice, luggage / baggage, homework, knowledge, information, furniture, progress'.The countability of uncountable nouns may be achieved by means of 'partitive' nouns. They may be:

general partitives, which are not restricted to specific lexical items: piece, bit, item;

typical partitives, which are words restricted to certain lexical items and which form expressions with specific uncountable nouns: bar, lump, fit, grain, etc.;

measure partitives, which denote exact measurements: inch, gramme, mile, metre, yard, pound, etc.

Absolute singular (+singular verb)

17

- Concrete uncountable nouns – chocolate, sugar, gold, furniture; some of them can be classified as countable when theirmeaning changes, e.g. I'd like a coffee. Or: Romania's wines are famous.

- Abstract uncountable nouns – music, progress, nonsense, knowledge, advice; some abstract uncountable nouns can also be countable, when they refer to instances of a given abstract phenomenon, e.g. After many failures / difficulties, he succeeded.

- Proper nouns – John, America, October.- Nouns ending in -s:

1. news;2. diseases (measles, mumps);3. sciences (optics, linguistics, statistics); but if the meaning

is different, they take a plural verb, compare: Statistics is a branch of mathematics. The statistics show that imports are low.;

4. games (cards, dominoes, draughts, darts, billiards); in compounds they are used in the singular, e.g. dartboard, billiard-room;

5. abstract substantivized adjectives (the good, the evil).

Absolute plural (+ plural verb) Nouns denoting parts of the body – bowels, tonsils, entrails,

e.g. His bowels are very sensitive. Nouns denoting the state of mind – hysterics, blues, spirits,

e.g. High spirits are always appreciated. Nouns denoting articles of dress – trousers, shorts, flares,

tights, braces, pajamas, e.g. Your pajamas are on the bed.

Note: - number of contrasts is achieved by means of “a pair of”, e.g. He has only two pairs of trousers;- when used attributively, these nouns are singular, e.g. a trouser leg.

Nouns denoting tools and instruments consisting of twoparts – scales, scissors, glasses / spectacles, tongs, pincers, (nail/hairdresser's) clippers, e.g. Where are the pincers?Note:

18

- number contrasts is achieved by means of “a pair of”, e.g. He wore a pair of earphones, which were plugged into a tape-recorder;- when used attributively, these nouns are singular, e.g. a spectacle case.

Proper nouns – the Highlands, the Alps, the Netherlands. Verbal nouns in -ing – savings, earnings, belongings, proceedings,

surroundings. Other “plural tantum”: clothes, customs, wages, premises, stairs,

eaves, congratulations. Substantivized adjectives – chemicals, riches, valuables, goods,

the rich, the poor, the dead. Unmarked plurals – cattle, clergy, people, police, military, vermin,

poultry, e.g . These cattle belong to my parents.Note:- people = 'nation' – countable noun, e.g. This is an organization of English-speaking peoples.-poultry = 'meat' – singular noun, e.g. Poultry is cheaper than veal.

Number and meaning

The following situations are possible:1. nouns with two plural forms, each having its meaning(s):

brother – brothers / brethrengenius – geniuses – geniistaff – staffs – staves

2. nouns with one meaning in the singular and a different meaning in the plural:

air – airsnylon – nylonsadvice – advicescontent – contents

3. nouns with plural form of two or more meanings:effect – effects (1)/ effects (2)custom – customs (1) / customs (2)

4. nouns, that besides the regular plural have a plural form which is identical with the singular form and whichhas a collective meaning;

19

cannon – cannons / cannonhorse – horses / horse

5. nouns that are countable in one meaning and uncountablein another meaning:

hairbusinesscharacter gamesport

The category of gender

The category of gender is not richly developed in English, the gender usually coincides with the sex of the beings or objects denoted.According to their lexical meaning all the nouns denoting living beings can be of the masculine or feminine gender; names of lifeless things and abstract notions are of the common gender.

1.Masculine Gender is represented by nouns denoting malebeings (e.g. man, brother, son, uncle, king). They can be replaced by “he” and referred to by “him” or “himself”.

2.Feminine Gender is represented by nouns denoting female beings (e.g. mother, sister, queen), that can be replaced by “she” and referred to by “her” or herself”.

3.Common Gender is represented by nouns denoting beings which have only one form for both masculine and feminine (e.g. cousin, friend, teacher, neighbour). The gender proper of such nouns becomes obvious in the context: My neighbour Mary works in a hospital. When I met my neighbour, she told me about that accident.

Note: many grammar books perform titanic efforts trying todifferentiate common gender into 1) common gender and 2) neuter gender. All those efforts are just subjective, semantic interpretation.

4.Neuter Gender is represented by nouns denoting inanimate objects, substances, abstractions, which are

20

replaced by “it” or “they”: his class is small; it is made up of only 15 children.

Means of expressing the gender of animate nouns

Different words, one for the masculine and one for the feminine: boy / girl, gander / goose, bachelor / spinster.Note:

Masculine Feminine Common nounfather mother parentboy girl childking queen monarch /

sovereignstag hind deerboar sow pig

Composition: with the help of words denoting sex (male/female, boy/girl, man/woman, he/she, bull/cow, cock/hen, etc) or some proper names (billy /nanny, jack/jenny), e.g. milkman – milk-woman, male cousin – female cousin.

Suffixation: -ess added to the masculine to form thefeminine:- no change of the form: lion – lioness, host – hostess;- omission of the vowel in the last syllable: tiger – tigress, actor – actress;- -other modifications: duke – duchess, master – mistress;

-er or -groom added to the feminine to form the masculine:

widow – widower, bride – bridegroom;other suffixes added to the masculine:-ine (hero – heroine)-ina ( czar/tsar – czarina/tsarina)-ette (usher – usherette)-ix (executor – executrix)

Nouns denoting animals are generally considered to be neuter; however, in personifications: -big and strong animals (e.g. horse, lion, elephant, dog, eagle) are said to be masculine:

21

e.g. The lion was very proud of his mane. -small animals (e.g. cat, mouse, hare) are looked upon as feminine:

e.g. The hare was afraid of her own shadow.Note: in fairy-tales the gender of animals or plants often depends on the author.

Inanimate nouns in personification

As a rule, inanimate nouns are neuter. However, in the poetical and the rhetorical style or even in the everyday speech, they may be treated as either masculine or feminine.

Nouns which can be masculine denote:a) natural elements and phenomena characterized by force: wind, sun, winter, ocean, death.

e.g. Mr. Wind was an old gentleman who lived in the mountains.b) violent passions and actions: anger, fear, crime, war, love.

e.g. The War, with his grim face, came again to take his toll.c) rivers and mountains: the Danube, the Thames, MountEverest.

e.g. You can see old father Thames.Nouns which can be feminine denote:

a) natural elements and phenomena implying fertility or attachment: earth, moon, sea, spring, morning, evening.

e.g. Good Mother Earth will give us her fruits.b) gentle feelings or abstractions: hope, modesty, devotion, friendship, peace, truth, fame.

e.g. Peace will soon wave her flag again.c) negative passions and feelings: jealousy, ambition,revenge, pride, treason.

e.g. Jealousy often walks with her sister revenge . d) countries viewed as political or economic units.

e.g. The book is about Ukraine and her people.e) vessels or vehicles to which an affectionate attitude is attached: ship, car, boat, bus.

e.g. Have you seen our new boat? Isn't she beautiful?22

The category of case

The category of case refers to the relation in which one noun stands to some other word in the sentence.Some grammarians speak about two cases in English: genitive(possessive) and common. Others support the idea of four cases: the nominative, the possessive/genitive (analytic and synthetic), the dative and the accusative; the possessive/genitive analytic is also known as Norman genitive or French genitive (e.g. the future of mankind, the roof of the house, the leaves of the tree), the possessive/genitive synthetic is also known as Saxon genitive (e.g. John's wife, my friend's name, Alex's job).According to the first classification the genitive case is formed by adding -'s (the apostrophe s) to the noun in the singular and only ' (the apostrophe) to plural forms endingin -s:

singular: a student's bookplural: students' booksNote:

Nouns forming their plural by changing the root vowel take the apostrophe s in the plural:singular: a woman's dressplural: women's dresses

Nouns ending in -s form the genitive case in two ways:Dickens' novelsDickens's novels

The pronunciation of the genitive case ending follows the same rules as the pronunciation of the plural ending.Sometimes the apostrophe s may refer to a whole group of words (the group genitive): Ann and John's room. As to its use the genitive case falls under:

The Dependent Genitive.The Absolute Genitive.

The Dependent Genitive is used with the noun it modifies and comes before it.The Absolute Genitive may be used without any noun or be separated from the noun it modifies.

23

The Dependent Genitive

1. The chief meaning of the genitive case is that of the possession: John's idea, his uncle's flat.

2. The Dependent Genitive may express the doer of an action (the so-called subjective genitive) or show that some person is the object of the action (the so-called objective genitive): e.g She knew it was Mary's step.Or: Gwendolen's reception in the neighbourhood fulfilled her uncle's expectations.

3. The noun in the genitive case may denote qualitative relations: e.g. He looked smart in his new officer's clothes.The use of the genitive case of nouns denoting inanimate things and abstract notions is rather limited.The genitive case of nouns expressing time, space and weight is widely used: two days' time.The genitive case is used in some set expressions: for heaven's (God's) sake, to one's heart's delight, at one's wit's end, a stone's throw, a hair's breadth.

The Absolute Genitive

1.The Absolute Genitive may be used anaphorically: her face has a vague resemblance to her brother's.

2.The Absolute Genitive may have local meaning: the baker's,the tobacconist, my aunt's, etc.The Absolute Genitive may be introduced by the preposition of: She is a relation of the Colonel's.

According to the second classification we have 4 cases: thenominative, the genitive (possessive), the accusative and the dative.

A: The Nominative case has the syntactic function of a subject, predicative or apposition.

24

B: The Genitive case has the function of an attribute or a predicative:

From the point of view of meaning, the Genitive case may be possessive, of origin, subjective, objective, descriptive, partitive and of measure:possessive – Mrs. Johnson's passport (Mrs. Johnson has a

passport) the earth's gravity / the gravity of the earth (The earth has a certain gravity)

subjective – the parents' consent (The parents consented...)the decline of trade (trade declined...)

objective – the prisoner's release (...released the prisoner) a statement of the fact (...stated the facts)of origin – mother's letter (The letter is from Mother) the wines of France (France produces wines)descriptive – a doctor's degree (a doctoral degree, a doctorate)of measure – ten days' absence (The absence lasted ten days)partitive – the earth's surface / the surface of the earth (The

earth has a (rough) surface)From the point of view of form, the Genitive case may be:

1.The Synthetical (Saxon) Genitive;-'s (apostrophe s) is added to the singular numberor to the irregular plural, e.g. the girl's house, the women's letter;' (apostrophe) is added to the regular plural or to proper nouns ending in -s, e.g. the girls' book, Dickens' works.The Synthetical Genitive may be used with the following types of nouns:- nouns denoting persons or names of persons (e.g.George's letter, the doctor's order);

25

-nouns denoting other beings when given some importance or in personification (e.g. the cow's milk, the spider's web);- nouns denoting measurement, time, space, quantity, value (e.g. a two months' vacation, yesterday's news, a two miles' walk, a pound's worth of potatoes);Note: measurement can also be expressed by means of a compound adjective;- collective nouns (e.g. the government's decision);- inanimate nouns in personification, i.e. geographical names, vehicles, abstractions, natural phenomena, institutions, celestial bodies (e.g. England's history, the ship's crew, freedom's voice, the day's heat, the world's economy, the sun's rays). When such nouns are followed by a superlative adjective or by “only, first, last”, the Synthetical Genitive may be replaced by a prepositional phrase with “in”;- other nouns of special relevance to human activity (e.g. the mind's development, my life's aim, duty's call, love's spirit).When we heard a noun is not expressed, we may speak of the elliptic genitive.

2.The Analytical Genitive with the preposition “of” is used mainly with neuter nouns (e.g. the cover of thebook). In certain situations, it is preferred to the Synthetical Genitive (e.g. the responsibility of the man at the wheel, the murder of John, a great admirer of Shakespeare, the suffering of the poor).The double genitive is a construction with a synthetical and analytical genitive (e.g. a friend of Henry's).

C: The Dative case is marked by the preposition “to” and “for” or by word-order; it has the function of an indirect object. Sometimes, it can modify a whole sentence.

e.g. To John, there is nothing more beautiful in the world. It can also indicate direction:

e.g. He waved his hand to the girl from the train.26

There are two types of the Dative: 1. The prepositional Dative, that is used in the following situations:

- after verbs like announce, belong, communicate, describe, explain, introduce, listen, suggest, translate, speak, occur, reply, dictate:e.g. Explain to Mary what it means. He didn't reply to his parents.- when the Dative is governed by an adjective or a noun:e.g. He was kind to the old woman.- when the Accusative precedes the Dative:e.g. Give the money to your brother.

2. The Dative without a preposition is used when the Dative precedes the object of the sentence:

e.g. He showed the boy his new book.

D: The Accusative case can function as a direct object, a prepositional object, an adverbial or an attribute. Note: - certain verbs are followed by two accusatives: answer, ask, envy, forgive, hear, save, teach; e.g. She taught Jane English.

- certain verbs are followed by a noun in the Accusative which is a cognate object. This noun is usually modified by an adjective; e.g. He died a miserable death .

ExercisesExercise 1

State the number of the nouns in bold type. Define the class they belong to.

1.Sam amused himself by fitting branches into the fire as closely as possible.

2.He wore the remains of shorts and his feet were bare like Jack’s.

3.Demerest reached out to switch radios.4.He seemed to have more grey hairs at his temples.

27

5.The grey waters of the Atlantic stared back at me.6.A fence ran all around to keep our rabbits and deer.7.I really cannot help your beliefs or your disbeliefs.8.You didn’t witness any of these phenomena yourself,

did you?9.The sheep were silent; the only sound in the darkness

was the bubbling of the stream.10. Three mouthfuls of soup convinced him that he

could not eat.11. He gazed with delight upon the passers-by.12. You are not one of those people who see nothing

and hear nothing.13. Perhaps, there aren’t any grown-ups there.14. He would like to have a pair of scissors and cut

his hair.15. I’m quite willing to answer any questions the

police want to ask me.

Exercise 2

Give the plural (in spelling and transcription).

House, mouth, month, mouse, bath, roof, half, shelf, chief,woman, foot, ox, deer, swine, crisis, thesis, phenomenon, criterion, datum, series, formula, antenna, medium, means, memorandum, house-wife, woman-teacher, passer-by, brother-in-law, boy-friend, postman, man-servant.

Exercise 3

State the number of the nouns in bold type and give the corresponding singular or plural, if any.

1.The doctor told him not to read without glasses.2.Women who write anonymous letters to themselves are

such a common phenomenon that the police are sure to jump to that solution.

3.Once she got an offer, but the wages were only fourteen shillings a week.

28

4.The Japanese are wonderful people, fond of dancing andlight wines.

5.His clothes were work of art – of exquisite cut.6.There was scarcely a white hair on her head and her

eyes, as black and shining as buttons, sparkled with fun.

7.One of the stewardesses, her lips moving gently, was making a count of heads.

8.Do you ski? – Used to. But I haven’t any skis now.9.It gave the impression of shameful slum conditions, in

spite of the television antennae at practically every roof.

10. Alice was one of those actresses who were quite sure of themselves from the first rehearsal.

11. Love can never make us forget that we are brothers-in-arms, can it?

12. You’re not to leave the state unless we give you permission.

13. It gave him a thrill to realize that Julia had genius.

14. There was no piano, partly because it would have taken much room.

15. Are you going to pay me damages?

Exercise 4

Change the number of the nouns in bold type making all the necessary changes.

1.Afterwards he took a photo of me to finish out the film.

2.He was as lively as a trout in a mountain stream.3.It was like lying in the dark with a mosquito

hovering above his face.4.He heard a late cuckoo calling.5.He knew almost every person from each stratum of

society.6.It is only a hypothesis, but it’s possible.7.Everybody had a handkerchief concealed in his cuff.

29

8.The waitress spent the morning working in the dining-room.

9.She was sitting in an antique chair and the youth sat at her feet.

10. Suddenly she realized that there was not a passer-by in the street.

Exercise 5

Explain the formation of the plural of the nouns in bold type.

1.He was just six feet tall and he had a gallant bearing.

2.I moved the stick forward and came down slowly to fifteen hundred feet.

3.They arrived daily from various termini.4.He used his white linen pocket handkerchief and held

it against his lips.5.He had neglected his work so much that now he had

only a fortnight to learn what the curriculum allowed three months for.

6.The outlines of the cypresses that lined the driveway were sharp and clear.

7.If wolves appeared tonight it wouldn’t be surprising.

8.There were some daffodils, narcissi and hyacinths inthe garden.

9.Public sanatoria are short of beds. 10. The larks sprang up in front of his feet.

Exercise 6

Test your countable and uncountable nouns. Classify these words:

Car, mobile phone, computer, job, meat, love, travel, pasta, music, fridge, passport, washing machine, money, humour, rice, nicotine, oxygen.

30

Exercise 7

Decide whether the following nouns are countable, uncountable, or both. There are three of each type.

Bread Coca-Cola Food Glass Sandwich Lamb Pea Oyster Salt

Complete these sentences with three of the countable / uncountable nouns given above. Use each noun twice, once ascountable and once as uncountable.

The ________ are in the cupboard over the sink.________ is sold all over the world.In spring there are _______ in all the fields around

here.Would you like another slice of ___ ?I’m thirsty – I think I’ll have a _______._______ is one of the hardest materials there is.

Exercise 8

Are the following nouns countable or uncountable? People News Jeans Scissors

31

Choose the correct words, plural or singular, in these sentences.

I believe that most people is / are basically good.The news was / were on when I got home.Those / that jeans really look / looks good on you.If you are looking for the scissors, they’re / it’s in

the kitchen.

Exercise 9

Complete the following exclamations.What a/an ..! (countable singular)What ..! (plural and uncountable)

…lovely song!…clever student you are!…nice flat you have got!…awful weather!…horrible place prison is!…interesting job you were offered!…pleasure to see you here!…hard texts these are!

Exercise 10

Complete these grammar rules and give examples:1.You can use numbers (one, two, three, etc) only with

__________ nouns.2._________ nouns have a singular and a plural form.3._________ nouns only have one form.

Exercise 11

State the number of the following nouns and write down the corresponding singular or plural, if any.

money clothes man means thesis ship32

news goods woman species datum berryhair police child series family valley

advice riches foot deer life editor-in-chief

knowledge

trousers mouse sheep roof phenomenon

Exercise 12

A) Match the words in column A with their descriptions in column B. Give their definitions according to the model.Model: Addendum – addenda, sections at the end of the book or document that contain extra information.

A B1. alumnus a) the area containing the

main buildings of a university and some living accommodation for students;

2. terminus b) the central part of an atom;

3. corpus c) a large group of people who sing together;

4. bonus d) the place where smth happens or the most important area of it or point with which it is associated;

5. fungus e) any of various bacteria;6. bacillus f) smth that makes a process

develop more quickly;7. locus g) a man who used to be a

student of a particular school, college or university;

8. genus h) a group of specially trained people and animals which gives performances of

33

their entertainment;9. nucleus i) a thick fleshy plant that

has no leaves, is covered with spikes, and grows in deserts

10. campus j) an amount of money that you get as well as your usual pay, either as a gift or as a reward for the work that you have done;

11. stimulus k) a large amount of articles, books, magazines, etc. that have been deliberately collected together for some purpose;

12. syllabus l) a plant that has no flowers, leaves or green colouring ( for example, a mushroom);

13. circus m) a kind of germ, smaller than bacteria that can causedisease in people, animals or plants;

14. radius n) a class or group of similar things, especially agroup of animals or plants closely related;

15. virus o) a large railway or bus station where several routesbegin and end;

16. cactus p) the subject to be studiedin a particular course;

17. chorus q) the length of a straight line drawn between the center and the outside rangeof a circle.

34

B) Fill in the blanks in the sentences below with a suitable word in plural from A-column of part A.

1.Have all your employees got Christmas _____?2.There are a lot of _____ in this tiny drop of

water.3.We are having a _____ party next week. All those

who used to be our students are kindly invited.4.How many students are living on _____ at

present?5.We could see nothing but the stones and _____ of

the Mexican desert.6.As professional singer she sang in a number of

_____ all over the Eastern coast.7.Several _____ have been touring the country

lately.8.Mushrooms are _____.9.The _____ of the conflicts have been shifting

all the time.10. The fundamental particles make _____, the

_____join in atoms.11.The reaction of the body changes in response to

the outside _____.12.We have new _____ at our university this year.13. Please indicate the value of these _____.14. There are two _____ on each railway line.15. The doctor analyzed the substance and

identified several new _____ there.16. We have been collecting several _____ of

listening comprehension materials for a few years.

17.The scientists have been studying several _____of closely related animals and plants.

C) Translate the sentences into English.

1.Випускники збиралися на території своїх факультетів.

35

2.Хвора людина жодним чином не реагувала на стимули.

3.У грибах знайшли кілька невідомих вірусів.4.На всіх кінцевих станціях росли кактуси.5.Усі працівники фірми отримали премії.6.Ретельно виміряйте радіуси всіх окружностей.7.Ці бацили важко розпізнати.8.Наразі ми будемо бомбардувати ядра протонами.9.Місцезнаходження увесь час змінюються.10. Ці навчальні програми запроваджуються з

нового року.11. Будь ласка, зустріньте випускників на

вокзалі.12. Не хвилюйтесь, бацили будуть знешкоджені.13. Премії – це стимули, чи не так?14. Я не можу визначити радіус, поки не буду

знати довжину окружності.15. Хоча над проблемою й працює ціла група

вчених, їм поки що не вдалося встановити зв'язок між різними біологічними видами.

Exercise 13

A) Match the words in column A with their descriptions in column B.

A B1. alga a) a particular part of

region of a city, country, the world etc.

2. alumna b) a thin part of an insect or an animal attached to itshead and used to feel free;

3. larva c) one of small circular bones that form the backboneof an animal or human being;

4. area d) a difficult situation in

36

which you have to choose between two or more alternatives;

5. antenna e) a type of plant with no stem or leaves which grows in the water or on damp surfaces;

6. arena f) a diffuse mass of interstellar dust or gas or both;

7. formula g) a woman who used to be a student of a particular school, college or university;

8. dilemma h) a serious play for the theatre, television or radio;

9. nebula i) an area of land of a large room where sports, entertainments and other public events take place;

10. diploma j) a short group of letters,numbers or other symbols, which represents a scientific or mathematical rule;

11. vertebra k) an insect at the stage ofits life when it looks like a short fat worm;

12. drama l) a qualification which a student may be awarded by a university or a college, andwhich is not as high as a degree

37

B) Fill in the blanks in the sentences below with a suitable word in plural from the column A of the previous part of this exercise.

1.Many insects have compound eyes and _____.2.A lot of alumni and _____ have already arrived to

participate in the party.3.______ have no stems or leaves and grow in the water

or on damp surfaces.4.It has been raining in all ______ of Great Britain

for several days.5.Being an outstanding athlete, he performed on the

world's best _____.6.All her life he had to solve difficult moral _____.7.Has she got her _____ in linguistics and art?8.I remember her acting in Shakespeare's best _____

and tragedies.9.Unfortunately, there are no magic ______, which,

once learned, can thereafter be applied to every situation.

10. After the _____ hatch out, they live in soil untilthey change into their adult form as flies, ants, beetles, etc.

11. The scientists have theorized that many planetary systems originated from rotating ______ which cooledand contracted into the planets and their moons, while a major part of the condensing _____ became the suns.

12. The spinal column of the human being consists of anumber of _____ .

C)Translate into English.

1.Він чудово знав усі формули переведення метричних мір вимірювання в ті, які прийняті в англомовних країнах.

2.У цьому віддаленому озері збереглися деякі унікальнівиди водорості.

38

3.На зустріч, що відбудеться завтра, запрошені випускники та випускниці нашого університету.

4.У багатьох регіонах країни випав чималий сніг, черезщо повітряні залізничні термінали блоковані.

5.Він має дипломи кількох провідних університетів країни.

6.Личинки живуть і розвиваються в ґрунті, перш ніж перетворяться на комах.

7.Усе своє життя я вирішую непрості дилеми: бути чи небути, робити чи не робити та таке інше.

8.Відповідно до деяких гіпотез, космічні тіла, тобто планети, їх супутники та астероїди, сформувалися внаслідок охолодження туманностей, що обертаються.

9.Свого часу він виступав на кращих аренах світу.10. Багато комах мають спеціальні органи, які

називаються антенами.11. Мені пощастило побачити найкращі драми Шекспіра на

сцені цього славнозвісного театру.12. Сподіваюся, хребець не ушкоджений, і хворий зможе

ходити.

Exercise 14

A) Match the words in column A with their descriptions in column B.

A B1. addendum a) a flower with a lot of

long thin petals that are dark pink, yellow or orange in colour;

2. album b) something needed and desired;

3. aquarium c) a written statement that

39

you prepare specially for a person or committee to give them information about a particular matter;

4. bacterium d) a mistake that has been made during the printing of abook;

5. chrysanthemum e) a place or a building where large number of interesting things are preserved and studied, and displayed to the public;

6. corrigendum f) a substance or material which is used for a particular purpose or in order to produce a particulareffect;

7. curriculum g) a section at the end of a book or document that contains extra information;

8. desideratum h) one of the female reproductive cells to produceyoung species;

9. erratum i) a conference in which experts or scholars discuss aparticular subject;

10. museum j) an error to be corrected, especially a printer's error;

11. symposium k) a special book in which you collect something, for example photos, stamps, etc

12. memorandum l) a group of people in society who have similar features of class, education,power;

40

13. medium m) a very small organism which lives in air, water, soil, plants and animals, andwhich may cause disease;

14. ovum n) all courses of study (or one of those) that are taughtin a school, college or university;

15.stratum o) a glass tank filled with water in which people keep fish and small underwater animals

B) Fill in the blanks in the sentences below with a suitable word in plural from section A of this exercise.

1.Have you looked in the _____? The information you require might be there.

2.He is a stamp collector. Let's give him two nice big _____ as his birthday present.

3.I have never seen such big _____. Are they for big fish or something?

4.We have just finished the analysis. We deal with new _____ which may cause very serious diseases.

5.I don't like roses, I prefer _____. I like their long,thin petals.

6.Of course, there are misprints in the book. Have you ever seen a book without them? There is a list of _____ at the end.

7.A banker with a lot of money is a _____ of business activity.

8.Have you found any ______ in the book? - Unfortunately, I have, we'll have to give a list of them at the end of the book.

9.Air or water is a _____ for sound propagation.10. They prepared a 99-page ______ for the Committee.11. She is the curator of the ______ of Modern Art.

41

12. The female _______ are fertilized by male cells toproduce young animals or human beings.

13. Some authorities have introduced environmental subjects into _____.

14. The political leaders have mostly been drawn from the upper _____ of society.

15. They took part in a series of _____ on Functional Linguistics.

C)Translate into English.

1.У твого брата завтра день народження. - давай подаруємойому альбом для фотокарток, у нього їх так багато!

2.Студентство та школярі – сприятливе середовище для радикальних ідей.

3.Багато політичних партій використовують нижчі прошарки суспільства в своїх інтересах.

4.Це дивна книга – додатків значно більше, ніж загальноготексту.

5.Жіночі яйцеклітини запліднюються і дають життя новим організмам.

6.У фойє буде багато світла, встановимо декілька акваріумів із золотими рибками та водоростями.

7.Хризантеми – гарні квіти, хоча декому вони не подобаються.

8.Могутній спонсор – бажана умова для створення серйознихпрофесійних спортивних команд.

9.Хоча він уже написав декілька меморандумів керівництву компанії, жодних змін поки що не відбулося.

10. Ви коли-небудь бачили такі довгі переліки друкарських помилок?

11. За останній рік вона взяла участь у двох симпозіумах з перекладознавства.

12. У зв'язку зі значними змінами у світі, навчальні плани багатьох соціальних дисциплін довелося змінити.

13. Оскільки книги вже були надруковані, переліки помічених помилок довелося додавати до кожної з них.

42

14. Після кількох років досліджень вченим вдалося віднайти бактерії, що викликали цю страшну хворобу.

15. Вашу роботу необхідно доповнити двома додатками.

Exercise 15

A) Match the words in column A with their descriptions in column B.

A B1. apex a) a little number which

shows how many times you must multiple a number by itself;

2. appendix b) the environment or context in which something (e.g. society) develops and grows;

3. codex c) the highest point;4. index d) the pointed end or top of

something;5. matrix e) a mass of wind, water

etc. that spins round so fast that it pulls objects down into its empty centre;

6. vertex f) extra information or further discussion of a subject that is placed afterthe end of the main text;

7. vortex g) an ancient book which waswritten by hand, not printed

43

B) Fill in the blanks in the sentences below with a suitable word in plural from column A of the first part of this exercise.

1.If you need any further information, please see ______5 and 6.

2.Tiger Peninsulas are triangles with their _____ to thenorth.

3.There are a lot of ancient _____ at this library.4.______ are the little numbers that show how many times

you must multiply a number by itself, e.g. 32=9.5.We have to look at the cultural _____ that makes a

work of art sensible.6.They drove down as fast as they could and got right

into _____ of dust.7.______ are the points opposite to the base of figures.

3) Translate into English.

1.Викрадений автомобіль слід шукати у двох трикутниках, вершини яких розташовані в Нью-Йорку і Нью-Форті.

2.Вихори підхоплювали цілі автобуси і піднімали їх надземлею.

3.В додатках можна знайти розширене обговорювання зазначених проблем.

4.Найвища точка польоту м'яча повинна бути на відстаніне менш, ніж 4 метри від землі.

5.Тут повно старовинних рукописів, я ніколи не бачила одразу стільки.

6.Значення математичних ступенів не можуть тут бути рівними.

7.Вихори часто утворюються на березі і на воді внаслідок різкого перепаду тиску.

44

8.Для того, щоб зрозуміти картини цього митця, необхідно усвідомлювати психологічний контекст його творчості і життя.

9.Навчальні плани будь-якого учбового закладу слід розглядати тільки в контексті загальної політичної ситуації і загального рівня освіти в країні.

10. На симпозіумах обговорювалася поведінка літальних апаратів у найвищих точках траєкторії їх руху.

Exercise 16

A) Match the words in column A with their descriptions in column B.

A B1. analysis a) a situation when a

conflict or problem is so great that it is difficult to deal with it;

2. axis b) missing out of one or more words from a sentence when the sentence can be understood without them;

3. basis c) a remark or extra part that is put in a sentence and separated from it by commas, dashes or brackets;

4. crisis d) an idea which is suggested as a possible explanation for a particularsituation or condition but which has not been proved tobe correct;

5. diagnosis e) a small area which is pleasant and which is surrounded by big unpleasantareas;45

6. ellipsis f) a large city which is themain city of a country or region;

7. hypothesis g) the central and most important part of something,from which it has been or can be further developed;

8. oasis h) a summary of a longer piece of writing or work;

9. parenthesis i) an idea or theory that isexpressed as a statement andis discussed in a logical way;

10. metropolis j) the process of considering something carefully and in detail in order to explain or understand it;

11. synopsis k) the discovery or identification of what is wrong with someone or something;

12. thesis l) an imaginary line along which something can be divided equally or around which it moves evenly.

B) Fill in the blanks in the sentences below with a suitable word in plural from column A of the first part of this exercise.

1.This may help to explain many things that cannot be explained even through a series of _____ .

2.The peninsula was about sixty miles long and thirty miles broad on its north-south and east-west ______ correspondently.

3.This was the _____ of the final decision.46

4.At the moment of any serious _______ her first reaction was to take out a chewing gum.

5.He is afraid a preliminary _______ will be confirmed.

6.In everyday speech people use a lot of ______ , because many sentences can be easily understood without all those words that have been missed out.

7.There have been a lot of ______ about the purpose of Egyptian pyramids.

8.The towns were ______ of well-being in a desert ofpoverty.

9.How do you usually separate ______ in the sentence?

10. The ______ aren't always the capitals of theircountries.

11. Please submit the ______ of all messages, which have arrived this week.

12. The main _____ of the book were concerned withthe origins of man.

C) Translate into English.

1.Незважаючи на низку аналізів, присвячених цьому питанню, погляди дослідників різняться.

2.Вісі усіх цих об'єктів не можуть перетинати однаодну.

3.У цій книзі представлені короткі викладки доповідей учасників цих двох симпозіумів.

4.Основи цих наук також можна знайти у рукописних книгах, що зберігаються у провідних музеях світу.

5.Не забудьте поставити тут дужки, інакше вам доведеться включити це у перелік друкарських помилок.

6.Протягом останнього десятиріччя країна пережила кілька криз.

7.У розмовній мові люди дуже часто використовують еліпс, хоча багато з них не знає, що означає цейтермін.

47

8.Хоча в пустелях трапляються оази, мандрівникам бажано покладатися лише на себе.

9.Основу правильних гіпотез становлять достовірні знання.

10. Якщо зсунути вісі планет, їхній клімат зміниться.

11. Найвідоміші музеї часто розташовані у найбільших містах відповідних країн.

Exercise 17

A) Match the words in column A with their descriptions in column B.

A B1. criterion a) an evil spirit;2. automaton b) a tiny particle of matter

that is smaller than an atomand has a negative electric charge;

3. demon c) any concentration of energy, activity or strength(e.g. a collection of nerve cells);

4. electron d) something that happens orexists and can be seen or experienced;

5. neutron e) a standard by which you judge or evaluate something;

6. ganglion f) a tiny particle of matterthat is smaller than an atomand has a positive electric charge;

7. proton g) a small mechanical figurethat can move automatically;

8. phenomenon h) a tiny particle of matter48

that is smaller than an atomand has no electrical charge

B) Fill in the blanks in the sentences below with a suitable word in plural from column A of the first part of this exercise.

1.They moved mechanically like _____ in some sci-fi film.

2.The only _____ are your test result, nothing else.3.Can you explain the world without using the notions

of gods and _____?4.Atoms consist of ______, _______ and ______ , which

are all very small.5.This painter saw the natural _____ in a way that few

other people had before.

Exercise 18

Fill in the table below according to the way the plural forms are written.First element in plural Last element in pluralAttorneys general Assistant directors

Attorney general; notary public; passer-by; assistant director; boy-friend; grown-up; sit-in; take-off; forget-me-not; cover-up; show-off; looker-on; bird of prey; comrade in arms; bride-to-be; man-of-war; fountain pen; breakdown; stand-by; spoonful; summing-up; tooth brush; postman; commander-in-chief.

Exercise 19

Correct the mistakes.Model: I need some informations. – I need some information.

1. We had a great weather.49

2. I’m looking for a new jeans.3. I can’t find my sunglass.4. We had a lot of homeworks yesterday.5. We had such a terrible weather last night! The

storm knocked out the electricities for hours.6. I love antique furnitures, but I would need an

advice from a specialist before I bought any.7. My knowledges in that area are very poor.8. His researches are definitely making great

progresses these days.9. He has done a lot of original works recently.10. If you have your hair cut in that saloon, it

will cost you a lot of monies.11. Your hairs look very nice today. Have you

just washed its?12. Ten kilometer is a long way to walk.13. One of my brother work in a shoe shop.14. Physic were my favourite subjects at the

school.15. I don’t like wear pajama in the bed.

Exercise 20

Which part of these sentences is right?a)Margaret has got very long black hair / hairs.b)We had a very good weather / very good weather

when we were on holiday.c)Sorry I’m late. I had trouble / troubles with the

car this morning.d)I want something to read. I’m going to buy a /

some paper.e)I want to write some letters. I need a / some

paper.f)It’s very difficult to find work / job at the

moment. Most people prefer a job / work which is near home.

g)Bad news don’t / doesn’t make people happy.

50

h)Our travel / journey from London to Istanbul by train was very interesting.

i)The flat is empty. We haven’t got any furniture / furnitures yet.

j)When the fire alarm rang there was a complete chaos / complete chaos.

k)I had to buy a / some bread because I wanted to make some sandwiches.

l)They will give you plenty of information / informations here.

Exercise 21

Choose the correct form, singular or plural.

1)The trousers you bought doesn’t / don’t fit you. They are / it is too short for you.

2)Physics was / were my best subject at school. – Really? But I think mathematics is / are much easier than physics.

3)Fortunately the news wasn’t / weren’t as bad as we hadexpected.

4)The police want /wants to interview me about the robbery.

5)Three days isn’t / aren’t long enough for a good holiday.

6)Where does / do your family live? – All my family live/lives with me.

7)England has /have lost all the football matches this season.

8)Does / do the police know about the stolen money?9)Can I borrow your scissors? Mine isn’t / aren’t sharp

enough.10)I’m going to take a taxi. Six miles is / are too far

for me to walk.11)The danger of the forests fires is/are very serious

for the environment.12)The fear of the murder and robbery has/have caused

many people to leave big cities.51

13)The effects of that crime was/were very devastating for the city.

14) Fifty dollars is/are too much to pay for these trousers.

15)Mr. Smith accompanied by his wife and daughter is / are arriving tonight.

16) The doctor and his assistant have /has already finished their work today.

17)The majority of the people believes/believe him to beinnocent.

18) Neither Bill nor Mary is / are going to the party tonight.

19) Neither Jane nor her parents was/were at home.20)The mass media, TV and the press have/ has enormous

power in any society.21) The police have /has weighed all the evidence and

have / has found the accused guilty.22)When is / are the daily news on? – They are / it is

on every hour on channel A.23)Your advice was/were very useful. I usually use your

advice/advices when I’m in trouble/troubles.24) This book contains much/many useful

information/informations.25)Money isn’t/aren’t everything in my life but it is

difficult to live without it/them.26)Fish/fishes travel long distances and different fish

live/lives at different levels of water.27)Coffee/a coffee or tea/a tea, pleases? – Two tea/teas

and a coffee/coffee, please.28)People/peoples eat more fruit/fruits now than they

used to.29) The fruits/fruit of nature belong to all mankind.30) Too much/many knowledge/knowledges makes the head

bold.

Exercise 22

Put the information before the noun: number + noun + noun.Model: a sixteen-year-old girl, a ten-hour-flight.

52

1)a note that is worth 10 pounds;2)a language course that lasts four weeks;3)a drive that takes three hours;4)a meal that consists of three courses;5)a holiday that lasts two weeks;6)a house that was built two hundred years ago;7)a delay in the airport that went on for two hours;8)a letter that goes on for ten pages;9)a university course that takes three years;10) a prison sentence of ten years;11) a hotel with five stars;12) a speed limit of 40 miles an hour.

Exercise 23

Write a new sentence according to the model.Model: Our holiday lasted three weeks. – It was a three-week holiday.

1)The woman was 27. She was a …2)The flight lasted three hours. It was a …3)The strike lasted four days. It was a …4)The book has 200 pages. It is a …5)The boys were 10 years old. They were …6)The television series has ten parts. It is …7)The bottle holds 2 liters. It is …8)Each of the tickets cost 10 pounds. They were …9)The building has 10 floors. It is…10) This bag of potatoes weights 5 kilos. It is …11) We walked for 5 miles. It was …

Exercise 24

Replace the of-phrase by the noun in the Genitive case.

1.The plays of Shakespeare are very popular in our country.

2.The house of my daughter-in-law is within a stone’s throw from here.

53

3.He slipped his hand through the arm of his mother.4.I saw the neck of my neighbour grow redder.5.When she caught the eye of her husband she smiled.6.The cheeks of the secretary continued to brighten.7.A chill smile played round the lips of Ann.8.He told me of the return of his brother Roger.9.The supper of the children is ready.10. In the distance we saw the hut of a native.11. Will you join the excursion of today?12. The voice of a girl was heard in the distance.

Exercise 25

Replace the of-phrase by the genitive.

The assistant of the director; The nephew of Sir Charles; The order of the Commander-in-Chief; The old coat of my father; The birthday of my boy-friend; The duties of men-servants; The last letter of my mother-in-law; The last novel of Hemingway; The early poems of Robert Burns; One of the greatest tragedies of Shakespeare; The latest record of the champion; Games of children; Clothes of men; An interval of ten minutes; A distance of five miles; The crew of the ship; The population of England; For the sake of economy; The mother of Mary and John; The rooms of the daughter and the son; The new house of the Parkers.

54

Exercise 26

Use the Absolute Genitive Case.

1.His eyes avoided the eyes of Andrew.2.It was her job; not the job of old lady Winnie.3.She had an unexpectedly pleasant voice, a little

deeper than the voice of a clown.4.I’m not going to the house of Caroline Kent at all.5.After breakfast he went off to the house of Fleur.6.You must come to the house of my father.7.Peter was the son of one of Aunt Lottie’s friends.8.You are quite sure he wasn’t one of the doctor’s

patients.9.I am thinking of one of my father’s cousins, who was a

well-known physician and lived in Harley Street.

Exercise 27

Join two nouns using apostrophe (‘) or of-phrase.

1)the newspaper / today;2)the birthday / my father;3)the manager / the company;4)the economic policy / the government;5)the garden / Mr. Brown;6)the new headmaster / the school;7)the dean / the Law faculty;8)the camera / the boy;9)the top / the page;10) the name / the street;11) the house / my uncle and aunt;12) the toys / the children;13) the author / the book;14) the children / Ann.

Exercise 28

55

Use the genitive case if possible.

1)the crown of the queen;2)the house of Mr. and Mrs. Green;3)the wedding of Jack and Jane;4)the favourite of the boss;5)the title of the book;6)the beginning of the performance;7)the decision of the President;8)the success of the firm;9)the clothes of the children;10) the hats of men;11) the owner of the café;12) the distance in a mile;13) the health of my mother;14) the present of my parents.

Exercise 29

Write a new sentence using ‘s with underlined words.

1)The meeting tomorrow has been cancelled.2)The storm last week caused a lot of damage in our

town.3)The only cinema in the town has been closed down.4)Exports from Britain to the USA have fallen recently.5)Tourism is the main industry in the region.6)There will be a big crowd at the football match this

evening.7)The son of my elder brother Peter is a doctor.8)I usually buy bread at the bakery not far from my

house.9)I’m looking forward to spending my holiday in the

house of my aunt near the sea.10)Russia has the largest deposits of oil in the world.11) The crew of the ship stood on the deck.12)There are a lot of interesting books in the libraries

of the city.

56

Exercise 30

Read the text. Explain whether the nouns used in it are proper or common, countable or uncountable, plural or singular, in common or genitive case.

London Favourite Stores

Oxford Street is one of the biggest and most popularshopping centres in London. One of the largest departmentstores in Oxford Street is Selfridge’s. Big stores startedin America and the idea was brought to England by GordonSelfridge about one hundred years ago. Selfridge’s is stillone of the biggest stores in London as well as Harrods. Ithas about 235 different departments and it is a veryexpensive department store, that’s why most Londonersprefer to go to cheaper shops: Mark & Spencer andWoolworth’s. Mark & Spencer is Britain’s favourite store.Tourists love it too. It attracts a great variety ofcustomers, from housewives to millionaires. Last year itmade a profit of 529 million pounds, which is more than 10million pounds a week.

It all started 105 years ago, when a young Polishimmigrant Michael Marks, had a stall in Leeds market. Hedidn’t have many things to sell: some cotton, a littlewool, lots of buttons and a few shoelaces. Above his stallhe put the famous notice: “Don’t ask how much – it’s apenny”. Ten years later he met Tom Spencer and togetherthey started Penny Stalls in many towns in the north ofEngland. Today there are 564 ranches of M&S all over theworld – in the USA, Canada, Spain, France, Belgium and soon.

Surprisingly, tastes in food and clothes areinternational. What sells well in Paris sells just as wellin Newcastle.

The store bases its business on three principles: goodvalue, good quality and good service. Also, it changes withthe times – once it was all jumpers and knickers. Now it is

57

food, furniture and flowers as well. Top fashion designersadvise on style of clothes.

But perhaps the most important key to its success isits happy, well-trained staff. Conditions of work areexcellent. There are company doctors, dentists,hairdressers and even chiropodists to look after the staffand all the staff can have lunch for under 40 p.!

Most big stores have a tea-room, a restaurant and apost-office. You will also find here a room where you canrest if you are tired.

Oxford Street, Regent Street and Bond Street arerightly considered the shopping streets in London. Theirnice shops and department stores attract people from allover the country and from foreign countries as well.

Exercise 31

Fill in the table below with male / female equivalents.

MonkKingNephewBachelorBarman

PostmasterEmperorDuke

brideWaiterPoetGodHero

WidowStewardHostUsherAuthor

58

SisterFather

LadyUnclemister

Exercise 32

Fill in the table below like in the example.

ANIMAL MALE FEMALE YOUNG GROUPcattle bull cow calf Herdbeecatgoosegoatchickenlionfoxtigerhorsedogsheepduckpig

Exercise 33

Give the feminine gender of the following nouns:

King, uncle, sir, cook, son, husband, poet, actor, hero, Czar, Sultan, steward, host, landlord, cook-sparrow, man-servant, Prince, lion, grand-father, milk-man, salesman, gentleman, boyfriend, tiger.

THE ARTICLE

59

The article is a functional part of speech used with nouns.

There are two articles in Modern English: the indefinite a/an article used only with countable nouns in the singular(a book, an apple) and the definite the article used with nouns both in the singular and in the plural (the sun, the children).

The indefinite article is used:

With countable nouns in the singular to show that the noun belongs to a certain class; in the plural no article is used in this case.

Have you got a car? – Never.

With a countable noun mentioned for the first time.

Give me a pen and a pencil, please.

To talk about someone’s job. She is a doctor. He works as a pilot.

With a noun in a general sense (has the meaning of ‘every, any’).

A straw shows which way the wind blows.

In the meaning of “one”. Wait a minute!After the construction: There is…/was…, and after: It is… This is …

It is a book. This is a hotel.

After the words: such, rather, quite. What …! (exclamations).

Ann is such a pretty girl. What a strange person!

With a noun modified by the adjective in the positive degree.

I’ve read an interesting book. Are you a good driver?

a/an +ordinal numeral has the meaning “one more”.

She gave me a second cup of coffee.

Also with: a dozen, a hundred, a thousand, a

We have English classes twice a week.

60

million, a pound, a week, anhour, a mile,- in the meaning “one”.In some expressions: a lot of, as a result, as a matterof fact, as a rule, it’s a pity, it’s a pleasure, in a hurry, to go for a walk, to have a mind to do something,to fly into a passion, to get in a rage to take a fancy to smb, in a low (loud) voice, a great many, a great deal, it’s a shame, to have a good time, to be at a loss, at a glance.

She was at a loss what to say. It’s a pleasure to see you again. Let’s go for a walk.

The definite article is used:

With a noun when it is clearin the situation which thingor person is meant, or with the noun mentioned before.

Can you turn off the light, please? Will you pass me the salt, please?

Also: the police, the army, the fire brigade, the bank, the doctor, the dentist.

The police are looking for the thief. John isn’t well. He has gone to the doctor.

When the noun is modified bya particularizing attribute (and of-phrase or an attributive clause, always used in post position).

He knocked at the door of the nearesthouse. This is the flat John bought.

When the noun denotes a thing unique (the sun, the moon, the earth, the universe) or a class, an invention, musical instruments.

The earth goes round the sun.A. Bell invented the telephone. Can you play the piano?

With the nouns modified by This is the best day in my life.

61

the adjective in the superlative degree and the ordinal numbers.

Major Yuri Gagarin was the first man to circle the Earth.

With the adjectives: the following, next, last, same,very, only. But: next year/time, last week/year.

Answer the following questions. This is the only book on this problem.

Also: the sky, the sea, the ground, the country, the environment, the world, the cinema, the theatre, the radio (but: television), theweather, the government.

There are no stars in the sky tonight. Do you often go to the theatre? I’ve heard the news on the radio.

The + adjective: the rich = rich people in general; these expressions are alwaysplural.

The old, the sick, the poor, the blind, the unemployed, the young.

The + nationality words: theFrench = the French people.

The English, the Irish, the Welsh, the Scots.

With the names of the oceans, seas, rivers, canals, mountain chains, island groups, deserts, areas.

The Atlantic Ocean, the Thames, the British Isles, the Ontario (but: Lake Ontario), the Alps, the Sahara.

We sat the with the names ofthe countries which include words like republic, union, kingdom, state, with plural names, regions.

The United Kingdom, the United States, the Philippines, the North, the South (of France); but: from East to West, from North to South.

The names of the following towns, countries, provinces are used with the definite article: the Hague, the Netherlands, the West Indies, the Ruhr, the Riviera, the Crimea, the Caucasus, the Congo. Names of streets and squares are

62

usually used without articles, but there are a few exceptions: the High Street, the Strand.We say the before the names of the hotels, theatres, museums/galleries, cinemas, restaurants/pubs, newspapers, ships, also before the names with of. But:many shops, restaurants, banks are named after the people who started them; these names end in –s or ‘s,we do not use the with thesenames. Also: many names are two words, the first name isusually the name of the person or a place; we do notusually say the with these names, but we say:” The White House”, “The Royal Palace”, because “white” and“royal” are not names.

The Hilton (Hotel), the British Museum; cinemas: the Odeon, the Classic; newspapers: the Times, the Washington Post; ships: the Queen Elizabeth; the Tower of London, the Houses of Parliament; shops: Selfridge’s, Harrods; hotels: Claridge’s.

With the names denoting the whole family.

The Simons, the Smiths.

With the nouns in the singular used in the genericsense. But: a) we use “man” (=human beings in general) without “the”; b) we do not use the with parts of the body (use his, her, my, etc.)

The tragedy and the comedy first appeared in Greece. Man is the greatest creation of nature. He broke his leg. I hurt my arm.

With the date (in speech). On the fifth of May/ on May the fifth.With organizations, officialtitles, documents, the whole

The United Nations (but: Parliament, Congress), the President, the

63

species. Constitution, the dinosaurs.In some expressions: at the same time, in the original, on the whole, the other day (refers to the past), the day after tomorrow, the day before yesterday, in the morning/afternoon/ evening, at the seaside, by the way, just the same, to tell the truth, out of the question, to take the trouble to do smth, to keep the house, tokeep the bed, on the one hand/ on the other hand, to be on the safe side.

I met him the other day. You didn’t take the trouble to consult your doctor. You’d better keep the bed.

There is no article:

Before the nouns modified bythe pronouns (possessive: my, his, her, our, your, their, its; demonstrative: this, that, those, these; interrogative: what, which, whose; indefinite: some, any, each, every, many, much, no; and also by cardinal numerals).

My friend and I would like to spend our holidays in the country. I’d like to read this book. What question have you discussed? Take any book you like.

Before the names of a person, streets, squares, towns, villages; before the names of sciences and subjects; before airports, stations, parks, mountain peaks, bridges, single islands and the names of planets.

Oxford Street is one of the biggest and most popular shopping centers in London. He is fond of mathematics and physics.

Before plural countable I like pets. Children learn a lot from

64

nouns in general sense. playing.After the verbs: elect, appoint, turn, commence.

He was elected President of the country.

Before the nouns of materialand abstract nouns in general sense.

Life is impossible without water. What fine weather! But: The weather is fine today.

Note: many abstract nouns and nouns of material used with the indefinite article become countable

Paper was invented in China. I bought a paper on my way home.

With the nouns denoting titles and ranks followed bythe names of persons.

Mr. Brown, Dr. Fox, Mrs. Simmons.

With the nouns expressing relationships: a) followed by names of persons; b) nouns expressing relationship not followed bya proper noun when used by the members of the family.

Aunt Polly is coming tonight. Uncle James lives in London. Tom, hasn’t Father come yet? Where is Mother?

With the names of months, days, seasons. But: when these names are modified by a particularizing attribute,the definite article is used.

The May of 1945 will always stay in the memory of people.

With the names of countries and continents, with official titles.

Europe, Asia, Great Britain, Poland.

With the names of meals: breakfast, lunch, dinner, supper. We use the indefinite article when there is an adjective beforedinner, supper, and the definite article when the situation makes the idea definite.

I have breakfast at 8. How did you like the dinner? Thank you, that was a nice dinner.

65

The nouns: school, college, bed, jail, prison, church are used without an article when they express the purpose for which the objects denoted by these nouns serve.

To go to school = to be a schoolboy; to be in prison = to be a prisoner.

With names of languages whenthey are not followed by thenoun language are used without any article.

Do you speak English? But: The English language is spoken all over the world.

Most + noun (without article) – the noun is used in general sense. Most + of + the – definite objects aremeant.

Most children like ice-cream. Most of the streets in London are notwide.

In some expressions: for ages, at first, at first sight, at home, to go home, at school, at table, by chance, by heart, by name, by mistake, to go to bed, togo by bus/train/plane, to goout of town, out of doors, to take to heart, to take offence, to give/to take/to ask permission, to lose heart, at present, from morning till night, from head to foot, from beginningto end, for hours, in debt.

He could read for hours. He fell in love with her at first sight. She was dressed in furs from head tofoot. I haven’t seen you for ages.

SPECIAL DIFFICULTIES IN THE USE OF ARTICLES

66

The Use of Articles with Nouns Denoting Parts of the DayTo this group belong: day, night, morning, evening, noon,afternoon, midnight, dawn, dusk, sunrise, sunset, daytime,nightfall and the like.When we use ‘morning’ and ‘day’ to denote light and‘evening’ and ‘night’ to denote darkness no article isused. E.g.: It was night when he came home.When these nouns are modified by a descriptive attribute inpre-position an indefinite article is used. E.g.: It was a wonderful summer morning. On a hot September evening we went for a walk for the first timetogether.BUT if we say early morning, late evening, broad day, high noon, noarticle is used.E.g.: It was late evening when I woke up.If these nouns are modified by a particularizing attributeor the situation makes it definite, the definite article isused.E.g.: The day when I met him will always stay in my memory. The night was warm and beautifully still. When these nouns are modified by the names of the days ofthe week or the words ‘yesterday’ and ‘tomorrow’, noarticle is used.E.g.: She was here yesterday afternoon.There are some set expressions: in the morning, in the evening, in the afternoon, in theday time, by day, by night, by noon, by midnight, at night,at dawn, at dusk, all day long, all night through, allthrough the night, all through the day, day by day, day inday out, from morning till night, to work day and night, inthe dead of night, late at night, early in the morning.E.g.: The robbery took place in the dead of the night. We study English day in day out.When the nouns morning, day, dawn are used as subjects tothe verbs ‘to break’, ‘to be at hand’, no article is used.E.g.: Dawn was at hand and we had to set off.

67

The same is true about evening, night and dusk with theverbs ‘to fall’, ‘to gather’, ‘to set in’, ‘to come’, ‘tobe at hand’.E.g.: Night fell unnoticed while we were talking.

The use of Articles with the Names of SeasonsTo this group belong: winter, spring, summer, autumn. Theuse of article with these nouns presents a great difficultyand we find a good deal of fluctuation here.As a rule these nouns are used without any article.E.g.: It was spring and the garden broke up with white flowers. I’m used to spending summer in the Crimea. If these nouns are modified by a descriptive attribute inpre-position an indefinite article is used.E.g.: We had a cold summer and a very warm winter without snow.BUT if these nouns are modified by the adjectives ‘early’and ‘late’ no article is used.E.g.: It was late winter when they got married.When these nouns are modified by a particularizingattribute or the situation makes them definite the definitearticle is used.E.g.: The winter that year was very cold. The autumn was over, but they hadn’t heard about him yet.When they are used as objects in the sentence together withsuch verbs as to spend, to like, to love, to hate, to wait for, to talk about,the definite article is used.E.g.: They like the summer there, on account of bathing, I think. He looks like somebody who spent the summer at the sea. As adverbial modifiers after the prepositions in, till, until,before, after, these nouns are used according to the generalrule.E.g.: In autumn days become shorter and nights longer. I simply can’t wait till the winter.BUT After the prepositions through, for, during, the definitearticle is used.E.g.: During the autumn we picked up mushrooms.Remember set expressions: the warmth of spring, the dust ofsummer, three month of winter, the colours of autumn, early

68

in the autumn, late in the spring, all the summer, all thewinter, etc.E.g.: I cannot but love the colours of autumn.

The Use of Articles with the Names of MealsAs a rule the nouns breakfast, lunch, dinner, supper, tea are usedwithout any article.E.g.: I usually have dinner at home. We were talking about it before supper. Is dinner ready? When these nouns are modified by a particularizingattribute or the situation makes them definite the definitearticle is used.E.g.: The breakfast was wonderful. He was greedily eating the lunch his mother had prepared for him.If they are modified by a descriptive attribute anindefinite article is used.E.g.: After a hearty dinner everyone is a little bit sleepy. It was a delicious supper.Occasionally due to a change of meaning names of mealsbecome countable nouns.When they denote dinner party, tea party, follow thegeneral rules.E.g.: She said: “We had a dinner last night. Everybody was invited.” She used to give a dinner to the entire family.When they denote a portion an indefinite article is used.E.g.: I can’t afford a dinner at such an expensive restaurant.

The Use of Articles with the Names of Months and DaysAs a rule names of months and days are used withoutarticles.E.g.: May is a spring month. My day off is Friday.When these nouns are modified by a particularizingattribute the definite article is used.E.g.: The May of 1945 will always remain in our nation’s memory. Miss Trotwood came on the Friday when David was born.Names of days are used with the indefinite article when wemean one of many Mondays, Fridays, etc.

69

E.g.: Robinson Crusoe found his servant on a Friday. I do not remember exactly when he came from Moscow, but I am sure itwas on a Monday. Names of months are used with the indefinite article whenmodified by a descriptive attribute.E.g.: A cold May is the usual thing in our region.

Certain Countable Nouns in their Phraseological UseThe nouns school, college, hospital, prison, table, bed, church, court, marketare used without any article when, as a part of a setphrase they lose their concrete meaning and express thepurpose which the object denotes.

Compare the following examples:1) Pupils go to school every day except Sunday. Kelly’s parents went to the school to meet her teacher.2) He was sent to prison for murder. The road to the prison was blocked by policemen.3) She was sent to hospital with pneumonia. Her mother goes to the hospital every day.4) Now I prefer to go to bed early. The mother sat on the bed and started to read afairytale. 5) I didn’t know all those people at table. In the café we had a table to ourselves. Madam sat at the table darning socks.The noun ‘town’ is used without any article when it meansthe centre or business part of a town, or the nearest townto a country place.E.g.: She drove into town. Let’s have lunch in town. I want to go to the town I was born in. Would you rather live in a town or in the country?Mind the following expressions: to be at work, to go towork, to start work, to go home, to come home, to be athome, to stay at home, to feel at home.E.g.: Why aren’t you at work today? I like the work I do. Let’s go home. Siberia is the home of the tiger.

70

She was brought up in an orphan’s home.Mind:a) I like English. I want to study the Portuguese language. The English of America differs from the English ofEngland.b) This is the most interesting chapter in the book.(superlative degree) Caroline is a most devoted daughter and sister.(very, exceedingly)c) Most flowers smell sweet. (in general) Most of the flowers in the garden are spring flowers.(the situation makes it definite)d) Two students entered the room. The two books proved very interesting.e) The second attempt was more successful than the first. Oliver asked for a second portion. (another, onemore).

ExercisesExercise 1

Fill in the definite article where necessary.

1.We went to _____ America for _____ Easter and ended upstaying ___ whole summer.

2.My grandfather is from ____ Scilly Isles, which are some of ___ most remote islands in ___ Britain.

3.Jane went to ___ cinema yesterday after ____ work and saw a film about ___ First World War.

4.Whenever we go to ____ London we take ____ train; it’s___ most convenient way to travel.

5.James has got _____ measles so he won’t be coming to ____ school today.

6.While ____ princess was in ____ Hong Kong, she visitedmany of the designer shops there.

7.Mary is in ____ hospital with pneumonia. She became ill while in ____ Scotland over ___ Christmas holidays.

71

8._____ most beautiful place I’ve ever been is ____ Thailand. It has some of ____ best beaches in ____ world.

9.Sarah really likes _____ swimming in ___sea, but most of ____ time it’s too cold to.

Exercise 2

Use the proper article whenever necessary; comment on its usage.

1.____ Great Britain lies in ____ eastern part of ____ Atlantic Ocean.

2.____ coast of ____ England contains many good harbours.

3.___ most beautiful part of ___ England is ____ Lake District.

4.Have you ever been to ____ Canaries?5.We’re going to ___ Crimea in summer.6.They live in ___West End.7.____ Strait of Dover separates ____ British Isles from

___ continent.8.____ London is ____ capital of ___ United Kingdom of

___ Great Britain and ___ Northern Ireland.9.___ Kyiv is situated on ____ banks of ___ Dnieper.10. ____ tourists couldn’t help admiring ____ Niagara

Falls.11. If we start from ___ Euston Station in ___ London

and travel by ___ London Midland and Scottish Railway for about 300 miles we shall reach ___ town called Rendal. From here we take ___ coach and very soon we are in ____ wonderful Lake District of ___ England. Tothis part ___ thousands of ___ visitors travel every year, and though ___ weather is often very rainy we are sure of ____ many splendid views and interesting trips.

12. ___ Lake District is divided from ___ Pennines by ___ valleys of ___ rivers Eden and Lune. Between thesetwo valleys and ___sea are ___ highest mountains in

72

___ England. They are called ___ Cumbrian Mountains. As they are much higher than ___ Pennines and nearer to ___sea they get much more rain. Some of this rain collects in ___ hollows, in ___ valleys, or ___ dales,as they are called, to form ___ beautiful lakes.

13. ____ largest lake is ___ Lake Windermere, which isabout ten miles long and about ___ mile wide. On ____ sunny days ___ blue of ___ sky is reflected in ___ clear water while at ___ other times ___ wind with ___sudden gusts beats ___ surface of ___ lake into ___ little waves. Many poets and writers lived near this lake. Although these lakes are ___ largest in ___ England, they are very small compared with ___ big lakes of ___ world.

Exercise 3

Fill in the blanks with articles where necessary.

___ chapter one contains ___ description of ___ early history of my hero.

Open ___ books on ___ page twenty-five.It’s ____ first volume and ___ chapter thirty-two is in

____ second.He put ____ volume one back on ___ shelf.___ two people can’t live as cheaply as one.____ two girls looked alike though ____ resemblance did

not lie in their features.Our flat is on ____ second floor and ___ kitchen window

commands ___ beautiful view of ___ yard.He took ___ third sandwich and continued eating in

silence.It’s ___ third floor down ___ corridor.____ suitcase contained ___ two clean shirts, some socks

and handkerchiefs.At ___ second attempt ___ key turned in ____ lock and

___ door opened.

73

She promised to tell him about it ___ second time he called and I wondered if there would be ____ second time.

Exercise 4

Fill in the blanks with articles or ‘some’ / ‘any’ where necessary.

THE DEVOTED FRIEND(After Oscar Wilde)___ Hans had ___ great many friends, but ___ most devoted friend of all was ___ big Hugh, ___ miller. Indeed, so devoted was ___ rich miller to ___ little Hans that he never went by his garden without leaning over ___ wall and plucking ___ large nosegay, or filling his pockets with ___plums and ___ cherries if it was ___ fruit season.“_______ real friends should have everything in common,” ___ miller used to say. _____ neighbours, indeed, thought it strange that ___ rich miller never gave ___ little Hans anything in return, though he had ___ hundred sacks of ___flour stored away in ___ mill, and six cows, and ___ large flock of ___ sheep.In ___ spring, ___ summer and autumn Hans was very happy, but when ___ winter came, he suffered ___ good deal from ___ cold and ___ hunger and often had to go to ___ bed without ___ supper. “There is no good in my going to see ___ little Hans now,” ___ miller used to say to his wife, “for when ___ people are in ___ trouble they shouldn’t be bothered by ___ visitors. I shall pay him ___ visit in spring, and he will be able to give me ____ large basket offlowers, and that will make him so happy.”“You are very thoughtful about ___ others,” answered his wife. “It’s ___ pleasure to hear you talk about ___ friendship. I am sure ____ clergyman himself could not say such beautiful things, though he does live in ___ three-storied house and wears ___ gold ring on his little finger.”

74

“But could we not ask little Hans up here?” said ___ miller’s youngest son.“What ___ silly boy you are!” cried ____ miller. “I really don’t know what is ___ use of sending you to ___ school. You do not seem to learn anything. Why, if ___ little Hans came here, he might get envious, and ___ envy is ___ most terrible thing. Besides, if he came here, he might ask me to let him have some flour on ___ credit, and that I couldn’t do. ___ flour is one thing, and ___ friendship is another. ___ words are spelt differently and mean quite different things.”“How well you talk,” said ___ miller’s wife, pouring herself out ___ large glass of ___ warm ale. “It’s just like being in ___ church.”

Exercise 5

Use the proper article. Pay attention to the use of the article with the names of meals.

1.____ dinner was to be at seven, ____ concert from eight to ten, ___ supper from ten to eleven.

2.____ lunch was excellent, but I noticed that she ate very little.

3.They arrested him after ____ breakfast.4.At this point ____ maid announced that ____ supper was

served.5.I was anxious to have ____ good comfortable breakfast

ready before I called Joe.6.Sometimes he took me out to ___ dinner or ___ theatre.7.After ____ supper she suggested ____ stroll in ___

park to enjoy ____ pleasant evening.8.I’m going to find ____ place for ___ lunch.9._____ dinner was as good as it looked and smelled.10. That’s ____ best dinner I’ve had in years.11. He followed her into ___ front room, where ____

supper had been cleared from ____ table.12. After ___ dinner when coffee was brought in, ___

talk became medical.75

13. Tonight they are giving him ____ farewell dinner and everyone will be there.

14. I’ve got ____ lecture at nine, so I should want ___ breakfast at ___ quarter past eight.

15. He had ____ miserable lunch all alone.

Exercise 6

Comment on the omission of the article in the following examples.

1.Less than a year ago, the two of them seemed as close as mother and daughter could be.

2.We were more like brothers than father and son.3. He was kept busy day and night with plans for his

retirement.4.All she knew was that he had been in the army and had

lost both leg and eye shortly before the surrender.5.His face reddened with anger, “Don’t play cat and

mouth with me!”6.Listening to the minutes and other routine business he

let his eyes move from face to face.7.They walked on again, but only hand in hand.8.He beat his hands on his sides and moved from foot to

foot.9.They went side by side, hand in hand silently towards

the hedge.10. The young man who had been turning his head from

side to side became transfixed.

Exercise 7

Fill in the proper articles where necessary and comment on their usage. Consult the prompts given below.

London, like most cities which have long history behindthem, is not really one single city, but rather collectionof once separated towns and villages which in the course oftime have grown together.

76

It is practically certain that previous to firstinvasion of Romans there was town on or near place whereCity of London is now. That it was town of some importanceis shown by remains of wall which Romans built round it.City really forms town within town, and is financial andbusiness centre of London.

Trafalgar Square is good starting-point for any tour ofLondon. Along there is the Strand (once bank of RiverThames) leading to Fleet Street, where all newspapers havetheir offices, and on the Ludgate Hill, St. Paul’sCathedral and City. The other way leads to PiccadillyCircus; from there you can go along shops of Regent Street,across Oxford Street to Regent’s Park and Zoo.

Trafalgar Square was laid about hundred years ago.Monument in centre of square, known as Nelson’s Column(about 185 feet high), is surmounted with statue of Nelson.At base of Nelson’s Column are four great bronze lions.

Just behind you is National Gallery and joined to it isNational Portrait Gallery.

Broad thoroughfare which runs between Trafalgar Squareand Houses of Parliament is known as Whitehall. Chiefgovernment offices are in or near Whitehall. In centre ofWhitehall stands the Cenotaph, simple white stone monumentto the dead of the two world wars. At end of Whitehall youcome to Parliament Square with Houses of Parliament onleft. Clock Tower of Houses of Parliament is considered tobe one of finest time-keepers in world. Largest bell, wellknown as “Big Ben”, strikes the hour.

On other side of Houses of Parliament is WestminsterAbbey, beautiful for its architecture. Many greatEnglishmen such as Chaucer, Dickens, Tennyson, Darwin,Newton are buried there.

Largest open space in West End of London is Hyde Parkwhich, at its western end, merges into Kensington Gardens.

Sooner or later you pass through Piccadilly Circus,centre of London’s theatres – bright in the daytime withflower-sellers and at night with electric advertisements.

London is immense and complex mass of human dwellingsand working places, old palaces and modern buildings.

77

(Most cities, a history, a collection, towns and villages, time, the invasion, the Romans, a town, the place, the City, a town, the remains, the wall, the Romans, the City, a town, a town, the centre; Trafalgar Square, a starting-point, the bank, the River Thames, Fleet Street, the newspapers, St. Paul’s Cathedral, the City, Piccadilly Circus, the shops, Regent Street, Oxford Street, Regent’s Park, The Zoo; Trafalgar Square, a hundred, the monument, the centre,the square, Nelson’s Column; the National Gallery, the National Portrait Gallery;the thoroughfare, Trafalgar Square, the Houses of Parliament, Whitehall, the offices the centre, a monument, the dead, two world wars, the end, Parliament Square, the left, the Clock Tower, the time-keepers, the world, the bell, “Big Ben”; the other side, Westminster Abbey; the space, the West End, Hyde Park, Kensington Gardens; Piccadilly Circus, the centre, theatres, the daytime, flower-sellers, night, advertisements; a mass, dwellings, places, palaces, buildings).

Exercise 8

Complete the following text with articles, where they are necessary.

A.A tourist in ______ Africa was walking by the sea when he saw ____ man in ____ simple clothes dozing in a fishing boat. It was ____ idyllic picture, so he decided to take a photograph. The click of ___ camera woke ___ man up. ____ tourist offered him ___ cigarette. “The weather is great. There are plenty of ___ fish. Why are you lying around instead of going out and catching more?”______ fisherman replied:”Because I caught enough this morning.”“But just imagine,” _____ tourist said, “if you went out there three times every day, you’d catch three times as much. After about ____ year you could buy yourself ____ motor-boat. After ___ few more years of ___ hard work, you could have ____ fleet of ___ boats working for you. And then…”“And then?” asked the fisherman.“And then,” ____ tourist continued triumphantly, “you couldbe calmly sitting on the beach, dozing in ____ sun and looking at ___ beautiful ocean.”

78

(Based on a short story by Heinrich Boll)B.

There was ____ young lady from ___ Niger,Who smiled as she rode on ___ tiger.They came back from ___ rideWith ____ lady insideAnd ____ smile on ___ face of ___ tiger.

(Edward Lear)

Here are some general rules for using articles. Find an example of each rule in the texts given above.

1.Don’t use articles with most proper nouns.2.Don’t use the indefinite article with plurals or

uncountable nouns.3.Use the indefinite article to introduce new

information.4.Use the definite article to refer to specific things

which have already been mentioned.5.Use the definite article to refer to things that you

know the listener or hearer can identify.

Exercise 9

Write three interesting statements, each of which combines a word from box A with a word from box B. Discuss your statements with a partner and the rest of your class. Pay attention to the usage of the articles.Model: Time is more important than money. Men are a mystery to women. A + BTime lifeYouth moneyWisdom experienceHealth loveDeath womenMen peaceGold silver

79

Music happinessWar intelligenceHumour

Exercise 10

Complete the newspaper article using a / an and the where necessary.

Patricia Henderson, ______ teacher from _____ Newcastle, got _____ biggest shock of her life yesterday while preparing ____ dinner for her husband and two children. On putting her hand into ___ bag of ready-prepared salad, she felt something “large, slimy and moving”. ____ second later, there was ____ rather relieved snake slithering across ____ kitchen table. “I have always been afraid of ___ snakes and I just screamed and screamed and screamed,” she said. “_____ snake just stared at me. I couldn’t move.”___ spokesperson for _____ supermarket where she bought ____ salad told ___ reporters they had no idea at all how ____ creature had got into ___ bag. ____ snake, which is almost half ___ metre long, has yet to be identified. Mrs. Henderson, who is still recovering from ___ ordeal, said: “I don’t think I’ll ever be able to eat ___ salad again.”

Exercise 11

Which is correct?

1)Pacific Ocean / the Pacific Ocean;2)Station hotel / the station hotel;3)National Gallery / the National Gallery;4)River Seine / the river Seine;5)Gobi desert / the Gobi desert;6)United States of America / the United States of

America;7)Oxford Street / the Oxford Street;

80

8)South of France / the South of France;9)Apollo theatre / the Apollo Theatre;10) Heathrow Airport / the Heathrow Airport;11) Lake Erie / the Lake Erie;12) Netherlands / the Netherlands;13) Trafalgar Square / the Trafalgar Square;14) North America / the North America.

Exercise 12

Choose the correct form.

1)Life/the life indeed would be dull if there were no difficulties.

2)The vegetables/vegetables are good for health.3)Women/the women are often better teaches than men/the

men.4)In Britain/the Britain coffee/the coffee is more

expensive than tea/the tea.5)Most people/the most people still believe that

marriage/the marriage and family life/the family life are the basis of our society.

6)Second World War/ The Second World War ended in 1945.7)Do you know people/the people who live next door/the

next door?8)Two of the biggest problems facing our society are

crime/the crime and unemployment/the unemployment.9)I hate violence/the violence and cruelty/the cruelty

among people.10)He followed a/the letter, but not a/the spirit of the

law.11)Language/the language is art/the art of concealing

thoughts.12) One of the most/most pleasant things in the

world/world is going to a/the journey.13)-/the police searched a/the house of the/a suspect.14)Most of -/the roads in this district are not suitable

for -/the motor cars.

81

15) To love our country, to be interested in its concerns, is natural for all the/- men.

16)Truth/the truth is that I don’t like to stay here anylonger.

17)We are studying a/the/- architecture. We are studying-/the architecture of the/-/a Renaissance period.

18)Love/the love is blind, but at the same time it is a/-/the wonderful thing. It makes a/the world go round.

19)I’m going to a/the post-office. I want to post a/the parcel.

20)We are installing a/- solar heating. We want to save an/-/the energy.

Exercise 13

Insert the articles where it is necessary.

1)…Beethoven whose music you have just listened to wasone of …world’s greatest composers.

2)…youth is full of …pleasure and …hope.3)There are five students from …Japan here, so we have …

good opportunity to practice … Japanese.4)We looked at …cars standing near the store, …first two

were far expensive, but …other ones were quiteordinary.

5)This morning I bought … newspaper and …magazine. …newspaper is in my bag, but I don’t know where …magazine is.

6)I saw…accident this morning. …car crashed into …wall.…driver of …car was not hurt, but …car was badlydamaged.

7)We live in … old house in … middle of the village.There is … beautiful garden behind … house. …roof of …house is in …bad condition.

8)I’m looking for …job. Did you get …job you appliedfor?

9) Could you close …door, please? They live …next door.10) We live in …small flat near … centre of the city.

82

11) Did …police find …person who stole your car?12) This morning I had …boiled egg and toast for …

breakfast.13)As I was walking along …street, I found …10$ note on

…pavement.14)Have you got …car? – No, I have never had …car in my

life.15) I went into …shop and asked to speak to …manager.16) …President of …United States is elected for four

years.17) What …beautiful garden! …flowers growing here are

beautiful too.18)You got into …wrong train. Your train is at …platform

5.19) …truth is that he is …only man she obeys.20) My cousin, …young man of twenty-five, works as …

interpreter. He has …wide range of …interests and …good knowledge of three foreign languages.

Exercise 14

Put in a/an, the or leave it blank.

1)Julius Caesar who was …powerful Roman general came to …Britain in 55 B.C.

2)…English language was brought onto …British Isles in …middle of …fifth century by …Angles, …Saxons, …Jutes who came there from …North of …Germany.

3)…British Prime Minister lives in …Downing Street.4)One of …nicest parks in London is …St. James’s Park

which is I very near …Buckingham Palace.5)Mr. Readdles reads …Daily Telegraph but his wife reads

… Times.6)…Tower of London is situated within …City.7)…London Underground (or Tube) is …oldest and longest

in …Europe.8)…Regent’s Park is …largest, it is still one of …most

popular places of rest of …Londoners on …hot summer days.

83

9)…oldest part of London is …City, …business centre. But…political centre is …Westminster which is in …West End.

10) …Londoners like to say, ”When …man is tired of London, he is tired of …life”.

11) Do you usually see films at …Classic or at …Odeon?12)…National Gallery and …Tate Gallery are famous all

over …world.13) …London University was built in …19th century.14) …English Channel separates …Great Britain from …

Continent.

Exercise 15

Insert the articles, if any.

1)…Moon goes round …Earth every 27 days.2)After …lunch we went for …walk by …sea.3)…Mother was …only person I could talk about it.4)It was …beautiful day, …sun was shining brightly in …

sky.5)What is …highest mountain in …world?6)We don’t go to …theatre very often these days. In

fact, in …town where we live there is no …theatre.7)Could you turn down …television, please? It’s a bit

loud.8)Do you listen to …latest news over …radio or …

television?9)Mary plays …piano very well, but she can’t play …

violin. Can you play …guitar?10) …giraffe is …tallest of all animals.11) What is …largest living bird? -…eagle.12)Every English child knows …story of Robin Hood. It is

said that he robbed …rich and gave the money to …poor.13)…man must do everything possible to save …environment

and …life on …planet of …Earth.14)Those people with jobs have enough money, but life is

not so easy for …unemployed.

84

15)All over the world people are in …prison because of their political beliefs.

16) How many people go to …university in your country?17) Some children hate …school.18) When will you go to …hospital to visit your sick

friend? -…next week.19) I really hate …people who chew …gum all the time.20)…traffic is one of …biggest problems in our cities.

Exercise 16Insert the articles where it is necessary. Retell the following texts.

Esop and his Fables

…ancient stories of Esop seem to fascinate many people.…fable is …short story that teaches …lesson.Esop was …Greek slave who lied in …6th century B.C. He wrote down over …hundred fables; he wasn’t …author of all …fables; he collected them from many countries. …most famousare “…Hare and …Tortoise”, :…Lion and …Mouse”, “…Wolf I Sheep’s Clothing”. Many fables have …animals as their main characters. However, …people are also …main characters in some of …Esop’s fables.

The farmer and his Sons

There was once …old, dying farmer. Before he died hewanted to teach his three sons how to be …good farmers. Sohe called them to him and said, ”My boys, before I die Iwant you to know that there is …great treasure buried in …vine-yard. Promise me that you will look for it when I’mdead”. …sons promised and they began looking for …treasure.They worked very hard in …hot sun. I their minds theypictured …boxes of …gold coins, …diamond necklaces andother things like that.

But they found not …single penny. They were very upset.But then …grapes started to appear on …vines and theirgrapes were …biggest and best in …neighbourhood and they

85

sold them for …lot of money. Now they understood everythingand they lived happily and wealthy ever after.

…moral of …story is: …hard work brings …happiness and …wealth.

…American Tourist in …Britain

…man from …California was spending …month in …Britain.One day he booked into …hotel in …Cheltenham, …nice oldtown in …west of …England. Then he went out to look around…place. But …man didn’t return to …hotel. He disappeared,leaving …suitcase full of clothes behind. …police werecalled in, but they were unable to find out what hadhappened to …missing tourist. It was …mystery.

But two weeks later …man walked into …police station in…Cheltenham. He explained that he was very sorry, but whilewalking around …town he had got lost. He had also forgotten…name of …hotel he had booked into. So he had decided tocontinue with his tour of …country and had gone to visit …friend in Scotland before returning to pick up …case he hadleft behind.

In Search of …Good Job

There is …lot of unemployment nowadays so it is gettingmore and more difficult to get … kind of …job you reallywant. Then you have to decide what is more important to you– how much you earn or …job satisfaction. Do you want towork with your hands (called …manual work) or do you preferto work in …office (called …clerical work)? Then you arethinking about …career, or applying for …job, first of allyou should go out and look for …work instead of sittingaround all day doing nothing.

Susan is …teacher of …English in …state secondaryschool. She’s …graduate of …Sussex University with degreein …English Literature. When she graduated, she first

86

worked in …office but was bad at typing and soon got boredwith …job. She decided to teach, so she went to …teachertraining college. Susan teaches …six different classes of …children between …age of 12 and 18. …pupils enjoy herlessons, but she finds it … hard work. She gives …children…lot of homework to do, and every evening she has to markit and prepare for …next day. One problem is that …childrenin …Susan’s school don’t behave very well. They are oftenimpolite. Susan and …other teachers have to be very strictwith them.

Susan’s brother Harry is 21. He passed his school examswith …good marks and left …school at 19. Now he is at …university. He is …student and receives …grant from …stateto help him pay …university fees and his personal expenses.He is very keen on …mathematics and it will be useful tohim in …future. He works hard and enjoys his studies. …university courses in …Britain usually last for …threeyears. After this, Harry hopes to graduate. …good degreewill get him …good job

Exercise 17

In each of the following sentences there are two words thatare possible and one that isn’t. Cross out the incorrect word in each sentence.

1.There wasn’t much / some / any salt in her omelette.2.There was some / a bit of / a few ham in her

vegetarian salad.3.A few / several / a little of his chips were burnt.4.There were hardly any / little/ not many desserts they

liked on the menu.5.There were only a couple of / a little / a few

flavours of ice-cream to choose from.6.There were no / very few / any taxis outside when they

left the restaurant.7.He had never had some / any/ so many problems in this

restaurant before.

87

8. They had anything / hardly anything / nothing in common.

Exercise 18

Choose words from exercise 17 to complete the sentences below. Compare with a partner.

I could live without _______ I could live without a _______ I couldn’t live without ______ I couldn’t live without a ________

Exercise 19

Give Ukrainian equivalents to the following English proverbs. Use them in the situations of your own.

1)One man, no man.2)A friend in need is a friend indeed.3)Friends are thieves of time.4)Life is not a bed of roses.5)No news is good news.6)When in Rome, do as the Romans do.7)Too much knowledge makes the head bold.8)Clothes do not make the man.9)Caesar’s wife must be above suspicion.10) Time is money.11) Business is business.12) Business is first, pleasure is afterwards.13) The way to man’s heart is through his stomach.14) Speech is silver, but silence is gold.15) Misfortunes never come singly.

Exercise 20

Cross out one word which doesn’t fit well with the others (in each line).

88

1.Worker, operator, electrician, factory;2.hair stylist, astronomer, manager, mathematician;3.laboratory, library, bakery, advisor;4.artist, linguist, worker, musician;5.factory, library, bakery, laboratory;6.grocery, bakery, greengrocery, laboratory;7.helper, banker, novelist, ventilator;8.astronomer, pharmacist, linguist, electrician;9.buyer, traveler, officer, microcomputer;10. journalist, seller, buyer, sales manager

Exercise 21

Translate into English all the answers to the questions.

1.What can you say about Gainsborough? – Художник Гейнсборо намалював багато картин.

2.Who is waiting for me? – Якийсь містер Тул, місцевий лікар.

3.Who wrote this book? – Професор Кейдж, викладач університету.

4.What happened to Jane? – Неборака Джейн потрапили в автомобільну катастрофу; зараз вона в лікарні.

5.What happened then? – Капітан Кук наказав усім залишити корабель, але сам піти відмовився.

6.How did you find Sondra? – О, це була чудова Сандра, та Сандра, що я зустрів три роки тому.

7.You see, you’ve failed again. – Так, на жаль, я ніколине стану Наполеоном.

8.How’s Dick getting on? – Ти його не впізнаєш. Це вже не той Дік, якого ти колись знав.

9.Who is the man on your right? – Я тебе познайомлю. Це – містер Вайт, а це – містер Чейз.

10. Did you see anybody here? – Так, я бачив полковника Рейда і капітана Сміта, вони запитували провас.

11. What was the reason for your defeat? – Знаменитий генерал Сміт. Мої солдати просто не могли витримати такого.

89

12. Let me introduce Mrs. Winston. –Я не мав жодного сумніву, що ви – та сама місіс Він стон, про яку я стільки чув.

13. Do you know anything about the Whites? –Старий Вайт – учений, автор кількох книг. Що стосується молодого Вайта, то він поки нічого видатного не зробив.

14. What do we know about the case? – Не дуже багато. Якийсь містер Брамс приїхав відвідати свою дочку і зник по дорозі з вокзалу.

15. Any other curiosities? – Ну, наприклад, Шекспір і Сервантес вмерли в тому самому році.

Exercise 22

Translate into English.

1. How do you like London? – Це вже не Лондон 80-х років, коли я вперше приїхав сюди.

2. What do you know about the world’s greatest lakes? –Байкал – найглибше озеро у світі. Воно відзначаєтьсярідкісною красотою берегів.

3. What oceans are there on our planet? – Тихий, Атлантичний, Індійський і Північний Льодовитий; найбільший – Тихий океан.

4. What mountains are the highest in North and South America? – У Північній Америці – Кордильєри, а у Південній – Анди.

5. Where did the plane land? – Літак приземлився у Франції, в провінції Нормандія.

6. And what can you say about the capital of Wales? – Кардіфф, крім того, що є столицею Уельсу, ще й великий порт.

7. What street is the main one in the Scottish capital?– У шотландській столиці, Единбурзі, центральною є вулиця Принсез Стріт.

8. What can you say about the geographical location of the USA? – США розташовані у центральній частині північноамериканського континенту. Західне узбережжя

90

омивається Тихим океаном, а східне – Атлантичним океаном і Мексиканською затокою.

9. What do you know about the fiftieth state of the USA? – П’ятидесятим штатом США стали у 1959 році Гавайські острови, розташовані у Тихому океані між Америкою і Азією.

10. What is the highest point in the USA? – Найвищою точкою у США є висота 4540 метрів у горах Сьєра Невада.

Exercise 23

Cross out (put a line through) the words in the diagram in the order of the numbered instructions below. You will be left with a proverb, when remaining words are read left to right, top to bottom.

A B C D E F1 PEEK A ALBERTA BARRIERE TURN MUDDY2 BETRAY VAVENBY GOING BIRD QUEBEC TEAL3 IN TOOT THE SHAPE LOLLIPOP SPLIT4 MAGENTA SMELL MANITOBA MACAROON COPPER SEEING5 ONTARIO WORK HAND GRUNGY CALL FEEL6 COOMBS FUDGE JUMPING WAKE IS SUCKER7 TURN SHOPWORN HAZELTON TOUCH FORAY RELAY8 FALLING WORTH SHAKE WALKING CLEARWATER BEAT9 QUEST FONDANT MAUVE DELAY SILVER TWO10 START POPKUM GRITTY IN CROCHET SITTING11 THE MATINEE FOOT MAKE HOLD QUESNEL12 COMOX STANDING BUSH THROUGHWAY FILTHY SASHAY

CROSS OUT: 1.Words that mean the same as "DIRTY" in rows 1, 5, 7,

10, 12. 2.Verbs in the Present Progressive tense in even rows.

91

3.Names of colours in columns A, C, E, F. 4.Four-letter words with a double vowel in the middle. 5.Words that are kinds of candy in columns B, D, E, F. 6.Names of towns in British Columbia, Canada. 7.Words that are still words when preceded by "RE-" in

odd rows. 8.Names of Provinces of Canada in rows 1-5. 9.Words that rhyme with "BOUQUET." 10. Verbs that precede "UP" to make the phrasal verb

"___ UP."

Exercise 24

Translate into English.

1.Щойно ескадра вийшла в море, їй на зустріч рушили три кораблі.

2.У цій країні генеральних прокурорів зазвичай призначає президент.

3.Енн мала кілька нервових зривів після того, як недавно вийшла заміж.

4.За кілька хвилин після аварії навколо постраждалого зібралося багато перехожих, поліціїледь вдалося пробитися крізь натовп.

5.Її сусіди по кімнаті не таки вже й милі люди, томувона часто уходила поблукати містом.

6.Більше за все я люблю в нашому саду незабудки.7.Серед головнокомандувачів особливо виділявся

генерал Шерідан.8.Діти зазвичай дуже люблять ходити до парку та

кататися на каруселях.9.Діти хочуть скоріше стати дорослими, але, коли

виростають, із сумом згадують дитячі роки.10. Напередодні свята Перемоги його запросили на

вечір, де він міг зустрітися зі своїми товаришамипо зброї та згадати минулі роки.

11. Багато хто з колег по роботі прийшов, щоб поздоровити його з ювілеєм та побажати довгих років життя.

92

12. Після бомбардування аеродрому тільки два літаки змогли піднятися в небо.

13. Мисливці завмерли – з лісу до них наближалися два олені.

14. Я не дам тобі жодних доказів, якщо не отримаю офіційний запит.

15. На картині було зображено кілька форелей.16. Вона побачила поля, на яких паслись отари

овець, неподалік були бики та гуси.17. Де мої гроші? Я поклав їх тут, але зараз не

можу їх знайти.18. Піжама на ньому просто висіла. Три місяці

перебування у лікарні змінили його до невпізнанності.

19. Кір дуже поширена хвороба серед дітей дошкільного віку.

20. Сполучені Штати Америки - це країна, де живутьвихідці з усього світу.

21. Щоб зрозуміти таку складну ситуацію, треба використати кілька критеріїв оцінки.

22. Відомий професор має намір дати дві серії лекцій про життя комах.

23. Поліцейський намагався змусити розійтися перехожих, які зібралися біля пошкодженого автомобіля.

24. Публіка бажала дізнатися більше про свого улюбленого актора.

25. Сніги та морози Сибіру відомі у всьому світі.26. Шахи – це гра, що розвиває мислення.27. Кімната виглядала жахливо – усюди був

розкиданий одяг.28. Фрукти Іспанії експортуються до багатьох

країн.29. Учора я познайомився з кількома іноземними

акторами. Серед них було датчан та двоє голландців.

30. Генії народжуються в усі часи.31. Його заробітної платні було достатньо, щоб

прогодувати родину.93

32. Його поради завжди допомагали нам у важку хвилину.

33. Мисливець отримав приз за те, що вбив двох вовків, які завдали значної шкоди отарі овець.

34. Його роботи у галузі математики відомі за межами країни.

35. Багато антен на даху будинку пошкоджені ураганом.

36. Навіть поліція була розгублена, побачивши стільки жертв на місці злочину.

37. Його знань недостатньо, щоб проводити дослідження у цій галузі.

38. Її густе волосся надає їй особливої чарівності.

39. Це нове видання поем Байрона буде подарунком Джона.

40. Він був на волосині від смерті, і тільки диво врятувало його.

41. Ви можете відвідати її, вона живе в десяти хвилинах ходьби звідси.

42. Ніхто не міг пояснити поведінку Джейн на вчорашній вечірці.

43. По дорозі додому ми купили великий букет троянд – улюблених квітів моєї мами.

44. Я вважаю, що чоловіча дружба набагато міцніша за жіночу.

45. Після хвилинної нерішучості Джон підійшов до нареченої і сказав правду.

46. Будь-який злочин може бути наслідком суспільного ладу в країні.

47. Для влаштування на роботу мені не вистачало характеристики начальника відділу кадрів.

48. У присутності поліцейського містер Крамер боявся заговорити зі своїм братом.

49. Перерва у три години – ось що потрібно після такої нелегкої праці.

50. У часи Маргарет Тетчер у Великій Британії відбулися великі зміни.

94

95

THE ADJECTIVE

The adjective is a nominative part of speech expressing a quality of a substance: size (big, small), colour (white, black), age (young, old), material (wooden, iron), psychological state (angry, glad).

The adjective has the following morphological characteristics: most adjectives have degrees of comparison(the comparative degree and the superlative degree).

Morphological composition of the adjectiveAdjectives are divided into simple, derivative and compound.

1)Simple adjectives are adjectives which have neither prefixes nor suffixes. They are indecomposable: good, bad, sad, big.

2)Derivative adjectives are adjectives which have derivative elements, suffixes or prefixes or both: beautiful, foolish, childlike, dangerous, prewar, incorrect.

3)Compound adjectives are adjectives built from two or more stems. The main types of compound adjectives are as follows: noun-stem + adjective-stem = snow-white; noun-stem + participle-stem = life-giving; adjective-stem + adjective-stem = deaf-mute; adjective-stem + noun-stem+suffix –ed = cold-hearted; noun-stem + noun-stem + suffix –ed = lynx-eyed; numeral-stem + noun-stem + suffix –ed = four-wheeled; adverb-stem + noun-stem + suffix –ed = over-peopled.

Classification of adjectivesAccording to their meaning and grammatical characteristics adjectives fall under two classes: qualitative adjectives and relative adjectives.

1)Qualitative adjectives denote qualities of a substancedirectly, not through its relation to another substance, as size, shape, colour, physical and mentalqualities, qualities of general estimation: large, high, soft, pink, important. These adjectives may vary in degree,

96

so qualitative adjectives have degrees of comparison. Qualitative adjectives have corresponding adverbs derived by means of the suffix –ly (quick – quickly).

2)Relative adjectives denote qualities of a substance through their relation to materials (silken, woolen, wooden), to place (Italian, French), to time (weekly, monthly), to some action (preparatory).Relative adjectives have no degrees of comparison, they do not form adverbs with the suffix -ly and their number is limited in English.

The Category of Degrees of Comparison

The comparative and superlative degrees are formed in two ways:

Ways of forming Positive Comparative

Superlative

By the suffixes –er,-est One syllableand two syllable

ending in –y, -er, -ow, -leand with the stresson the last syllable(synthetical way)

Big bigger (the)biggest

By adding more / themost before the

adjectives of two,three or moresyllables

(analytical way)

famous morefamous

(the) mostfamous

Notes:1)The superlative form is usually preceded by the

definite article (the) and often followed by theprepositions in or of: London is one of the most beautiful citiesin England.

2)The superlative form can be used without a nounfollowing it: This house is the most attractive in our street.

97

3)The indefinite article (A) + the superlative degree ofan adjective means “extremely”: This is a most boring novel. =This is an extremely boring novel.

4)Sometimes we use most + adjective to mean “very”: Thebook you lent me was most interesting. (= very interesting).

5)You can use –er or more with some two-syllableadjectives, especially: quiet, clever, narrow,shallow, simple, common, stupid.

6)We use the Present Perfect after the superlativedegree: This is the most reliable car we have ever had.

7)Gradual increase or decrease is expressed by twocomparatives joined by and: The weather is getting colder andcolder.

8)Less and least are opposites of more and most. We useless and least with both long and short words: A bus isless expensive than a taxi. (= A bus is cheaper than a taxi).

9)When than is followed by he/she/it + verb, we normallykeep the verb, but when the second clause consists ofthan + I/we/you + verb, it is usually possible to omitthe verb: You are stronger than he is.

10) Many and few /a few are used before countablenouns: many/few/a few mistakes. Quite + a few – increasesthe number considerably: I have quite a few books on art.Much/little/a little are used with uncountable nouns:much/little/a little information. Many in affirmative sentenceshas a restrict use. Many is possible when preceded bya good/a great: I’ve made a good many friends here. When notmodified, many, as object or part of the object, isusually replaced by a lot of/lots of (+noun) or by alot or lots (pronouns): They spent a lot/lots of/a great deal ofmoney on their house. Both much and many are possible whenmodified by so/as/too, and we use them freely innegative sentences: He gets a lot of letters but I don’t get so many.

11) Comparisons with like and alike: I’m very like mymother. We are very alike. Like + noun: He worked like a slave.(=very hard). As + noun: He worked as a teacher. (= He wasa teacher).

98

12) The + adjective with the plural meaning are usedto represent a group of people and nationalities: theold, the sick, the homeless, the rich, the English, the Dutch.

13) Adjective + one/ones. Most adjectives can be usedwith the pronouns one/ones, when they represent apreviously mentioned noun: I lost my old glasses. These are newones.

Irregular Comparative and Superlative Forms

Positive Comparative SuperlativeGood Better (the) bestBad Worse (the) worst

Little Less (the) leastMany /much More (the) most

Old Older / elder (the) oldest /eldest

Late Later / latter (the) latest /last

Far Farther / further (the) farthest /furthest

Near nearer (the) nearest /next

Late: later – latest (refers to time) latter – last (refers to position) I haven’t heard the latest news. Ours is the last house in the street.Old: elder – eldest (for people only in the same family) older – oldest (for people and things) My father is the eldest in our family. I get on well with my elder sister.Elder is not used with than following; we use older instead: I’m five years older than my brother.Near: nearest (denotes distances) next (denotes position) This is the nearest post-office to our house.

99

My uncle lives in the next house.

Comparative Constructions with the Adjectives

To compare thingswhich are the

same: as…as, thesame…as, twiceas…as, threetimes as…as

The adjective isused in the

positive degree

She is as busy as a bee. Father is the same age as

mother. Petrol is twice as

expensive as it was a fewyears ago.

To compare thingsthat are

different: notas…as, not so…as

Positive degree Italy is not so hot as Iraq. He isn’t as poor as I

thought.

Than (than me /than I am)

Comparativedegree

Your spelling is betterthan mine.

The…the Comparativedegree

The longer is the night,the shorter is the day.

Note: words that can modify a comparative form are: much, alittle, a bit, slightly, far, rather, no, a lot, even, etc. The book is much more interesting than the film. The son is much richer than his father.

The adjective has the following syntacticalcharacteristics:In a sentence the adjective may be used as an attribute oras a predicative.That was a very difficult task. (attribute)The task was difficult. (predicative)

Substantivized adjectives

The substantivization of adjectives is a kind ofconversion. Adjectives, when substantivized, lose all orpart of the characteristics of the adjectives and acquireall or part of the characteristics of the noun. Adjectivesin English may be fully or partially substantivized.

100

Fully substantivized adjectives have acquired all thecharacteristics of the noun: they have the plural and thepossessive and are associated with the definite andindefinite articles.Here belong the following groups of words:

1)Words denoting classes of persons, such as: a native, arelative, a savage, a progressive, a conservative, a criminal, a black, awhite, etc.

2)Words denoting nationalities: an American, a German, anItalian, a Greek, etc.

3)Words denoting periodicals: daily, weekly, monthly.Partially substantivized adjectives take only the definitearticle, but they do not have any other characteristics ofthe noun. Here belong:

1)Words denoting classes of persons who represent somefeature of human character, condition or state. Theseadjectives are used in a generic sense: the good/bad,poor/rich, healthy/sick, etc. These words are used as pluralnouns and are followed by a plural verb. If we wish todenote a single person we must add a noun: The old receivepensions. But: An old man usually receive a pension.

2)Words denoting nationalities ending in –sh and –ch: theEnglish, the French, the Scotch, the Irish, the Welsh, the Dutch, etc.

3)Words denoting abstract notions: the good, the beautiful, theuseful, the contrary, the impossible, the unknown, the opposite, etc.These words are always singular. A number of suchwords are used in prepositional phrases: in the negative, onthe contrary, on the whole, for the better, in the main, at large, inparticular, in short, all of a sudden, etc.

4)Words denoting things: goods, sweets, valuables, etc. Theyare always plural.

101

Some difficulties in the use of the Adjective:

Degrees of Comparison

Formation ExamplesTwo-syllable words form degrees of comparison with –er/-est or more/most:

ending –le: ending –ow:

simple – simpler/more simple - simplest/most simplenarrow – narrower/more narrow – narrowest/ most narrow

Similarly: common, cruel, handsome, happy, lively, lovely, obscure, pleasant, quiet, shallow, sincere, solid, stupid, true

With more/most only: predicative a-series: participles: other:

afraid – more afraid – most afraid worried – more worried – most worried ancient – more ancient – most ancientSimilarly: antique, careful, certain, complex, foolish, frequent, hostile, modern, modest, public, private

When two or more adjectivesare used together, even a one-syllable adjective may use more/most:

She is more kind and gentle than her mother.

Less can be used with one-syllable adjectivesbut more, most and least are not normally used in this way.

less big

More is occasionally used with one-syllable adjectives:

It is more true to say that British English is influenced by American, rather than the other way round.

Little and a little are He has very little hope of winning 102

used with (singular)uncountables.Little (like few) is negative, suggesting‘hardly any at all’ and is often used after very.In everyday speech – not much or hardly any preferable: a)‘not as much as was

expected’:b)in idiomatic ‘negative’

phrases such as little point, little sense, little use, etc.:

! A little and a bit (of), in very informal contexts, are positive, suggesting ‘some, a (small) quantity’:

this race.He hasn’t much hope of winning thisrace.He has hardly any hope of winning this race.We climbed all day but made little progress. There is little point in trying to mend it. I’d like a little/a bit of time to think about it. How many eggs are there in the fridge? – There are a few/ plenty. How much milk is there in the fridge? – There is a little/plenty.

Good – wellDo not use an adverb (well)after a linking verb: The old man could not hear well. Use an adverb when the verb is modified.

The food was/smelled/tasted good.The little boy is good. (well-behaved) The little boy is well. (in good health)

Far farther farthest further furthestFarther/further and farthest/furthest are interchangeable when the meaning relates to distance:BUT: further can mean ‘extra/more/additional’:

I can’t walk any farther/further.The farthest/furthest house is theirs.Are there any further questions?

Late later latestCOMPARE: late – latter –

She always dresses in the latest fashion.

103

lastThe latest means the newest ormost recent; the last means final in a sequence; the latter refers to the last-mentioned:

What time does the last bus leave?When given a choice of traveling by ship or plane, most people choose the latter.

Next, the nextThe next means coming immediately after smb/smth in order, space ortime (наступний, найближчий):Next (used without the) referring to time: next time – наступного разу

the next name/house/train/thing, etc.Next Monday/week/summer/yearmeans майбутній

Adjectives after nouns are used infixed phrases;

BUT: before a noun present refers totime; after a noun it means‘here/there’, ‘not absent’

Secretary General; court martial(= military court);the present members (=those who are members now); the members present (=those who are/ were at the meeting)

Comparison of absolutesDo not compare things or ideas that are either true or not true. To show a state near an absolute state use nearly, barely, or almost:

The dog that was hit by a car is barely alive.After studying all night, Tom felt nearly dead.

Old older oldest elder eldestElder/eldest are used with reference to familyrelationship, but only in

His elder daughter is a student.I’m the eldest and Pam’s the youngest.I’m the elder.My brother is older than I am.104

attributive position: The noun is often deleted after the eldest/ youngest: Old/older/oldest are used attributively and predicatively with reference to people and things; in predicative position when than can follow:

Tim is the oldest in our family.

Adjectives referring to Countries, Nationalities and LanguagesAdjectives referring to countries and languages:

With –ish: Spanish, Polish, Danish, Turkish

With –(i)an: Canadian, Brazilian, Korean, Mexican

With –ese: Japanese, Chinese, Taiwanese

With –i: Israeli, Iraqi, Kuwaiti, Pakistani,

With –ic: Arabic, IcelandicSome adjectives are worth learning separately: Swiss, Greek, Thai, Dutch.NationalitiesFor most nationalities we can use the adjective as a noun: aCanadian, a German, an African.The plural expression the… is used for the population as a whole: the Japanese, the French.Some nationalities have nouns for referring to people: a Spaniard, a Filipino, a Turk, a Swede, a Dane, a Briton, an Arab.A few adjectives of nationality ending in –sh or –ch are used after the without nouns. They include Welsh, English, British, Spanish, Dutch, French Irish,. (The Irish are very proud of their senseof humour.) These expressions are plural, singular examples are: an Irishman, a Welshman.

105

Country / region adjective person populationAmerica (the USA) American an American the AmericansBelgium Belgian an Belgian the BelgiansEurope European a European the EuropeansNorway Norwegian a Norwegian the NorwegiansGreece Greek a Greek the GreeksUkraine Ukrainian a Ukrainian the UkrainiansExceptionsBritain British a British person the British

(a Briton)England English an Englishman the English

(an Englishwoman)France French a Frenchman the French

(a Frenchwoman)Ireland Irish an Irishman the Irish

(an Irishwoman)Spain Spanish a Spaniard the SpanishThe Netherlands / Holland Dutch a Dutchman

the DutchWales Welsh a Welshman the Welsh

(a Welshwoman)Denmark Danish a Dane the DanesFinland Finnish a Finn the FinnsPoland Polish a Pole the PolesScotland Scottish / Scotch a Scot the ScotsSweden Swedish a Swede the SwedesTurkey Turkish a Turk the TurksNOTE:

The Scots prefer the adjective Scottish, but other people often use Scotch;

106

The word Briton is unusual except in newspaper headlines. Brit is sometimes used informally. But mostBritish people call themselves Scottish, Welsh, Irish,or English.

Arabic is used for the language spoken in Arab countries; in other cases, the normal adjective is Arab. Arabian is used in a few fixed expressions: Saudi Arabian, the Arabian Sea.

Compound AdjectivesGood-natured over-polite pitch-darkNearsighted dark-blue iron-greyAir-conditioned first-class long-distance so-calledBulletproof handmade longstanding sugar freeDrip-dry interest-free

off-peak time-consuming

Duty-free last-minute part-time top-secret

Compound Adjectives describing personal appearanceCurly-haired broad-shoulderedBlue-eyed left-handedRosy-cheeked slim-hippedThin-lipped long-leggedSuntanned flat-footed

Compound Adjectives describing a person’s characterAbsent-minded (forgetful) pigheaded (stubborn)Easy-going (relaxed) two-faced (hypocritical)Good-natured (cheerful) self-centered(egoistical)Warm-hearted (kind) quick-tempered

107

Quick-witted (intelligent) stuck-up (conceited)Compound Adjectives with a preposition in the second part

An all-out effort (total)A run-down area (in poor condition)Worn-out shoes (can’t be worn any more)A burned-out building (nothing left in it after a fire)Built-in furniture (can’t be removed)A built-up area (covered with buildings)A broken-down car (it won’t work)

The prefixes: ab-, dis-, il-, im-, in-, ir-, non-, un-:Abnormal impassive incoherent non-existentDisagreeable imperfect incomparable non-violentDiscontented implausible incorrect unapproachableDishonest improper incorrigible uninterestingDisingenuous inaccurate indecisive unattainableDisinterested inadequate inhospitable uncertainDisloyal inattentive inhumane unconvincingDissimilar inaudible infrequent undesirableIllegal inauthentic insubstantial unfairIllegible incapable irreconcilable unhelpfulIllogical incautious irreproachable

Word Order of Adjectives before a Noun

General

Size

Description

Shape

Opinion Condition

Age

Temperature

Colour Origin Modifier

Type NOUN

fine round white English maple writing table

Noun modifiers

108

material operation power Place/purpose

NOUN

steel automatic electric lawn table

NOTE: 1. Although a long string of modifiers is possible, one will rarely use more than four or five before one noun.

2. When there are two adjectives in front of a noun commas are used to separate those which are equally important (i.e. when the order of the first two could easily be reverse); a comma is put after the quality adjective: The porter led me to a beautiful, bright clean room. Joy is engaged to a daring, very attractive young Air Force pilot.

Adverbs Or Adjectives: confusing cases.Some words ending in –ly are normally adjectives not

adverbs. Common examples: costly, cowardly, deadly, friendly, likely, lively, lonely, silly, ugly, unlikely. There are no adverbs friendlily, lovelily. Compare: She gave me a friendly smile. – She smiled in a friendly way. ( BUT NOT: She smiled friendly.) He gave a silly laugh. (BUT NOT: He laughedsilly.)

Daily, weekly, monthly, yearly, early and leisurely are both adjectives and adverbs. It’s a daily paper. (ADJ)- It comes out daily. (ADV); an early train (ADJ)- I got up early. (ADV)

ADJECTIVES: -IC or –ICAL?Many adjectives end in –ic or –ical. There is no general rule to tell you which form is correct in a particular case.

Some adjectives ending in –ic:

Academic, artistic, athletic, catholic, domestic, dramatic, emphatic, energetic, fantastic, linguistic, majestic, neurotic, pathetic, phonetic, public,semantic, syntactic,

109

Some of these words ended in–ical in older English, e.g.fantastical..

New adjectives which come into the language generally end in –ic, except for thosein –logical.

systematic, tragic.

Some adjectives ending in –ical:

Biological (and many other adjectives ending in –logical), chemical, critical, grammatical, logical, mathematical, medical, musical, physical,surgical, tactical, topical.

In some cases both formsexist but with a difference in meaning:

Classic – classicalClassic usually refers to a famous or supreme example ofits type.Classical refers to the culture of ancient Greece orRome, or to European works of art of the so-called “classical period” in the 18th century.Classical music often referssimply to any serious music,especially older music.

Comic – comicalComic is the normal adjective for artistic comedy.Comical is a rather old-

Vosne Romanee is a classic French wine.She’s studying classical languages.It’s hard to learn classical guitar.

Comic verse, comic opera

Shakespeare’s comic techniqueA comical expression

Economic theory, economic

110

fashioned word meaning “funny”.

Economic – economicalEconomic refers to the science of economics, or to the economy of a country, state, etc.Economical means ‘not wishing money”.

Electric – electricalElectric is used with the names of particular machinesthat work by electricity.Note also: an electric shock, an electric atmosphere (full of excitement).Electrical is used before more general words.

Historic – historicalHistoric is used in the sense of “making history”.Historical means “connected with history” or “really existing in history”.NOTE: a historic event is one that is important or famous, while a historical event is one that is supported by the evidence ofhistory.

problems

An economical little car

Electric heater, electric motor

Electrical appliances, electrical equipment, electrical engineering

Historic date, historic conference, historic ground, historic spotsHistorical research, a historical novel, a historical figure

Adjectives ending in –ed: pronunciationA few adjectives ending in –ed have a special pronunciation: the last syllable is pronounced /id/ insteadof /d/ or /t/. They are aged (=very old), naked, beloved, ragged, blessed, rugged, crooked, sacred, cursed, wicked, dogged, wretched, learned, one/two/three/four-legged.

111

ExercisesExercise 1

State the morphological composition of the following adjectives.

Pretty, bushy, weather-stained, thoughtful, hard-hearted, illegitimate, sober, non-party, low-bred, improbable, skeptical, counter-revolutionary, careworn, beloved, wicked, disobedient, long-legged, regular, water-proof, large, well-timed, homeless, shaky, courageous, panic-stricken, blindfold, Portuguese, newly-baked, antique, peace-making, forlorn, illegible, abundant, red-haired, small, deep-blue, bookish, snow-white, respectable-looking.

Exercise 2

Compound adjectives are made of two parts and are usually joined by a hyphen. Join words from box A to words from boxB to make synonyms for the adjectives in box C.A absent- big- easy- quick- self- stuck- warm- two-B assured faced going headed hearted minded up wittedC a) forgetful d) arrogant g) intelligent b) hypocritical e) kind h) relaxed c) confident f) snobbishWork with a partner. Describe members of your family or close friends using these compound adjectives. See if your partner would like to meet them!

Exercise 3

Read the following compound adjectives and translate them into Ukrainian. Answer the questions that follow.

Newly-arrested112

Slow-moving Well-informed Good-looking Quick-thinking Wealthy-looking Record-breaking Roughly-dressed Stress-induced Well-behaved Softly-spoken Grey-haired Fair-skinned Time-consuming Smartly-dressed Sad-faced Comfort-loving Grey-gloved

1.What would you call someone who has good manners?2.What would you call someone who loses their temper

quickly?3.What would you call someone who loves having fun?4.What would you call someone who dries quickly?5.What would you call something that has been made

carefully?6.What would you call something that will save your

time?7.What would you call something that looks tasty?8.What would you call something that dries quickly?

Exercise 4

Replace the clauses in italics with compound adjectives. Make any other changes that are necessary.Model: They’ve invented a new device which will save energy. They’ve invented a new energy-saving device.

1.The building was a real eyesore; it had been built very cheaply.

113

2.She was wearing a new perfume that smelt very sweet and didn’t really suit her.

3.He had received a good education and could speak knowledgeably on a range of topics.

4.He thinks quickly and always makes intelligent contributions.

5.Her skin is smooth and she has a beautifully clear complexion.

6.We bought some gorgeous plates that were made by hand.7.Peter’s parents have very broad minds – they let him do

whatever he wants.

Use each compound adjective of this exercise to describe someone or something you know.

Exercise 5

Match the prefixes in box A with the adjectives in box B tomake the adjectives negative.A un- in- ir- im- il-B capable adventurous legible interesting patient usual decisive resistible

Exercise 6

Read the following story carefully. Complete the text by using the prefixes or suffixes from the box to rewrite the adjectives in brackets. The first two have been done for you.Prefixes: un- ir- dis- Suffixes: -less -ful -ish

Never Again!I hate traveling. It’s not that I’m unwilling (willing),

it’s just that I’ve got a problem. Three problems actually,114

and they are called Charlie, Ella and Jack. Ranging in agefrom eleven down to three, they’re irresistible(resistible) when they’re asleep. But when they’re awakethey’re (1) _____ (relent). Individually they’re hard work;in twos they’re a handful; all together, they’re anightmare. More often than not they’re (2) ______(obedient) and seem to have endless competitions to see whocan behave in the most (3) _____ (devil) way. On top ofthat, they all want my (4) _____ (divided) attention at thesame time.

Under these (5) _____ (stress) circumstances, you maythink that it would be foolish of me to even considertraveling alone with my children. Well, I know now that itwasn’t just foolish, but downright (6) _____ (responsible).

I wanted to visit my parents. My husband couldn’t come,so I set off on the five-hour train journey with a bagfulof toys, a pocketful of sweets and a headful of songs,stories and games.

But (7) _____ (regard) of my careful preparations, thejourney was (8) _____ (hell): it was one of the worstexperiences of my life. The final straw was when I arrived,exhausted and (9) ____ (tear), at my parents’ house.Instead of being sympathetic, they took great delight intelling me how awful I had been as a child. Thanks, Mum andDad, that was really (10) _____ (help)!

Exercise 7

Give adjectives corresponding to:

Policy, economy, Germany, nature, sun, wind, rain, fog, hope, use, home, respect, bore, frighten, interest, amuse, wool, wood, silk, gold, depend, complicate, pleasure, courage.

Exercise 8

Write down adjectives opposite in the meaning to the following:

115

Courageous, wild, hot, heavy, narrow, beautiful, civilized, strong, slow, cruel, soft, expensive, healthy, new, clean, friendly.

Exercise 9

Fill in the gap with the correct adjective.

1.I couldn’t work out who the letter was from. The signature was _____. I know Shakespeare is very popular but I find him totally _____. (unreadable / illegible)

2.Sarah is so _____. She is always having temper tantrums. It was so wonderful to watch the tiny lambs playing, I got such _____ pleasure from the experience. (childish / childlike)

3.Sophie is extremely _____ at the moment, anything you say seems to upset her. Karen is not a very _____ person; she wore high-heeled shoes for our four-mile walk. (sensible / sensitive)

4.I’ve never known her to tell a lie; she is a very _____ person. I can never watch sad films that are based on a _____ story; they always make me cry. (true/ truthful)

5.Susan is so _____ of other; she never accepts anyone else’s opinion, and always thinks she knows best. I find Mark’s behaviour _____; it’s unfair to be so selfish. (intolerable / intolerant)

6.We are having an _____ crisis at the moment; James haslost his job and I don’t know how we are going to pay the mortgage. It’s more _____ to drive slowly; you cando a lot of more miles to the gallon. ( economic / economical)

7.The result was a _____ disappointment to us, though the lawyer outlined a _____ defence. (great, large / powerful, strong)

Exercise 10

116

Point out all the substantivized adjectives and state whether they are fully or partially substantivized.

1.He basked in the company of the young.2.We must take the bitter along with the sweet.3.She warned the domestics not to touch the child, as

Mrs. Osborne must be offended.4.It was a surprise to the optimistic: but it was even

more of a surprise to the experienced.5.I know he is a right good fellow, but it belongs to

the rank of the impossible.6.Mary turning her glance from one to the other of the

“old dears”, only smiled.7.How do I know what’s gone on between you? The rights

and the wrongs of it. I don’t want to know.8.He was wearing greens, garrison hat, and all his

ribbons.9.They were like poor savages confronted with a

beautiful white girl.10. This year I covered half the world and saw people

in such numbers – it seems to me I saw everybody but the dead.

11. But they had been such innocents then!12. He was, as they saw it, part of the rich and

superior class and every poor man knew what they meant. The poor must stand together everywhere.

13. I was soon to discover that Sheila was never interested in what “inferiors” had to say.

Exercise 11

The following adjectives describe people’s physical characteristics. List them as in the example. Some of them can be used more than once.

Blue, short, oval, tiny, straight, medium-height, dark, slim, upturned, muscular, brown, wavy, freckled, overweight, blond, almond-shaped, long, plump, wrinkled, ugly, shabby, crooked, elegant, attractive, Roman,

117

fashionable, slanting, tall, casual, curly, green, well-built.

e.g. _____________________________________________________________________ Height build face eyes nose hair clothes _____________________________________________________________________ Tall well-built pretty green straight curly casual _____________________________________________________________________

Exercise 12

The following adjectives describe people’s personal characteristics: lazy, intelligent, practical, reliable, patient, unstable, generous, boring, optimistic. Choose themost appropriate one to fill in the sentences.

1.Mary is a very ____________ person. You can always count on her what you ask her to.

2.He tends to be ___________ . His mood is likely to change at any time.

3.He is a very ___________ person; he puts in very little effort at work.

4.Mick can often be _____________ ; he has a tendency torepeat the same old stories.

5.She has a very _________ outlook on life; she never expects anything to go wrong.

6.The teacher is very ____________ with her students; she always explains things several times.

7.The little boy is so ____________ that he can do big brother’s homework.

118

8.My uncle is very __________ ; he always gives money tocharity.

9.My son is very ___________ ; he is full of energy and high spirits.

10. My husband is very ___________ . He repairs everything around the house.

Exercise 13

The following adjectives describe objects. Put them in order, as in the example:Enormous, ancient, light, rubber, round, modern, little, purple, Spanish, British, steel, childish, flat, Chinese, metal, heavy, red, square, disgusting, new, black

Opinion size/weight age shape colour origin material noun A beautiful large old round blue Egyptian woolen carpet

Exercise 14

Read the following report and put the adjectives into the correct order, then cover the text and try to describe the suitcase.

On May 20, 1996, I was travelling from New York to Montrealon the 8.30 am express train. However, due to an expected transfer via Boston on the 11.50 am train to Montreal my luggage was lost. The missing item is a(n) ( leather, old, square) suitcase. Each corner of the suitcase is covered bya ( dark, small, leather ) patch, which is fastened by ( metal, tiny, round ) studs. The suitcase is covered with many (paper, colourful, interesting ) labels, and has got a handle. There are also two ( metal, silver, small ) locks on either sideof the handle. The suitcase contains mostly clothes and also a ( black, plastic, new ) hairdryer, and a ( grey, Japanese,lightweight ) camera. If the suitcase is found, please

119

contact me at this telephone number: (617)555-1877 between the hours of 9am – 5pm daily.

Exercise 15

Put the adjectives in brackets in the correct position.Model: a beautiful table (wooden round) – a beautiful round wooden table.

1.an unusual ring (gold)2.an old lady (nice)3.a good-looking man (young)4.a modern house (attractive)5.black gloves (leather)6.an American film (old)7.a large nose (red)8.a sunny day (lovely)9.a hot bath (nice)10. an ugly dress (orange)11. a red car (old / little)12. a metal box (black / small)13. a long face (thin)14. a wide avenue (long)15. a big cat (fat / black)16. a little village (old / lovely)17. long hair ( fair / beautiful)18. an old painting (interesting / French)

Exercise 16

Put these words in the correct order to describe clothes.Model: a polo-neck sweater white – a white polo-neck sweater.

T-shirt an short-sleeved old; Green a cardigan plain; Beautiful scarf a cashmere; Sweater a v-neck striped Silk flowery waistcoat a

Make five new combinations of adjectives and nouns

120

Exercise 17

Use the following adjectives to describe any noun you like,the main task is to use two or more of them in the correct order.

Old Stripy Beautiful Wool Leather Second-hand Horrible Check Short-sleeved New Full-length Fabulous Plain Armani Silk

In most languages, when we use two or three adjectives to describe a noun there are rules about the order of the adjectives. Put the given adjectives in the correct order for English.

Exercise 18Make up sentences picking one word from each of the columnsbelow.

Origin shape size value material

colour Age /temperature

RuralNewYork

GermanEnglis

h

squaretriangularroundcircul

ar

bigsmalllittleheavyhugelight

dirtyfamousbrilliant

talented

ironplasti

cwoodencottonmetal

blueblackred

greenyellowbrown

youngoldnewcoldhotwarm

121

domestic

urban

ovalT-

shaped

beautifulugly

pink

Exercise 19

Translate into English.

1. Біля воріт стояв старий англійський автомобіль.2.Усі газети написали про цього молодого талановитого

німецького драматурга.3.На круглому маленькому столику з червоного дерева

лежав незакінчений лист.4.Молода чарівна француженка увійшла до кафе.5.У неї не залишилося нічого, крім старого вовняного

плаття коричневого кольору.6.Він був молодим високим нью-йоркським поліцейським.7.До будинку вела стара напівзруйнована дорога.8.Я давно мріяла купити невелике кругле дзеркало для

ванної кімнати.9.Величезний натовп розлючених вкладників вимагав

повернути їм гроші.10. Ця велика нещаслива слабка домашня тварина

викликала загальне співчуття.11. Зимовий холодний пронизливий вітер не міг

зруйнувати теплу щиру атмосферу в кімнаті.12. Таке легке рожеве шовкове плаття могло б

прикрасити будь-яку дівчину.13. Молоді незалежні африканські держави набувають все

більшого впливу у світовій політиці.14. Довга розкішна атласна чорна сукня виявилася для

нас занадто дорогою.15. Молодий недосвідчений хімік із Франції здивував

увесь світ своїм відкриттям.

Exercise 20

Comment on the use of the underlined adjectives.

122

1.She was his oldest child.2.“Come and shake hands with Mr. Carey, Sally”. He

turned to Philip. “Isn’t she enormous? She’s my eldest. How old are you, Sally?” “Fifteen, father, come next June”.

3.Mary climbed hastily into the nearest compartment and was lost to sight.

4.No further news had come.5. The last laugh died away.6.The latest news was very important.7.The wooden bridge was nearly three quarters of a mile

across.8.She sent him a gold cigarette case.9.The sand was golden yellow as if the sun struck

through the water all the way to the bottom of the sea.

Exercise 21

Translate into Ukrainian. Pay attention to the degrees of comparison of the adjectives.

He made her feel like the most interesting, fascinating girl in the world.

Our teacher is the most pleasant and intelligent young man.

It was no longer possible to hear exactly what she said.Ann was the quickest in the hospital of guessing what Jill’s remarks might be.

The greatest ideas are the simplest.He greeted me like his dearest friend.At last we are here; the forest is the most beautiful in

Africa. He was the most anxious to get to the camp in time.Wells regarded him with the greatest kindness.

Exercise 22

123

Give the comparative and superlative degrees of the following adjectives:

Strong, wide, happy, greedy, beautiful, difficult, dangerous, useful, important, magnificent, fortunate, courageous, good, bad, little, many.

Exercise 23

Use the appropriate form of the adjective given in bracketsand supply the article where necessary.

The hall was (full) when they arrived, but it seemed ever (fuller) now.

His shirt looked (yellow) than usual.“Of all the (stupid) questions I’ve ever been asked,” he

said angrily, “that’s (stupid).This path is (narrow) than that one.You’re (charming) girl I’ve ever seen in my life and

(delightful).She had never given anyone to understand that she was

(poor) than the rest.Runway zero-eight was (long) of the airport’s three

runways.How (handsome) he was! He was (handsome) man in the

party.Oh, you’re (wonderful), you’re (wonderful) girl in the

whole world.His eyes are (true) things I ever saw.She was (thin) and (white) than when last he had seen

her.

Exercise 24

Use the appropriate form of the adjective given in brackets.

His age was fifty; he looked several years (old).The (old) brother came from the stable and Bill stood

still, hands clenched.124

Jim was (old) by only four years but already there was grey in his hair and deep lines in his face.

Uncle Charles and Dante clapped. They were (old) than his father and mother but Uncle Charles was (old) thanDante.

Ann went downstairs to the dining-room, where her husband, his parents and his three (old) children wereassembled for luncheon.

Exercise 25

Fill in the appropriate comparative and superlative forms.

I think that the north of Scotland is one of ________ (beautiful) places I’ve ever been to. The water in the lochs is ________ (clear) I’ve ever seen and I believe thatit must be the ________ (picturesque) area in the world. Northern Scotland has _______ (majestic) mountains in Britain and it’s ___________ (green) than anywhere else I’ve been to. The mysterious question of whether or not the“Loch Ness Monster” exists, makes it all _________ (interesting). I certainly can’t think of anywhere else __________ (good) to go for a relaxing break than bonny Scotland.

Exercise 26

Fill in the missing adjectives in the proper degree. Analyze the adjectives used in the song.

Long, green, big, handsome, large, beautiful, strong.

A Bigger Heart

His arms are stronger than mineHis legs are ______ than mine

His car’s always cleanerAnd his grass is always _____.

125

But my heart is ____ than hisAnd my love for you is stronger than his.

He’s more ____, much more elegantMore charming and more polite than me

He’s more responsible, much more dependableHe is everything I long to be.His office is ____ than mine

His martinis are drier than mineHis roses are much ____

And his faults are far fewer.But my heart is ____ than his

And my love for you is ____ than his.

Exercise 27

Complete the sentences using the adjectives given below in the proper degree:Beautiful, thin, cold, good, large, pleasant, interesting, short, close, bright, young, comfortable, old, kind, interested, expensive, bad, sad, crowded, disappointed.

It gets _____ and _____ in autumn and the days become _____ and _____. But Indian summer is a very _____ and_____ time of the year.

We all grow _____ with years.You look _____. What’s the matter? – I feel _____.I’ll try to do my _____ to help you. – Thank you. It’s

very _____ of you.The hotel was surprisingly cheap. We expected it to be

much _____.This flat is too small for our family. We need something

______ but not very _____.The Moon is _____ neighbour to the Earth.Venus is _____ planet in our solar system.I prefer watching TV sitting in this old armchair. It’s

_____ than a new one.There were a lot of people on the bus. It was _____ than

usual.This jacket is too small for you. You need _____ size.

126

You look _____. Have you lost your weight?He is not keen on his studies. He’s _____ in having a

_____ time.I was _____ with the film. It was not _____ for me to

see it.A man is as _____ as he looks and no _____ than he

feels.

Exercise 28

Supply the proper degree of comparison.

1.Trust a man who hesitates in his speech and is (quick)and (steady) in actions.

2.The (little) men think the (much) they talk.3.Prevention is (good) than cure. The public is (good)

judge.4.It is good to be clever, but it is (good) to be

industrious.5.Some people have (much) money than brains.6.Australia is (large) island in the world.7.He would (soon) die than tell a lie.8.The Times is one of (powerful) newspapers in England.9.“What is (good) film you’ve ever seen?” – “I’ve seen

so many good films that I can’t say which one is (good)”.

10. We had a great holiday. It was one of (great) holidays we have ever had.

11. The hotel we stayed at was (cheap) than all the others in the town.

12. Everest is (high) mountain in the world. It is (high) than any other mountain.

13. What’s (quick) way of getting from here to the station?

14. It was an awful day. It was (bad) day in my life.

127

15. “Are you (old) in your family?” – “No, I’m (young)in our family”.

16. Why do you always come to see me at (bad) possiblemoment?

17. I spent (little) money than you but I spent (much)than my mother did.

18. There are (few) people at this match than at the last one.

19. Now her hair isn’t as (long) as it is used to be.20. The Nile is (long) river in the world at 6.741

kilometers – slightly (long) than the Amazon, which isthe second (long) at 6.440 kilometers.

21. The (big) city in the world is Tokyo – Yokohama with a population of about 28.5 million.

Exercise 29

Use the adjectives in the proper degree.

Spring is very busy time. It is (busy) time in the year.That was (boring) film I’ve ever seen.There wasn’t as (much) snow in the fields as in the

forests.She is a really nice person – one of (nice) people I

know.The (much) snow you have in winter, the (good) crop you

have in summer.The weather in November is not so (cold) as in December

but it’s (cold) than in October.No park in London is as (popular) as Hyde Park.One of (famous) places of interest in London is St.

Paul’s Cathedral.A tram is not so (quick) as a bus. It’s one of (slow)

means of transport.The film is (interesting) than the book.Apples are not so (expensive) as oranges, and they are

(cheap) than pears.

128

He is not so (bad) as you think, but, perhaps, he is (bad) than she is.

My sister is (economical) than I am, but she isn’t as (economical) as our mother.

The river was not so (shallow) as we expected. It is oneof (deep) rivers in the area.

“Your mother was (intelligent) and (little) naïve than you are”, my grandmother used to say.

One of (narrow) streets in the world is St. John’s Lane,in Rome; it is 49 sm. Wide but there is a street in Cromwell, England, that is even (narrow); it is 48 sm.(wide) in its (narrow) point.

Legends of (large) water-creatures in Loch Ness, an immensely (deep) lake in the north-eastern Highlands of Scotland, go back much (far) than 1993, when a motorist saw a (tremendous) upheaval in the loch.

Scientists have seriously suggested that (large) creatures may have been stranded in the (deep) waters of the loch when 60 million years ago it was cut off from the sea.

The (near) cinema is (far) from here than the (near) theatre.

(High and low, rich and poor, wise and foolish) people, all have the right to be happy.

The (young) you are, the (easy) it is to learn. The (early) you start, the (much you reach).

Exercise 30

Complete the sentences with: a) the superlative form; b) one of the + superlative.Model: It’s a very nice house.

a) It’s the nicest house in our townb) It’s one of the nicest houses in our town.

He is a very dangerous criminal. He _____ in the country.

The Mississippi is a long river. It’s _____ in the world.

129

I have never heard such a funny story. That’s _____ I have heard.

We have never made such a bad mistake. It’s _____.They haven’t had to make such a difficult decision for

years. It’s _____.It was very bad experience. It was _____ in my life.He is a very good player. He _____ in the team.She is a very rich woman. She is _____ in the world.

Exercise 31

Use: a) as … as; b) not so … as / not as …as.Model: My grandfather is younger than he looks.

a) My grandfather isn’t as old as he looks.b) My grandfather is not so old as he looks.

1.The examination was more difficult than we expected.2.The weather is warmer today than it was yesterday.3.The situation is still unpleasant but yesterday it was

worse.4.I was a bit nervous before the interview but usually

I’m a lot more nervous.5.The exhibition was less beautiful than we hoped to

see.6.This book is less interesting than the one I read last

week.7.Tokyo is exciting but for musicians London is more

exciting than Tokyo and, of course, New York is the most exciting of all.

8.London is, of course, much older than New York, but itis younger than Rome.

9.New York has more parks than Tokyo, but less than London.

10. Everything is cheaper in our country than in yours.

11. The shops were more expensive than we thought.12. The film was less interesting than I expected.13. This business trip is less important for our firm

than you think.130

14. We are more tired today after our tiring job than usual.

Exercise 32

Write sentences using one of + superlative + plural noun. Use the phrases given below. Model: famous landmark in St. Louis, Missouri. – The gateway Arch is one of the most famous landmarks in St. Louis, Missouri.

1.high mountain in the world;2.big city in Ukraine;3.large state in the USA;4.small country in the world;5.friendly person in our group;6.good place to visit in the world;7.famous person in the world;8.important thing in life;9.tall building in the world;10. dangerous sport in the world;11. stable currency in the world;12. serious problem in the world.

Exercise 33

Complete the sentences and say if you agree or disagree.Model: If you get married early, it’s better; in fact the earlier you get married the better it is.

1.If you are generous, you will be popular; in fact …

2.If you have many friends, you will be happy; in fact …

3.If you are honest, you will have fewer problems;in fact …

4.If you smoke, you will be kissed less often; in fact …

5.When you love someone, you have fewer arguments;in fact …

131

6.When you win an argument, you may lose a fried; in fact …

7.When you are kind, people respect you less; in fact …

8.If we work hard, we always become rich; in fact …

9.When people earn much money, they become less careful; in fact …

10. If you have much, you want more; in fact …11. If you work hard, you always have good

results; in fact …12. If you are happy, you see few unhappy people

around; in fact …13. If you know English well, it’s easy to find a

good job; in fact …14. If a man knows many foreign languages, it’s

easy for him to learn a new one; in fact …

Exercise 34

Give the Ukrainian equivalents to the following proverbs. Use them in the situations of your own.

1.Among the blind the one-eyed man is a king.2.Appearances are deceptive.3.Best defence is attack.4.The devil is not so black as he is painted.5.Dry bread at home is better than roast meat abroad.6.False friends are worse than open enemies.7.Fortune favours the fool.8.Fortune favours the brave.9.Gifts from enemies are dangerous.10. Great talkers are little doers.11. A good face is a letter of recommendation.12. New Lords – new laws.13. Of two evils choose the least.14. Two heads are better than one.15. Still waters run deep.

132

Exercise 35

Which meaning goes with which saying?

1. Two heads are better than one

a) Doing something late is notas bad as forgetting it completely.

2. For better for worse; for richer for poorer.

b) Family ties are very strong.

3. Better late than never.

c) It’s easier to find an answer if someone thinks with you.

4. Better the devil you know than the devil you don’t.

d) Other situations always seem more attractive than yourown situation.

5. The grass is always greener on the other side.

e) In every situation in life.(Men and women say these wordswhen they get married)

6. Blood is thicker than water.

f) An unpleasant but familiar situation is better than a newone.

7. Better safe than sorry.

g) It’s better not to talk about it.

8. The least said the better.

h) Take precautions.

9. The best things in life are free.

i) Money doesn’t buy happiness.

10. It’s easier said thandone.

j) It’s a nice plan but not very practical.

Exercise 36

All of the following sentences contain errors. Find and correct them. The first sentence is given here as the example.

1.Alaska is large than Texas. – Alaska is larger than Texas.2.Alaska is largest state in the USA.

133

3.Ukraine is the larger from Great Britain in land area.4.Old shoes are usually more comfortable then new shoes.5.My running shoes are more comfortable as my boots.6.My running shoes are the more comfortable shoes I own.7.Mr. Brown writes the most clearly than Mr. Klein.8.English is the most widely used language from the

world.9.I have one sister and one brother. My sister is

youngerer in the family.10. Bill’s knife was as sharper as a razor blade.11. I like Chinese food more better than French food.12. A lion is as dangerous and wild than a tiger.13. My flat is bigger that yours.14. In my opinion, reading a novel is much more

relaxing than watching a thriller.15. Ed is the more generous person in the family.

Exercise 37

Read this selection of extraordinary “mind and body” world records. Think of at least three records which can be addedto this selection. Be ready to present them to the class. Choose the most interesting information and give reasons toyour choice.

THE SHORTESTOne of the shortest men was an American. Calvin Philips(1891 – 1912) weighed less than one kilo at birth and stopped growing when he was five years old. For the rest of his brief life he was just 67 centimeters tall.The shortest woman was even smaller. Pauline Musters (1876 – 95) came from Holland and measured only 61 centimeters when she was nineteen.THE TALLESTThe tallest man was an American called Robert Wadlow (1918 – 1940). His height was incredible – 2 meters, 72centimeters.The tallest woman came from China. She was born in

134

1964, her name was Zeng Jinlian and when she died in 1982 she measured 2 meters, 47 centimeters.THE MOSTThe most children born to one mother is 69. That’s the number of babies which an eighteenth-century Russian woman had in the years between 1720 -60. They included 16 pairs of twins, 7 sets of triplets (three babies) and 4 sets of quadruplets (four babies).THE STRONGESTThe strongest substance in the human body is tooth enamel (that’s the hard white substance on the surface of teeth).Can you guess where the strongest muscles in the body are? Well, the answer is in the jaw. They are the muscles which are used for chewing and biting.The longest bone in the human body is the tight bone orfemur. Robert Wadlow’s femur (he was the tallest man) measured 74 centimeters.The longest fingernails are on the left hand of Shidar Chillal from India. Added together, their total length is 4.52 meters.The world record for the longest hair belongs to Marta Jagdamba from India. In March 1989 her hair was 6.4 meters long.

Exercise 38

Practice the correct use of –ing and –ed (passive) emotive adjectives.

1.(To interest) The man is _____ in the TV game. The TV gameis _____ to the man.

2.(To surprise)The teacher is ____ at the pupil’s answer. The pupil’s answer is ____ .

3.(To annoy) The girl was ____ by her friend’s indifference. Her friend’s indifference was ____ .

135

4.(To irritate) The woman was _____ by his habit of interrupting people. His habit of interrupting people was _____ .

5.(To tire) The students were _____ of writing a test. It was a very _____ day.

6.(To exhaust) The tourists were ____ by their long journey. The journey was too ____ .

7.(To frighten) The children were _____ by the dark. The dark was ____ .

8.(To bore) The students were ____ by the lecture. The lecture was ______ .

9.(To interest) The man is watching an _____ game. An _____ TV viewer doesn’t like to be interrupted.

10. (To surprise) The pupil made a ______ mistake. The _____ teacher was at a loss.

11. (To annoy) The noise in the corridor was ______ .The pupils heard the _____ voice of the teacher.

12. (To irritate) He had an _____ habit of interrupting people. The _____ woman stopped talking.

13. (To tire) The ____ day was dull. The _____ worker went home.

14. (To exhaust) It was an _____ experience. The _____ travelers arrived at the hotel at night.

15. (To frighten) That’s a ____ thought. The _____ child didn’t move.

16. (To bore) They disliked the _____ play. The ______ spectators didn’t want to watch the play.

Exercise 39

Choose the right adjective.Model: I was disappointing / disappointed with the film. I had expected it to be better.

We were all horrifying / horrified when we heard about the disaster.

It’s sometimes embarrassing / embarrassed when you have to ask people for money.

136

Are you interesting / interested in football?I enjoyed the football match. It was quite exciting /

excited.It was a really terrifying / terrified experience.

Afterwards everybody was shocking / shocked.I had never expected to be offered a job. I was really

amazing / amazed when I was offered it.The kitchen hadn’t been cleaned for ages. It was really

disgusting / disgusted.Do you easily get embarrassing / embarrassed?Everyone was surprised / surprising that he passed the

examination.He is always tired / tiring when he gets home from work.

Exercise 40

Gradable adjectives: adjectives like ‘good’, ‘small’ or ‘pleasant’ can go with adverbs like ‘very’, ‘fairly’ and ‘rather’. For example: very good; fairly small; rather pleasant. You cannot use adverbs like ‘absolutely’ and ‘totally’ with these adjectives.Absolute adjectives: strong adjectives like ‘incredible’ can go with adverbs like ‘absolutely’ and ‘totally’. For example: absolutely perfect; totally unique. When Mike did his firstjump, he shouted, ”This is absolutely incredible!”

Put the given adjectives under these two headings: very or absolutely.For example:Very – angry; absolutely – furious.Adjectives:Angry, excited, exhausted, incredible, furious, tired, thrilled, awful, good, hilarious, funny, strange, bad, brilliant.

Exercise 41

Translate into English.

137

1.Боюся, ця квартира не така зручна, як ваша.2.Вона не настільки гарна, як її сестра.3.Цей його роман так само популярний як і попередній.4.У кімнаті так само спекотно, як і на вулиці.5.Зараз у нього не така висока температура, як уранці.6.У нас не такий великий будинок, як у вас, але він так

само затишний.7.Цей килим такий же строкатий, як і наш.8.Хоча це плаття не таке дороге, як моє, воно чудово

носиться.9.Ваш собака так само розпещений, як і ваша дитина.10. Ця вправа не така довга, як та, що ми щойно

зробили.11. Чому ви думаєте, що в нас так само мало

грошей, як і в нього?12. Його думка так само важлива для нас. Як і

ваша.13. Я не впевнений, що в мене такий самий

сучасний комп’ютер, як у вас.14. Доміно не така стародавня гра, як шахи.15. Ця лекція не видається мені такою нудної, як

попередня.

Exercise 42

Translate into English.

Ваша машина новіша за мою? – Ні, вона старіша. Це найстаріша машина у місті.

Цей телевізор дорожчий за той? – Ні, не дорожчий. Він дешевший. Власне, це найдешевший телевізор у цьому магазині.

Цього року весна холодніше, ніж минулого? – Ні, вона тепліша. Можливо, це найтепліша весна яку я пам’ятаю.

Цей ресторан більш гомінкий ніж той. Давайте підемо у спокійніше місце.

Місто розташоване далі від нашої ферми, а село – ближче.Весна більш хмарна, а літо більш сонячне цього року. –

Так, і зима морозніша, а осінь більш дощова.138

Що може бути кращим за чашку духмяного чаю? – Тільки чашка ароматної кави.

мені здається, що це найхолодніша весна за останні десять років.

Чим простіша задача, тим менше часу потрібно для її вирішення.

Цього року ми вивчаємо менше дисциплін, ніж у минулому, але складаємо більше іспитів.

І це ти називаєш найщасливішим і найбезтурботнішим часому твоєму житті?

Наша екскурсія виявилася набагато веселішою, ніж я очікував.

Не може бути, що ти стомився більше, ніж я.Навіть якщо у мене менше друзів, ніж у тебе, вони

надійніші та відданіші мені.Думаю, ти будеш почувати себе зручніше у спортивному

костюмі.Най2щастливіша та дитина, яку розуміють її батьки.Ситуація набагато серйозніша, ніж ти можеш собі уявити.Мені б хотілося, щоб ти досяг набагато кращих успіхів,

ніж я.Нема у світі нічого гіршого, ніж зрада.Ніхто не буде сперечатися, що найзручніший вид

транспорту – це метро.

139

MODAL VERBS

Modal verbs (can/could, may/might, must, need, shall/should, ought to,will/would, be to, have to) do not name any actions made by aperson, but denote the person’s attitude towards thesurrounding world. They are used with great frequency andwith the wide range of meanings. They express such ideas aswillingness and ability, permission and refusal, obligationand prohibition, necessity, promise and intention; almostall modal verbs can express degrees of certainty,probability, or possibility.They have certain characteristics in common:

1.They need no auxiliaries to form questions andnegations;

2.The verbs can, may, shall, will have two tense forms of theindicative mood – the present and the past.

The present tense The past tensecan couldmay mightshall shouldwill would

3.The forms could, might, should, would instead of denoting apast action may denote an unreal action and in thiscase they have no meaning of a past action; they areused with the indefinite infinitive when we speak ofthe present or the future, and with the perfectinfinitive when we speak about the past.

4.The verbs must and need have only one form of theindicative mood. They are used with the indefiniteinfinitive when we speak of the present or the future,and with the perfect infinitive when we speak aboutthe past.

5.The modal verb ought has only one form. The form of theinfinitive after the verb ought shows whether we arespeaking of the present-future or of the past.

140

6.Modal verbs are always used in combination with theinfinitive.

Unlike all other verbs, modal verbs do not denote anaction but are used to express abstract modal meanings ofpossibility, necessity, volition, etc. Sometimes they arealso used to express different emotions such as doubt,surprise, reproach, etc.

As far as their function in the sentence is concerned,modal verbs are structural. Due to the fact that theyexpress modal relations, they are never used as independentparts of a sentence. They are always used in combinationwith the infinitive making up part of the compound modalpredicate.

The infinitive associated with a modal verb may be usedin any form, i.e. non-perfect or perfect, non-continuous orcontinuous, active or passive.

CAN / COULDThe verb “can” has two forms: “can” for the Present

Tense and “could” for the Past Tense; the expression “beable to” which has the same meaning can be used to supplythe missing forms of the verb “can”. (e.g. I had not beenable to imagine how weakened she was.)

The verb “can” is used to express:

Meaning Forms of themodal verb

Other ways toexpress the same

meaning

Sentencepatterns

Mental,physical andcircumstantial ability(all types

ofsentences)

Can / can’t,could /couldn’t

To be ableto;

to know howto do

something;to have theability todo something

Can you lift thisheavy chair?

I couldn’t swimquite well at theage of 8. He can

see nothingwithout his

glasses.Permission Can – To permit; Can we keep it?

141

(inquestions

andstatements)

presenttense; could

– inreportedspeech

to beallowed

You can go now.

Request (inquestions)

Can; could(more

polite)

To permit;to beallowed

Could you do itfor me?

Prohibition(negativesentences)

Can’t Not topermit;not to beallowed

You can’t crossthe street here.

Unreality(all types

ofsentences)

Could do –present;could havedone – past

Would beable to dosomething;would havebeen able todo something

But for this Icould do it quite

easily now.Icould have gothere earlier if Ihad known that

you were waitingfor me.

Astonishment, strong

doubt aboutthe present,about thepast (in

questions)

Can somebodydo? Could

somebody do?Can / couldsomebodyhave done?

Is itpossiblethat..? Doyou believethat ..?

Can he be herhusband? He istwice as old asshe is.Can hehave made it?

Incredulity,improbability about thepresent (innegative

sentences)

Somebodycan’t do …somebody

couldn’t do…

It’s hardlypossiblethat;

I refuse tobelieve that

…

She can’t saysuch words.

Improbability about thepast ( innegative

sentences)

Somebodycan’t have

done;somebodycouldn’t

I don’tbelieve that

… It isimpossiblethat… It’s

He couldn’t havemade such a

mistake.

142

have done incrediblethat … I

don’t thinkit’s

possiblethat …

The weakestprobability

Can / could It’spossible;Perhaps;By chance

You could beright, I’m not

sure.

Emotionalcolouring

(in specialquestions)

Can / could—

What can youknow of such

things?What can they bespeaking about?

How can youhave made such

a mistake?Note: to distinguish between a question about somebody’s ability to do something and the expression of strong doubt we use the Indefinite infinitive in the first case and the Continuous infinitive in the second (with the exception of the verbs to be, to know, to love, to hate and others). Compare: Can he write poetry? Can he be writing poetry?

ExercisesExercise 1

Open the brackets using the correct form of the infinitive.Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.I wonder who broke the cup; it can’t (to be) the cat for she was out all day.

2.Is it your dog running in the garden? - No, it can’t (to be) my dog. My dog is at home.

3.He couldn’t (to catch) the 9.20 train because he didn’t leave home till 9.25.

143

4.She can’t (to read) four hours running. She has read only two pages.

5.He says he saw you at the theatre yesterday. – He couldn’t (to see) me. I wasn’t there.

6.He returned home with a tiger cub. His wife can’t (to be) very pleased about that.

7.The door was open. – It couldn’t (to be) open. I had locked it myself and the key was in my pocket.

8.I saw Ann in the library yesterday. – You couldn’t (tosee) her, she is still abroad.

9.The lecturer is a tall thin man with white hair. – Then it can’t (to be) Dr. Smith because he is short and fat.

10. We went sailing on a lake in a park. I think it was the Round Pond. – It couldn’t (to be) the Round Pond, there are only toy boats there.

11. I suppose it is Charles who always leaves the kitchen in such a mess. – No, it can’t (to be) Charles. He never has a meal in.

12. We went to a restaurant and had a very good dinnerfor 75p. – You couldn’t (to have) a very good dinner if you only paid 75p.

Exercise 2

Analyze the form could in the following sentences. State whether it denotes the past or the unreality of the action.Translate the combinations of could with the infinitive.

1.He could reel off line after line of poetry when he was a child.

2.He told us that the place could be reached by car.3.I could see through the window that the room was

empty.4.I could tell you many things if you would only care to

listen.5.She’s as tall as you are. She could wear your things.6.You simply did not care. Why. You could have lent him

the money.144

7.The game was as good as lost. Nothing could have saved“The Ramblers”.

8.By the evening I had gone through the pile of papers. It was no use. I could not find any mention of the case.

9.Don’t try to find excuses for her. She could at least offer to help you put the house to rights after the party. But she won’t, not she.

10. The last copy was sold. I could have cried.11. We had to tell him everything. We could not have

managed without his help.12. So you walked the whole way, carrying that heavy

suitcase. Why couldn’t you ask somebody for a lift?

Exercise 3

In the following sentences could denotes unreality. Refer the situation to the past by changing the form of the infinitive.Model: Could you do anything for her? (now) Could you have done anything for her? (then)

1.Only an immediate operation could save her now.2.I could get there in less than two hours in my car.3.I couldn’t make a cake without eggs anyway.4.Could you translate this without a dictionary?5.How could you get in touch with her? You don’t know

where she is.6.I could refuse her nothing.7.Don’t do that. A better way out could be found.8.Of course I could ask Father to post it for me.9.Jackie could stay with Edna. She would love to have

him.10. You could take it to the cleaner’s on the way to

town and I’d get it back in time for the party.

Exercise 4

145

Form requests, ask for permission to do something, give permission to do something, express prohibition using the following word-combinations:

1.to help somebody with his work;2.to do something directly one returns;3.to take somebody’s picture;4.to have cream with one’s tea;5.to drop in at a shop for some face-cream.

Model: to discuss the subject with one’s friends1.request – Can (could) you discuss the subject with

your friends?2.asking for permission – Can (could) I discuss the

subject with my friends?3.permission – You can discuss the subject with your

friends.4.prohibition – You can’t discuss the subject with your

friends.

Exercise 5

Express strong and very strong doubt about the statements made in the following sentences.Model: 1. –She did not trust him from the start.

- Can she have mistrusted him …- She can’t have mistrusted him …

2. – She didn’t explain to me how to do it. - Can she have failed to explain to him … - She can’t have failed to explain to him …

1.She did not leave her address.2.She doesn’t believe his story.3.She didn’t recognize him when they met on the

platform.4.They didn’t deliver the mail in time.5.Mother didn’t understand my directions.6.You didn’t buy the butter.

146

Exercise 6

Study the following chart. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

Can in the meaning of ability, Can in the meaning of supposition with capability, permission, prohibition. implied surprise, disbelief, doubt.1.I can swim very well. 1. It can’t be true.2.He can speak French. 2. He can’t have escaped by

this window because it is barred.

3.Can I borrow your bicycle? 3. Could he have learned Chinese in a

4.You can’t keep this book, month’s time? it doesn’t belong to you. 4. He said that he

watered the plants every day. He could have watered them. If hehad they wouldn’t have died,

Practise the following according to the model.Model: A: He says he saw Mary at the dance. B: He couldn’t have seen her. She wasn’t there.

He says he …1.had an argument with Tom at the party ( Tom wasn’t

there ).2.came up by the lift. (The lift wasn’t working).3.carried it himself. (It weighs a ton).4.got sunburn in Hyde Park in November. (The sun isn’t

strong enough).5.swam across the Irish sea. (It is too wide).6.heard your clock strike. (My clock doesn’t strike).7.went there by train. (The railway line is closed).

147

Exercise 7

Choose the correct form of the verb.

1.Why did you walk all the way from the station? You could phone / could have phoned for a lift.

2.I loved staying with my grandparents when I was a child. They let me read all the books in the house andtold me I could / was able to go to bed as late as I wanted.

3.The carpet was priced at $500, but I could / was able to get a discount because of this little mark in the corner.

4.I couldn’t have found / haven’t been able to find my diary for days. It’s terribly inconvenient.

5.As soon as she opened the door I could / was able to see from her face that something terrible had happened.

6.I’ve no idea where my brother is now. He can / could be atthe North Pole for all I know.

7.It’s difficult to understand how explorers survive theconditions they encounter in the Antarctic. I’m sure Ican’t / couldn’t.

8.Why did I listen to you? I can be / could have been at home by now instead of sitting here in the cold.

9.The day started off musty, but by the time we had reached the mountain the sun had appeared and we could / were able to climb it quite quickly.

Exercise 8

Express strong doubt about the statements made in the following negative sentences. Translate them into Ukrainian.Model: He didn’t notice you.

a) Can (could) he have failed to notice you?b) He can’t (couldn’t) have failed to notice you.

He doesn’t like it here.148

a) Can (could) he dislike it here?b) He can’t (couldn’t) dislike it here.

We didn’t see him do it.a) Can (could) nobody have seen him do it?b) Nobody can (could) have seen him do it.

1.You didn’t understand me.2.You didn’t like the play.3.They do not trust him.4.They didn’t find him there.5.People don’t want to go there.6.She didn’t notice the mistake.7.They didn’t receive the telegram in time.8.They don’t realize the full significance of the event.9.He did not see you.10. She did not lose sight of them in the crowd.

Exercise 9

Paraphrase the following sentences using can / could in the required meaning.

1.You are allowed to take up to 20 kilograms without paying extra when travelling by air.

2.I’m convinced that it is possible for all peoples in the world to live in peace and friendship.

3.Do you know how to drive a car?4.Is it possible that we have been asleep for more than

3 hours?5.The teacher said that he allowed the children to go

home.6.The doctor said that the patient was not permitted to

leave the hospital as he needed a longer course of medical treatment.

7.Will you be so kind as to tell me the way to the nearest post-office?

8.Would she be able to become a skilled engineer?9.I wonder how she managed to learn to speak so many

foreign languages.149

10. It’s hardly like that she has been completely cured.

11. It’s unbelievable that she has failed to get in touch with him.

12. I’m so glad you were able to get here in time and help the man.

13. Is it possible to have my prescription made up here? – No, we aren’t open yet.

Exercise 10

a) Answer these questions about personal qualities:Can you always tell people what you really think?Can you relax with people you don’t know/Can you usually get what you want?Can you keep calm in stressful situations?Can you keep your temper under control?Can you laugh at yourself?Can you always see both sides of an argument?Can you ignore criticism easily?Can you express your feeling easily?

b) Work in pairs. Tell each other what you can or can’t do.Are you similar or different? Expand your answers: I can’t always tell people what I think. Can you? No, I can’t. …

c) Match the descriptions in a) with compound adjectives from the list below. There may be more than one possibility:

OutspokenGood-humouredEasy-goingStrong-willedWell-behavedShort-sightedShort-temperedThick-skinnedOutgoing

150

Soft-heartedHard-workingLeft-handedMiddle-agedFair-mindedCool-headedSelf-assuredOld-fashionedWorld-famous

d) Make up sentences that describe each compound adjective: Someone who can always tell people what they really think is outspoken.

Exercise 11

Complete the sentences with the correct form of can, could orbe able to.Model: He’s very fit for his age. He ___ (run) very fast. – He can run very fast. I’d like ___ (work) with you one day. – I’d like to be able to work with you

one day.

1.He ___ (not climb) up to the top; he was too scared.2.If they hadn’t phoned for an ambulance, he ___ (die).3.I love ___ (spend) all morning in bed at the weekends.4.We ___ (go) to that concert tomorrow if the tickets

haven’t been sold out.5.I think you should go in the spring; it ___ (be) very

crowded there in the summer.6.I ___ (not understand) what he says; he speaks too

quickly.7.Do you know where Nick’s glasses are? He ___ (not see)

very much without them.8.___ (speak) another language fluently is a great

advantage when you are looking for a job.9.Jonathan ___ (not say) anything until he was about

three years old.10. We ___ (not phone her up) because her phone had

broken, but fortunately we ___ (get) a message to her.151

11. Amy’s exam results weren’t very good. She ___ (do)better.

12. I ___ (not sleep) very well for the last four nights. It’s been too hot.

13. She tried to think of other things but she ___ (not put) that awful memory out of her mind.

14. You should ___ (go out) when you want to.15. ___ you (come) to the party on Saturday.16. I ___ (ride) this bike soon: I just need more time

to practise.17. He doesn’t do very much when he’s here. He ___

(be) more helpful.18. I ___ (play) tennis really well a few years ago,

but not any more.

Exercise 12

Complete the following sentences using could or was / were able to.

1.He asked to lend him $ 10. I hadn’t got $ 10, but _____ lend him $5, and he was grateful.

2.The fishing boat sank, but fortunately the fisherman _____ swim to the shore.

3.The woman ____ describe the pickpocket to the police; she told them he was a thin little man, wearing a dirty raincoat.

4.It was a fine day yesterday, so we _____ have a picnic, and we enjoyed it very much.

5.He suddenly felt ill, but he _____ finish his speech, although at the end he could hardly stand.

6.He spoke very little French when he left school, but he _____ understand the language.

7.I got to the station at 9.50 a.m. and ____ catch the 9.55 a.m. train. I was very pleased I didn’t have to wait for the next train.

8.The sick man has a restless night, but he ____ sleep for an hour or two.

152

9.She ____ visit her friend every morning before she gotmarried if she wanted to, but now she can’t; she has too much to do in the house.

10. The town was full of visitors, and we didn’t know where we would spend the night, but at last we _____ find two vacant rooms in a small hotel.

11. Before his illness, he ____ work fourteen hours a day if he had to.

12. I was a long way from the stage. I _____ see all right but I ____ not hear very well.

13. I knew the town so I _____ advise him where to go.14. When the garage had repaired our car we _____

continue our journey.15. When I arrived everyone was asleep. Fortunately I

_____ wake my sister and she let me in.

Exercise 13

In the Future Indefinite Tense be able to has the following forms: shall/will be able to; shall not / will not be able to (shan’t / won’t be able to). Fill in the spaces with these forms.

1.When they buy a car, they ____ be able to visit their friends more often.

2.I’m sorry, but I ____ come to your birthday party nextweek.

3.I saw a terrible bus accident in London a year ago. I _____ never ____ forget it.

4.It’s very cold, and the old man _____ go out until theweather gets warmer.

5.Why do you sit at the back of the class if you can’t hear well? You ____ hear better if you sit in the front.

153

6.Do you think you _____ support yourself when you are twenty-one?

7.I’m too busy to have a holiday this year, but I hope I_____ have a long holiday next year.

8.The train leaves at five o’clock tomorrow morning. We _____ catch it if we don’t get up early.

9.He was working very hard before he fell ill. He ____ work so hard when he comes out of hospital.

10. Perhaps one day we _____ travel to the moon.11. The little girl is still ill, but she’s getting

better. The doctor hopes she _____ go back to school after the summer holidays.

12. This is a very difficult problem. I’m afraid you _____ solve it without help.

13. The doctor is very busy; he _____ see any more patients today.

14. He _____ spend more time with his grandchildren when she retires the year after next.

15. Mr. Brown is learning Ukrainian, but he doesn’t think he ___ ever ____ speak the language well.

16. Jack has hurt his knee, and he ____ play football next Saturday.

Exercise 14

Fill in the blanks with can or be able in different tenses.

1.When I’ve passed my driving test I ____ hire a carfrom our local garage.

2.When the fog lifts we ____ see where we are.3.You’ve put too much in your rucksack, you never

___ carry all that.4.When I was a child I ____ (not) understand the

adults, and now that I’m an adult I ____ (not) children.

5.When you have taken your degree you ____ put letters after your name.

6.When I first went to Spain I ____ read Spanish butI ____ (not) speak it.

154

7.He was very strong; he ____ ski all day and dance all night.

8.The car plunged into the river. The driver ____ get out but the passengers were drowned.

9.We ____ borrow umbrellas; so we didn’t get wet.10. I had no key so I ____ lock the door.11. The swimmer was very tired but he ____ reach

the shore before he collapsed.12. The police were suspicious at first but I ____

convince them that we were innocent.13. She made the wall very high so that the boys

____ (not) climb over it.14. They took his passport so that he ____ (not)

leave the country.15. They used to chain valuable books to library

desks so that people ____ (not) take them away.16. If you had had the right tools ____ you have

repaired the engine?

Exercise 15

Find Ukrainian equivalents of the following proverbs. Use them in the situations of your own.

1.What is done, cannot be undone.2.Love cannot be forced.3.Change of habit cannot alter nature.4.Can leopard change its spots?5.Old friends cannot be sacrificed for new ones.6.You can take a horse to the water, but you cannot

make him drink.7.Success in the ladder that cannot be climbed with

your hands in the pocket.8.Never put off till tomorrow what you can do today.9.A man can do no more than he can.10. What can’t be cured must be endured.

MAY / MIGHT

155

The verb “may” has two forms: “may” for the Present Tense and “might” for the Past Tense. The expressions “to be allowed” and “to be permitted”, which have the same meaning, can be used to supply the missing forms of the verb “may” (e.g. You are to stay in bed until you are allowed to get up.)

The verb “may” is used to express:

Meaning Forms of the modalverb

Other ways toexpress the

same meaning

Sentencepatterns

Absence ofobstacles tothe action

(instatements)

May – thepresent tense;might – thepast tense

_ Children mayborrow books

from thelibrary.

Polite orformal

permission(in

questionsmostly)

May – thepresent tense;might – thepast tense

To beallowed;to be

permitted

- May I comein?

Request (inquestions)

May – thepresent tense;might – thepast tense;

(might is morepolite form)

_ May I see himtoday? He

asked me if hemight rest for

an hour.Might I spendthe weekend

with you?Polite orformal

prohibition(in negativesentences)

May not _ You may notsmoke in the

room.

Reproach (in Might do; _ You might just156

statements);doubt

might have done(might

expressesgreater doubt,

it ispractically

never used whenspeaking about

the past)

as well come intime. You

might haveasked me at

first.Let’s wait just a

little longer,she might

come after all.Weak

probabilitypossibilityabout thepresent,

future andpast (in

statements)

May do / mightdo – future &

present;may have done /might have done

- past

Perhaps,maybe,possibly

She looks pale;she may be ill.He might havealready come.

It may raintomorrow.

Note: when we express doubt about an action in the present we mostly use the Continuous infinitive after the verb may(with the exception of such verbs as: to love, to hate, to know, to understand)e.g. She may be wearing her hair long now.This is probably done to avoid confusion with the pattern of doubt about the future action.Compare: They may be living in the country. (now) They may live at the country. (at some future time)

Exercises

Exercise 1

Analyze the form of the modal verb may / might. Say in which meaning it is used. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

Children may borrow books from the library.He said he might get to work by bus.Let’s meet at 5 if the time is convenient to everybody.

We may get there on foot.157

I have got two English novels in the original. So you may take one of them.

Mother said you might take some apples.- May I smoke, doctor? – No, you may not. You’d better

stop doing it. It may ruin your health.Mother, may I have a glass of light beer?May I see him in the hospital on Tuesday?He asked me if he might rest for an hour.May I spend the week-end with you?Jim, you may not have a swim today, it’s rather chilly.You might remember – people are sleeping upstairs.You might have asked me if I had an objection.You might have come half an hour ago.The child is very weak. You might be more attentive to

him.If he had arrived an hour earlier, he might have had a

good night’s rest.We may have been married.He may have written the letter, but the signature is

certainly not his.He told the doctor he might have been running a high

temperature for some days.

Exercise 2

Insert the correct form of the modal verb may / might.

1.It ____ rain, you’d better take a coat.2.He said that it ____ rain.3.We ____ as well stay here till the weather

improves.4.____ I borrow your umbrella?5.Candidates ____ (not) bring textbooks into the

examination room.6.I ____ never see you again.7.He ____ be on the next train, we ____ as well

wait.8.If we got there early we ____ get a good seat.

158

9.The police ____ ask a driver to take a breath test.

10. You ought to buy now; prices ____ go up.11. I’ll wait a week so that he ____ have time to

think it over.12. He isn’t going to eat it; I ____ as well give

it to the dog.13. We’d better be early; there ____ be a crowd.14. Nobody knows how people first came to these

islands. They ____ have sailed from South America on rafts.

15. He said that we ____ use his office whenever we liked.

16. I don’t think I’ll succeed but I ____ as well try.

17. If we can give him blood transfusion we ____ be able to save his life.

18. Two parallel white lines in the middle of the road mean that you ____ (not) overtake.

19. If I bought a lottery ticket I ____ win $1000.20. He has refused, but he ____ change his mind if

you asked him again.

Exercise 3

Paraphrase the following sentences so as to use the modal verb may / might.Model: Maybe he’ll get a new job. - He might get a new job. / He may get a new job. Do you think I could have one of these cakes? – May I have one of these cakes?

1.Visitors are not allowed to stay in the hospital after 10 p.m.

2.Do you think I could have one of these sandwiches?3.He has had a busy day and perhaps he is tired now.

159

4.Mum says that she allows me to go on a package tour with my friends to the Swiss Alps.

5.I think the car is in the station car park.6.Is it alright if I use your phone?7.Guests are allowed to wear casual dress.8.Perhaps, she’ll move to London.9.There’s a possibility that the show will be

cancelled.10. I think that Andrew will collect the money.11. It’s very cold here. You’re shivering all

over. You are permitted to put on Mary’s coat.12. Maybe, Peter won’t come to the cinema

tomorrow.13. Possibly, it’ll rain this afternoon.

Exercise 4

Study the following chart. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

May in the meaning of permission, May in the meaning of uncertain request, very sharp prohibition. supposition, reproach.

1. May I come and see you this evening?

Of course you may. You maycome at any time.

2. Candidates may not bring textbooks into the examination room.

1. It may rain today, or it may be fine.I don’t know.

2. Somebody phoned at lunch time but I couldn’t catch the name.It may have been my

brother.3. You might tell me! I think I have the right to know.

4. We’ve run out of petrol! I’m not surprised.I noticed that the tank was nearly empty when we

160

left home.You might have told me! Wecould have got petrol at the last village.

Open the brackets, using the correct form of the infinitive. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.I saw them in the street but they didn’t stop to speak to me. They may (to be) in a hurry.

2.My name is not written in this book, but it may (to be) mine.

3.People were waiting but the bus didn’t stop. It may (to be) full.

4.I know she was in because I heard her radio but she didn’t open the door. She may not (to hear) the bell.

5.I can’t think why they didn’t try to help him. They may not (to realize) that he was drowning.

6.He might (to thank) us. (We are offended that he didn’t )

7.He may (to be) on the next train. Let’s wait.8.Nobody knows how people first came to these islands.

They may (to sail) from South America on rafts.9.You might (to be) right but I don’t think you are.10. Tom: What’s happened to Jack? We said 7.30 and now

it’s 8.00 and there’s no sign of him. Ann: He may (to forget) that we invited him. He is rather forgetful. Tom: Or he may (to get) lost. He hasn’t been to this house before.

11. If you said that, he might (to be) very offended.12. I’ve lost one of my gloves. – The puppy might (to

take) it. I saw him running by just now with something in his mouth. It might (to be) your glove.

161

13. Ann: Why didn’t you wait for me yesterday? Tom: I waited five minutes. Ann: You might (to wait) longer.

14. It may (to rain), take a coat. 15. He said that it might (to rain).16. I wonder how the fire started. – Oh, someone might

(to drop) a lighted cigarette. Or it might (to be) an electrical fault.

17. I wonder why they didn’t go. The weather may (to be) too bad.

Exercise 5

Express ironical requests based on the following sentences.Use the perfect infinitive to refer the situation to the past and in this way express reproach.Model: You do not remember your child’s birthday. – You might remember

your child’s birthday! You didn’t switch off the lights before leaving. – You might have

switched off the lights before leaving.

1.You do not wear your new suit to the office.2.You didn’t sew the buttons on, Alice.3.You didn’t even notice how well she played. You do not

pay enough attention to your child.4.Do come and help me choose it.5.You didn’t try hard enough.6.You didn’t get up a little earlier and help me to

clean up after the party.7.You never let me know when something like this

happens.8.You didn’t give a detailed account.9.You didn’t meet her at the station.

Exercise 6

Fill the spaces by inserting can / could or may / might (or the negative form).

162

1.Students ______ bring textbooks into the examination room.

2._______ you stand on your head? – I ______ when I wasat school but I _____ now.

3.______ I smoke here? – No, you _____. Smoking is not allowed.

4.______ you type?- Yes, I _______ type but I _____ do shorthand.

5._______ I come in? – Please do.6.I ______ remember the address. - ____ you even

remember the street?7.He _____ answer the teacher’s questions yesterday, but

he _____ answer the same questions today.8._____ I come and see you this evening? – Of course you

_______ . 9.When I first went to Spain I _______ read Spanish but

I ______ speak it.10. He said that we _____ use his flat whenever we

liked.11. There was a lot of noise in the street last night,

and I ______ sleep.12. _____ I borrow your umbrella? 13. I _____ walk ten miles a day when I was a young

man, but now I _______ .14. It’s very cold. _____ I shut the windows?

Exercise 7

Fill in the blanks with may, might, can, could. Give two variants where possible.

1.I _______ be away from home tomorrow.2.He _______ have been hurt.3.It _____ or ______ not be true.4.It was so dark we _____ see nothing.5._______ you lend me a shilling?6._______ you hear what he is saying?7.You ______ walk miles in this district without seeing

a house.163

8._______ this be true?9._______ we go to the pictures after we wash up?10. Mother says I _____ not go out.11. Sorry, sir. You ____ smoke in here.12. It ____ be so far as all that.13. ________ I have some more bread?14. You _____ ask him to be chairman at the meeting.

He’ll be so pleased.15. The letters ______ have been written in this very

house.16. She _____ have consulted me before acting.17. What _____ have happened to prevent their coming?18. I wonder what he _____ say to this.19. You ______ pay less attention to other people’s

affairs and more to your own.20. Nothing _____ make me give up this idea.

Exercise 8

Express doubt about the statements made in the following sentences. Make the doubt stronger by using more and more emphatic expressions:Model: They spent part of the summer here. - They may have spent… - They might have spent… - Can they have spent…? - They can’t have spent…

1.In the end Joe took the job.2.She is very particular about such things.3.He is lying in wait for you downstairs.4.They think much of her.5.Someone broke that lock.6.He sent her some flowers.7.He tells her all that happens at the office.8.He helps the child with his lessons.

Exercise 9

164

Ask for permission to do something, give permission to do something, prohibit an action, express a request, a reproach using the following word-combinations.

1.to show smb how to do smth;2.to explain to smb how smth happened;3.to help smb do smth;4.to look after the children for smb;5.to do the shopping;6.to take the dog for his run;7.to exchange the books at the library;8.to bring home some ice-cream.

Model: to cut a few sandwiches for Tim’s lunch1.May (can) I cut a few sandwiches for Tim’s lunch?2.You may (can) cut a few sandwiches for Tim’s lunch.3.You may (can) not cut sandwiches for Tim’s lunch.4.You might cut a few sandwiches for Tim’s lunch.5.You might have cut a few sandwiches for Tim’s lunch.

Exercise 10

Fill in the correct word from the following: allow / permit, permission, may, might, can, could. Indicate where two words are possible.

Ben wanted to ask his teacher for ____ to leave school early on Friday afternoon, but he didn’t really expect thatshe would ____ him to do so. He explained about some dentalappointment which he could possibly miss, but somehow, she didn’t seem to believe him. “Miss Jones, ____ I leave school at 3.30 on Friday, please? You see, I have this dental appointment and …” Miss Jones replied that he ____ go ten minutes earlier, but not half an hour earlier! She knew that if she ____ Ben go earlier, the other pupils would expect to be ____ to leave earlier, too, and she couldn’t possibly _____ this become a real occurrence! “I’msorry, Ben, but I really can’t _____ you to go at 3.30. However, you ____ go at ten minutes to four, just this

165

once, and I’ll give you some extra homework to do in the dentist’s waiting-room!”

Work in pairs. Role-play the conversation between Ben and Miss Jones.

Exercise 11

Translate into English using modal verbs can and may. Give variants where possible.

1.Вона вже мала бути на роботі.2.Не може бути, щоб вона вже приїхала.3.Невже вона все це відповіла?4.Чи можу я користуватися словником?5.Можете піти та подивитися самі.6.Чи могли б ви сказати, коли він прийде?7.Він може завітати сюди по дорозі додому.8.Ви могли б приходити вчасно.9.Я не міг прийти вчасно, мій потяг спізнився.10. Ви б принесли мені кави.11. Хто б це міг завітати до нас, коли нас не було

вдома?12. Ти могла б помити посуд після обіду, а не

розмовляти по телефону з друзями.13. Тобі вже час самому вміти робити такі речі.14. Не слід заходити до магазину з собакою, залиш її

біля входу.

Exercise 12

Translate the sentences into English making use of the modal verbs can / could, may / might and their negative forms.

1.Я не можу займатися довго одним і тим самим.2.Я можу зайнятися цим тільки опівдні.3.Я можу пошукати твій журнал, якщо ти бажаєш.4.Зараз ми можемо легко зв’язатися з будь-якою країною

світу.166

5.Ви не могли б мені показати он ту сукню?6.Ми могли б разом сходити в кіно.7.Людина не може жити без води.8.Вибачте, можна я скористаюся вашим телефоном?9.Мамо, можна я принесу додому щеня?10. Я впевнена, ти можеш вирішити це питання сам.11. Ти що, не чуєш мене?12. Що я можу зробити, щоб віддячити вам?13. Піди подивися, чим займаються діти, я їх не чую.14. Не можна побачити бактерії без мікроскопу.15. Ти міг би зачинити вікно, я змерзла.16. Ми могли б відкласти нашу поїздку на кілька днів.17. Коли б ми сьогодні одержали від нього телеграму, я

завтра ж могла б купити квитки.18. Можна йому приєднатися до нас за вечерею?19. Я просто не в змозі сьогодні працювати.20. Я могла б зайти за тобою завтра вранці.21. Боюсь, я не можу сказати тобі нічого втішного.22. Фотографія не може передати її чарівність.23. Можна я не буду прибирати сьогодні?24. Ти міг би приділяти більше часу своїм заняттям

музикою.25. Головний інженер каже, що ви можете починати

іспити без нього.26. Коли б завтра захворів наш викладач, ми змогли б

попасти на концерт.27. Я просто не можу повірити, що він тобі так

відповів.28. Не вміючи плавати, я ніколи не ходжу на річку сам.29. Не квап мене. Я чудово можу закінчити цей переклад

завтра.30. Чи можу я відкрити ще один рахунок у вашому банку?

MUST, HAVE TO, BE TO

The verb “must” has only one form.

167

“To have to” and the expression “to be obliged to”, which have the same meaning, can be used to supply the missing tense forms of the verb “must”.

“To be to”+Infinitive is a modal expression; some of its meanings are close to those of modal verbs and expressions denoting obligation. This modal expression can be used in two tenses – the Present Simple and the Past Simple (was/were). All these modals can be used in:

Meaning Forms of themodal verb

Some other waysof expressing thesame meaning

Sentencepatterns

Obligation,real

necessitywith no

freedom ofchoice orfrom thespeaker’spoint ofview (in

statementsand

questions)

Must – inpresent timecontexts;had to do –in the past;smb’ll haveto do – inthe future

It’snecessaryfor smb todo smth;

What must he doto keep fit?

I must go theretonight.

If you have a newheart attack youmust be taken tohospital. I had to

go thereyesterday.

I’ll have to gothere tomorrow.

Obligationor necessityarising out

ofcircumstances or basedon a law orrule, or on

theauthority of

anotherperson (inquestions

Have to do;had to do;smb’ll have

to do

To beobliged

If you don’t takecare of yourself,

you’ll have toconsult a doctor.

It’s raining, Ihave to take an

umbrella.

168

andstatements)Obligationarising outof a plan or

anarrangement

(instatements

andquestion)

Am to do;is to do;are to do;was (were)

to do

To plan;to make aplan;

to arrange;to decide

When are you togo there?

I was to meet herat the station.

Order -admonition

Must do;mustn’t do

_ You mustn’t missthe film, it’sworth while

seeing it.You must comeand see my new

flat.Strict order

(instatements)

Am to do;is to do;are to do;was (were)

to do

_ You are to take aspoonful of thisafter each meal.

Prohibition(in

negatives)

Mustn’t do To beforbidden

You mustn’t stayaway from

classes without agood reason.

Strictprohibition

Am not to;is not to;are not to;was (were)

not to

_ You are not toleave this room.

Smth thoughtof as

unavoidable(in

statementsand

Am to do;is to do;are to do;was (were)

to do

_ I still hoped toget a letter fromher, but it wasn’t

to be.

169

negatives)Absence ofnecessity orobligation

Don’t(doesn’t)have to…;didn’t have

to …;haven’t

(hasn’t) gotto…;

won’t haveto …

_You don’t have togo to England if

you want tolearn English.

Suppositionimplyingassuranceand strongprobability,the mostlogical

interpretation of asituation(though wedo not haveall thefacts)

Must do;must bedoing;

must havedone;

must havebeen doing

Probably;evidently;surely;no doubt;

undoubtedly;it’s clear

that…;in all

probability

She must bewaiting for usthere. He musthave done it.

Note: 1)There is a slight difference between the modal

verb must and its equivalent be to expressing obligation: be to denotes an expected action, an action which is necessary to do because somebody expects it to be done;

2)The modal verb must expressing prohibition and order is retained in indirect speech: He said I must come and see his new car.

3)Be to is used to make prohibitions and orders stricter.

4)When we express supposition about the action in the present we mostly use the Continuous

170

infinitive after must (with the exception of such verbs as to be, to love, to hate, to know, etc.) not to confuse the meanings of obligation, necessity and supposition.

Exercises

Exercise 1

Fill the spaces in the following sentences by inserting must or the present, past or future form of have to.

1.She ____ leave home at eight every morning at present.2.Notice in a particular gallery: Cameras, sticks and

umbrellas ____ be left at the desk.3.He sees very badly; he ____ wear glasses all the time.4.You ____ read this book. It’s really excellent.5.She felt ill and ____ leave early.6.You ______ come to work in time.7.He _____ cook his own meals, his wife is away.8.The buses were all full; I ____ get a taxi.9.Tell her that she ______ be here by six. I insist on

it.10. I got lost and _____ ask the policeman the way.

Exercise 2

Fill in the blanks with must or have to.1.The dress is much too short for her, you _____ let it

out.2.We ____ wait for forty minutes because we missed the

six fifteen.3.I _____ stay in today. I _____ finish the composition.4.These mushrooms _____ be boiled first.5.She _____ get up very early to do the shopping.6.If we don’t find him in now we _____ go there again.7.The students _______ write four tests a year.8.If I don’t hear from her today I ____ send her a

telegram.171

9.I couldn’t come. I ______ see a doctor about that tooth.

10. He’s too little for a long walk like that. Somebody _______ carry him part of the way.

Exercise 3

Fill in the blanks with must, have to, be to. Pay attention whether the action is only necessary or necessary and expected.

1.I ____ meet Mother at the station. So when the train drew in and she did not see me on the platform she wasin a state.

2.I _____ leave early because I didn’t feel quite well.3.One thing is clear. Someone ____ stay behind and look

after the children and I don’t see why it _____ alwaysbe me.

4.The inn was very small and we _____ share a room.5.This is Mary. She ____ live with us till her people

come back from the east.6.I’m the girl who ____ show you the place and introduce

you to everybody.7.At last everything was arranged. Daddy ____ call for

us at ten and take us to the Zoo.8.Mother had it all planned. Eileen ____ grow up a

beauty and I ____ be the brains of the family. 9.You ____ hurry if you want to catch the train.10. There’s no ice-cream. It ____ be delivered at

twelve. I’m afraid someone ____ go down to the villageand inquire.

Exercise 4

State in which meanings the modal verbs are used in these sentences. Translate them into Ukrainian.

1.The question must be solved before we can do anything.

172

2.Why do people have to call London a city of great contrasts?

3.The traffic keeps to the left in Great Britain. So youhave to be very careful when you try to cross the road.

4.The jubilee is to be celebrated sometime this summer.5.I have been on leave since Monday. I really must

consult the doctor today as I have cut the last two consultations.

6.On Monday morning I was to have given my impressions of my trip abroad but unfortunately I was taken ill.

7.You are not to cool your food by blowing at it. Just wait a bit, there is no hurry.

8.And remember, you must come in and see the baby any time you can.

9.The doctor said to Mr. Walker, “You must keep off eating too much.”

10. What is to be done under the circumstances? Where am I to go?

11. Mind you mustn’t spend it all at once.12. You are not to tell Mother about it. It’s our top

secret.13. I still hoped to get a letter from her, but it

wasn’t to be.14. But she must have seen him.15. Oh, Mike, think how she must be suffering.16. Those people must be tired, look at their faces.17. They must have misunderstood me that Whitehall is

a hall, it’s a street.18. Helen must have failed to notice John or at least

she pretended not to see him.

Exercise 5

Fill the spaces in the following sentences by inserting must or the present, future, or past form of have to.

1.She ____ leave home at eight every morning at present.2.He sees very badly; he____ wear glasses all the time.

173

3.You ____ read this book; it’s really excellent.4.She felt ill and ____ leave early.5.I hadn’t enough money and I ____ pay by cheque.6.I never remember his address; I always ____ look it

up.7.If you go to a dentist with a private practice you

____ pay him quite a lot of money.8.In my district there is no gas laid on. People ____

use electricity for everything.9.The shops here don’t deliver. We ____ carry everything

home ourselves.10. The buses were all full; I ____ get a taxi.11. Tell her that she ____ be here by six. I insist on

it.12. When a tyre is punctured the driver ____ change

the wheel.13. She ____learn how to drive when her local railway

station is closed.14. Passengers____ cross the line by the foot-bridge.15. I got lost and ____ ask a policeman the way.16. Farmers____ get up early.17. When I changed my job I ____ move to another flat.18. Waiters____ pay tax on the tips that they receive.19. Passengers____ be in possession of a ticket.20. Whenever the dog wants to go out, I ____ get up

and open the door.

Exercise 6

Write the sentences using can/ could, may/might, must, had to. Provide an appropriate context for these sentences.Model: It must be a very interesting book. It’s worth reading. They say the plot is exciting, and the characters are true to life.

1.It is probably a very interesting game.2.I am sure it is useful to go in for sports.3.He is able to play football.4.Perhaps the task is too difficult for them.5.Perhaps they will win the game.

174

6.It is possible that they lost the game.7.It is impossible that the match was easy.8.I don’t believe that the trainer was satisfied with

the results of the match.9.I don’t believe that the trainer suggested such a

silly thing.10. Probably that tall boy is their best sportsman.11. I don’t believe they will postpone such an

important match.12. He looks pale. Probably he is tired.13. I am sure it’s a wonderful stadium.14. Probably he did it.15. He couldn’t but take part in the match.

Exercise 7

Put can, may or must (or the negative forms) in the spaces.

1.I _____ sharpen the pencils if you lend me your knife.2.He told his secretary: “You _____ go home now if you

like”.3.The teacher told the class: “If you make a spelling

mistake, you ____ write the correction three times”.4.Mary _____ do her homework if her father doesn’t help

her.5.I said to my friend: “If I lend you my car, you _____

promise to drive it carefully”.6.He ______ understand English people if they speak

slowly.7._______ tell me the right time?8.Little children _____ go to bed early.9.I ______ write to him because I haven’t his address.

10. You _____ play football

Exercise 8

Study the following chart. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

175

Must in the meaning of duty, Must in the meaning of supposition of obligation, necessity, command, high probability.prohibition.

1.You must work hard.2.He is ill. He must stay

in bed for some time.3.You must do it

immediately.4.You mustn’t play football

in the street.

1. You have worked hardall day, you must be tired.

2. He must be waiting for you already.

3. I telephoned a doctor, but there was no reply. He must have gone out.

Open the brackets using the correct form of the infinitive. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.George must (to be) pleased that he has passed his examinations.

2.I found this baby bird at the foot of a tree. It must (to fall) from the nest.

3.During the storm, the captain was on the bridge the whole time. He must (to be) exhausted afterwards.

4.If Fred left here at four o’clock, he must (to be) home by now.

5.Look, there is a tree right across the road! So there is. It must (to be) blown down by the gale last night.

6.I sat on a seat in the park and now my coat is covered in green stripes. The paint must (to be) wet.

7.As soon as I switched on my new electric cooker there was an explosion. There must (to be) somethingwrong with it.

176

8.I don’t know at what time I went to bed last night, but it was late. It must (to be) after midnight.

9.Look, the streets are wet; it must (to rain) now.10. He promised to come at six, but he didn’t. He must

(to forget) his promise.11. I didn’t hear the telephone. I must (to be)

asleep.12. He must (to be) very careless if he makes such

mistakes.13. The baby woke up when she went into the bedroom.

She must (to make) a noise.14. The taxi-driver got to the airport in half an

hour. He must (to drive) very fast.15. He never got the letter. It must (to send) to the

wrong address.

Exercise 9

Paraphrase the following sentences, using must+ infinitive to express supposition. Use the Indefinite infinitive when speaking about the present, the Perfect infinitive when speaking about the past.

1.No doubt she read about it in papers.2.He is sure to be out at this time.3.Of course she has changed her mind.4.Probably they wanted to find a short cut through the

forest.5.They are certain to be looking for you.6.Apparently she was trying to make up her mind about

it.7.No doubt they abandoned the car afterwards.8.They are sure to have taken the wrong turning.9.He is sure to be waiting for you at the office.10. Probably they have taken the necessary steps.

177

Exercise 10

Fill the spaces by inserting have to in the correct form.Model: The Present Indefinite Tense

She has to wear glasses, but only for reading.We don’t have to come to the institute on Saturdays.The Past Indefinite TenseThe last bus had gone,, so we had to take a taxi.Yesterday was a holiday, so we didn’t have to get up early.The Future Indefinite TenseIf you go there next winter, you will have to take some warm clothes

with you.The doctor said: “You’re much better. You won’t have to go to hospital”.

1.Fortunately his wife could drive, so he _____ drive all the way himself.

2.The apples were rotten; we _____ throw them away.3.You can finish the work tomorrow; you _____ finish it

today.4.The old man can’t go out when it’s cold. He _____ stay

indoors during the winter.5.I’m very pleased that tomorrow is a holiday. I _____

get up early.6. She lives a long way from the shops, but fortunately

she ____ go shopping every day.7.The bus was half empty yesterday, so I ______ stay.8.My shirt is dirty. I ____ put on a clean one tomorrow

morning.9.Her father doesn’t allow her to stay out late. She

____ be in by nine o’clock every evening.10. I must go to bed early tonight, as I _____ catch a

train at five o’clock tomorrow morning.

Exercise 11

Express some planned, arranged necessity using the verb be to. Expand on the statements.

178

Model: They’re to arrive on Tuesday. We’ll discuss all the important questions with them.

He (to translate the article by Monday).We (to leave home soon).She (to move to a new flat).They (to go to the country for the weekend).He (to buy a new car; change his mind).They (to arrange a meeting on Friday).They (to hand in their papers in an hour).They (to finish reading the book last week).

Exercise 12

Express some intention using the verb be to. Develop the situation.Model: If you’re to become a top student, you must work extra hard. Only then you’ll make progress in foreign languages.

1.She (to be a well-known pianist).2.He (to become a film-star).3.They (to win the contest).4.He (to become a professional sportsman).5.You (to know the geography well).6.They (to win the match).

Exercise 13

Write some instructions using the verb be to. Add some more sentences to develop the situation.Model: These books are to be returned in two weeks. If you want to keep themlonger, you must return them for renewal.

1.The form (to be filled).2.The medicine (to take three times a day).3.These tablets (to keep out of the reach of children).4.This notice (to remove).5.The tap (not to touch).

179

6.The window (not to open).7.The task (to do in a month).8.The instruction (to read at once).

Exercise 14

Express some order using the verb be to. React to these sentences in the appropriate way.Model: You’re to help your brother.Prompts: I’d like to, but…; I’m afraid that’s not possible; No way; All right, I’ll

do that; Very well; No, I’d better not…

You (to do the room); you (to switch off the radio); he (toreturn home); she (to get down to work); you (not to come home late); you (not to argue back); you (not to put off till tomorrow what you can do today); he (not to smoke in the room); she (not to give up her English lessons).

Exercise 15

Express some prohibition using the verb be to. Make up responses to these sentences.Model: You’re not to interrupt the adults.Prompts: Well, I’m sorry. What more can I say? I’m terribly sorry. It won’t happen again, I promise. Very sensible.

You (not to touch my things); you (not to be late for your lessons); you (not to take my cassette-recorder); he (not to come late); she (not to smoke); they (not to quarrel); you (not to speak loudly); you (not to lend him money).

Exercise 16

Fill in the blanks with be to, have to, or must using the correct form of the infinitive.

180

1.I didn’t know who ____ (to be) my travelling companion.

2.According to the state plan, many new dwelling houses _____ (to build) this year.

3.We _____(to work) hard to achieve good results.4.“I think we _____ (to drop) anchor in that bay until

the storm quiets down”, the captain said to his mate.5.I _____ (to say) your behavior has been far from

straightforward.6.“Mabel has gone,” Lenny said in a flat, impersonal

voice. The old woman went back to her chair and sat down heavily. “It _____ (to be). Where did she go, son?”

7.“Have you been studying much law lately?” I asked to change the subject. The answer was: ”Oh, my reading _____ hardly (to call) study.”

8.This is serious; you _____(not to joke) about it.9.Will you please, hold the line a minute, darling? I

_____(to change) the baby before I can speak to you.10. If you go there in the morning, you _____(not to

wait).11. We couldn’t come, Henry _____(to take) some out-

of-town relations to the theatre.12. It was only a small family affair, so we _____(not

to change).13. I _____ (to tell) you it wasn’t simple after all.

We _____(to tell) him all the details.14. The day we _____ (to start) it rained worse than

ever.

Exercise 17

Supply the correct forms of the words in brackets. Provide an appropriate context for these sentences.Model: You (to be) to be home by 10 o’clock at the latest. – You are to be home by 10 o’clock at the latest. I want you to get home safely.

1.He (to be) to come soon.181

2.They (to be) to arrive tonight.3.They (to be) to be married in two months.4.He (to be) to have gone to the conference last week,

but he stayed at home.5.She (to be) to be pitied.6.If you (to be) to pass your exam, you must do your

best.7.They (to be) never to see their friend again.8.If it (to be) to rain tomorrow, we’d stay in town.9.The work (to be) to be finished in three weeks.10. I (to be) to return home today.11. You (to be) to listen to the text first, then you

(to be) to do the exercises.12. You (to be) not to take my books without my

permission.13. I never (dare) tell him the truth.14. I (dare) say you’re tired after all that work.

Exercise 18

Work with a partner. Match the following headings to the four sets of verbs and phrases in the list below: permission; no obligation; obligation; prohibition.

A.____________ Have toHave got toMustIs / are supposed to

B.__________ Can’tIsn’t/ aren’t allowed toMustn’t / isn’t / aren’t supposed to

C.__________ Don’t have toHaven’t got to

D.__________ CanIs / are allowed to

Think about the place where you study. Are there many rules or regulations? What are they?Tell your group mates.

182

Exercise 19

Learn the following proverbs. Comment upon them and illustrate their meanings by little stories of your own invention.

1.Every oak must be an acorn.2.Two of a trade can never agree.3.As you make your bed, so you must lie in it.4.Everything must have a beginning.5.He who would climb the ladder must begin at the

bottom.6.If you cannot bite, never show your teeth.7.Sticks and stones may break my bones, but words will

never hurt me.8.You cannot burn the candle at both ends.9.The leopard cannot change his spots.10. The remedy may be worth than the disease.11. What can’t be cured must be endured.12. May God defend me from my friends; I can defend

myself from the enemies.13. He that cannot obey cannot command.14. What may be done at any time is done at no time.15. Some people cannot see the wood for the trees.16. You may lead the horse to the water, but you

cannot make him drink.

Exercise 20

a)Read the text and do some deduction exercises.Jeff wanted to take Ann to the disco on Saturday. She waited for him at home for an hour, but he didn’t turnup and he didn’t phone. Ann was angry, so she phoned Jake and asked him to take her to the disco. She knew that Jeff and Jake didn’t like each other. Later that evening, Jeff saw Ann at the disco with Jake. Jeff felt angry, so he left immediately.

183

Jane: Something must have delayed Jeff. He could have phoned Ann to explain. He might have had an accident on the way to her house.Nick: He must have forgotten about the disco.Jane: No. He can’t have forgotten about Ann.

Complete the sentences with must have done or can’t have done.

Later, Jeff said that he had phoned Ann before the disco.Ann can’t have heard the phone.

1.Why didn’t she hear the phone? The television _____(be) too loud.

2.Because Ann didn’t answer the phone, Jeff _____(think) that she had already gone out.

3.After the disco, Ann didn’t look very happy. She _____(enjoy) the evening.

4.Jake looked miserable too. He _____(be) disappointed.

5.Jake didn’t mention Jeff. Jake _____(know) that Ann had planned to go to the disco with him.

6.Jane didn’t know the story about Ann and Jeff. Ann_____(tell) her.

7.A week after the evening at the disco, Ann got a letter from Jeff. In the letter Jeff _____(explain) what had happened and how he had felt. Ann understood.

8.Next Saturday, Ann and Jeff are going to the cinema together. They _____(solve) their problems.

b) Retell the story as Ann drawing her own deduction using must, may/might, can/could.

Exercise 21

184

Translate the following sentences from Ukrainian into English. Use the modal verbs: can/could, may/might, must/had to, have to.

1.Не може бути, щоб вони програли матч.2.Мабуть, ви помиляєтесь.3.Мабуть, він зараз знаходиться на стадіоні.4.Він не вміє грати в теніс, але він добре грає у

футбол.5.Здається, вони візьмуть участь у цій грі.6.Треба поспішати на стадіон. Інакше ми спізнимося на

матч.7.Будь-хто може помилятися.8.Сподіваюсь, їхня мрія здійсниться.9.Він міг би прийти вчасно.10. Я можу вас запитати про ваші плани?11. Вони мають більше часу приділяти тренуванню.12. Команда мала прибути до міста в понеділок.13. Він зараз може бути на спортивному майданчику.14. Їм треба повернутися через дві години.15. Ви повинні прислухатися до порад свого вчителя.16. Цей хлопець, мабуть, їхній кращий гравець.17. Цілком можливо, що вони завтра переможуть.18. Він може залишити команду, якщо захоче.19. Скажіть мені, будь-ласка, коли починається гра.20. Ви обов’язково маєте взяти участь у спортивних

змаганнях студентів університету.

Exercise 22

Translate into English.

Ти не повинен хвилюватися за мене.Ти повинен зрозуміти, що не можна здаватися.Тобі доведеться провітрити кімнату перед сном.Ви обов’язково повинні зайти до нас на чашку чаю.Ця угода повинна бути підписана у найближчому

майбутньому.

185

Ми дуже нудьгуємо без тебе. Ти повинен приходити до нас частіше.

Мені часто доводиться стикатися з такими людьми.Я загубила бібліотечну книгу і тепер мені доведеться

сплатити штраф.Хоча тобі й не подобається те, що я кажу, доведеться

вислухати мене.Не треба ні в чому її звинувачувати, вона діяла з

найкращих спонукань.Коли ви збираєтеся в похід?Зустріч повинна розпочатися рівно о третій.Я запитала лікаря, чи маю я щось приймати від безсоння?Тобі доведеться носити уніформу.Чому ти маєш ходити на роботу кожної суботи?

DARE and NEED

The verb “dare” as well as “need” has somepeculiarities which make it different from other modalverbs.

It is used both as a normal verb (taking the auxiliary“do” in the interrogative and negative forms, “-s” in the3d person singular and the to-Infinitive) and as anomalousverb (without any auxiliary in its interrogative andnegative forms, without “-s” in the 3d person singular andwithout the particle “to” before the infinitive whichfollows it). “Dare” has two forms – “dare” for the Presentand “dared” for the Past.

e.g. You dare address me in that tone! How dare you laugh at me!“Dare” means “to have the courage or impertinence to do

something”. In the negative it denotes the lack of courageto do smth. (see the examples given above).

“Dare” is mostly used in interrogative and negativesentences and only with the Indefinite Infinitive.

“Need” expresses necessity and is mostly used innegative and interrogative sentences.

“Need” has only one tense form – the Present; it isused both with the Indefinite and with the PerfectInfinitive.

186

When “need” is used in the meaning of “to be in wantof” it is treated as a normal verb (e.g. He needs a newpair of shoes.)

In the same way as “dare”, “need” is used as a normaland as an anomalous verb; the latter is much more common incolloquial English.

Compare: One need to be careful. He did not need to be told twice. Why need he bother us? You needn’t be afraid.

“Need” is used in the following way:

Meaning Forms of themodal verb

Other ways ofexpressing thesame meaning

Sentencepatterns

Absence ofnecessity

(innegatives)

Needn’t do

Needn’t +Perfect

infinitivedenotes thatsmth, thathas beendone, was

unnecessary.

There is noneed to do

it.It’s not

necessary todo it.

There is nonecessity to

do it.

The tutor needn’texplain such

simple things; weknow them quite

well.We needn’t have

brought ourbooks on

economics; weare having a

class in Englishinstead.

Permissionnot to do

smth

You needn’tdo

You needn’t do it.

Note:1.When need means absence of necessity, it has an

equivalent – have to: He needn’t go there. – He doesn’t have to gothere.

2.The Perfect infinitive used after need shows that an unnecessary action was done.

187

3.Did not have + infinitive simply shows that there was no necessity for the action in the past without showing whether the action was performed or not.

ExercisesExercise 1

Express some threat using the verb ‘dare’. Expand on the statements.Model: You dare touch me, I’ll fight you.

- to argue back;- to hit him;- to be rude;- to call names;- to use bad language;- to laugh at me;- to tease her.

Exercise 2

Express some probability / supposition using ‘dare say’. Add some more sentences to develop the situation.Model: I dare say he’s tired. He has worked for eight hours

- he (to come later);- she (to be eager to buy this dress);- they (to be hungry);- you (to be thirsty);- they (to be exhausted);- you (to be interested in music);- she (to know a lot about the theatre);- he (to arrive tomorrow).

Exercise 3

Read the following extract and comment on the usage of the modal verbs.

188

The love that is given to ships is profoundly differentfrom the love men feel for every other work of their hands– the love they bear to their houses, for instance –because it is untainted by the pride of possession. Thepride of skill, the pride of responsibility, the pride ofendurance there may be, but otherwise it is disinterestedsentiment. No seaman ever cherished a ship, even if shebelonged to him, merely because of the profit she put inhis pocket. No one, I dare say, ever did; for a ship-owner,even of the best, has always been outside the pale of thatsentiment, embracing in a feeling of intimate, equalfellowship the ship and the man, backing each other againstthe implacable, if sometimes dissembled, hostility of theirworld of waters. The sea – this truth must be confessed –has no generosity. No display of manly qualities – courage,endurance, faithfulness – has ever been known to touch itsirresponsible consciousness of power. The ocean has theconscienceless temper of a savage autocrat spoiled by muchadulation. The ocean cannot brook the slightest appearanceof defiance, and has remained the irreconcilable enemy ofships and men ever since ships and men had the unheard ofaudacity to go afloat together in the face of his frown. (From Mirror of

the Sea by J. Conrad)

Exercise 4

Study the following chart. Translate the following sentences into Ukrainian.

Needn’t (the meaning of absence of necessity )With a non-perfect infinitive with a perfect infinitive1. You needn’t write to him for he 1. He must be in his office at nine o’clock, he will be here tomorrow.

but he got up yesterday atsix. He needn’t have got up so early.

189

2. I needn’t go to the shops today. 2. Thewater was clean and fit to drink; it There is plenty of food in the house. needn’t have been boiled.

Practise the following according to the model.Model: A. You went by taxi, I suppose? (to take a bus) B. No, I took a bus. C. You needn’t have taken a bus. You could have gone by taxi.

1. You went by bus, I suppose? (to walk).2. You took a lift, I suppose? (to walk up the stairs).3. You phoned him, I suppose? (to write).4. You borrowed the books, I suppose? (to buy).5. You went second class, I suppose? (to go first class).6. You left your heavy case at the station, I suppose? (to take it with me).7. You sent the sheets to the laundry, I suppose? (to wash it myself)

Exercise 5

Open the brackets using the correct form of the infinitive.

1.You needn’t (to send) a telegram; a letter would have done.

2.She washed all the plates, but some of them had not been used; they needn’t (to wash).

3.You needn’t (to buy) a new one. I could have lent you mine.

4.I knew I had to be at the airport before ten o’clock; I needn’t (to tell).

5.You needn’t (to help) him. (You helped him but he didn’t need help).

6.He was wide awake when his father called him at seven o’clock this morning; he needn’t (to call).

7.The gardener planted the flowers in March, but they needn’t (to plant) until May.

190

8.Why did they paint the garage doors? They were painteda few months ago. They needn’t (to paint) again.

9.I bought two bottles of milk.-You needn’t (to buy) milk; we have lots in the house.

10. I have just watered the roses.-You needn’t (to water) them. Look, it’s raining now!

Exercise 6

Paraphrase the following sentences so as to use need.Model: It isn’t necessary to copy the composition; I can read it as it is. – You needn’t copy the composition… or: It was quite unnecessary to rush there in that weather. They would have managed perfectly well by themselves. – You needn’t have rushed there in that weather …

1.There was no necessity whatever for her to do it herself.

2.There is no earthly reason to worry. She is as strong as a horse.

3.There is no need for any of you to be present.4.Is it any use our going into all that now?5.It’s no use your talking to him now. His mind is made

up.6.Why did you mention all these figures? The situation

was clear as it was.7.Why do you want to press the skirt? It’s not creased

at all.8.Why do you want to do it all today?9.It wasn’t necessary for Mother to cook this enormous

dinner. We have brought all the food the children may want.

10. It isn’t necessary to take the six-thirty. A latertrain will do as well.

Exercise 7 Use must not or need not to fill the spaces in the following spaces. (Use mustn’t when the meaning is ‘it is not allowed’

191

and suggests a command. Use needn’t when the meaning is ‘it is not necessary’)

1.You ____ ring a bell. I have the key.2.You ____ drink this; it’s poison.3.We ____ drive fast; there is a speed limit there.4.Students ____ bring books into the examination room.5.You _____ write to him; he will be here tomorrow/6.We ____ drive fast; we have plenty of time.7.You____ make any noise or you’ll wake the baby.8.You _____ bring an umbrella. It isn’t going to rain.9.You ____ do all the exercise. Ten sentences will be

enough.10. Any child ____ lie to his parents.11. You ____ turn on the light; I can see quite well.12. You ____ strike a match; the room is full of gas.13. We ____ make any more sandwiches; we have plenty

now.14. You ____ put salt in any of his dishes. Salt is

very bad for him.15. You ____ clean the windows. The window-cleaner

will come tomorrow.16. You _____ smoke in a non-smoking compartment.17. I’ll lend you the money and you ____ pay me back

till next month.18. If you want time, pick up the receiver and dial

069; you ____ say anything.

Exercise 8

Paraphrase the following sentences. Use needn’t+ Perfect infinitiveto show that the unnecessary action was carried out. Use did not have (to) to show that an action was unnecessary in thepast.Model: - I’m sorry I changed before dinner. Nobody else did. I needn’t have changed before dinner. Nobody else did. - I’m so glad it wasn’t necessary for me to take this examination in spring. I’m so glad I did not have to take this examination in spring.

192

1.They did not make us buy a full ticket for Andy. We saved some money that way.

2.It wasn’t necessary to explain the rules to them. Theymade no mistakes of this kind.

3.They didn’t expect us to write outlines and I wasted so much time!

4.I’m sorry I bought these gloves. Mother gave me betterones for my birthday.

5.It was a comfortable journey because it wasn’t necessary to change anywhere.

6.It is a pity you walked. There is a bus which could take you here in ten minutes.

Exercise 9

Comment on the meaning of the modal verb “need”. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.Our friendship needn’t stop, need it?2.Everything is packed, except my shirts, so you needn’t

trouble.3.“I’ve got lots of time. I needn’t go home for hours,”

she said.4.You needn’t bother about Mary any more.5.Need we continue working by this plan?6.You needn’t have walked there. You could have taken a

bus.7.You needn’t be afraid of telling me everything.8.I was rather afraid that he might act as though we

were intimate friends. But I needn’t have worried.9.If you don’t like the dress, you needn’t take it.

Exercise 10

Fill in mustn’t, needn’t, didn’t need to, needn’t have.193

1.You _______ bought me such an expensive present!2.You _______ take your umbrella; the weather is fine.3.I _____ catch the bus, because Jane picked me up.4.You _______ smoke in here! This is a hospital.5.She ______ dress formally for the occasion so she came

in jeans.6.Paul ________ brought up that subject, we had already

discussed it.

Exercise 11

Ask about the necessity of performing an action for the particular occasion. Make use of the prompts.Model: Need she do it right now? // Does she have to do it right now? // Has she got to do it right now?Express non-necessity of performing an action. Make use of the prompts.Model: She needn’t do it right now. // She doesn’t have to do it right now. // She hasn’t got to do it right now. (Present) She needn’t have done it. (Past)

- Answer smb’s questions;- Go shopping;- Read the text;- Translate the article;- Watch the film;- Do the room;- Go to the market;- Buy some bread;- Learn the poem by heart;- Prepare dinner;- Do the exercises in writing;- Copy out the text.

Exercise 12

Analyze the form of the modal verb. Say in which meaning itis used. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

194

1.You may keep the money I’ve given you, I don’t need ityet.

2.They need have no fear of that.3.We needn’t go into this in present.4.I don’t want to get up. – You don’t have to.5.Doesn’t she have to work on Sunday?6.If you don’t like it, you don’t have to pay for it.7.He won’t have to go to the office. He’ll be able to do

something about those roses at last.8.You needn’t have gone into so many details. The report

was too long.9.We needn’t have gone to the post office to ring him

up. There is a telephone booth round the corner.10. You needn’t have shed my tears over that loss.11. We needn’t have brought our bathing suits with us.

It’s rather cold for swimming today.12. He considered that this need not have taken place.13. Must we copy the text two? – No, you needn’t.14. Must I go there immediately? – No, you needn’t.

Wait till I ring you up.15. You needn’t come to classes today. You’ve handed

in all your papers.

Exercise 13

Use modal verbs must (not) or need (not) to fill the spaces in the following sentences.

1.We’ve got plenty of time. We ______hurry.2.We have enough food at home so we _____ go shopping

today.3.Dennis gave me a letter to post. I _____ forget to

post it.4.You ____ talk to other candidates during the exam.5.There’s plenty of time for you to make up you mind.

You ______ decide now.6.You ____ take anything out of the shop without paying

for it.

195

7.You _____wash those apples. They’ve already been washed.

8.This is a valuable book. You _____look after it carefully and you _____lose it.

9.We ____ open the lion’s cage. It is contrary to Zoo regulations.

10. It’s later than I thought. I_____be going now.11. We ____ climb any higher; we can see very well

from here.12. You ____ ask a woman her age. It’s not polite.13. I promised I’d be on time. I _____ be late.14. Everything is OK. You _____trouble about that at

all.15. I can manage the shopping alone. You _____go with

me.

Exercise 14

Paraphrase the following sentences so as to use different modal verbs to denote obligation as required by the sense of the sentence.

Last year it wasn’t necessary for you to see too many historic buildings and places when on holiday. And nowyou want a rest from sightseeing.

You seem to like crowds. So I advise you to meet and make friends with as many people as possible.

It isn’t necessary for you to prompt him, he never forgets the words. His memory is striking.

It was arranged that on the very day of his arrival theywould record his speech, but they failed to do it, because something went wrong with the tape-recorder.

The main thing with higher education is that it isn’t necessary for some students to pay for it. What is more, they get grants.

Your teacher advised you to make use of the tape-recording to review the material. Why don’t you followhis advice?

196

Don’t get excited over such trifles. It’s not necessary for you to worry about little things.

I see no reason why we should argue.It wasn’t necessary for her to carry the bags all by

herself: there were porters at the station.Is it so very necessary that you should go there at all?What’s the use of reproaching yourself?I don’t think there is any need to bother them.It was quite unnecessary for you to do the work instead

of him.There is no use worrying about her; she is quite able to

take care of herself.

Exercise 15

Translate into English.

1.Нам можна було не поспішати, у нас ще багато часу.2.Даремно ви так далеко ходили, все можна купити в

нашому магазині.3.Я встигла все зробити вчора тільки тому, що мені не

потрібно було готувати обід.4.Мені не довелося довго його чекати. Він прийшов одразу

ж.5.Йому судилося стати моїм найкращим другом.6.Вам доведеться подзвонити йому ще раз.7.Я не можу піти. Я повинна доглядати за дитиною, я

обіцяла сестрі.8.Зачекай трохи, я маю дочитати розділ до кінця.9.Мені довелося кинути все і їхати зустрічати її.10. Вона могла б цього й не казати. Я і сам розумів,

що скоїв дурницю.

SHALL / SHOULD, OUGHT TO

Modal verbs “should” and “ought to” are unchangeable. The difference in the meanings of these two verbs is sometimes very vague, therefore they are often

197

interchangeable. Unlike the verb “should” which is used to express an individual opinion, the verb “ought” expresses something which is generally accepted or naturally expectedunder the circumstances.

“Shall” is still used to express obligation with the second and third person, but at present this use is restricted to formal or even archaic style and is mainly found in subordinate clauses (e.g. It has been decided thatthe second reading shall not be opposed). The verb “shall” is used only with the indefinite infinitive. At present it is generally used to express threats, warnings, promise.

Meaning Forms of themodal verbs

Other was ofexpressing thesame meaning

Sentence patterns

Promise (instatements

andnegatives)

Smb shall do;smb shan’t do

You aresure to get

…

Don’t worry, you shallhave a minute’s restbefore the meeting

begins.Threat andwarning (instatements

andnegatives)

Smb shall do;smb shan’t do

_ You shall be sorry. Puton your warm coat or

you shall be sick.

Asking forinstruction

s (inquestions)

Shall smb dosmth?

Must I doit?

Do you wantme to do

it?Am I to do

it?

Shall I read the textagain? Shall I do it?

Advice andmild

obligation(in

Shouldn’t smbdo…?

Should smb do…?

_ You should take thismedicine three times aday before your meals.

198

statements,questions

andnegatives)

Ought smb todo…?

Oughtn’t smbto do smth?

Criticismof a pastaction (instatements

andnegatives)

Should havedone

Shouldn’thave done

Ought to havedone

Oughtn’t tohave done

_ You ought to / shouldbe speaking more

clearly.You oughtn’t to /

shouldn’t have done it.

Suppositionimplying

probability(in

statementsand

negatives)

Should doShouldn’t doOught to doOughtn’t to

do

Very likely…;

It’s likelysmb …;

Most likelysmb …;Very

probablysmb ;

I thinkit’s

probablethat …;Probablynot…;It’s

unlikelythat …;I don’t

think smb …

Our guests should(ought to) be here soon(if they haven’t got lost).

This homeworkshouldn’t (oughtn’t to)take you too long (if

you’ve understood whatyou have to do).

You should pass theexam (you’ve worked

hard).

Emotional“should”

(mostly inquestions)

Why shouldsmb do smth?Why should

smb have donesmth?

_ Why should I go there?Why should he havetold you the truth?

Note:

199

1.In its meaning of promise shall refers only to the future. In indirect speech the form should is used to denote a relatively future action.

2.Ought in its suppositional meaning is used to express probability about the present or future only.

Exercises

Exercise 1

Translate the following sentences, analyze the verb should. State where it is an auxiliary verb (forming the conditional mood), where it is a modal verb (name the meaning of the modal verb) and where it is the part of a modal phrase expressing unreality.

1.Why shouldn’t he have said so if he meant it.2.Strange that you shouldn’t have noticed anything out

of the way.3.He knew perfectly well that he should not have done it

but he would not admit it.4.This heat wave should last till the end of May at

least.5.But for these words I should have given in.6.The more I thought the less I liked her idea that we

should take Ethel’s money.7.You really should try harder. You don’t seem to make

any progress.8.They should not allow young children to take part in

the contest.9.I wonder what I should have done but for her advice.10. I should come too if it was not for the children.11. I wonder why you never asked me. I should have

told you all the facts.12. Why should it be always me?13. It was arranged that mother should come over for a

long visit and look after them.14. You should wear the hat a little lower over your

eyes.200

15. The picture should look very nice here where the light would fall on it.

16. I did not know he was in London or I should have come over to see him.

17. You shouldn’t wear sports clothes with high-heeledshoes. It doesn’t look right.

18. Nothing should have been touched.19. Her suggestion was that we should do it in turns,

boys and girls alike.20. You should make up your mind one way or the other

and stop wasting your time.

Exercise 2

Comment on the use of the modal verbs shall / should and ought to.

1.Don’t worry, you shall have a minute’s rest before themeeting begins.

2.Don’t get excited over such trifles. You shall catch up with the group in no time. I’ll help you.

3.If you are interested in the book so much, you shall be given it, I’m sure.

4.“You shall be sorry, Helen, if you don’t stop cutting lectures.”

5.You show very little interest in most of the subjects.You shall be ashamed of your ignorance later on.

6.Shall I help you to carry the books? They seem to be very heavy.

7.She pointed to the gramophone: “Shall I show you how to work it?”

8.Shall I pull the blinds down?9.I think we should leave this young man behind.10. You should look after your grandparents better.11. He shouldn’t have taken the corner at such speed.12. You should pass the exam. You’ve worked hard.13. The porter saw him. He should be somewhere here.14. It ought to rain a little later in the day.

201

15. If she goes to hospital for some treatment now andthen to a sanatorium, it ought to be quite all right.

16. Why should he obey an order given him by a perfectstranger?

17. Why should he say so if he doesn’t mean it?

Exercise 3 Change the following statements into promises, warnings, threats by using shall+ infinitive. Report them in indirect speech.

1.He will catch pneumonia one of these days, walking bare-headed in the rain the way he does.

2.You will be perfectly all right. I’ll look after you.3.You will remember these words. And quite soon at that.4.Things will right themselves. Just take them easy.5.She will be well in no time. She’s as strong as a

horse.6.You will get a wonderful time. See if you don’t.7.He will pay you back sooner or later for what you did

to him.8.You will be hungry if you don’t eat anything now.9.You will drive a car as soon as we get out of town.

Exercise 4

Advise somebody to do or not to do the actions named below.Model: to wear a sweater – You should wear a sweater.

1.to take better care of one’s health;2.to take more pains with your Latin;3.not to talk and laugh loudly in public;4.to go and see smth for oneself;5.to eat more fruit;6.not to smoke while eating;7.not to read such trash;8.to buy a really good dictionary;9.to go and see the picture;

202

10. not to waste one’s time watching television evening after evening.

Exercise 5

Give advice in answer to the following statements. Use the word-combinations in brackets.Model: I have such a headache. (to take an aspirin and go to bed) – You should take an aspirin and go to bed.

1.My feet are killing me. (not to wear such high heels)2.I’ve been sleeping badly of late. (to take a walk last

thing in the evening)3.She’s grown out of this dress too. ( to let it out at

the hem)4.I have a slight irritation in my throat. (to smoke

less)5.They are making spelling mistakes. (to make somebody

copy passages out of a book)6.It is so hard to make him get up in the morning. (not

to let smb watch television till all hours)7.She never has any appetite. (not to give smb sweets)8.The secretary must be out. There’s no one there. (to

try the room next door)9.She may have forgotten her promise. (to phone and

remind her)10. The students seemed unable to follow what he was

saying. (not to speak so fast)

Exercise 6

Translate the following sentences. State in what meaning the modal verb shall is used. Give the Ukrainian equivalent.

1.Anyone found smoking on the premises shall be heavily fined.

2. Why should he have taken your word for it?3.You shouldn’t have acted so rashly.4.Shall I tell you all about it now?

203

5.The weather should be just right over there. August isalways very sunny in the hills.

6.You shouldn’t promise things and then go back on your word.

7.Where shall I wait for you?8.Why should you mind if I don’t?9.You shall lose your looks before you are thirty if you

go on eating sweets like that.10. He should have written to explain why he wasn’t

coming.11. Nothing should have been done without him.12. You shouldn’t say things behind people’s backs.13. He should do well in this job. It’s just in his

line.14. She should know what she is speaking about. She’s

quite an authority on the subject.

Exercise 7

Put should or shouldn’t in the spaces. Translate the sentencesinto Ukrainian. Watch the meaning of should / shouldn’t.

1.You _____ argue with your father; you _____ obey him.2.Mothers ____ look after their children.3.What are you doing here? You _____ be in bed. It’s

very late.4.That hat doesn’t suit you; you ______ buy another.5.There are too many accidents. Everyone _____ be much

more careful.6.The teacher told us that we ______ write the meanings

of new words in our notebooks.7.Tom was often late and his father told him that he

_____ wake up earlier.8.She told her children that they _______ always say

“Please” and “Thank you”.

204

9.The old man’s eyes are weak, and he ______ read without glasses.

Exercise 8

Study the following chart. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.“Should” + Non-perfect infinitive “Should” + Perfect infinitive (the meaning of moral obligation, (the meaning of criticism of a past action,advice, disapproval) disapproval, reproach, regret)

1.A man should help his parents when 1. She felt unwell yesterday;become old.

she shouldn’t have gone to the Institute.

2.He hasn’t got very good eyesight; 2. You can’t remember what he said;he should sit in front of the class

you should have listenedmore

near the blackboard. carefully.

3.You shouldn’t treat her like this. 3.She went out and got caught in the rain; sheshould have taken an umbrella with her.

Open the brackets using the correct form of the infinitive.Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.I should (to send) him a birthday card, but I forgot to…

205

2.It’s three o’clock and I’m very hungry; I should (to eat) more for lunch.

3.The little boy was playing with his father’s typewriter and of course he broke it; he shouldn’t (toallow) to play with it.

4.The old man ran to catch the bus, although he had a weak heart; he shouldn’t (to run).

5.He didn’t mean to be rude; you shouldn’t (to be) so angry with him yesterday.

6.I was very tired last summer and I should (to take) a holiday, but there was too much work to do.

7.When he went into his bedroom, he found it icy cold; he shouldn’t (to leave) the windows open.

8.The workmen are very slow; the job should (to finish) a week ago.

9.To someone who wasn’t at the party: “We had a wonderful time; you should (to be) there.

10. You shouldn’t (to go) out yesterday without a coat. No wonder you caught a cold.

11. You should (to cross) the road by the subway (but you didn’t).

12. He should (to check) that his brakes were working perfectly (but he didn’t).

13. He should (to thank) us (we are offended that he didn’t).

14. You should (to warn) him that the ice was dangerous (but you didn’t).

15. Tom’s had another accident. He came out of the side road rather fast and a lorry crashed into him. Itsounds like Tom’s fault. He should (to wait) till the main road was clear.

Exercise 9

Criticize the actions named in the sentences below.Model: I took him to the pictures. You shouldn’t have taken him to the pictures.

206

1.I’m not feeling well. It’s probably the fish I ate forlunch.

2.I never thought to leave a message for her.3.He didn’t explain to me how to work the thing.4.I can’t think now why I bought these red shoes.5.We didn’t wait for them. It was beginning to rain.6.I handed in my paper without rereading what I had

written. I was afraid to.7.She may not come. I forgot to remind her of her

promise.8. I was so busy that time. I did not see the film.9.She was so cross, she was downright rude to me.10. We did not feel like going anywhere. We just

stayed at home.

Exercise 10

Change the following expressions of advice into criticism of a past action by changing the form of the infinitive.Model: You shouldn’t say such things.-You shouldn’t have said such things.

1.You should try again.2.He should speak to her about it.3.They should keep that dog chained.4.You shouldn’t eat starchy foods.5.She should not go out in such weather.6.You shouldn’t buy a hat which does not go with

anything else you’ve got.7.You should switch off the lights when you go out.8.He should not forget to take his medicine.9.You should spend more time out of doors.10. Her mother should not let her read such trash.

Exercise 11

Give your friend a piece of advice. Use the appropriate modal verb. Expand on the statements. Make use of the prompts.

207

Model: You should go and see the new French film. It’s brilliant. The cast is splendid.

- Watch a film;- Read a book;- Go to the theatre;- Have a little rest;- Consult a dictionary;- Listen to classical music;- Help his / her parents;- Take a book from the library;- Go in for sports;- Study foreign languages;- Not to spend much time watching TV.

Exercise 12

Express indignation, irritation using the verb ‘should’. Make up responses to these questions. Make use of the prompts.Model: Why should I do it right now? – They say “Never put off till tomorrow what you can do today”.

- Help him;- Write to her;- Stay at home;- Answer his questions;- Buy this dress / suit;- Do the work alone;- Give your money;- Move to another flat;- Correct his mistakes;- Entertain them;- Arrange the party;- Sell the car;- Present her with flowers;- Follow your advice.

Exercise 13

208

Express the speaker’s insistence using the verb shall. Provide a natural conversational context for these remarks.Make use of the prompts.Model: You shall do it as I say. You must obey me without questions.

- Obey the rules;- Tell the truth;- Go there right now;- Give up smoking;- Break off with a bad crowd;- Buy a new suit;- Stay at home;- Help your parents;- Invite your relatives to the party;- Switch off the TV set;- Get down to work;- Finish the work by 5 o’clock.

Exercise 14

Make an offer. Use the appropriate modal verb. React to these questions in the appropriate way. Make use of the prompts.Model: Shall I make you a cup of tea? – If you’re sure it’s not too much trouble.

- Carry your bag;- Give him a lift;- Show them the way;- Show you about the city;- Drive her home;- Prepare dinner;- Entertain the guests;- Give you a helping hand;- Open the window;- Move the chair;- Switch on the radio;- Clean your coat;- Walk the dog;

209

- Water the flowers.

Exercise 15

Study the problem situations and try to solve them by asking for instructions.Model: - You are going to the classroom, so is your teacher; she has a lot of books in her hands. What do you say? – Shall I help you to carry the books? They seem to be very heavy.

1.You are preparing for the exam in English, but you can’t concentrate on the subject because of the noise coming out of the room next door. Your friend sees howuncomfortable you feel. What does she suggest?

2.You friend cannot do a grammar exercise. You have already known the right way how to do it. What do you say?

3.You are writing a composition. But the words won’t come. Your teacher sees how hard you are trying to find suitable words. What does he say?

Think of similar problem situations of your own. Act them out.

Exercise 16

Respond to the following statements. Use shall to express warning or threat.Model: Jane, you are so light-minded. The exams are only a few weeks off andyou haven’t done a stroke of work yet. (to fail at the exam) – You shall fail at your exam if you go on like this.

1.Ann, you are very absent-minded at times and inattentive. (To have a lot of gaps in your knowledge)

2.Pete, there is nothing to complain of as far as your behaviour goes. You never talk back. But you are very obstinate sometimes. (to be hard to deal with)

210

3.Ann, English Grammar seems to come easy to you, but spelling rules just refuse to stick in your head. (to get a bad mark for a dictation)

Go on fulfilling the task in your own way.

Exercise 17

Express promise in the following situations.Model: I’m dead tired after those exams. (to get a good rest during the holidays) – Keep your chin up. You shall get a good rest during the holidays. I will see to it.

1.I must leave for London for a couple of days, but I think the Dean won’t let me go. (to be allowed, to speak to the Dean myself)

2.Oh, what am I to do? The teacher asked me to fetch some books from the library, but it’s locked. (to be given some books from the English language room, to gothere together)

3.Grammar is my weak point. I can’t get the rules straight, much as I try. (to manage it all right, to revise together)

Make up your own problem situations and working in pairs asstudents A and B respond to them.

Exercise 18

Give advice in answer to the following statements. Use the word combinations in brackets.Model: I haven’t been sleeping well lately. (to take more exercise) – You shouldtake more exercise.

1.The boy is little pale. (to play out-of-doors)2. I’m afraid you’ll miss that train. (to take a taxi)3.There is no one in. (to try the room next door)4.She may have forgotten all about her promise. (to

phone and remind her)211

5.I don’t know which hat to take. (to take the one whichgoes with your coat)

6.I have a slight irritation in my throat. (to smoke less)

7.The child simply won’t eat soup. (not to give her sweets before dinner)

8.She makes a lot of spelling mistakes. (to make her copy passages out of the book)

9.The dog is afraid of him. (not to shout at the dog)10. The students seemed unable to follow what I was

saying. (not to speak so fast)

Exercise 19

Criticize the actions mentioned in the following sentences.Model: I did not buy the book. – You should have bought it.

So I took the child to the pictures.We forgot to leave a message for her.We did not wait for her. It was beginning to rain.I did not think of it before.I did not explain to her how to get there.I bought a pair of red shoes to go with my dress.So I told her to her face what we really think of her

wonderful idea.I have not seen the film. I was busy and didn’t go.My fountain pen was leaking, so I wrote in pencil.I’m afraid I ate too much cake with my tea.

Exercise 20

Supply the correct forms of the modal verbs in brackets. Provide an appropriate context for these sentences.Model: You should try something easier first. This book is very difficult to understand.

1.You (need) not go there. They won’t come back till next week.

212

2.She (need) to read more if she wanted to pass her examsuccessfully.

3.He (need) to practice more if he is to improve his playing.

4.(Need) Mary any help?5.–He was at the theatre.- But he (should) be at school.6.–I went there alone. – You (should) not do it.7.You (need) not take your umbrella with you. It is not

raining.8.He (need) a good piece of advice.9.– He looked unwell. – He (should) consult a doctor.10. The weather was nasty. You (should) stay at home.

Exercise 21

Put ought to or oughtn’t to in the spaces. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian. Watch the meaning of ought to andoughtn’t to.

1.The policeman told the driver that he _____ drive morecarefully.

2.I told the boys that they ______ swim near the bridge,because it was dangerous.

3.My uncle is nearly seventy years old. He is still working but he _____ retire.

4.You ____ keep that book. It doesn’t belong to you.5.The woman is looking ill. She _____ see a doctor.6.He is tired. He _____ work so hard.7.The teacher told Tom that he _____ make so many

careless mistakes.8.The doctor told the fat man that he _____ eat so much.9.I ______ finish this work today, but I’m very tired.

Exercise 22

Put can, may, must, should, ought to, have to, be able to (or the negative forms) and needn’t in spaces.

213

1.The doctor said: “The child is very ill. He _____ taken to the hospital at once’.

2.A man ____ help his parents when they become old.3.There are no buses or taxis, so we _____ walk.4.Everybody _____ learn a foreign language.5.We ____ leave without food and water. We _____ eat and

drink.6.I ______ get up early tomorrow, so I _____ go to bed

late tonight.7.You _____ drive a car at night without lights.8.Tom’s father told him that he ____ ask silly

questions,9.Man _____ live by bread alone.10. The matter _____ be discussed in tomorrow’s

debate.11. You _____ sit there in your wet clothes; you will

catch cold if you do.12. They ____ do all the exercises; it will be

sufficient if they do four of them.13. You _____ do whatever you like.14. We ____ go away just yet; our train doesn’t leave

for half an hour yet.15. I ______ read to the end of the story, because I

want to see who gets the treasure.16. Why _____ I go there? 17. She ____ sing quite well.18. You ____ say anything. Just nod your head and he

will understand.19. _____ I use your phone? – You _____ ask for

permission; you _____ use it whenever you like.20. You _____ leave your dog with us if you don’t want

to take him with you.21. You _____ take a horse to water but you _____ make

him drink.22. The ice is quite thick. We ____ walk on it.23. If you don’t know the meaning of a word you ____

use a dictionary.24. He _____ swim very soon.

214

Exercise 23

Replace the infinitives in brackets by should, must, had to, shall have to + infinitive depending on whether the sentences contain advice, criticism of a past action or a statement of necessity.

1.My sister was taking her examination yesterday and I (to look after) her baby.

2.I (to get up) at half past seven to get to the office in time.

3.You (to wear) a rain-coat. You are wet through.4.You knew I was bringing people to dinner. You (to

bake) a cake.5.It was my son’s birthday so I (to bake) a cake.6.They will get hungry on the train. You (to give) them

some sandwiches.7.He couldn’t do his lessons. I (to explain) some things

to him. It took me lots of time.8.You (not to get) so excited. It’s bad for you.9.There was no kindergarten where they lived and she (to

take) the child across the whole city.10. She was out when I came. I (to go) there tomorrow.11. You (to give) him more milk to drink. It’s so good

for the teeth.12. The dress is a little too wide. You (to take) it

in at the seams.

Exercise 24

Replace the infinitives in brackets by should, need, have + infinitive, depending on whether you give advice, permission not to do something, criticize a past action or state an absence of necessity for the action.

1.You (not to go out) in this rain. You have a bad cold.2.You (not to go out) today. We have everything we want.3.You (not to lose one’s temper). It put you

automatically in the wrong.215

4.You (not to give) all the details. You forgot that youwere dealing with well-informed people.

5.It was Sunday and I (not to go) to the office. 6.You (not to tell) her that. Now she won’t sleep.7.You (not to put) so much sugar into the custard. No

one will be able to eat it.8.You (not to use) any gelatine. Such thick broth jells

by itself.9.It was so warm we (not to wear) our coats. It was very

pleasant.10. You never (to try) to do everything at once. You

must plan things.11. It is so warm there you (not to bring) any

woolens.12. I see now that I (not to worry). There was no

danger whatever.

Exercise 25

Read the following extract and comment on the usage of the modal verbs.

In all the books I have read of people cast away on adesert island, they had either pockets full of tools or achest of things would be thrown upon the beach as if onpurpose. My case was very different. What with the cold andhunger, I felt more miserable than words can tell. I stoodshivering in the rain, wet and barefoot, and wondered whatI could do till it occurred to me that shellfish, of whichthere were plenty in the island, might be good to eat. Iate them cold and raw; and they seemed to me delicious.They must have poisoned me, for I had no sooner eaten myfirst meal, than I felt miserably sick and lay for a longtime no better than dead.

216

In fact as long as I was on the island I never coulddistinguish what particular shellfish it was that hurt me:sometimes the shellfish restored my strength, and sometimesI felt sick for hours.The second day I explored the entire island. I had tochoose a place on a hillside to be my home. I had a goodreason for my choice: from there I could distinguish thetop of a great ancient church and the roofs of houses onthe mainland. It seemed impossible that I should die on theshores of my own country and within view of men’s houses. (From Kidnapped by R.

L. Stevenson)

Exercise 26

Fill in the appropriate form of the verbs in brackets.

1.Jane didn’t turn up for the meeting. She must _______ (to forget) about it.

2.She might _______ (to stay) at Alison’s house last night, but I’m not sure.

3.Children are ______ (not to eat) in class. It is strictly forbidden.

4.He must _______ (to work) late last night. He looks very tired today.

5.He must _______ (to feel) very tired; he’s been working hard lately.

6.You should ______ (to come) to my birthday party; I was expecting you.

7.She can’t _______ (to be) at home otherwise she would have answered the door.

8.Tom needn’t ______ (to get) up early tomorrow as it isa holiday.

9.We ought to _______ (to be) more polite to her; then she wouldn’t have felt so offended.

10. Liz looks very annoyed. She must ______ (to wait) for ages.

Exercise 27217

Work with a partner and do the following quiz.

How would you cope around the world?Are these statements TRUE or FALSE?

1.You mustn’t give tips in India.2.In the UK, you don’t have to carry ID with you.3.In Holland, friends are supposed to kiss each other

four times when saying ‘hello’ and ‘goodbye’.4.You should never give a clock as a gift in China.5.In Japan, you can’t vote until you are 19.6.You can drive as fast as you want in Germany.7.In Britain, people are expected to take turns to buy

drinks in a pub.8.In Zimbabwe, you can pay fines with flowers.9.In Spain, children under 16 aren’t allowed into bars.10. You are expected to take some cheese with you when

you are invited to dinner in France.11. In Japan, you shouldn’t blow your nose in public.12. When giving flowers in Germany, you should give an

even number.13. You have to turn out to vote in Australia.14. In the USA, you can drive a car in most states

when you’re 15.15. You must eat with your left hand in Sudan.16. In Sweden, you aren’t allowed to smoke until

you’re 16.17. In the UK, you must never turn your back on a

picture of the Queen.18. You don’t have to wear a motorcycle helmet in

Italy.19. In Finland you can’t buy alcohol in a supermarket.20. In Saudi Arabia, it’s normal for shops to close

for about 15 minutes four times a day.

Check your answers. Can you think of any rules in your country? What would a visitor need to know?

Answers:218

1.F2.T3.F – it’s three times4.T5.F6.T7.T8.F – but you can with animals9.F10. F11. T12. F – except on someone’s 20th birthday when you give

them 2013. T14. F – in most states it’s 1615. F16. F17. F18. F19. F20. T

What it means: If you scored between 15 and 20: you’re either

extremely well-travelled or extremely intuitive. You’ll have no problems wherever you go.

If you scored between 10 and 15: you should be OK in most situations, but be careful!

If you scored between 5 and 10: you might make life difficult for yourself from time to time, but you’ll survive.

If you scored between 0 and 5: don’t go anywhere without a good friend!

Exercise 28

Translate the following sentences from Ukrainian into English.

219

1.Я повинна була виїхати з дому рано-вранці.2.Зустріч має відбутися в квітні.3.Вистава має розпочатися за кілька хвилин.4.Спочатку ми мали відвідати столицю, але потім наші

плани змінилися.5.Йому можна поспівчувати.6.Тебе можна поздоровити.7.Його треба підбадьорити.8.Якщо він має намір повернутися до вечора, то повинен

вирушати зараз.9.Якщо ви збираєтесь встигнути на поїзд, то маєте

поквапитись.10. Стаття має бути прочитана до вівторка.11. Цю роботу треба швидко виконати.12. Ці ліки треба приймати перед їдою.13. Тобі треба повернутися додому до 8 години.14. Тобі немає чого ображатися.15. Ти не повинен говорити їм правду.16. Гадаю, що все владнається.

Exercise 29

Translate the following sentences from Ukrainian into English.

1.Вам не треба так рано повертатися додому.2.Немає потреби купувати овочі. Я це вже зробила.3.Тобі не треба було дивитися цей фільм. Це марна трата

часу.4.Тобі слід прислухатися до його порад.5.Вам варто подивитися цю п’єсу. Вона про сучасне життя.6. Тобі не треба було цього робити.7.Чому ви маєте допомагати йому?8.Ти зробиш так, як я скажу.9.Мені виконувати ваше розпорядження?10. Що ми будемо робити ввечері?11. Мені приготувати вам чаю?12. Я б залишився вдома.13. Колись ми заходили до цього кафе. Пам’ятаєш?

220

14. Бажаєте ще чашечку кави?15. Я ніколи не буду цього робити.16. Колись я неодноразово зупинявся в цьому готелі.

Exercise 30

Translate into English.

1.Я тебе чудово чую, не треба кричати.2.Тобі повинно бути соромно за твою поведінку.3.Не слід приймати на віру все, що він каже.4.Тобі не потрібно чекати на мене, я маю свій ключ.5.Бувай! Я маю бігти.6.Вона хоче схуднути, тому їй доводиться обмежувати себе

в їжі.7.Маємо ще цілих дві години, і нам зовсім не треба

поспішати.8.Кожен повинен відвідувати зубного лікаря двічі на рік.9.Що ж мені тепер робити? Як поводити себе з дітьми?10. Судячи з відповіді, у ваших розрахунках має бути

помилка.11. Вам потрібно зробити пересадку у Манчестері.12. У нас зараз гостює свекруха, тому мені доводиться

проводити на кухні цілі дні.13. Тобі не треба йти на базар, я вже все купила.14. Даремно ти метушишся, вони прийдуть лише через

годину.15. Не можна сидіти склавши руки і чекати, поки все

владнається саме собою.16. Мені ще треба погодувати собаку.17. Пам’ятай, що тобі доведеться відповідати за всі

свої вчинки.18. Не можна переходити вулицю на червоне світло.19. Лікарі рекомендують, щоб діти проводили більше

часу на свіжому повітрі і менше часу перед телевізором.

20. Дебати повинні розпочатися тільки зараз.21. Зараз канікули і мені не потрібно просинатися так

рано.221

22. Не треба їй нагадувати про її провал.23. Схоже, мені доведеться вибачитися.24. Я маю сама оформити свої папери в банку.25. Ми повинні замислитися над майбутнім країни.26. Тобі не треба говорити з нею таким тоном, вона

дуже прикро вражена.27. Не треба було тобі так багато їсти.28. Ми повинні були зупинитися в готелі, але потім

вирішили зупинитися у знайомих.29. Він повинен був купити квитки ще вчора, але він

захворів.30. Не треба було вести її на каток, в неї і так

болить горло.

WILL / WOULD

“Will” is hardly a purely modal verb. It generally combines its modal meaning with the function of an auxiliary expressing futurity.

“Would” was originally the Past Tense of “will” in the same way as “should” was the Past Tense of “shall”. But while the latter has acquired new shades of meaning, “would” has preserved those of “will”.

Thus it expresses:

Meaning Forms of the modal verb

Other ways to express the same meaning

Sentence patterns

Volition (willingness, readiness,intention, determination, refusal to perform an action –

I will / wouldI won’t / wouldn’t

I intend…I’m willing…We wish …We want…I’m determined;Smb insists

I won’t do it.She wouldn’t take the medicine.The pen won’t write.The car won’t start.

222

in statements and negatives) –is used speaking about livingbeings and things alike.

on …Smb keeps on …Smb refuses…Smb continues…

Requests (polite requests, polite invitations and suggestions – in questions)

Will doWould do (sounds more polite)

Could you give me …May I ask you to do …

Will you pass me the salt?Would you come to tea this afternoon?Would you like another cup of tea?

A repeated action in the past (instatements)

Would – refers only to actions

Used to – refers to both statesand actions

He would fish for hours without catching anything.

Order You will do _ You will do it at once.

Prediction of a future action

Smb will doSmth will happen

_ His latest book will be out next month.I think it will rain tomorrow.

Certainty about the present and past (in statements and negatives)

Present – will (won’t) do / would (wouldn’t) doPast – will (won’t) have done / would (wouldn’t)

I’m sureI believeI guess

Leave the meat in the oven; it won’t be cooked yet.This would be the place she meant.That would have been the right way.

223

have done

Exercises

Exercise 1

Analyze the form of the modal verb. Say in which meaning itis used. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.She would sit there for hours waiting for the telephone to ring.

2.Now and again a dog would bark.3.You will have heard that I’m leaving by the end of the

month.4.The animals wouldn’t stir. They were too tired to

move.5.I won’t leave you, I promise.6.Will you tell me why you are so certain?7.I said, “Would you lend me your car?”8.No matter what time of day I went to the store, I

would find him sitting there on the steps.9.Will you do me a favour and meet her at the station?10. Would you drop in two days? I’m sure we will have

a good selection of overcoats then.11. That would be about four years ago.12. “Will you give me my bill?” I asked the clerk.13. You will permit me to examine the papers.14. Please, will you tell me the time?15. That will have been someone she knows.16. “You’ve got a letter from Canada”. “It’ll be from

my aunt Freda”.17. Leave the meat in the oven. It won’t be cooked

yet.

Exercise 2

Comment on the meaning of the verb will. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

224

1.I will be at the Bridge at 9 o’clock.2.I will give you your tea.3.Will you all come along?4.Will you have some more sweets?5.If you will only hold together and say the same thing

he must give way.6.If you will let us we’ll come back when supper’s over.7.You can let Mr. Gibson know that I will see you again.8.You have only to ask me and I will show you the rooms.9.I won’t be made a slave to that child!10. His hair won’t stick down though it looks as

though he had plastered everything he can think of on it.

11. It’s bloody cold and this blasted experiment won’tgo.

12. I’d like you to do something for me, if you will.

Exercise 3

The first time Mr. and Mrs. Wilson went abroad, they were on their honeymoon – lots of things went wrong. They still laugh about it, though at the time it wasn’t so funny! Complete Mr. Wilson’s story with won’t or wouldn’t and the following verbs: accept / let / light / move / start / stay/ stop. The first sentence has been already done as the example.

“We were going to leave at 6 a.m. on the day after our wedding to get the 9 o’clock ferry from Dover to France…” Then the first thing went wrong – the car wouldn’t start! Dad got quite angry, and kept shouting: “Why ____it____?” In the end he had to call a garage, and the mechanic wanted30 pounds. We’d changed all our money into foreign currency, and in those days people ____ normally ____ cheques from someone they didn’t know. “What shall I do?” Dad cried. “He ____ ____ a cheque!” At last the mechanic agreed, and we just got to Dover in time for the boat. “Andwhy ____ the car _____?” asked Stephen. “Your dad had

225

forgotten to buy petrol”, Mrs. Wilson replied. “Anyway, we got a campsite in France and tried to put up our tent, but it was so windy that it _____up. We ended up sleeping in the car. Next morning, we found that all our cooking thingswere wet. “The stove ____ ____!” your Dad kept saying. So, we had cold breakfast! But the funniest thing was a few days later, when we were in the mountains. There was a flock of sheep in the road, and they ____ ____ us pass. “Sheep ____ ____ unless you make a loud noise!” Dad said, and he pressed the horn. But the horn got stuck, and it ____ ____ ! It was terribly embarrassing, but at least the sheep got out of our way!”

Exercise 4

Instead of the words given in brackets use will / would to denote a habitual or recurrent action.Model: He (often) sits in the garden basking in the warm sunshine. – He will sit in the garden …

1.She (sometimes) spends the whole evening listening to music.

2.They (occasionally) leave work earlier to catch an early train.

3.He (frequently) fishes for hours without catching anything.

4.They (sometimes) look at each other without saying a word.

5.She (usually) listens to him with breathless attention.

6.They (often) have dinner in the garden in summer.7.He (usually) goes shopping alone.8.They (usually) spend hours in the room watching TV.

Exercise 5226

Use used to + Infinitive for things that happened regularlyin the past or for things and states that were true but arenot true now; would + Infinitive to talk about repeated actions in the past; be used to + Gerund to say that something is familiar or usual.

a)Complete the sentences with would or used to. Where either form is possible, use them both. Where there isa word in brackets, put it in the correct position.

1.I ____ have lots of free time before I started workinghere.

2.In the long summer holidays, we ____ go out somewhere with a picnic every day.

3.When I was a newly-trained teacher I ____ work till late every night preparing lessons.

4.They ____ be happy together but they are not now.5.When they come to London, they ____ (never) travel

anywhere on the tube.6.When I had a car, I ____ drive everywhere, but now I’m

much fitter because I always walk or cycle.7.During my last year at university, I ____ go to the

library to start work at 9 o’clock every morning.8.When we shared a flat together, we ____ (often) stat

up talking late into the night.

b)Sharon, Jerry, Marion and Joe are talking about what they used to be like a few years ago. Try to guess whois speaking. Make your deduction using can, may, must or will. Compare it with your fellow-student.

“I used to be very quiet. I’m an only child, so I’m used to being alone. I would spend hours in my room, reading and day-dreaming. I didn’t use to go out much and I never used to wear fashionable clothes or make-up.Things have changed. Look at me now!” “At fifteen I used to be a rebel and I always wore anold T-shirt and ripped jeans. I would go to pop concerts

227

every week. I was crazy about music. I used to walk around all day carrying a radio. I was used to being told off at school because I didn’t do enough work.” “My friends and I used to dress all in black. At the time we thought it was great. We would go round the clothes stores buying weird outfits and hats. My hair used to be green or pink – or both. We were used to people staring at us, but we didn’t use to care about what others thought.” Who doesn’t say anything?

c)Speak about yourselves. Say what you used to do, woulddo or were used to doing in the past. Maybe, you had some unusual habits.

Exercise 6

Replace the words in italics by will or would + present infinitive. If the statements appear to indicate the speaker’s annoyance, underline the modal verb to indicate that it is stressed.

1.My children love watching television. They sit for hourswithout saying a word.

2.He’s very absent-minded. He often buys things and then leaves the shop without paying.

3.My wife persistently leaves things where other people can fall over them!

4.When we lived in the north, the water pipes used to freezeevery winter, and we had to call in a plumber.

5.The chairman’s main fault was that he persistently interrupted the speakers before they had finished.

6.I tried to refuse his invitation, but he repeatedly insisted on my coming.

7.Why do you persist in being so difficult?228

8.My headmaster had great authority. Whenever he spoke, everyone used to listen attentively.

9.No wonder the house is cold! You always go out and leave the doors open!

10. In the 19th century, people used to go to church onSunday as a matter of course.

Exercise 7

Complete each short dialogue, using will together with one of the verbs in the list. The negative form will be needed in some cases. The list of verbs: seat, bear, do, fit, hold, reach, suit,work.

1.“Is your car very fast?” “Oh, yes! It ____ over 180 kman hour.”

2.“Is that jug big enough?” “Oh, yes! It ____ at least agallon.”

3.“What’s wrong with that machine?” “I don’t know. It simply ____.”

4.“Why haven’t you open the door?” “This key ____ the lock.”

5.“How big is the new conference centre?” “Oh! It ____ up to 5,000 people.”

6.“Is that ladder long enough?” “Oh, yes! It ____ up to the roof.”

7.“Shall we say 7.30?” “Yes, that time ____me perfectly.”

8.“Is it safe to walk on the ice?” “Oh, yes! It ____ your weight easily.”

Exercise 8

Explain the meaning lies behind the use of will (‘ll) in the following sentences. Translate them into Ukrainian.

1.It’s no good phoning him at his office. He will be on his way home now.

229

2.Why will you ask such stupid questions?3.Will you clear away the dinner things?4.If you’ll clear away the dinner things, I’ll make the

coffee.5.The luggage boot will never take all those cases!6.You’ll do as you’re told.7.The meeting will begin at 6.30.8.He can be quite obstinate, but he’ll generally see

sense in the end.9.They will celebrate their fiftieth wedding anniversary

next year.10. Don’t worry! I’ll let you know tomorrow, without

fail.11. Ah! Here we are! This will be the restaurant they

recommended to us.12. This table is too small for a dinner party. It’ll

only seat four in comfort.

Exercise 9

Fill in the appropriate forms of the past tense, used to, willor would. Alternatives are possible.

WATER, WATER, EVERYWHERE!

The thing I remembered most about my childhood was myvisits to my aunt Charlotte in her lovely country house.She (be) ____a remarkable woman by any standard. She (be)____ really skilled at water-diving and she (find)____water on the most unpromising bits of land. The farmers(love) ____ her, especially as she (never accept) ____money for water-diving. “Water (always find) ____its ownlevel”, she (say) ____”and I know exactly where that levelis. Water-diving is a gift from God and you don’t acceptpayment for that.” She had a gift for noticing changes inthe weather, too. ”It’s going to rain soon ,” she (say)___, “I can feel it in my bones,” and she (always be) ____right in her later years, she developed a bad back and(often visit) ____ her osteopath. She (never tire) ____ of

230

telling us that her osteopath (say) ____, as he massagedher painful back, “It’s going to rain, Charlotte. I canfeel it in your bones!”

Exercise 10

Read the following extract. Choose the correct forms of themodal verbs: will, may, must. Say why Francis didn’t want to go to the party.

The fifth of January, Peter thought again, his minddrifting from the image of cakes to the prizes which … bewon. Egg-and-spoon races, spearing apples in basins ofwater, blind man’s buff. “I don’t want to go,” Francis said suddenly.“What’s the matter?” Peter asked. “Is it a bad cold?”“It will be a bad cold if I go to the party. Perhaps Ishall die.”“Then you … not go,” Peter said with the decision.It was true that Francis felt ill, a sick empty sensationin his stomach and a rapidly beating heart, but he knewthat the course was only fear, fear of the party, fear ofbeing made to hide by himself in the dark, without Peterand with no light.“I… not go to Mrs. Henner-Falcon’s party. I swear on theBible I … not.”Now surely all would be well, he thought. God wouldn’tallow him to break so solemn an oath. He would show him away. Anything … happen. He … cut himself or break his legor really catch a bad cold. (FromThe End of the Party by G. Greene) Exercise 11

Read the article and put the correct expressions of obligation and permission into the gaps. Discuss the text.

Cannot ride / will not marry / will dress / shall sweep/ may not visit / may not travel / must be / must be at

231

home / should command / can only keep

At the beginning of the 20th century female teaches had a very restricted life. There was a set of “golden rules” that they had to abide by or risk instant dismissal. The rules were there to make sure teachers commanded authority and respect, but for women it meant sacrificing a lot of personal freedom. Nowadays it seems quite incredible that such strict rules should be enforced on female teaching staff.

1)You ____ during the term of your contract.2)You ____ company with other women.3)You ____ authority and respect from your pupils at all

times.4)You ____ between 8 p.m. and 6 a.m. unless attending a

school function.5)You ____ ice-cream parlours at any time.6)You ____ in a carriage or automobile with any man

unless he is your father or brother.7)You ____ the school-room floor at least once daily.8)You ____ in plain colours of grey or black and your

dress ____ no more than 1 inch above the ankles.9)You ____ beyond the city limits without the permission

of the chairman of the board of school governors.

Exercise 12

Memorize the following proverbs and use them in situations of your own. Find their Ukrainian equivalents.

1.A drowning man will catch at a straw.2.None is so blind as those who won’t see.3.The cat would eat wish and would not wet her feet.4.He that would eat the fruit must climb the tree.

Exercise 13

Translate into English.232

1.Ти отримаєш велосипед на день народження, я в цьому впевнена.

2.Якщо ти запізнишся на роботу ще раз, тебе звільнять.3.Колись ти пригадаєш мої слова, але вже буде пізно.4.Усі пасажири мають відійти від краю платформи.5.Щоб не трапилося, я тебе обов’язково знайду.6.Після обіду він зазвичай дрімав у садку.7.Він навіть і слухати мене не хоче.8.Після вечері вони зазвичай грали в карти.9.Він обов’язково зайде до вас перед обідом.10. Він ніколи не відповідав на мої питання.11. Тобі за все доведеться відповідати, стережися!12. Ти ще почуєш моє ім’я.13. Коли він мав поганий настрій, він відкривав томик

Шекспіра.14. Ти не перевіриш мій твір?15. Ти більше не зробиш їй боляче, я обіцяю.16. Ну що ж ти хочеш, хлопці завжди залишаються

хлопцями.17. Повторити речення ще раз?18. Я зроблю все залежне від мене, не майте сумнівів.19. Де поставити крісло?20. У дитинстві бабуся розповідала мені казки перед

тим як лягати спати.21. Одного дня ти зустрінеш саме такого чоловіка.22. Він завжди затримувався на роботі.23. Вона проводила цілі дні на березі лісового озера.24. Одного дня ми поїдемо з тобою в круїз по

Середземному морю.25. Якщо ви не сплатите за проїзд, з вас стягнуть

штраф.

General review of all modals

Exercise 1

Fill in the blanks with the verbs can, may, must, should, ought, need, have to, be to.

233

1.At this time he ____ have been nearly 47.2.“Real friends ____ have everything in common,” he used

to say.3.Surely he ____ have stayed with her on her birthday.4.She ____ never have married him.5.You ____ not bother with these things here for you are

among friends.6.If anything ____ happen to me, my wife will be left

very badly off.7.That young American chap ____ have overheard something

too.8.Tell him I’d wait twenty years for him if I ____ to.9.He ____ go to business, why ____ other people stay in

bed merely because it was dark and foggy?10. I ____ have insisted on going by myself and who

knows I ____ have got a job when I got to London.11. You ____ not be afraid, I never cry.12. He suggested that I ____ stay with him for a few

days so that he ____ show me something of the surrounding country.

13. Well, my dear fellow, you ____ not eat as if you were going after me.

14. It’s not my secret. But I’ll see what I ____ do, because I think both you and John ____ be told.

15. I _____ say that you _____ have shown more consideration.

Exercise 2

Choose the correct answer.

1.When I learned everything I ____ (could; had to; mighthave) think it carefully over.

2.Look at the sky! It ____ (can; may; must) rain tonight.

3.We ____ (could; were to; had to) meet with John near the entrance to the British Museum, but he didn’t come.

234

4.Mr. Smith ____ (was to; was able to; could) do all thework himself. It’s not easy at his age.

5.David ____ (is to; may; can) play the guitar best of all in his class.

6.Perry _____ (had to; was to; could) see me at 5 p.m. but I was late and didn’t meet him.

7.Greg ____ (must; can; has to) do these exercises regularly.

8.Monty ____ (can; may; had to) swim better than the others.

9.How ____ (dare; can; are to) you say that?10. I ____ (may; must; could) have forgotten my bag at

school but I’m not sure.11. Bob ____ (can; must; should) behave mannerly at

table.12. Helen ____ (had to; was able; could) to cover

another ten miles during her hiking.13. ____ (should; must; may) you give me your pen for

a minute?14. Can you call a taxi? We ____ (must; are to; have

to) meet with Tom at 3 p.m.15. You ____ (mustn’t have; shouldn’t have; couldn’t

have) done that. It’s impolite.16. I ____ (must have; should have; might have) lost

my pen somewhere near the telephone box.17. John ____ (should; must; can) bring the papers

immediately. His boss is very angry.18. Fiona ____ (mustn’t; shouldn’t; cannot) interfere!

It’s dangerous for her.19. You ____ (are to; dare; may) say that. What a

brave person you are!20. Kimberly ____ (ought to; is to; has to) borrow

this book. She will have a seminar soon.

Exercise 3

Choose the correct modal verb.

235

1.Wendy (can; may; must) do it herself, because it’s herduty.

2.You (may; can; must) choose what you want. It’s up to you.

3.My brother (could; might; had to) read at the age of four.

4.There was fire in the supermarket but the fire brigade(could; was able to; had to) save all the people.

5.Sue (could; was able; had) to cross the river in the widest place.

6.You (mustn’t have; shouldn’t have; couldn’t have) saidit to Tom. You offended him very much.

7.How (can; dare; ought to) you do that?8.Walter (has to; must; is to) meet Larry near the

entrance of the park.9.I (must have sold; had to sell; was to sell) the car

because I needed money.10. Keith (can; ought to; need) rewrite all the

exercises.11. Naomi (must; is to; can) knit rather well.12. Mr. Warner (has to; should; dare) keep all the

documents in the safe.13. Sarah (can; may; must) bring the book, but I’m not

sure.14. Where (could; was to; might) Greg put the copy-

book?15. You (mustn’t; needn’t; haven’t) bake pies we have

plenty of them.

Exercise 4

Fill in the blanks with can, may, must, mustn’t, need, needn’t, should, ought to, be to, dare, might have done, could have done, must have done, should have done, might as well.

1.They were ____ cover another twenty kilometers for three hours.

2.Nigel ____ wash his hands before every meal.3.I am sure I ____ forgotten the book at home.

236

4.Hugh ____ meet Carol near the hotel at 5 p.m. today.5.____ Jason write a memo or he ____?6.Frank, you ____ buy any milk. We have a bottle in the

fridge.7.Molly ____ left her umbrella somewhere in the café but

she is not sure.8.Dick ____ said this to Alan. It’s really rude!9.My sister ____ sew all her dresses herself.10. Peter ____ cross the road in this place. The

traffic is too heavy there.11. Your father ____ come later. He’ll call you in the

afternoon.12. We _____ meet at the park entrance at 12 but my

friend didn’t come.13. Alison ____ study hard because she has five exams

in winter session.14. Greg _____ check his gas taps. There is a smell in

here.15. Monica ____ be more careful with her baby brother.

Exercise 5

Choose the correct modal verb from the box.

Can, could, can’t, couldn’t, could have done, am (is, are) able to, was (were) able to, will be able to, may (might), may not (might not), will be allowed (permitted ) to, dare, must, must have done, have to, had to, will have to, mustn’t, need, needn’t, should, shouldn’t, should have done, to be to, mightas well

1.Queen Elisabeth ____ rule the country by herself for many decades.

2.The boat was badly damaged but the captain ____ to lead it safely to land.

3.Where ____ you to meet George? Will you ____ to get tothe place so quickly?

237

4.Jeremy ____ do that. He will be punished for this mistake.

5.Kate ____ buy cauliflower and broccoli. We have plentyof them in the fridge.

6.Will Simon ____ to take his young brother with him? No, I don’t think so.

7.To my mind it ____ rain today. Look at these dark clouds!

8.Marvin ____ said that. He offended everybody.9.I ____ drink a glass of beer instead of tea.10. George ____ done such a rude mistake. It’s

unbelievable!11. If you lost your pen, you ____ take mine.12. Paganini ____ Play the violin at the age of three.13. You _____ make the best of it.14. Harry ____obey his parents. He is such a naughty

boy!15. Barbara ____ leave early yesterday because she

wanted to get on the 7 o’clock train.16. Hillary ____ to do what she wanted. Her parents

spoilt her very much.17. Where is Sam? He ____ be somewhere here.18. They ____ to meet at 6 but Terry didn’t come. What

had happened?19. Where are your glasses? – I ____ have left them at

home. – You ____ reminded me of them then.20. Will Jim ____ to get there with you? No, but he

____ attend the oculist for sure.21. ____ Hester ride a bike? No, she ____. She ____

only drive a car.22. Peter ____ to learn this passage by heart only in

ten minutes. What a memory!23. You ____do it now. Nobody will object to it.24. Liz will ____ to pass this exam. It’s obligatory.25. Kevin ____ have behaved like that yesterday. Tell

him about it.26. All the children ____ to enter the room and take

their Christmas gifts. They laughed happily.

238

27. I ____ have left my jacket here a minute ago, but I cannot find it.

28. Judith ____ say that. She is her mother.29. Irene ____ to have filled the tank with cold

water.30. It ____ have been Mr. Rochester, I was really

sure.

Exercise 6

Match the numbered sentences to the ones that are lettered on the right closest meaning.

1.I can’t help you to find accommodation.2.I don’t have to help you to find accommodation.3.I won’t help you to find accommodation.4.She can’t be joking.5.She can’t tell jokes.6.She must be joking.7.She mustn’t tell jokes.8.You can’t leave now.9.You could leave now.10. You don’t have to leave now.11. You needn’t leave now.12. You shouldn’t leave now.

a)It’s not my responsibility to help you.b)I’m unwilling to help you.c)I’m unable to help you.d)I’m sure she is.e)I’m sure she isn’t.f)She isn’t allowed to.g)She is no good at it.h)It’s not a good idea to go.i)I won’t let you go.j)It’s unnecessary to go.k)It would be possible to go.

Exercise 7239

Read the horoscope below and then proceed to the tasks.

Scorpio (Oct.23 – Nov. 21) – You’re bound to meet up with someone this week who challenges you in a new way. This is likely to prove a fundamental interaction.

Sagittarius (Nov.22 – Dec. 21) – You can’t have it both ways this week so you’ll discover that you are going to have to make a choice. Be true to your heritage.

Capricorn (Dec.22 – Jan.19) – You’re feeling unusuallysociable at this time. Take care that you don’t spend too much time in idle conversation. You need to get things done.

Aquarius (Jan.20 – Feb.18) – You can go about your business this week without giving much thought to whatothers around may do.

Pisces (Feb.19 – March 20) – Concentrate on one thing at a time this week and you’ll surely be able to get more done than expected. One event gives you food for thought.

Aries (March 21 – April 19) – An early start each and every day of the week should keep you ahead of the game, and at the center of a storm of activity.

Taurus (April 20 – May 20) – You’re in the mood for change this week, but it’ll only come after you prove to be capable of dealing creatively with routine.

Gemini (May 21 – June 20) – Telling the truth isn’t simply a courtesy this week, it’s sure to make the difference between success and failure.

Cancer (June 21 – July 22) – You may feel that you’re more closely connected with another this week than youhave been at any time in the past. A love relationshipbenefits.

Leo (July 23 – Aug.22) – This is not a good week to hold something against a friend or loved one. Carry nocomplaints, and be willing to let bygones be bygones.

240

Virgo (Aug.23 – Sept. 22) – You may be considering doing something behind someone else’s back, but you will want to think twice before doing anything that you can’t undo.

Libra (Sept. 23 – Oct. 22) – You shouldn’t confuse a comfortable routine with anything boring or unsatisfying at this time. Make sure you know what it is you really want.

Instructions:a) Hypothesize about the chances different people have

this week in accomplishing what they plan to do on thebasis of the horoscope above.Model: to go to a job interview – Scorpio must have a good chance to succeed at a job interview this week. Sagittarius could have a good chance, too, if he managed to make a final choice and remain true to his heritage…

1.to go to a blind date;2.to buy a new house;3.to change the job;4.to take an extra job;5.to kick a row with your girl (boy) friend;6.to play in a tennis tournament;7.to marry John / Jane;8.to see your ex-friend secretly (you’ve got a new

friend now);9.to decide what college to study at;10. to get to a party (there must be a lot of dull

people there). Make at least five more situations of your own.

b) Hypothesize about the chances different people had last week in accomplishing what they had planned to doon the basis of the last-week horoscope (above). Use the clues in part A as well as your own situations.Model: to go to a job interview – If last week Scorpio had gone to a job interview, he must have had a good chance to succeed. Sagittarius could have had pretty good chances, too, provided he had managed to make a final choice and remain true to his heritage.

241

Exercise 8

Read and translate the quotations. Try to remember as many as you can. Translate them into Ukrainian.

1.A university should be a place of light, of liberty and of learning. (Disraeli, Benjamin (1804 – 1881)

2.Genius must be born, and never can be taught. (Dryden, John (1631 – 1700)

3.No army can withstand the strength of an idea whose time has come. (Hugo, Victor (1802 – 1885)

4.Whenever man’s friends begin to compliment him about looking young, he may be sure that they think he is growing old. (Irving, Washington (1783 – 1859)

5.You can fool all the people some of the time, and someof the people all the time, but you cannot fool all the people all the time. (Lincoln, Abraham (1809 – 1865)

6.Nothing can come out of nothing, nothing can go back to nothing. (Persius (34 – 62)

7.What cannot be cured, must be endured. (Rabelias, Francois (1494 – 1553)

8.What’s vice today may be virtue tomorrow. (Fielding, Henry (1707 – 1754)

9.No man can be wise on an empty stomach. (Eliot, George (1819 – 1880)

10. If you would wish another to keep your secret, first keep it yourself. (Seneca (4 B.C. – 65 A.D.)

Exercise 9

Translate the verb in brackets.

1.I (не можу) tell you what a commotion ensued.2.“I (повинен) be very careful,” he continued turning to

me with a smile.3.It (може) get waterlogged and sink.4.Every day I see things which (повинні бути) be done.5.He (міг) hear footsteps running through the corridor.

242

6.She (повинна) speak first, must open her heart to him.7.And suddenly I realized that there was only one man

who (міг би врятувати) him.8.But what I (міг) do was very little.9.“(Можемо) we talk?” Catherine asked.10. As he unwound, John held the huge bird, which

(повинна була) weighted twenty pounds.11. This (міг) be the best gift I’ve given you since

introducing you to this society.12. You (не повинен) giggle in that way when it comes

your turn.13. The food (могла б) been great or terrible it made

no difference.14. Do you know where she (могла) gone this morning?15. “I (насмілююсь) say you’d like me to go,” I said

to the Colonel, getting up.

Exercise 10

Translate into English.

1.Можна, я візьму вашу ручку на хвилину?2.Ви не повинні були це робити у Теда на вечірці.3.Дік не сміє так говорити з батьком.4.Вони домовились зустрітись з Бобом біля воріт стадіону

о третій, але він, як завжди, спізнився.5.Тобі треба все зробити акуратно, без помилок.6.Хелен не могла так вчора сказати.7.Ми б краще поїли суп. Ти повинна його зварити.8.Як Рон сміє так чинити? Він може помилятись.9.Дік зміг вирішити всі проблеми минулого тижня.10. Моя тітка вміє пекти вишневий пиріг.11. Можна, мій брат принесе гітару і ми поспіваємо?12. Мій син повинен був вчора все зробити сам.13. Дітям дозволять взяти всі цукерки під ялинкою.14. Зможе Саймон переплисти озеро в цьому місці?15. Ти не смієш це казати! Ти надто зрозумілий16. Лора змушена була піти вчора сама. Її чоловік

залишився на вечірці.243

17. Бобу слід вивчити всі нові правила. Він може цезробити завтра.

18. Вони повинні будуть перенести виставу за тиждень.19. Місіс Мітчел повинна буде зустріти мене біля парку

о 4.20. Твій син не повинен тут гуляти. Це небезпечний

район.21. Нам дозволили перездати екзамен із економіки.22. Ці фрукти потрібно викинути. Вони зіпсувались.23. Мама можливо спізниться трішки, давайте її

почекаємо.24. Ти можеш перевірити мій твір? Я знаю, там повинні

бути помилки.25. Тобі не потрібно було так розмовляти з бабусею,

вона могла образитись.26. Поглянь, на вулиці нікого немає. Напевно

починається гроза.27. Що я можу подарувати мамі? – Ти повинен подарувати

їй щось екзотичне.28. Даремно ти не відправив телеграму родичам. Вони,

напевно, нічого не знають про ваш приїзд.29. Моя тітка не повинна була втручатись в життя свого

сина.30. Доню, не треба купувати овочі, у нас їх досить в

холодильнику.31. Моя секретарка повинна була зустріти мене на

станції, але її не було.32. Тато каже, що я повинен сам заробляти на свої

витрати.33. Нам не треба сьогодні готувати вечерю, нас

запросили до ресторану.34. Тобі слід носити яскраві кольори, вони тобі

личать.35. Барі був з Майком більш відвертим, ніж йому слід

було.36. Нам не потрібно було так бігти. У нас багато часу.37. Нема потреби казати тобі, якими неслухняними

можуть бути діти.38. Мама можливо вже дома, але я невпевнена.

244

39. Їх новий будинок повинні будувати в цьому районі.40. Може ви будете з нами обідати? – Ні, дякуємо, ми

вже пообідали.41. Він напевно нічого не сказав батькам. Він думає,

що вони не повинні про це знати.42. Тобі не слід звинувачувати батьків у всьому. Ти

сама про що думала?43. Тобі треба було ще раз перечитати того листа.44. Не може бути, щоб Ешлі забув про свою обіцянку.45. Мама Патріка змогла взяти кредит і купити новий

будинок.46. Твій тато можливо помиляється, коли каже про це.47. Нам довелось купити нові квіти, бо ті зав’яли.48. Мій тато міг забути всі документи в таксі.49. Ця новина може налякати бабусю. Тобі не слід їй це

говорити.50. Діти можуть допомогти старенькій сусідці купити

продукти.

Exercise 11

Translate into English.

1.Ви можете намалювати все, що забажаєте.2.Не можна бути таким легковажним коли вирішується ваша

доля.3.Тобі б краще знати, як вирішувати подібні завдання.4.Ми повинні провести ще три дні в Лондоні, а потім

вирушити на північ Англії.5.Тобі не слід було братися за цю справу самому, ти все

зіпсував.6.Довгий час мені не доводилося літати літаком7.Не міг би ти вигадати якусь кумедну історію для нашої

газети?

245

8.Тобі не слід було купувати так багато хліба, гості не прийдуть.

9.Вона не наважувалася попросити водія зупинити машину.10. Ти міг би сам здогадатись почистити картоплю.11. Ми змогли придбати квитки тільки тому, що цілий

день простояли в черзі.12. Ти могла б раніше лягати спати, якщо хочеш краще

виглядати.13. Їй не слід було возитися в садку цілий день, вона

смертельно втомилася.14. Принести тобі щось почитати?15. Ніколи не треба метушитися.16. Я вважаю, що ти ніколи не наважишся викинути її

стару одежу.17. Вона мала стільниковий телефон і я завжди міг

легко з нею зв’язатися.18. Мабуть, я поміркую над вашою пропозицією.19. Мені завтра знов доведеться йти до банку, тому що

повідомлення ще не прийшло.20. Ти міг би сам потурбуватися про подарунок.21. Вона повинна була зателефонувати опівдні, але

змогла зробити це тільки увечері.22. Я обіцяю, що ця хата буде твоєю.23. Я вже давно вмію керувати автомобілем, але поки що

не можу собі дозволити купити навіть мотоцикл.24. Ти допоможеш мені вишити цю серветку?25. Не можна бути таким самовпевненим, коли йдеться

про чемпіонат світу.26. Я ніколи не припиню сперечатися з тобою.27. Ти могла б хоч підписати листівку!28. «Титаніку» судилося затонути у першому ж рейсі.29. Не треба було обрізати спідницю, тепер вже нічого

не виправиш.30. Вона завжди могла відрізнити копію від оригіналу з

першого погляду.31. От побачиш, ти отримаєш свої гроші завтра вранці.32. Вам слід сходити на виставку воскових фігур.33. Не смій підвищувати голос на батька!34. Йдемо разом на ковзанку?

246

35. Дітям не слід дивитися фільми жахів.36. Де ми повинні влаштуватися на ніч?37. Я змушена здавати кімнату, тому що не можу звести

кінці з кінцями.38. Тобі слід було завести будильник, щоб не проспати.39. Мені не потрібно заводити будильник, мене собака

будить о шостій.40. Вона крутиться перед дзеркалом з ранку до вечора.41. Тобі б краще здати свій піджак до хімчистки.42. Він не міг вам цього казати тому, що сам цього не

знав.43. Я не змогла б вчора піти до кіно, навіть якби ти

зателефонував.44. Ти міг би залишатися вдома хоча б один вечір на

тиждень.45. Ти міг би відразу сказати, що тобі не цікаво, я б

вимкнула телевізор.46. Ми повинні були зустрітися перед лекцією, але

вона, як завжди, забула про це.47. Можна було й не писати твір.48. Раніше чи пізніше, але тобі доведеться прийняти це

рішення.49. Запам’ятай, ти не повинен витратити всі гроші за

один день. Ти повинен жити на них цілий місяць.50. Я змогла досягти успіху, дякуючи тільки твоїй

допомозі.

Exercise 12

Translate into English making use of the modal verbs.

1.Я можу прочитати цей напис із свого місця.2.Вона не могла повірити своїм очам.3.Можна я візьму помаранч?4.Інколи в ясну погоду звідси можна побачити протилежний

берег.5.Ти могла б пришити ґудзик раніше.6.Він міг і не приходити, ми обійшлися й без його

допомоги.247

7.Мені не потрібно було одягати піджак, всі інші були в шортах і футболках.

8.Сподіваюся, тобі не довелося пожалкувати про свої слова.

9.Я дивився на нього і думав, ким же йому судилося статиу майбутньому.

10. Не можна ховатися від грози під деревами. В деревоможе вдарити блискавка.

11. Я не залишу тебе за жодних обставин, обіцяю.12. Цей ніж не ріже, дай мені інший.13. Ти могла б і не поливати квіти, скоро піде дощ.14. Вона дуже порядна людина, не слід думати про неї

погано.15. Не потрібно було тобі заводити собаку, якщо ти не

можеш гуляти з ним.16. Вам би краще перевірити рахунки ще раз, десь

повинна бути помилка.17. Якщо тобі душно, ми можемо вийти до саду.18. Тепер уже можна піти і розповісти їй про все.19. Ви не могли б дати мені його адресу? Я ніде не

можу знайти свою записну книжку.20. Я просто не міг прийти вчасно, тому що мій поїзд

запізнився.21. За час навчання в коледжі вона жила у родичів і їй

не потрібно було платити за квартиру.22. Мені довелося затриматися на кілька днів, я не міг

купити квиток на літак.23. Не виходь з кімнати поки я тебе не покличу.24. Заварити тобі каву? – Не варто турбуватися.25. Йому б краще не їхати сьогодні, він ще погано себе

почуває.26. Не потрібно було їсти цукерки перед обідом.27. Чи йому почекати вас? – Не потрібно, нехай краще

вирушає додому.28. Ти могла б дати йому з собою кілька бутербродів.29. Він годинами розглядав марки в альбомі.30. Скуштуй салат, добре?31. Якщо ти постійно не висипаєшся, тобі потрібно

змінити розпорядок дня.248

32. Дивись, який великий будинок! В ньому має бути багато квартир.

33. Напевне, вона добре розуміється на моді, якщо вонадає таки поради.

34. Напевне, це дуже популярний співак.35. Не може бути, щоб він стрибнув у море з цього

стрімчака.36. Можливо, передачу показали в іншій час.37. Напевне, саме зараз виступає адвокат.38. Мабуть, квитки на його концерт завжди були дуже

дорогими.39. Я вважаю, він повинен саме зараз закінчувати

університет.40. Напевне, нікого не має дома. Світло не горить в

жодному з вікон.41. Светр, мабуть, дуже теплий, тому що вив’язаний з

чудової вовни.42. Ваша дружина, напевне, дуже добре готує. Ніколи не

їв таких смачних пиріжків.43. Ти такий втомлений. Мабуть, знову працював цілий

день без відпочинку.44. Таке авто має коштувати великі гроші.45. Мабуть, вона зробила вигляд, що не помічає мене.46. Не може бути, що ти мерзнеш у новій куртці! Вона

здається такою теплою.47. Напевне, ціни дуже підскочили за останні півроку.48. Не може бути, що ти сів на дієту. Ти намагався

робити це багато разів, але завжди марно.49. Мабуть, вона йшла на побачення. Я ще ніколи не

бачив її такою гарною.50. Напевне, я не зміг би умовити її купляти цю дорогу

каблучку.

Exercise 13

Translate into English.

1.Не треба було вам починати цю розмову, я не могла заснути всю ніч.

249

2.Спустити штори? – Можна буде увімкнути світло.3.Діти не повинні самі переходити вулицю.4.Усі пасажири мають зайняти свої місця.5.Ніколи раніше мені не доводилося брехати так

безсоромно.6.Якщо ти мені збрешеш, я все одно про все взнаю.7.Потримай мою сумку, будь ласка, поки я відчиню двері.8.Ніхто не вміє так смачно готувати, як моя мати.9.Довгий час мені не доводилося літати літаком.10. Я нічого не можу зрозуміти з цієї записки.11. Очевидно, саме ціна визначила її вибір.12. Мабуть, кожна дитина мріє завести собаку.13. Мабуть, саме погода завадила їм здійснити

сходження на вершину.14. Очевидно, вона провела перед дзеркалом немало

часу, щоб виглядати так блискуче.15. Мабуть, тобі байдуже, що я про тебе думаю, якщо ти

не можеш приділити мені навіть дві хвилини.16. Напевне, попит на нашу продукцію виріс.17. Очевидно, вона нічого не підозрює про своє

звільнення.18. Напевне, погрози ще більше роздратували його.19. Він вміє робити майже все. Можливо, в молодості

він поміняв багато професій.20. Не може бути, що всі ці коштовності справжні.21. Можливо, вона не дуже весела людина.22. Не може бути, щоб ти передумала. Ти можеш

дотримати слова хоча б раз?23. Мабуть, він давно займається спортом. Неможливо

швидко досягти таких високих результатів.24. Не може бути, що він нічого не їв три дні.25. Мабуть, він голодував весь цей час.26. Можливо, він взяв авто напрокат. Не може бути, що

він купив його.27. Очевидно, вона не усвідомлює, якого болю вона

завдає батькам своєю поведінкою.28. Мабуть, цей собака просто загубився. Він не схожий

на бродячого.

250

29. Напевно, він читав цей роман десятки разів. Він може цитувати цілі сторінки.

30. Мабуть, у мене піднімається температура. Мене дужелихоманить.

31. Мабуть, вона відчуває себе дуже самотньою після від’їзду сина на навчання.

32. Напевно, вона успішно склала всі екзамени, якщо тепер навіть не торкається до підручників.

33. Мабуть, це найвищий будинок у місті. Я просто впевнений в цьому.

34. Мабуть, у тебе не дуже хороший принтер. Мені не подобається якість друку.

35. Це, напевне, інфекційне захворювання, якщо школи закрили на карантин.

36. Мабуть, вона знову плакала. В неї підпухле обличчяі червоні очі.

37. Ця книга видавалася, напевне, два десятка разів.38. Напевно, цього року буде дуже спекотне літо.39. Очевидно, що кількість іноземних компаній на

нашому ринку буде зростати.40. Напевне, мільйони людей в усьому світі кожного дня

користуються продукцією фірми «Майкрософт».41. Напевно, він дуже багатий чоловік, якщо витрачає

так багато грошей на благодійність.42. Напевне, він купив старе авто, він весь час його

ремонтує.43. Мабуть, наш сусід вийшов на пенсію, тепер кожного

дня я зустрічаю його вдень.44. Очевидно, у нього так болів зуб, що він вирішив

піти до зубного лікаря.45. Поштар, напевно, помилково поклав цей журнал до

нашої скриньки.46. Він, очевидно, досяг у житті всього, чого хотів.47. Мабуть, він весь час розмовляв з кимсь по

телефону, у нього було весь час зайнято.48. Мабуть, студенти вже вивчили граматичні часи і

тепер займаються модальними дієсловами.49. Не може бути, щоб вона перепливла озеро. Вона

боїться води.251

50. Напевно, вона божеволіє від безробіття. Вона зновуперефарбовує стіни у вітальні.

Exercise 14

Translate into English

1.Мабуть, матч був зупинено через дощ.2.Не може бути, що річка замерзла. Мороз не такий вже й

сильний.3.Мабуть, на цього хлопчика чекає велике майбутнє.4.На цьому диску повинно бути пісень з двадцять. Він

здається нескінченним.5.Напевне, він дуже поспішав і тому не помив посуд після

себе.6.Мабуть, вона сама запропонує тобі допомогу. Не

засмучуйся передчасно.7.Можливо, це просто грип, а не запалення легенів.8.Можливо, я зможу переконати цього.9.Не може бути, щоб вона знехтувала твоїми порадами.

Вона дуже високої думки про тебе.10. Можливо, вона віддає перевагу рибі над м’ясом.11. Напевно, у неї багато фотокарток собаки, вона його

дуже любить.12. Невже її сестру справді звуть Віола?13. Можливо, вона зараз читає лекцію.14. Можливо, твої дії принесли більше шкоди ніж

користі.15. Мабуть, у цій скриньці зберігаються якісь

коштовності.16. Не може бути, що це трапилося ще до його приїзду.17. Невже минулого року наш табір розташовувався не

тут?18. Навіщо мені треба було виступати на зборах?19. Певно, з мене хтось пожартував.20. І навіщо я віддав йому ключ?21. Не може бути, щоб весь ліс було знищено вогнем.22. Можливо, цього року канікули почнуться трохи

раніше, ніж зазвичай.252

23. Певно, дощ закінчився.24. Напевно, він знову запізнився на автобус.25. Невже ти знову отримав премію?26. Невже ти справді забув про нашу домовленість?27. Не може бути, що вона вийшла з себе через таку

дрібницю.28. Він прийде? – Можливо, але я не впевнений.29. Його немає, певно, вже півгодини.30. Не може бути, що це вона зараз стоїть на сцені.31. Певно, він дуже талановита людина.32. Можливо, він видужає через три доби.33. Невже вона працює у спільному підприємстві?34. Мабуть, вона саме зараз підходить до нашої оселі.35. Мабуть, ми зможемо купити авто наступного року.36. Якби ми мали човен, ми могли б переправитися на

той берег.37. Якби ви все ж вирішили піти в гості, я могла б

поседіти з вашою дитиною.38. Якби ми здали багаж до камери схову, ми могли би

трохи поблукати містом.39. Якби ви сподобалися режисеру, він міг би

запропонувати вам головну роль.40. Невже вона знову намагається посварити нас?41. Напевно, її просто ніхто ніколи не виховував.42. Напевно, він одружений, якщо носить обручку.43. Можливо вона зараз готує вечерю і скоро

приєднається до нас.44. Не може бути, щоб вона не запросила тебе на свій

день народження.45. Вона хвилювалася, що тобі може не сподобатися

кімната, яку для тебе приготували.46. Певно, ви просто знесилені після такої стомлюючої

поїздки.47. Не запалюйте сірник, газ може вибухнути.48. Мабуть, вона дуже боїться розповідати тобі про цей

випадок.49. Боюся, що він може повернутися до роботи дуже

швидко.

253

50. Вона, мабуть, зараз десь розважається і не думає про те, що ти можеш хвилюватися.

Exercise 15

Translate into English.

1.Якщо ти зголодніла, ми могли б з’їсти по бутерброду зшинкою.

2.Можливо, обстановка була би більш романтичною, якбигоріли свічки.

3.Можливо, він би всіх зрадив, якби опинився в такійситуації.

4.Вона могла б і не впасти, якби ти не полінувавсяувімкнути світло.

5.Якби не вітерець, ми могли б і не витримати такуспеку.

6.Я могла б спробувати знайти іншу роботу, але я маловірю в успіх таких пошуків.

7.Якщо ви вирішите відправитися кудись у відпустку, яміг би порекомендувати вам чудову туристичну фірму.

8.Якби вона не була такою впертою, ми могли б спробуватипочати все спочатку.

9.Якби лютий не був таким теплим, ми могли б поїхати вКарпати кататися на лижах.

10. Якби він зміг побороти хвилювання, то зіграв бизначно краще.

11. Можливо, ми пішли б до церкви, якби раптово нерозпочалася гроза.

12. Врожай міг би бути кращим, якби червень не бувтаким засушливим.

13. Якщо хочеш, ми могли би обмінятися адресами.14. Якщо ти запізнюєшся, ми могли б піти на станцію

прямо через ліс.15. Він міг би помститися за всі образи, якби не

слово, що дав матері.16. Можливо, вона б приділяла своїй зовнішності більше

уваги, якби працювала в іншому місці.

254

17. Він міг би приховати свою думку, якби його неспровокували на відверту розмову.

18. Звичайно, я могла б вам допомогти, якби мала доцієї справи хоча б якесь відношення.

19. Можливо, вона б виглядала молодшою, якби одягаласяпо-іншому.

20. Твоя мрія могла б здійснитися, якби ти неставилася до життя так легковажно.

21. Звичайно, після пробіжки в парку він почував себебадьорішим і молодшим.

22. Не варто було тобі самому знімати пов’язку, цеповинна була зробити медсестра.

23. От бачиш, ти ніколи не позбавишся її опіки.24. Я б ніколи не наважилася потурбувати вас, якби

мене не змусили обставини.25. Тобі не треба було купувати нову парасольку, Мене

цілком влаштовує моя стара.26. Їй довелося звернутися до поліції, тому що вона

постійно отримувала листи з погрозами.27. Того дня ми повинні були писати переказ, але вночі

я почав кахикати, і мама дозволила залишитися вдома.28. Напевно, я не доживу до того дня, коли ти станеш

розумнішим.29. Боюсь, що йому судилося блукати світом до кінця

своїх днів.30. Ти повинен був сам прослідкувати за тим, як

виконується твоє розпорядження.31. Навіщо мені купувати йому подарунок, якщо він

ніколи не запрошує мене на свій день народження?32. Ти могла б хоч трохи пограти з молодшим братом,

замість того, щоб кричати на нього.33. Ти маєш сам вибирати свій життєвий шлях, і ніхто

не повинен впливати на цей вибір.34. Невже ти й справді ніколи не чув про Шекспіра?35. Не треба писати йому про те, що ти нудьгуєш. Це не

полегшить його життя.36. Ти повинен ще раз зважити всі за і проти, щоб

потім не жалкувати про своє рішення.37. Через повінь школи були змушені припинити заняття.

255

38. Певно, він втрачає терпець. Послухай, зараз вінзнов буде кричати.

39. Я стану знаменитим, чого б це мені не коштувало.40. На кожній зустрічі вони знов і знов розмовляли про

своє юнацтво, шкільних друзів та улюблених вчителів.41. Вона ніяк не хоче розуміти, як багато зараз

залежить від її поведінки.42. У цьому домі завжди можна знайти розуміння та

співчуття.43. Їй не варто обговорювати свої справи з першим-

ліпшим.44. Можливо, під вечір його стан кардинально

поліпшиться або хоча б стабілізується.45. Ти будеш сам відповідати за свої витівки, я це

тобі обіцяю.46. Чай міг би бути солодшим.47. Колись цей танок був дуже популярним.48. Їй варто ще деякий час знаходитися під наглядом

лікаря.49. Тобі не варто було так поспішати додому, все одно

дружина затрималася у подруги.50. Я попав під дощ і годинник, напевно, зіпсувався.

Exercise 16

Translate into English.

1.Чи повинна я входити в твоє положення, якщо ти ніколи не намагалась увійти в моє?

2.Ти відчуваєш цей запах? Напевно, в неї знов щось підгоріло.

3.Він не зізнається, звідки в нього ці гроші. Напевно, треба буде його покарати.

4.Не треба було тобі викликати механіка. Все, що потрібно було зробити, це перевірити, чи є в баку бензин.

5.Не може бути, щоб вона не пропустила жодного уроку цього тижня. Це зовсім на неї не схоже.

256

6.Не треба надягати на дитину вовняну шапку, на вулиці вже тепліше.

7.Якби не вправні дії пожежників, ми могли б загинути.8.Якщо ти випадково знайдеш мій ґудзик, поклади його в

цю шухляду.9.Ти міг би присвятити мені цей роман, адже саме я

підказала тобі цю ідею.10. Останнім часом він часто змушений ходити пішки,

щоб хоч трохи заощадити.11. Дивись, якій він брудний. Напевно, він вже забув,

що таке гаряча вода.12. Як ти смієш висувати будь-які вимоги?13. Вчитель пригрозив нам, що не дозволить списувати

жодному учню.14. Кожного разу, коли ми зустрічаємося, він починає

скаржитися на життя. Хто може це витримати?15. Хіба можна зрозуміти, що тут написано?16. Ніколи не варто братися за роботу, якщо ти не маєш

про неї жодного уявлення.17. Якби ми мали машину, ми могли б виїхати на пікнік.18. Я впевнена, що ти можеш опанувати себе, якщо

захочеш.19. Ти міг хоча б зрідка заглядати в словник, коли

читаєш новий текст.20. Тобі не треба було замовляти дві піци. Однієї було

б більше ніж достатньо.21. Як ти міг дозволити їй обдурити себе як

хлопчиська?22. Йому нічого не залишалося, як ще раз спробувати

заснути, але сон не приходив.23. Вона надсилала йому листа за листом, благаючи

допомогти, але він не реагував на її прохання.24. Якби ти хоча б наважився натякнути на те, що тобі

відомо, це могло б коштувати тобі життя.25. Не може бути, що він поставив на карту своє життя.26. Можна я спочатку закінчу говорити, а потім ти

будеш ставити запитання?27. Вам слід віддавати перевагу овочам.

257

28. Не треба тримати негативні емоції в собі, вони повинні виходити назовні.

29. Вона не наважилася відкрити двері та подивитися, хто стоїть на сходах.

30. Не може бути, щоб твій дядько залишив нам два мільйони!

31. Невже в розробці цього проекту брали участь дві тисячі людей?

32. Коли має починатися другий семестр?33. Він хотів владнати питання мирним шляхом, але, на

жаль, був змушений застосувати силу.34. Колись її єдиною мрією було потрапити в Голівуд.35. Певно, настала мить взяти відповідальність на

себе.36. Якщо снігопади не припиняться, доведеться

оголосити надзвичайний стан.37. Ти б краще спробував огородити сина від поганого

впливу вулиці.38. Коли ми приходили, вона завжди пригощала нас чаєм

із полуничним варенням.39. Не треба було тобі звертатися до нього на

прізвисько.40. Наша компанія була вимушена вступити в жорстку

сутичку з конкурентами.41. Не треба було тобі так докладно зупинятися на

кожному питанні.42. Не можна вживати в їжу продукти харчування, строк

придатності яких вже минув.43. Треба було й тобі виділити гроші на нові

підручники.44. Як ти міг привести родину в таке невпоряджене

помешкання?45. Не треба було тобі натякати йому, що він був

непроханим гостем.46. Невже вона справді позувала для художника

оголеною? Я просто не можу повірити в це.47. Колись я заздрив її успіху, а тепер мені її просто

шкода.

258

48. Очевидно, щось заважає йому дихати. Треба негайно показати його лікарю.

49. Невже хтось міг знищити такий шедевр? Це просто дикунство.

50. Можливо, вона ще не повернулася з перерви на обід.

259

NON-FINITE FORMS OF THE VERB(The Verbals)

The verb has finite and non-finite forms, the latter being also called verbals. The verbals, unlike the finite forms of the verb, do not express person, number or mood. Therefore, they cannot be used as the predicate of a sentence.

Like the finite forms of the verb the verbals have voice and aspect forms, can be modified by adverbs and can take direct objects.

There are three verbals in English:the participle,the gerund,the infinitive.

The characteristic traits of the verbals are as follows:

1)They have a double nature, nominal and verbal. Theparticiple combines the characteristics of a verb with those of an adjective; the gerund and the infinitive combine the characteristics of a verb with those of a noun.

2)The tense distinctions of the verbals are not absolute, but relative; the form of a verbal does not show whether the action it denotes refers to the present, past or future; it shows only whetherthe action expressed by the verbal is simultaneouswith the action expressed by the finite verb or prior to it.

3)All the verbals can form predicative constructions, i.e. constructions consisting of two elements, a nominal (noun or pronoun) and a verbal (participle, gerund or infinitive); the verbal element stands in predicate relation to thenominal element, i.e. in a relation similar to that between the subject and the predicate of the sentence. In most cases predicative constructions form syntactic units, serving as one part of the sentence.

260

The Infinitive

In Modern English the infinitive, like the participle and the gerund, has a double nature, nominal and verbal.

1)The nominal character of the infinitive is manifested in its syntactic functions.

Syntactical Functions of the InfinitiveThe Subject

to do smth is (was, will be)would be

means (meant)

necessaryimpossiblea mistaketo do smth

E.g. To tell her the truth under the circumstances is not at all necessary.It is

waswill be

necessaryimportantinteresting

easydifficultstrangesimplenice

to do smth

to be done

to be doingsmth

E.g. It is necessary to go and explain it to her.

The Predicative

The Subject ofthe sentence

iswas

will be

to do smthto be done

E.g. What I want is to be left alone.The infinitive may be part of a compound verbal predicate.E.g. Could you tell me the time?

The Object

to promise to do smth261

offerrememberforgetagreedecidepretendwantmean

to be doing smth

to be done

E.g. She didn’t want to be seen in such company.

to be gladto be pleased

to be astonishedto be angry

to be delightedto be afraid

to do smthto be doing smthto have done smth

to have been doing smthto be done

to have been doneE.g. They were astonished to have found me there.

The Attribute

the firstthe lastthe second

to do smth

E.g. Who was the last to speak to him?Somebodynobody

anythingsomeone

to do smth

E.g. I have nothing to tell you. There was nobody there to show him how to do it.

manplacetimething

to do smth

E.g. It is not the right time to discuss this subject.

262

The passive infinitive is seldom used in the attributive function; the correct way is to say “it is a book to read” and not “to be read”.Exceptions: there is nothing to be done and nothing to do; there is something to be seen, to be said and something to see, to say.The attributive passive infinitive may have a future meaning: The houses to be built there will be of the same type.

The Adverbial Modifier of Purpose

To do smth (in order / soas)

to get smthto be given smth

E.g. I have come here to speak to you. She pretended to be quite well so as not to be taken to the doctor.

The Adverbial Modifier of Result.

(too) youngoldeasy

difficult

(enough) to do smthto be doneto have doneto have been

doneE.g. You are too young to wear black. That girl is stupid enough to have believed every word he says.

The Secondary Predicative

Smb.Smth.

iswas

nicehard

difficultpleasantimpossible

to do (at,with)

E.g. She is nice to work with.

2)The verbal characteristics of the infinitive are as follows:

263

a)the infinitive of transitive verbs can take adirect object (e.g. He began to feel some curiosity);

b)the infinitive can be modified by an adverb (e.g. I can’t write so quickly);

c)the infinitive has tense and aspect distinctions; the infinitive of transitive verbs has also voice distinctions.

The infinitive has six forms:

Indefinite Passive ContinuousTo write To be written To be writingPerfect Perfect Passive Perfect

ContinuousTo have written To have been written To have been writing

Verbs which are not used in the passive voice have only four forms of the infinitive:

Indefinite ContinuousTo stand To be standingPerfect Perfect Continuous

To have stood To have been standing

To form the negative, we simply put not immediately before the infinitive: She warned me not to be late.The indefinite infinitive indicates that the action expressed by the infinitive is simultaneous with the actionof the finite form of the verb in the sentence: I know him to be a very good teacher.When associated with modal verbs and their equivalents, theindefinite infinitive may also refer to a future action: It may rain tomorrow.The continuous infinitive lays the emphasis on the durationof the action that is simultaneous with the action of the finite form of the verb in the sentence:

264

I was pleased to be driving the car again.The perfect infinitive shows that the action expressed by the infinitive precedes the action indicated by the finite form of the verb: I am glad to have taken your advice.The perfect continuous infinitive denotes an action in progress which lasted for some time before the action (or state) expressed by the finite verb: I am pleased to have been doing this kind of work all the time. After the past tense of verbs expressing hope, expectation, intention the perfect infinitive is used to indicate that theaction was not carried out: I meant to have called you but I didn’t have time.The Active and Passive forms of the infinitive show whetherthe subject of the sentence acts or is acted upon.

Infinitive without Particle to(Bare Infinitive)

Bare infinitive is used:Rules Examples

After auxiliaries and modalverbs except ought, have, be.

Do you know what time is it now?You must come and see us one day.

You ought to have come earlier.After the verbs denoting

sense perception such as tohear, to see, to feel, to watch, to

observe, to notice, etc in theactive voice.

I saw him enter the shop.But:

He was seen to enter the shop.

After the verbs to let, to make,to have (in the meaning to

get), to know (in the meaningto see / to observe) in the active

voice.

Don’t let the children annoy you.She made me do this test again.I’ll have an electrician repair it.

But:I was made to stand in the corner.

After modal expressions hadbetter, cannot but, would rather,

nothing but, would sooner, cannotchoose but.

I’d rather be told the truth.You’d better not make a mistake next

time.He couldn’t but go there.

265

In infinitive sentencesbeginning with why (not).

Why not cook fish tonight?You look tired. Why not take a

holiday?We use both bare infinitive

and to-infinitive formsafter the verbs need, dare, do

and help.(Bare infinitive is

preferable after positiveforms and needn’t.

To-infinitive after doesn’t /don’t need, dare not and help not).

You needn’t do this washingup.

You don’t need to clean thefloor.

Does she dare (to) refuseyou?

All I did was (to) give himthe information.

How can I help my childrennot to worry about their

exams?

Omitted “to”

We can join ideas with and, except, but and or. Theparticle “to” is usually dropped before the second

infinitive.She wanted to go and see the film.

He wanted to do everything except study.Note:

When two infinitives are joined by and, the second isalmost always a bare infinitive. When they are joined by

but or or, a to-infinitive is possible, but a bareinfinitive is more common.

Reduced Infinitive

Sometimes the whole infinitive needs not to be repeated ifit is understood from the context:A: Can you and Mary come to lunch next Sunday?B: I’d love to.A: Can I smoke in here?B: No, you aren’t allowed to.

A: Why aren’t you coming to the film?

266

B: I don’t want to.

Infinitive constructionsIn modern English we find the following predicative

constructions with the infinitive:1)the Objective-with-the-Infinitive Construction

(Complex Object);2)the Subjective Infinitive Construction (Complex

subject);3)the for-to-Infinitive Construction.

The Objective-with-the-Infinitive Construction

This construction consists of a noun in the common case or a pronoun in the objective case and the infinitive (mostly Indefinite or Passive). It is always an object in the sentence.

To seeto hearto feelto watch

(or any lexical equivalentof the verb of sense

perception)

smb. do smth.

to letto maketo haveto get

smb. do smth.

to orderto allowto forbid

smb. to do smth.smth. to be done

to liketo preferto wantto knowto like

smb. to do smth

267

to expect(or any lexical equivalent

of the verb of mentalactivity, wish or intention)E.g. I believe it to have been a mistake. They reported the enemy to be ten miles away. I want you to come along with us. I hate you to be troubled. I saw him get on the bus this morning. What makes you think it was me? Let him sit here if he wants.

The Subjective Infinitive Construction

The construction consists of a noun in the common case or apronoun in the nominative case and any of the six forms of the infinitive. The construction is considered to be the subject of the sentence.

smb iswas

will be

seenheard

expectedtold

orderedaskedallowed

to do smthto be done

smb iswas

will be

knownsupposedbelievedconsidered

to do smthto be doneto be doing

smthto have done

smthto have been

doneto have beendoing smth

smb iswas

surecertain

to do smthto be done

268

will be bound(not) likely

to be doingsmth

to have donesmth

to have beendone

to have beendoing smth

smb seems, seemed,will seemappears,

appeared, willappearhappens,

happened, willhappen

proved, willprove

turned out, willturn out

to do smthto be done

to be doing smthto have done smthto have been done

to have beendoing smth

E.g. She was heard to laugh heartily. He is supposed to have left. He is said to be a good doctor. He seems to notice nothing unusual. The girl appeared to be everybody’s attention. He is sure to come. He was not likely to have made a mistake.

The for-to-Infinitive Construction

This construction consists of three elements: the preposition for, a noun in the common case or a pronoun in the objective case and an infinitive, mostly in its Indefinite, Passive or Continuous form. The construction has different syntactical functions in the sentence.

The Subject

269

It iswas

will bewould be

hardeasygoodbad

importantimpossible

not

for smb

for smth

to do smthto be

doing smthto be done

E.g. It will be best for her to go back home. It’s easier for me to go out and buy a new pair. It’s silly for you to be asking me questions. It is not for me to say so.

It iswas

will be

nicekind

sensiblesillystupidtactless

of smb to do smth

E.g. It was silly of you to ask that question. It is kind of you to say so. It will be very sensible of you to go there at once.

The Object

to longto wait

to arrangeto mean

to be anxious

for smb to do smth

to maketo thinkto believe

it difficulteasy

necessaryimportant

best

for smb to do smth

E.g. I’m anxious for you to succeed. I have arranged for you to have a private room. He did not mean for you to stay here. Your attitude made it difficult for him to tell you the truth. He thinks it best for you to stay here.

270

The Attribute

somebodynothinganyone

for smb to do smth

manthingtimeplace

for smb to do smth

E.g. There is no one for the children to play with. There is nothing for me to say. It is not the right time for us to speak about it. It was the only thing for me to do.

The Adverbial Modifier of Purpose

to do smth for smb to do smth

E.g. He stood aside for us to pass in. I left the notice on the table for everybody to see.

The Adverbial Modifier of Result

(too) easydifficultyoungold

(enough) for smb to do smth

E.g. The rain can last long enough for us to miss the train. The day was much too cold and rainy for anyone to have a good time. The water is warm enough for the children to bathe.

Exercises

Exercise 1

271

State the function of infinitives in the following sentences.

1.He came into the room to shut the windows.2.He seemed to know all about the influenza and said

there was nothing to worry about.3.Do you want me to read to you?4.They said the boy had refused to let anyone come into

the room.5.Don’t make me laugh.6.The British Museum is much too big to be seen in an

hour or so.7.She was sitting near enough to see his face.8.I think the best way to get a general idea of a

country is to study the map.9.You may fail in your English if you go on like that.10. Thank you for your very kind invitation to visit

you and stay with you.11. To achieve your purpose you should work hard.12. Her dream was to become an actress.13. It is difficult to study two foreign languages.14. They began to walk fast.15. He continued to speak to the audience.16. I want to call on you tomorrow.17. We’ll start to work at once.18. He was too tired to work.19. I saw them enter the building.20. I want you to listen to the text.21. We came here to help you.22. He was the first to arrive.23. What makes you think it was true to life?24. They are said to have been writing a test.25. She seems to have finished her story.

Exercise 2

Read the following extract and comment on the usage of the infinitive.

272

It was on the morning of the party that things reallystarted to happen. To begin with, Mother discovered thatDodo (Durrell’s dog) had chosen this day, of all days, to comeinto season. One of the peasant girls had to be detailed tostand outside the backdoor with a broom to repel suitors sothat Mother could cook interruptedly, but even with thisprecaution there were occasional moments of panic when oneof the bolder Romeos found a way into the kitchen via thefront of the house.After breakfast I hurried out to see my goldfish anddiscovered, to my horror, that two of them had been killedand partially eaten. In my delight at getting the fish, Ihad forgotten that both terrapins and the water-snakes werepartial to a plump fish occasionally. So I was forced tomove the reptiles into kerosene tins until I could think ofa solution to the problem. By the time I had cleaned andfed the Magenpies (magpie) and Alecko (the name of a sea-gull)I had still thought of no way of being able to keep thefish and reptiles together, and it was nearing lunchtime.The arrival of the first guests was imminent. Moodily Iwandered round to my carefully arranged pond, to discover,to my horror, that someone had moved the water-snakes’ tininto the full glare of the sun. They lay on the surface ofthe water so limp and hot that for a moment I thought theywere dead; it was obvious that only immediate first aidcould save them, and picking up the tin I rushed into thehouse. Mother was in the kitchen, harassed and absent-minded, trying to divide her attention between the cookingand Dodo’s followers.

(From My Family andOther Animals by G. Durrell)

Exercise 3

Define the syntactical functions of the infinitive in the following sentences. Translate them into Ukrainian.

1.To drive fast in such weather is pretty dangerous.2.What is more pleasant: to love or to be loved?

273

3.Her habit is to put five lumps of sugar in her tea.4.Sociable people are easy to deal with.5.I asked her to explain everything.6.It’s a funny thing about life: if you refuse to accept

anything but the best, you very often get it.7.It necessary to be patient when you get in a traffic

jam.8.To take money from him was like robbing a child.9.The only way to get best of an argument is to avoid

it.10. Everything comes to him who knows how to wait.11. To let his friends down is not characteristic of

him.12. Man’s true vocation is to cultivate the ground.13. The dentist recommended the patient to have the

tooth out.14. Her method is to make a child think and find his

own solution.15. It is very pleasant to look after a baby.

Exercise 4

Use the appropriate form of the infinitives in brackets.

1.I’m so dreadfully sorry (to bother) you in this stupidway.

2.He kept late hours last night, he may still (to sleep).

3.“She must (to be) very beautiful years ago,” he thought.

4.It’s a secret, and no one else must (to tell).5.He’s a talented engineer. He’s supposed (to work) at a

new invention.6.She seems (to work) at her course paper since spring

and says she has still a lot (to do).7.I’ve just seen him passing the entrance door, so he

can’t (to work) at the laboratory as you say.8.The next morning he seemed (to forget) it all.

274

9.She seemed at times (to seize) with an uncontrolled irritation and would say sharp things.

10. You probably think that I must (to live) a very gay life in France, but it wasn’t so.

Exercise 5

Put “to” where necessary before the infinitives.

1.The teacher made me ______ repeat it all over again.2.You needn’t ____ ask for permission, I let you ___

take my books whenever you like.3.Will you help me ___ move the table?4.He is expected ____ arrive in a few days.5.You seem ___ know these places very well.6.You had better ___ make a note of it.7.I heard the door ___ open and saw a shadow ___ move

across the floor.8.He told me ___ try ___ do it once again.9.I’d rather ___ walk a little before going to bed.10. There‘s nothing ___ do but ___ wait till somebody

comes ___ let us out.11. Why not ___ wait a little longer?12. I felt her ___ shiver with cold.13. You are not ___ mention this to anyone. 14. We got Mother ___ cut up some sandwiches.15. Rose wanted them ____ stop laughing, wanted the

curtain ___ come down.16. I’ll have ___ go there.17. There doesn’t seem _____ be anything wrong with

you.18. She helped me ___ get over my fear.19. He was seen ___ make a note of it.20. What made you ___ deceive me?

Exercise 6

Use the required form of the infinitive in brackets. Insertthe particle ‘to’ where necessary.

275

1.That was the last thing she expected (to hear) him (tosay).

2.At that hour she was unaccustomed (to disturb) by anyone.

3.She could not let herself (to cry).4.He wished (to make) the most of his opportunity.5.He seemed (to think) over what he wanted (to say).6.I watched the shore (to come) close, then (to swing)

away, then (to come) closer.7.He wants (to congratulate) you in person.8.He doesn’t like (to keep) waiting.9.I don’t like (to see) men (to cry).10. There was nothing (to do) but (to knit) all day

long.11. His face showed grief and how upset he was, and

his eyes seemed (to ask) for consolation.12. But he dared not (to ask) what was in her mind.13. I decided (to make) a fuss, and went (to look) for

him.14. We walked to the door and I saw her (to go) in and

down the hall.15. It’s very interesting (to hear) you (to say) that.16. Let’s (to go) and (to find) him, he’s sure (to be)

in front of his picture.17. Some important decisions must (to make) soon.18. You must (to dream) of it long.19. Do you want (to make) something (to happen)?20. There was one more announcement (to make).

Exercise 7

Insert ‘to’ where necessary before the infinitives in brackets (in some of the sentences Participle I could be used instead of an infinitive). Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.He made me (to do) it all over again.2.He made her (to repeat) the message.

276

3.If you want us (to get) there before dark you should let us (to start) at once.

4.Would you like me (to go) now?5.They won’t let us (to leave) the Customs till our

luggage has been examined.6.He wouldn’t let my baby (to play) with his gold watch.7.Please let me (to know) your decision as soon as

possible.8.He made us (to wait) for hours.9.I let him (to go) early as he wanted to meet his wife.10. I’d like him (to go) to a university but I can’t

make him (to go).11. I want her (to learn) English; I think everybody

must know it.12. He tried to make me (to believe) that he was my

stepbrother.13. I felt the house (to shake) with the explosion.14. Before he let us (to go) he made us (to promise)

not to tell anybody what we had seen.15. I advised him (to ask) the bus-conductor to tell

him where to get off.16. She expects her husband (to pay) all the household

expenses although she has a good job, too.17. What do you want me (to tell) him?18. I saw the driver (to open) his window and (to

throw) a box into the bushes.19. That is too heavy for one person to carry; let me

(to help) you.20. I saw the plane (to crash) into the hill and (to

burst) into flames.21. The teacher advised us (to use) dictionaries.22. Her father doesn’t allow her (to go) to the cinema

alone.23. Who told the nurse (to give) the sick man this

medicine?24. All mothers want their children (to be) strong and

healthy.25. I shouted, but I couldn’t make the deaf man (to

hear) me.277

Exercise 8

Use the correct form of the infinitive of the verb in brackets.

1.Robert hopes (select) to play in the next week’s football match.

2.Sue and Richard are always arguing. They seem (have) afew problems.

3.I sent my suit (dry-clean).4.I’m sorry (disturb) you, but could you tell me time?5.Is it ever so kind of you (send) all those lovely

flowers when I was ill.6.If he is seriously ill, his wife wants (tell)

immediately.7.The money for charity is suppose (raise) by the

organizers of the party.8.The police are looking for a missing boy. He is

believed (wear) a white pullover and blue jeans.9.Everything is just the way it used (be). Nothing seems

(change).10. When we got to the airport, we found all the

flights (cancel) that day.11. I meant (telephone), but I forgot.12. You were silly (not lock) your car.13. Why is she so late? – She can still (work).14. You should (tell) you were coming.15. I’m sorry (not come) last Thursday.16. If you go out like that you’re certain (recognize)

sooner or later.17. We hope (finish) the project by next Saturday.18. I would (go) to university if my parents had had

more money.19. Well, I am not sorry (miss) that train. I

shouldn’t have met you otherwise.20. There were always four little boys (pick up) balls

and at least three dozen balls (pick up).

278

Exercise 9

Paraphrase the following sentences using the infinitive active or passive.

1.She was sorry that she had missed so many classes before the exams.

2.Emma was surprised when she heard of his sudden arrival.

3.She was extremely happy when she found her children safe and sound.

4.She was lucky enough that she’d been given another chance to admire the masterpiece.

5. The girl was out of breath. It seemed that she had been running.

6.When she felt worse, she was sorry that she hadn’t consulted the doctor before.

7.You should give this matter top priority.8.We expect they will invite us to the meeting with the

management.9.It is nice when someone is waiting for you at home.10. I hope they will interview me for this job.11. Go and talk with George. He believes that we have

unfairly treated him.

Exercise 10

Complete the following, using the infinitive

a)as subject:1._______ would be unjust.2._______ was very pleasant.3.______ is the only thing to do.4._______ would be much more useful.5._______ is not an easy matter.

b)as predicative:1.My hobby is _____ .

279

2.The best way to master a foreign language is _______ .3.The next thing to be done is _________ .4.Our aim was ___________ .5.To say so means ________ .6.His only wish is ________ .

c)as object:1.He asked _________ .2.In the kindergarten children are taught __________ .3.I am so glad ____________ .4.We are awfully sorry ___________ .5.The doctor advised _________ .6.The child is afraid ________ .7.I’ve clean forgotten ___________ .8.Everybody promised __________ .9.Would you like ________ ?10. Who allowed you __________ ?11. Aunt Polly instructed Jim ___________ .

d)as attribute:1.He was always the first _______ .2.We have nothing _________ .3.This is a chance __________ .4.Benny has no friends _________ .5.He is not a man ________ .6.She made an attempt ___________ .7.Is there anybody __________ ?8.He always finds something __________ .9.This is the information __________ .10. He spoke of his wish ________ .

e)as adverbial modifier of purpose:1.He came immediately _________ .2.We’ll stay after the lecture ___________ .3.They stopped ________ .4.Write down this rule _________ .5.I’ve opened the door _______ .6.He stepped aside politely _________ .7.________ you must work hard.

280

8.The boy ran out _________ .

f)as adverbial modifier of result:1.She was too frightened _________ .2.The article is too difficult _________ .3.The fence is high enough _________ .4.The baby is too restless _________ .5.The weather is warm enough _________ .6.We are too busy _________ .7.She was grown-up enough _________ .8.The night was too dark _________ .

Exercise 11

Translate the sentences into Ukrainian, using the infinitive from the following list as:

a)subjectto repair, to hear, to speak, to wait, to search

1.He went off. ________ for him now was a torture.

2.It was impossible _______ the bicycle.3.It took us twelve days ________ the island.4.At this moment, ________ required more effort

than she could make.5.It is such a comfort _______ you say so,

doctor.b)predicative

to go on, to try, to tell, to return, to keep1.My next plan was _________ to the house, avoiding

Wells if possible.2.My advice to you is ________ a coach tour.3.The only thing she could do was ________ the

truth.4.The greatest thing is ________ our heads up.5.There was no water nearby and the only things was

_________ to find it somewhere.c)object

to air, to see, to show, to join, to be surprised281

1.He promised _______ us all of the island.2.I must tell Ellen _______ the drawing-room very

well tomorrow.3.I was so relieved that I forgot _______ by her

speaking.4.He asked me __________ his party.5.Philip was not sorry _______ him off.

d)attributeto do, to say, to waste, to make, to arrive

1.There’s nothing else __________ .2.They had very little _________ .3.There were no objections ________ that you could

put your finger on.4.He was nearly the last __________ .5.You see I have no time _________ .

e)adverbial modifier of resultto give, to believe, to go, to shut, to waste

1.You’re too young _______ the door on life.2.She was well enough ________ to visit Henry in the

sanatorium.3.It’s too good a story ________ .4.The very names of the chapters were enough

________ one a headache.5.You’re too good __________ me.

f)adverbial modifier of purposeto spend, to see, to keep, to fetch, to have

1.Jennie had driven off next day _______ the twins from a swimming-pool near by.

2.“Hallo, Mary,” I said. “Have you come ________ me company?”

3.I arrived on a Saturday afternoon ________ a week there.

4.He invited them to the flat one evening ________ coffee.

5.Sometimes people came from London especially __________ the Black Madonna.

282

Exercise 12

Make up sentences, using the following phrases with attributive infinitives:

A lot to do; no time to lose; a passage to translate; a manto trust; a rule to remember; the work to do; the distance to cover; a chance not to be missed; a nice town to live in; an easy person to live with; nobody to speak to; nothing to trouble about; mistakes to be corrected; nobody to rely on; nothing to be afraid of; a poem to learn; the first to break the silence.

Exercise 13

Point out infinitives of result and translate the sentencesinto Ukrainian.

I intended to use the opportunity, it was too good to bemissed.

When I left the Post Office I found that I was too late to catch the London train.

It was getting too hot to work and we decided to have a break.

He was clever enough to avoid talking on this subject with his wife.

She considered me to be too young to be drawn into theirreligious community.

She was woman enough not to forget to powder her nose even at that critical moment.

His case is such as not to be helped.He heard a loud knock at the front door and opened it to

see a stranger in a shabby raincoat.She liked to be kind to people and used to give promises

to forget them at once.I wish I were strong enough to help you.

Exercise 14283

Paraphrase the following sentences so as to use infinitives of result.Model: - The storm was so strong that I couldn’t go out. The storm was too strong (for me) to go out.

- The text is so short that it can’t be translated in an hour.The text is short enough to be translated in an hour.

1.It was so dark that he could see nothing before him.

2.She was so excited that she couldn’t utter a word.

3.He was so angry, he wouldn’t speak to me.4.His English vocabulary is very poor; he can’t

make himself understood.5.She knows English so well that she can read

Somerset Maugham in the original.6.Mr. Smith was so cruel that he could send a

man to death.7.The man was so down and out that he couldn’t

get a decent job.

Exercise 15

Paraphrase the following sentences, making the object of the infinitive the subject of the sentence.Model: - It is hard to please him. He is hard to please.

- It is pleasant to look at her. She is pleasant to look at.

1.It is not difficult to remember the rule. It is simple.

2.It’s comfortable to sit in this old armchair.3.She’s a kind person. It’s easy to deal with

her.

284

4.He’s very stubborn. It’s difficult to persuade him.

5.It’s not very easy to translate this passage.It contains some idiomatic expressions.

6.It’s pleasant to look at the girl, but not atall pleasant to talk to her. She’s pretty, but not very clever.

7.It was unpleasant to watch their quarrel.8.It’s always funny to listen to his stories.9.It would be useful to follow his advice.10. It’s not very easy to answer this

question.

Exercise 16

Make up sentences, using the following adjectives with infinitives (follow the examples of the previous exercise).

Easy to deal with; difficult to understand; pleasant to look at; hard to please; useful to remember; amusing to watch; easy to answer; easy to follow; difficult to avoid; pleasant to talk to; not far to seek; not easy to find.

Exercise 17

Replace the clauses in the following sentences with infinitive phrases.

1. I should be delighted if I could get acquainted with the captain of your team.

2. He was annoyed when he learnt that they hadn’t chosen him as a player for the All-Union match.

3. I was sorry that I had missed the beginning of the match.4. We must wait till we hear the referee’s whistle, then

we’ll see the teams coming out.5. You would be foolish if you missed the chance6. I’m pleased that I’ve been of some service to you.7. She turned to me as if she was going to ask me something.

285

8. We are happy that we have won, it was a difficult match.9. I’m sorry that I’ve been of so little assistance.10. He pressed his finger to his lips as if he wanted to

warn her.

Exercise 18

Combine each of the following pairs of sentences into one sentence using ‘enough’ with infinitive.Model: He is strong He can carry it. – He is strong enough to carry it.

1.The rope wasn’t strong. It couldn’t support the two men.

2.The fire isn’t very hot. It won’t boil a kettle.3.The coffee isn’t strong. It won’t keep us awake.4.I am quite old. I could be your father.5.You aren’t very old. You can’t understand these

things.6.He was very curious. He opened the letter.7.You are quite thin. You could slip between bars.

Exercise 19

Combine each of the following pairs of sentences into one sentence using ‘so as / in order’ with infinitive.Model: He turned out the light. He didn’t want to waste electricity. – He turned out the light so as / in order notto waste electricity.

1.I took off my shoes. I didn’t want to make any noise.2.He was playing very softly. He didn’t want to disturb

anyone.3.I sent him out of the room. I wanted to discuss his

progress with his headmaster.4.I am learning Greek. I wish to read Homer.5.He sent his children to their aunt’s house. He wanted

to have some peace.

286

6.He read only for short periods each day. He didn’t want to strain his eyes.

7.They got up very early. They wanted to get to the top of the hill before sunrise.

8.We must keep our gloves on. We don’t want to get frostbitten.

Exercise 20

Read the following extract. Choose the correct forms of theverbs in brackets. Say if the writer finds his years of adolescence happy or not. If not, why?

My childhood was, on the whole, happy and straightforward,and I felt affection for most grown-ups with whom I wasbrought in contact. I remember a very definite change whenI reached what in modern child psychology is called “thelatency period”. At this stage I began (to enjoy) usingslang, pretending (to have) no feelings, and beinggenerally “manly”. I began (despise) my people, chieflybecause of their extreme horror of slang and their absurdnotion that it was dangerous (to climb) trees. So manythings were forbidden that I acquired the habit of deceit,in which I persisted up to the age of 21. It became secondnature to me (to think) that whatever I was doing hadbetter (to keep) to myself, and I have never quite overcomethe impulse to concealment which was thus generated. Istill have an impulse (to hide) what I am reading whenanybody comes into the room, and (to hold) my tongue as towhere I have been and what I have done. It is only by acertain effort of will that I can (to overcome) the impulseof concealment which was thus generated by the years duringwhich I had (to find) my way among a set of foolishprohibitions.The years of adolescence were to me very lonely and veryunhappy. Both in the life of the emotions and in the lifeof intellect, I was obliged (to preserve) an impenetrablesecrecy towards my people.

287

(FromAutobiography by B. Russell)

Exercise 21

Study the table below. Paraphrase the following so as to use a to-infinitive after nouns / pronouns.There is / there are + noun / pronoun + to-infinitive.There are five letters to write /to be written.Note: The active to-infinitive has a passive meaning here.Have / have got + noun / pronoun + to-infinitiveShe had nowhere to sleep. = She didn’t have a bedroom or bed.Note: You cannot use the passive infinitive hereNote the idioms:He is nowhere to be seen / to be found. Nobody’s to blame.

1.There are so many books that must be read.2.I have no money which I can spend.3.There is nothing that we might do now.4.There was nothing that might keep him at home that

night, and he gladly accepted the invitation.5.She had no one who could take care of her.6.We’ve got no time that we can lose.7.I have three exercises that I must do.8.There are still a lot of things that must be packed.9.There is nothing that we can say.10. She must type twenty letters.11. You can’t blame anybody for this.

Exercise 22

Study the examples, then combine the statements into one sentence using so as to and negative so as not to. Use the infinitive in the syntactical function of the adverbial modifier of purpose.

Remember: The infinitive in the syntactical function of the

288

adverbial modifier of purpose cannot be used in the negative. The long form in order not to is rather too formal in speech. So as to and the negative so as not to are usual when the ideas of purpose and result are combined.Jane and Sally work in different departments of the same large company. They are chatting casually about work.Model: Jane: I left home at eight this morning. I didn’t want to arrive late again! I left home at eight this morning soas not to arrive late again! Sally: I drove into town earlier either, too. I wanted to avoid rush-hour traffic. I drove into town earlier, too so asto avoid the rush-hour traffic.

1. Jane : I sometimes walk to work. It keeps my weight down.

2. Sally : I’m living on fruit juice and cheese this week.I don’t want to put weight before the film’s annual dinner!

3. Jane : I’m going on a diet, too. I don’t want to have to buy a new dress for the dinner!

4. Sally : I’ll go to bed early tonight. I want to be fresh for our foreign visitors tomorrow!

5. Jane : And I’m going to the hairdresser’s after work. Iwant to make a good impression on my new boss!

6. Sally : I came up to the office by the stairs. I didn’twant to bump into the marketing manager in the lift!

7. Jane : I’m taking the day off on Friday. I want to havean excuse for not attending another boring Board Meeting!

8. Sally : And I’m taking Friday off, too! I want to have enough time to prepare for our office party on Friday evening.

Exercise 23

289

Here are some set expressions with the to-infinitive. Matchthem with their meanings or explanations.

1. To tell you the truth, …/ to be frank with you, …

a) From what he / she says, …

2. To cut a long story short, …

b) The first thing is / was, …

3. To get to the point, … c) I’m going to say what Ireally think, …

4. To begin with, …/ to start with, …

d) I’m going to say this in different words, …

5. To put it another way, …

e) Now I’m going to tell you the important thing.

6. To hear him / her talk,…

f) I’m going to try to shorten the whole thing.

7. Needless to say, … g) It’s clear that …

Exercise 24

Translate the following sentences into Ukrainian, paying attention to the use of the particle “to”, which implies the verb already mentioned.

1.He hadn’t wanted to laugh then, nor did he want to now.2.You needn’t say anything if you don’t want to.3.Michael knew a lot, or seemed to.4.Well, let’s forget it, shall we? – I’m glad to, thanks

very much.5.She always kept her mouth shut when told to.6.It was my fault. I’m sorry. I didn’t want to, I didn’t

mean to.7.I know I should have come to you and told you about

it, but I was afraid to.8.I’d be glad to see you. Come any time you like. –

Darling, you know I long to. But I can’t.9.You can’t send this letter. – I’m certainly going to,

by air-mail from Port Said.

290

10. I couldn’t do what I wanted to.

Exercise 25

In each of the following pairs of sentences the infinitive used in the first sentence is repeated in the second. Read the sentences, expressing this second infinitive by to only. Note that where the second infinitive has an object, this word / phrase must be omitted.Model: Why didn’t you tell me the truth the first time? – I meant to tell you thetruth but I was too frightened. – I meant to but I was too frightened.

1.Did you visit the Pyramids? – No, I wanted to visit them but there wasn’t time.

2.Why do you wear dark glasses? – I have to wear them; Ihave weak eyes.

3.Do you smoke? – No, I used to smoke but I don’t now.4.Would you like to go to the theatre tonight? – Yes,

I’d love to go to the theatre.5.Why didn’t you pay the bill for him? – I offered to

pay it but he refused.6.Have you put the car in the garage? – No, but I’m

going to put it there.7.I want you two to apologize to each other. – Well, I’m

willing to apologize if he apologizes first.8.Did you reserve seats on the train? – No, I tried to

reserve them but they had been booked already.9.Did you answer the letter? – No, I intended to answer

but I’m afraid I forgot.10. Why didn’t you hit him? – I was afraid to hit him.11. Why didn’t you ask your father for the money? – I

didn’t like to ask him.12. Did you get any chance to fly the plane yourself?

– No, I wanted to fly it but the pilot wouldn’t let me.

13. Why doesn’t he punish his boys when they disobey him? - He often threatens to punish them but he never actually does so.

291

14. Why didn’t he repair the car himself? – He wasn’t able to repair it.

15. Did you buy sausages? – No, I meant to buy them but I forgot.

16. You should visit the Prado when you are in Madrid.– Yes, I intend to visit it.

17. Why doesn’t he play games? – His mother doesn’t want him to play games.

18. You ought to stop work now. – Yes, I’m just going to stop.

19. Why do some jockeys carry extra weights? - They are obliged to carry them by the regulations.

20. You should have thanked her before you left. – I meant to thank her but when I was going I couldn’t find her anywhere.

21. Why did she put parsley in the soup? – I told her to put it in.

22. You used to like rice pudding. – Yes, I know I used to like it but I don’t now.

23. Why didn’t you buy the car? – I was advised not tobuy it.

24. Why did you bring your mother-in-law? I particularly asked you not to bring her.

25. Why didn’t he call the police? – He wasn’t able tocall them. His telephone line had been cut.

Exercise 26

Respond to the following questions or statements, using thephrases from the list in brackets.

1.They say you read a lot.2.Why didn’t you invite them?3.Will you write a letter to her?4.Why can’t you go with us?5.I’m afraid you can’t come.6.I see you haven’t bought any oranges.7.You must take care of it.8.She says you are going to help her.

292

9.Why don’t you dance with him?10. You didn’t sign your test paper.

( Not so much as I used to; I simply didn’t want to; Yes, if you wish me to; But I’ll try to; I’m not allowed to; I meant to, but I forgot; Yes, I ought to; I suppose I’ll have to; He didn’t ask me to; No, I forgot to. )

Exercise 27

Replace the group of words in bold type by an infinitive.Model: He was the first man who arrived. – He was the first(man) to arrive.

1.The captain was the last who left the ship.2.He got to the top and was very disappointed when he

found that someone else had reached it first.3.I was astonished when I heard that he had left his

native town.4.There was no place where he could sit.5.He put his hand into his pocket and was astonished

when he found that his wallet wasn’t there.6.I can’t go to the party; I have nothing that I can

wear.7.He reached the station exhausted and was very

disappointed when he learnt that the train had just left.

8.He was the first man who swam the channel.9.He was the only one who realized the danger.10. He took out his spare wheel and was very

disappointed when he discovered that that tyre was also punctured.

Exercise 28

Combine each of the following pairs of sentences into one sentence using an infinitive.Model: They sent me to Spain, they wanted me to learn Spanish. – They sent me to Spain to learn Spanish.

293

1.I am buying paint. I want to paint my hall door.2.He opened the lions’ cage. He intended to feed the

lions.3.He rushed into the burning house. He wanted to save

the child.4.He rang the bell. He wanted to tell us that the dinner

was ready.5.The farmer put a scarecrow up in the field. He wanted

to frighten the birds.6.He sent his children to his sister’s house. He wanted

them to watch the television programme.7.I am saving up. I want to buy a car.8.I keep my hens in a field surrounded by wire netting.

I want to protect them against the foxes.9.You should take your holidays in June. In this way you

would avoid the rush.10. They evacuated everybody from the danger zone.

They wanted to reduce the risk.

Exercise 29

Complete the following, using a suitable infinitive phrase.

1.Can you advise me ________?2.I can’t make up my mind ________.3.She hesitated__________.4.I am at a loss ________.5.The trouble is _________.6._________ is the first thing to decide.7.His chief difficulty was _________.8.I didn’t want __________.9.Show me ___________.10. Nobody could tell _________ .

Exercise 30

Some parents were asked what ‘rules’ they would apply to teenagers. The beginning and ends of their responses have

294

been mixed up. Rewrite the sentences according to what you think they actually said. (In some cases various combinations are possible.)

1.We wouldn’t let them … 2.We’d expect them…3.We’d make them …4.We wouldn’t let them …5.We’d tell them not …6.We’d warn them not …7.We’d let them …8.We’d make them …9.We’d encourage them…10. We’d ask them not …11. We’d want them …

a)… keep their rooms tidy.b)… smoke in the house.c)… go out late at the weekend.d)… take their studies seriously.e)… to respect their elders.f)… to keep fit.g)… hitch-hike by themselves.h)… to take drugs.i)… to play their music too loud.j)… to do well at school.k)… to believe everything they hear.

Discuss your sentences with a partner. Do you agree with the parents ‘rules’?

Exercise 31

Point out the Objective-with-the-Infinitive constructions. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.We expect her to come tomorrow.2.Everyone consider him to be a clever man.3.I wish John to come to our place at the weekend.

295

4.We ordered a huge bunch of flowers to be brought by seven o’clock.

5.I have never heard him play the piano.6.Every spring we see the leaves on the trees come out

again.7.Usually English people don’t like the strangers to ask

personal questions.8.I will let you use my car if necessary.9.The nurse felt him tremble with cold.10. You could have heard a pin drop.11. You mustn’t let it worry you.12. What made you think so?13. People know him to be an honest man.14. He wished the specialist to cure him of his

illness.15. I know him to be working very hard.16. What made you come so early?17. I’ve never seen them talk together.18. How can you let your son go there alone?19. The borrowed the money, didn’t they? Let them pay

it back.

Exercise 32

Change the following sentences so as to use the Objective-with-the-Infinitive construction with verbs to get, to have, to make.

1.My brother insisted that I should go and buy tickets for the football match.

2.His wife insisted that he should go in for weight lifting.

3.Judy’s parents insisted that she should go to Lock Willow for her summer holidays.

4.The supervisor on school practice insisted that Nick should take part in the discussion.

5.The referee insisted that the football player should leave the field as he was extremely rude.

296

6.The coach insisted that the team should train harder before the hockey match.

7.His mother insists that he should go to the dentist twice a year.

8.The teacher insisted that he should attend classes regularly.

9.Mother insisted that I should take the suit to the dry-cleaner’s.

10. My doctor insisted that I should spend my holidaysin the mountains.

Exercise 33

Say what you were made, allowed, forbidden, let and forced when a child. Use the ideas from the box below.

Have parties

Stay out late

Bring friends home.

Listen to loud music.

Wear whatever clothes you want.

Watch late films on TV.

Spend lots of money on records.

Get up early on Sundays.

Help at home.

Buy your own clothes.

Go on holiday with friends.

Talk on the telephone for hours.

Exercise 34

Say what the warning advises / reminds / tells / warns you to do or not to do. Use sentences with the Objective-with-the-Infinitive construction.

Beach Safety

297

Hawaii’s beaches are breathtakingly beautiful, but they canbe very dangerous for newcomers. The beaches are always open, even when there is no lifeguard protection. If you donot see a lifeguard on duty, swim on another beach. Remember:

Ever turn your back on the ocean. Enter the water slowly and carefully. Don’t be caught off your guard. Never swim alone. Always have someone you can call to. Dive beneath breaking waves before they reach you. Do not stand in the path of a large wave. Do not swim over a large wave or turn your back

against it. Avoid beaches with rocky coasts. Stay clear of areas with surfers. Look out for runaway surfboards that wash in with the

waves.Model: It advises you to swim on another beach if you don’t see a lifeguard on duty.

Exercise 35

Paraphrase the sentences using the Objective-with-the-Infinitive Construction. Make all the necessary changes.Model 1: People know that he is an honest man. – People know him to be anhonest man.

1.I know that she has an interest in the company.2.I believe that she isn’t guilty.3.I found that the job was very challenging.4.I imagine that he works very hard.5.We didn’t expect that he would arrive by plane.6.The patient wanted that the doctor examined him.7.He wished that the specialist cured him of his

illness.8.Do you mean that he should bring his girlfriend to the

party?9.I didn’t mean that you should go there immediately.

298

10. Do you like when your guests leave your place late?

Model 2: She heard that he whispered something. - She heard him whisper something.

1.I felt that it was true this time.2.I saw that the man pulled the door open.3.I felt that his hand was trembling.4.I noticed that the woman passed him by and gave him a

quick and strange look.5.We heard that the actor was singing.6.They forced us to sit and wait (make).7.I hope you will tell her to sell the car (have).8.Her parents wouldn’t give her permission to go out

with boys (let).9.His parents didn’t allow him to leave the home-town

(let).10. She heard some strange sound and stepped aside

(make).11. The teacher told him to complete the task (have).

Exercise 36

Underline the word or phrase that is correct. Explain your choice.

1.She plans to move / that she should move to Hollywood to become a movie star.

2.All students of our university have been advised to arrive / arriving well in advance.

3.Can you help me to open / open this door?4.We agreed to meet / meeting on Sunday.5.The company management request that all mobile phones

and pagers to be turned / be turned off at the premises.6.She expected to complete / that she should complete her work in

autumn.7.They never knew her to play / play / that she should play the

guitar.299

8.Any talks about politics promise to be / being non-productive and boring.

9.You shouldn’t forget to send / sending a greeting card to her.

10. They could not afford to wait / wait any longer.11. These clothes make him to look / look much older.12. It took him a year to translate / translating the book.13. “Let us to see / see our test papers”, the students

asked.14. They were surprised to see / seeing the test results so

soon.15. She is too young to think / that she should think of

getting married.

Exercise 37

Make up sentences with the Objective-with-the-Infinitive Construction.

1.speak, I, have heard, of his boyhood, never, him.2.swing, at once, open, the door, I, saw.3.about something, I, quite different, me, you, want, to

tell.4.you, don’t, worry, that, let.5.what, that, her, say, made?6.without, her, let, my sister, go, a word.7.young, her long hair, made, look, her.

Exercise 38

Express the same in another way using the Objective-with-the-Infinitive Construction instead of the subordinate clause.

1.I expect that you will join our excursion.2.I heard that the door of the entrance hall opened.3.She felt that her hands trembled.4.He entered the inn and ordered that the supper should

be brought to him.300

5.I hate it when people speak so cynically.6.I don’t like it when you repeat that nonsense.7.We saw that he crossed the street looking to the left

and to the right.

Exercise 39

Translate from Ukrainian into English.

1.Ми збираємося поїхати за місто влітку.2.Здається, робота вже виконана.3.Щоб бути здоровими, ви повинні виконувати фізичні

вправи.4.Ви знали, коли відбулась зустріч?5.Ви чули, коли вони залишили будинок?6.Він був надто хворий, щоб працювати.7.Я бачив, як вони увійшли до крамниці.8.Тут немає місця, щоб сісти.9.Ми прийшли побажати вам щасливого Нового року.10. Нехай він вам допоможе.11. Я хочу, щоб ви прослухали цей текст.12. Дуже легко давати поради.13. Я можу вам допомогти?14. Моя мрія – стати письменником.15. Вони почали працювати разом.16. Він допоміг другу перекласти статтю.17. Чому б нам сьогодні не піти до друзів?18. Вам краще залишитися вдома.19. Дайте мені знати, коли він приїде.20. Що змушує вас думати, що це правда?

Exercise 40

Identify the Subjective Infinitive Construction. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.She is extremely likely to succeed.2.We are not allowed to go out.

301

3.He had been asked to remain to lunch.4.Tell him that next time you happen to be alone

together.5.The girl was not likely to have taken an overdose of

sleeping pills by mistake.6.It was bound to happen.7.They seem to be planning a new attempt.8.The children are sure to be fighting again.9.The facts are sure to become known next year.10. She proved to know the subject.11. It was silent in the room. Only the clock was

heard to tick.12. A young woman is supposed to have written the

book.13. She smiled broadly and waved her hand. She seemed

to have recognized me.14. Just look at his hands. He is sure to have been

working in the garage.

Exercise 41

Change the sentences so as to use the Subjective InfinitiveConstruction.Model: It is said that he knows several oriental languages. – He is said to know several oriental languages.

1.It seems that she has forgotten her promise.2.It is reported that the expedition left in June.3.It was considered that he is one of the best pilots in

the country.4.It appears that they understood this rule very well.5.The teacher expects that you will read an article on

this subject.6.You signed the document without reading it, which was

very stupid.7.He rushed into the burning house, which was very brave

of him.8.Is it likely that he will arrive before six?

302

9.It isn’t likely that the captain will allow them to put these cases on deck.

10. They will certainly conclude this agreement in thenearest future.

11. It seems that nothing has changed.12. You may miss the beginning of the performance if

you don’t hurry.13. It appeared that the charges at the hotel were

reasonable.14. He was the only person who believed in the results

of the experiments.15. He will be pleased when he learns the news.

Exercise 42

Point out the Objective-with-the-Infinitive construction and the Subjective Infinitive construction. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.The pills my doctor has given me make me feel rather odd.

2.I want you to say to yourself that he died a gallant death in the service of his country, and we must be proud of him.

3.I had seen my father leave the house that very morning.

4.Just as he was falling into unconsciousness he heard his door open and quickly shut.

5.My father was sure that fresh air and exercise would make us sleep well.

6.I thought it to be the signal to start.7.We didn’t expect him to come back so soon and were

wondering what had happened.8.She felt somebody touch her gently by the hand.9.I’d like it to be done as quietly as possible, without

attracting anybody’s attention.10. She didn’t seem to notice his unfriendly tone.

303

11. The number to which I had been directed turned outto be a house standing a little by itself, with its back to the river.

12. The boy was made to repeat his story twice.13. He was heard to say that it would rain and ordered

the door to the balcony to be shut.14. I looked at the house with suspicious curiosity,

and it seemed to be looking back at me.15. He is said to be a sailor in his youth.

Exercise 43

Express the same in another way using the Subjective Infinitive Construction instead of the subordinate clause.Model: It was known that he was a capable student. – He was known to be a

capable student. I heard him play the piano. – He was heard to play the piano.

1.It was known that she was an excellent doctor. 2.They saw him enter the house in the morning.3.It was believed that he had returned to London.4.It was expected that the conference would take place

in May.5.We heard him laugh heartily.6.It is supposed that he has been working for two hours.7.They often heard the girl sing that tune.

Exercise 44

Identify the for-to-Infinitive Construction in the following sentences. Translate them into Ukrainian.

1.It was easy for my brother to learn Spanish.2.We are still waiting for him to come.3.Have you bought something for me to read during the

trip?4.The day was much too cold and rainy for anyone to have

a good time.5.It’s not the right time for us to speak about it.

304

6.Your attitude made it difficult for him to tell you the truth.

7.It will be best for you to see the doctor about the tooth.

8.I’d like to put forward a few suggestions for you to think about.

9.Harriet was anxious for the party to be a success.10. It might be possible for you to sign the paper

today.11. He didn’t mean for them to study in the library.12. It was hard for the boy to read the book in the

original.

Exercise 45

Comment on the infinitive phrases and translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

A.1. He held the door open for her to get in.2. How nice of you to know my voice! Am I disturbing you?3. It was kind of you to come, but you must go now. 4. “Three weeks and two days, my lady,” Leadbitter

replied. “How nice of you to have counted the days!” saidLady Franklin.

5. It’s too late for the children to go out.

B.1. I have something so important to tell you that I hardly know how to say it. 2. I’m not quite sure whether to join them or not. 3. When to start is to be decided yet.4. He hesitated what to say next. 5. I didn’t know which book to choose. 6. Tell me who to invite. 7. The question is where to hide it.

C.1. And to tell you the truth I’m glad to have a companion myself. 2. To be frank, no other house in the town was as popularas theirs.

305

3. He will be a little late, to be sure, and Ann will be grumbling.4. To cut a long story short, everything ended to her delight.

Exercise 46

Practice the for-to-Infinitive Construction after the adjectives.

When Sue and Peter Dale visited the old house to see how far the workmen had progressed with the repairs, it was disappointing for them to see that several jobs had not been done to their satisfaction.Study the examples, then rewrite the sentences.Model: Peter was impatient. He wanted the pile of bricks in the kitchen to be removed. – Peter was impatient for the pile of bricks in the kitchen to be removed.

1.Sue was eager that the black tiles in the bathrooms should be replaced.

2. Peter thought it necessary that the missing panes should be put into the kitchen windows immediately.

3.They were anxious that the painter should remove the red splashes from the kitchen floor immediately.

4.Sue wasn’t happy that Peter should pay the bill for the faulty central heating.

5.Sue thought it would be wrong if Peter paid the builders. The garage wasn’t wide enough for the car.

6.Sue thought it would be too dangerous if Peter tried to repair the wiring system himself.

7.They were impatient. They wanted the gardener to starthis work.

8.They were eager that the workmen should be out of the house before Christmas.

Exercise 47

306

Combine each of the following pairs of sentences into one sentence using too / enough + for-to-Infinitive Construction.Model: It is very cold. We can’t go out. – It’s too cold for us to go out.

1.You are very young. You can’t have a front-door key.2.It’s very cold. We can’t bathe.3.I am rather old. I can’t wear that kind of hat.4.The ladder wasn’t very long. It didn’t reach the

window.5.He hadn’t much money. He couldn’t live on it.6.He was furious. He couldn’t speak.7.The fire wasn’t very hot. It won’t boil a kettle.8.Tom was very foolish. He told lies to the police.9.You are quite thin. You could slip between bars.10. He is very ill. He can’t eat anything.11. Our new car is very wide. It won’t get through

those gates.12. The floor wasn’t strong. We couldn’t dance on it.13. I was terrified. I couldn’t move.14. The coffee isn’t strong. It won’t keep us awake.15. The river is deep. We can’t wade it.16. He is lazy. He won’t get up early.17. The ice is quite thick. We can walk on it.18. He was very drunk. He couldn’t answer my

questions.19. It is very cold. We can’t have breakfast in the

garden.20. He was very snobbish. He wouldn’t talk to any of

us.21. The package is very thick. I can’t push it through

the letter-box.22. She was very mean. She never gave to charity.23. He is very impatient. He never listens to anyone.24. I was very tired. I couldn’t walk any further.25. It was very hot. You could fry an egg on the

pavement.

307

Exercise 48

Replace the group of words in italics by the infinitive or the infinitive construction.Model: It is important that he should understand this. – It is important for him to understand this.

1.The captain was the last man who left the ship.2.He got to the top and was very disappointed when he found

that someone else had reached it first.3.Would you be very kind and lend me your umbrella?4.There are a lot of things that need mending.5.I was astonished when I heard that he had left the

country.6.It is better that he should hear it from you.7.I was rude to him, which was stupid. (It was stupid …)8.If he had another child with whom he could play he would be

happier.9.It is necessary that everyone should know the truth.10. There was no place where he could sit.11. He put his hand into the pocket and was astonished

when he found that his wallet wasn’t there.12. He rushed into the burning house, which was very

brave of him. (It was very brave …)13. I can’t go to the party, I have nothing that I can

wear.14. It is expected that he will broadcast a statement tonight.

(He is expected …)15. He reached the station exhausted and was very

disappointed when he learnt that the train had just left.16. It seems that the crime was committed by a left-handed man.17. Is it likely that he will arrive before six?18. I was on the point of leaving the house when the phone

rang.19. This is the plan: someone will meet you at the station… (You

… (be met) at the station)20. She is anxious that they should have every possible

advantage.

308

Exercise 49

Paraphrase the following, using the “for-phrases” with infinitives.

1.She held out the telegram so that I might see it.2.It’s quite natural that you should think so.3.The first thing he must do is to ring them up.4.Let us wait till they settle this matter.5.This is a problem you should solve by yourself.6.I shall bring you the article that you may read.7.I gave the umbrella to the children lest they should

get wet through.8.I’ve put on weight. I can’t wear this dress any

longer.9.He spoke loudly so that everyone might hear them.10. There is nothing that I may add.11. It is very unusual that he should have said such a

thing.12. It’s high time you know Grammar well.

Exercise 50

Paraphrase the following sentences so as to use the ‘for-to-Infinitive’ construction.

1.Sandy stood at the kitchen door waiting till Miss Brodie came for a walk by the sea.

2.It is time that you should go, Tom.3.There was nobody who she could speak to.4.A peasant was walking wearily towards us, and we

waited till he came up to us in order to ask the way again.

5.Janet sat and waited till they went away.6.She then sat down in his chair and waited till the

kettle boiled.7.Was it possible that she could forget him?

309

8.Then she made her way to the kitchen where the tray had been set by Mr. Anthony and waited till Mrs. Pettimade the tea.

9.He waited till she spoke.

Exercise 51

Complete the sentences using the ‘for-to-Infinitive’ construction.

1.They waited at the door for (she) _________.2.It is necessary for (he) __________.3.There was no reason for (she) __________.4.It was obligatory for (they) ________.5.There were no friends for (he) _________.6.There is nothing for (you) _________.7.She played the violin for (they) __________.8.It seemed strange for (they) __________.9.It is desirable for (Pete) _________.10. It is advisable for (they) __________.

Exercise 52

Change the sentences so that to use different constructionswith the infinitive.

1.It is expected that the weather will improve.2.It seemed that she was a very experienced teacher.3.It appears that she likes her work very much.4.It was very kind that you visited John in hospital.5.Emma can’t reach the top shelf. It is very high.6.The guests can take part in lots of activities. (there

are …)7.I knew that he was a very careful driver.8.Don’t you find that the painting is a masterpiece?9.I can’t go to the party; I have nothing that I can

wear.10. He may not be invited to official opening of the

Good Will Games. (He is unlikely …)310

11. She held me out the telegram so that I might see it.

12. It’s quite natural that you should think so.13. Have you noticed how she flushed when you looked

at her?14. She called Peter names. I heard it.15. He was the first person who came to the bar and

the last who left it.

Exercise 53

Read the story of a girl, Vicky by name, who is learning Japanese. Identify constructions with the infinitive.

It is no uncommon thing today to go to evening classesto learn a foreign language. All members of my family didit. It was easy for my brother to learn Spanish and it wasno trouble at all for my father to learn French at eveningclasses. But my mother found it quite difficult to learnGerman. As for me, it wasn’t an easy thing to learn Italianat evening classes two years ago. Grammar rules were socomplicated for me to remember! Now I’m learning Japanese and it appears to be very hardfor me again. It seems quite easy for our teacher topronounce Japanese well. But it would be foolish for us(students) to expect to acquire perfect pronunciation. Ittakes a lot of time. Gradually I get to understand that it is impossible forevening class students to learn to speak Japanese fluently.It will be more reasonable for me to simplify aim at makingmyself understood. But it would have been wrong for me togive up the course half way through as it is unusual for meto get discouraged. But anyway I must admit it’ll be arelief for me to finish the course next summer! In fact, itwould be best for me to go on holiday to Japan afterwards!

A: Answer the questions:1.How do most people learn a foreign language today?

311

2.How difficult was it for Vicky’s family to learn foreign languages?

3.What problems did Vicky have when she was taking a course in Italian?

4.Vicky finds Japanese quite easy to pronounce, doesn’t she?

5.Does she expect to speak Japanese fluently after the end of the course?

B: Say what is quite easy / difficult / interesting / boring / useful / (un)necessary / helpful for you about your English studies.

C: Work in groups. Give some advice for students to improve their English. You may use the following: It is important / useful / necessary / It will be a good idea / the best thing / for you + to-infinitive There are so many / different + noun /

Exercise 54

Provide a natural conversational context for the following statements.

1.To choose time is to save time (Francis Bacon (1561-1626) – an English politician, philosopher and writer.He is known especially because of the suggestion that he may have written some or all of Shakespeare’s plays).

2.To live long it is necessary to live slowly (Marcus Cicero (106-43 BC) – a Roman consul, who was a famous public speaker and writer).

3.To live by medicine is to live horribly (Carl Linnaeus(1707-78) – a Swedish scientist who studied animals and plants and invented the system (the Linnaean system) for putting them into classes).

4.The best way to make the children good, is to make them happy (Oscar Wilde (1854-1900) – an Irish writer

312

best known for his play “The Importance of Being Earnest” and his novel “The Picture of Dorian Gray”).

Exercise 55

Learn the following proverbs. Comment upon them and illustrate their meanings by little stories of your own invention.

1.Every oak must be an acorn.2.Fools rush in where angels fear to tread.3.The fish will soon be caught that nibbles at every

bait.4.The bull must be taken by the horns.5.Take not a musket to kill a butterfly.6.Let bygones be bygones.7.Through obedience learn to command.8.It is useless to flog a dead horse.9.It is easier to be wise after the event.10. It is easy to bear the misfortunes of others.11. It is easier to pull down than to build.12. He that fights and runs away may live to fight

another day.13. Set a thief to catch a thief.14. It is better to wear out than to rust out.

Exercise 56

Translate into English.A:

1.Хто дозволив вам взяти цю книгу?2.Компанія найняла нового досвідченого бухгалтера, щоб

привести справи до ладу.3.Американка Джейн Браун вчить шимпанзе використовувати

мову німих.4.Врешті-решт продавець умовив нас взяти цю модель.5.Я не винен, мене змусили зрадити вас.

313

6.Коли мені було 10 років, я присягнулася ніколи не брехати у своєму житті.

7.Хто дозволив дітям їсти морозиво до сніданку?8.Президент закликав ворогуючі сторони сісти за стіл

переговорів і знайти мирне вирішення цього конфлікту.9.Я хочу, щоб ти зателефонував лікарю, коли повернешся.10. Лікар наказав мені їсти більше фруктів.11. Один із приятелів Джона зробив так, щоб його взяли

на роботу.12. Що змусило вас запізнитися на лекцію?13. Кейт застерегла Джона, щоб він не докучав їй

своїми дзвінками.14. Ми плануємо завершити будівництво до кінця року.15. На жаль, Сара схильна все перебільшувати, я не

довіряю їй.B:

Раді бачити вас у нашому домі.Братан неохоче приміряв нові джинси.Ця сукня дуже дорога, щоб купити її, і занадто модна,

щоб одягати її на роботу.Президент призначив свого помічника представляти

інтереси країни на переговорах.Вона тільки й робить, що отримує незадовільні оцінки.Йому знадобилася не одна година, щоб знайти троянди

необхідного кольору.Діти очікували, що батьки повернуться з вечірки раніше.Для вас краще обрати шпалери та кахлі зараз.Ти мрієш, тільки й того. Чому б не спробувати здійснити

свою мрію?Мері змусила чоловіка купити нову квартиру.Джек найняв Пітера відремонтувати свій офіс.Для туристів ліпше за все знайти недорогий готель.Усі побажали мені одужати до понеділка.Він прагне стати відомим за будь-яку ціну.Ми прикинулися, що кулінарне мистецтво бабусі було нам

до вподоби.C:

1.Бажано, щоб ти повернувся з роботи раніше.2.Вчора їй було необхідно зустріти в аеропорту друга.

314

3.Дельфіни достатньо кмітливі, щоб виконувати прості команди.

4.Продавець порадила мені придбати ці парфуми.5.Лікар порадив мені утриматися від паління.6.Ми найняли вас, щоб навчити наших дітей малювати.7.Пробач, але я забув виключити праску.8.Він тільки й робить, що скаржиться на нестачу грошей.9.Цей рецепт дуже простий, щоб здивувати тітку Поллі.10. Так нерозумно з мого боку дозволяти обдурювати

себе.11. Добре знову опинитися вдома.12. Вчора Джон врешті-решт погодився повести дітей до

зоопарку.13. Мене примусили погодитися на жорсткі вимоги.14. У батьків Джима достатньо грошей, щоб послати його

до Гарварду вчитися.15. Наша компанія рада повідомити вам умови контракту.16. Йому знадобилося кілька років, щоб вивчити

японську мову.17. Ситуація має тенденцію змінюватися кожні 4 місяці.18. Уряд закликав громадян не панікувати.19. Мого батька призначили виконувати обов’язки

директора філії.20. Ця тварина занадто незалежна, щоб тримати її в

клітці.

THE GERUND

The Gerund is a non-finite form of the verb that has both noun and verb characteristics. Its noun characteristics arethe following:

1.The Gerund can be the subject of the sentence, an object, a predicative (e.g. Reading is his favourite pastime. (subject) I’ve finished reading . (object) My worst habit is smoking. (predicative)

2.It can be preceded by a preposition (e.g. He insisted on coming in time).

315

3.It can be modified by a noun in the possessive case ora possessive pronoun (e.g. Excuse my interrupting you. I hate John’s coming late every day).

Its verb characteristics are the following:1.It can be followed by a direct or an indirect object

(e.g. Closing the factory means putting people out of work. He hates speaking to strangers.)

2.It can be modified by an adverb (e.g. A teacher of English must avoid speaking too quickly.)

3.The Gerund has voice and tense distinctions:Objective verbs have four forms of the Gerund:

Indefinite Passivewriting being writtenPerfect Perfect Passive

having written having been written

Subjective verbs have only two forms of the Gerund:

Indefinite Passivestanding -Perfect Perfect Passive

having stood -

The Gerund can be easily confused with the verbal noun. In some cases it is impossible to tell whether you are dealingwith a gerund or with a verbal noun and consequently impossible to translate the sentence with any degree of exactness. In most cases we can distinguish between the gerund and the verbal noun in the following way:

The gerund:1.Has tense and voice forms; so the forms being done,

having done etc. can not be nouns;2.Can take a direct object; so “-ing” form followed by a

direct object (reading a letter) can not be a noun;

316

3.Can be modified by an adverb; so “-ing” form modified b an adverb(reading fast) can not be a noun;

4.Can be part of a verbal aspect predicate; so “-ing” form following the verbs to begin, to stop, to go on, to keep, etc. are mostly gerunds.

The verbal noun:1.Can be used in the plural (bright sayings of her children);2.Can have an article ( the banging of the lift);3.Can be followed by a prepositional phrase in an

attributive function (a faint glimmering of light);4.Can be modified by an adjective, a demonstrative

pronoun or an indefinite pronoun (the bright sayings ).

The Functions of the Gerund in the Sentence

The Gerund can be:

The Subject

It iswas

no useuselessno good

doing smth

There iswas

no doing smth

Doing smth does smthdid smth

will do smthwould do smth

e.g. It’s no use arguing. It was no good objecting. Talking mends no holes. There is no hiding these facts. There was no going back.

The Predicative

The main thing

317

Smb’s wishSmb’s jobSmb’s duty

is / was doing smth

to feel like (up to)to be for / against

doing smth

e.g. The main thing is getting there in time. Her job was looking after the children. I don’t feel like going to the theatre. Are you for or against staying there?Also:

a)part of a compound verbal modal predicate with verbs and verbal phrases expressing modality: intend, expect, want, like, feel like, detest, dislike, can’t help, can’t bear / stand, etc. (She intends going there in summer. He couldn’t help admiring the picture.)

b)part of a compound verbal aspect predicate with verbs denoting the beginning, the duration, or theend of the action such as begin, start, go on, keep on, cease, finish, quit, commence, stop, giveup, carry on, proceed, resume, continue, etc. (In the night it started raining. He resumed walking. He kept on looking behind.)

The Direct Object

admitanticipate

avoidconsiderdelaydenyenjoyescapeexcuse

fancy (imagine)

318

forgiveinvolvemind

postponepreventregret

rememberresentresistrisk

suggest, etc.to be worth

doing smth

e.g. The film is worth seeing. He admitted taking the money. Sometimes I enjoy being alone.

The Prepositional Object

to think ofto suspect smb of

to accuse ofto be afraid ofto object toto be used toto succeed in

to be engaged into insist onto depend on

to apologize forto be grateful for

to be responsible forto thank smb forto blame smb forto be clever at

to prevent smb from, etc.

doing smthbeing done

having done smthhaving been done

e.g. He apologized for coming late. She insisted on being treated like a grown woman. I hope you don’t object to our singing.

319

We are engaged in discussing this problem.

The Attribute

intentionplanideapointsensepurposehabitgoodharm

mistakedifficulty

wayopportunity

advantage / disadvantagecause

of doing smth

There is no(little)

Smb sees no(little)

senseharm

difficultypointdanger

in doing smth

e.g. She had no intention of staying. I don’t like his habit of making people wait. There is no harm in asking her again. There is little point in refusing.

The Adverbial Modifier

on (upon)afterbefore

bythrough

because ofwithout

doing smth

320

in spite ofdespite

instead ofat

e.g. She locked the door before going to bed. He left without saying good-bye. Before going to the station I had to telephone my office on business. In spite of being ill, he came to the final discussion. She frightened her father by bursting into tears.

The Gerundial Complex

The Gerund can have a subject of its own different from that of the sentence. In this case the Gerund and its subject form a construction called the Gerundial Complex. The relations between the elements of the complex are predicative. The first element of the complex may be expressed in a number of ways: by a noun in the common case, a noun in the possessive case, a pronoun in the objective case, a possessive pronoun.

boy’sboymyme

doing smthbeing done

The Gerundial complex has practically the same syntactical functions as the gerund.

Syntactical Functions of the Gerundial Complex

The Subject

It iswas

no useuselessno good

Smb’s doingsmth

Smb’s doing smth does smthdid smth

321

will do smthwould do smth

e.g. It is useless your going there immediately. His saying this made all the difference. His being a foreigner and an ex-enemy was bad enough.

The Predicative

to be for / against smb’s doing smthe.g. I’m against your going there alone. He was for your staying there for two more days.

The Direct Object

admitanticipate

avoidconsiderdelaydenyenjoyescapeexcuse

fancy (imagine)forgiveinvolvemind

postponepreventregret

rememberresentresistrisk

suggest, etc.to be worth

smb’s doing smth

e.g. Do you mind my closing the window? I don’t like his coming late.

322

The Prepositional Object

to think ofto suspect smb of

to accuse ofto be afraid ofto object toto be used toto succeed in

to be engaged into insist onto depend on

to apologize forto be grateful for

to be responsible forto thank smb forto blame smb forto be clever at

to prevent smb from, etc.

smb’s doing smth

e.g. Much depends on your taking the job. The teacher insisted on my coming in time. She apologized for her being late.

The Attribute

intentionplanideapointsensepurposehabitgoodharm

mistakedifficulty

way

of smb’s doing smth

323

opportunityadvantage / disadvantage

cause

There is no(little)

Smb sees no(little)

senseharm

difficultypointdanger

in smb’s doingsmth

e.g. I had no idea of your being there. There is little sense in your staying here just now.

The Adverbial Modifier

on (upon)afterbefore

bythrough

because ofwithout

in spite ofdespite

instead ofat

smb’s doing smth

e.g. All that was after their leaving the place. They waited in spite of our being late for an hour or so.

Exercises

Exercise 1

Study the use of the gerund in the following sentences.

1.After such verbs as: mind, suggest, keep, enjoy, avoid, imagine / fancy

324

a)Do you mind shutting the window?b)I suggested going by sea but he wouldn’t hear of

it.c)He keeps asking me the time and I keep telling him to

buy himself a watch.d)Do you enjoy listening to records?e)Try to avoid reading in a bad light.f)Imagine /fancy watching television for forty hours

a week.2.After “phrasal” verbs

a)He went on talking, although no one was listening tohim.

b)She gave up driving a car after the accident.c)He received a letter a fortnight ago, but he put

off answering it until yesterday. 3.After such word combinations as: be worth, be no use,

be busy, can’t help, feel like, what about? Etc a)These shoes are so old they aren’t worth keeping.b)It’s no use crying over spilt milk.c)He is busy looking for the books for his report.d)I can’t help sneezing; I caught a cold yesterday.e)I don’t feel like going there.f)What about staying at home next weekend?

4.After verbs, adjectives or abstract nouns followed by prepositions

a)I wanted to walk, but my friends insisted on going there by bus.

b)He tried very hard, and at last he succeeded in getting a good mark.

c)I’m very sorry for being late.d)We got tired of waiting for the weather to clear

and finally decided to set out in the rain.e)I have no intention of going to that film.f)There is no point in arriving half an hour early.

5.After prepositions

325

a)He still walks five miles a day in spite of being seventy years old.

b)He walked to the station instead of going by bus.c)He went to bed last night without turning off the

light. Now give your own examples to illustrate the usage of the gerund.

Exercise 2

Put the verbs in brackets into the gerund.

1.My watch keeps (to stop). – That’s because you keep (to forget) to wind it.

2.Would you mind (to lend) me ten pence? I want to make a phone call.

3.I suggest (to telephone) the hospitals before asking the police to look for him.

4.Why do you keep (to look) back?5.He kept (to ring) up and (to ask) for an explanation

and she didn’t know what to do about him.6.Try to avoid (to be) late. He hates to be kept (to

wait).7.The taxi-driver tried to stop in time, but he couldn’t

avoid (to hit) the old woman.8.He offered to buy my old car, if I didn’t mind (to

wait) a month for the money.9.Imagine (to have) to get up at five a. m. every day!10. At first I enjoyed (to listen) to him, but after a

while I got tired of hearing the same story again and again.

11. I keep (to try) to make mayonnaise but I never succeed.

12. He suggested (to call) a meeting and (to let) themdecide the matter themselves.

13. Imagine (to keep) a snake as a pet!14. We suggested (to sleep) in hotels but the children

were anxious to camp out.

326

Exercise 3

Put the verbs in brackets into the gerund.

1.Please go on (to write); I don’t mind waiting.2.The baby started crying when he woke up, and went on

(to cry) all the morning.3.The teacher was angry and said,” If you keep on (to

interrupt) me, I’ll send you out of the class”.4.He didn’t want to lose any more money, so he gave up

(to play) cards.5.It’s no use (to wait).6.Try to forget it; it isn’t worth (to worry) about.7.It’s no use (to have) a bicycle if you don’t know how

to ride it.8.There are people who can’t help (to laugh) when they

see someone slip on a banana skin.9.He refuses to take advice from anyone, so it’s no use

(to speak) to him.10. I intended to go to the cinema yesterday, but my

friend told me the film wasn’t worth (to see).11. What about (to buy) double quantities of

everything today? That will save shopping again later in the week.

12. I promised to come early, but I couldn’t help (to be) late.

13. When I came he was busy (to write) a letter to hisfriend.

14. Let’s go for a swim.-What about (to go) for a drive instead?

15. I didn’t feel like (to work) so I suggested spending the day in the country.

16. It’s no use (to ask) children to keep quiet. They can’t help (to make) a noise.

17. Why didn’t you warn him? – It’s no use (to warn) him.

18. Where is Ann? - She’s busy (to do) her homework.19. Do you feel like (to go) to a film or shall we

stay at home?327

Exercise 4

Put the verbs in brackets into the gerund

1.There is no point in (to remain) in a dangerous place if you can’t go to help the people who have to stay here.

2.At first I enjoyed listening to him but after a while I got tired of (to hear) the same.

3.He didn’t leave the house because he was afraid of (tomeet) someone who would recognize him.

4.You’ll soon get used to (to sleep) by the phone.5.He expects me to answer by return but I have no

intention of (to reply) at all.6.I am tired of (to do) the same thing time after time.7.I’m not used to (to drive) on the left.8.There was no way of (to get) out of the building

except by climbing down a rope.9.Would you like me to turn down the radio a bit? – No,

it’s all right. I’m used to (to work) with the radio on.

10. I want to catch the 7 a. m train tomorrow. – But you are not good at (to get) up early, are you?

11. My father thinks I’m not capable of (to earn) my own living, but I mean to show him that he is wrong.

12. I called at his house on the chance of (to see) him.

13. She caught a bad cold, because she isn’t used to (to sleep) with her windows open.

14. I wanted to pay the bus fares, but my friend insisted on (to pay).

15. The little boy got tired of (to play) alone.16. The police accused him of (to set) fire to the

building.17. The inspector asked to see my ticket and when I

wasn’t able to find it he made me buy another. – He probably suspected you of (to try) to travel without one.

328

18. I tried to convince him that I was perfectly capable of (to manage) on my own, but he insisted on (to help) me.

19. I’m delighted to hear that you can come on Saturday. We are looking forward to (to see) you.

20. What’s your idea of (to do) it?

Exercise 5

Put the verbs in brackets into the gerund.

1.Don’t forget to lock the door before (to go) to bed.2.After (to walk) for three hours we stopped to let the

others catch up with us.3.Before (to give) evidence you must swear to speak the

truth.4.Without (to realize) it, he hindered us instead of (to

help) us.5.After (to hear) the conditions I decided not to enter

for the competition.6.She rushed out of the room without (to give) me the

chance to explain.7.Why did you go all round the field instead of (to

walk) across it?8.After (to spend) a week in the cottage, he decided

that he didn’t really enjoy living in the country.9.You should clean your teeth before (to go) to bed.10. Please don’t enter the room without (to ask)

permission.11. I suggest telephoning the hospitals before (to

ask) the police to look for him.12. By (to neglect) to take ordinary precautions he

endangered the life of his crew.13. After (to spend) two days arguing about where to

go for their holidays, they decided not to go anywhere.

14. He surprised us all by (to go) away without (to say) “Good-bye”.

329

15. The girls sat watching television instead of (to help) her mother.

Exercise 6

Study the following examples:a)His hair is very long; it needs cutting. (i.e. His hair

needs to be cut. Here the gerund has a passive meaning.)

b) The grass in the garden is very dry; it wants watering badly. (i.e. The grass wants (needs) to be watered.)

Open the brackets using the gerund.

1.The windows are very dirty; they need (to clean).2.It’s very hot so you don’t need (to bring) a coat.3.The house is old, and it badly wants (to paint).4.The famous man didn’t need (to introduce) himself.5.The floor is covered with dust; it needs (to sweep).6.The planners didn’t realize they would need (to build)

so many houses.7.This shirt is quite clean; it doesn’t want (to wash)

yet.8.Her shoes have a hole in them; they want (to mend).9.The room was in a terrible mess; it needed (to tidy

up).10. The baby is crying; I think he needs (to feed).11. I know my hair wants (to cut) but I never have

time to go to the hairdresser’s.12. John needed (to cheer up) when he heard that he’d

failed his exams.13. You should tidy the garden.- Yes, it needs (to

tidy). The roses want (to water), the peaches want (topick), the grass wants (to cut).

Exercise 7

Study these sentences:

330

a)He likes driving a car, but he dislikes being driven. ( driving-active form, being driven-passive form)

b)The fisherman went home soon after sunset without having caught a single fish. (having caught-perfect)

c)The watch was still going in spite of having been dropped on a stone floor. (having been dropped-perfectpassive)

Open the brackets using the correct form of the gerund

1.After the accident, the injured man recovered consciousness in hospital. He remembered (to cross) the road, but he didn’t remember (to knock down).

2.I’m still thirsty in spite of (to drink) four cups of tea.

3.This carpet always looks dirty, in spite of (to sweep)every day.

4.He didn’t return a book he had borrowed after (promise) to do so.

5.He got into the house by (to climb) through a window, without (to see) by anyone.

6.I think he was foolish to buy a car before (to learn) how to drive it.

7.Peter is a much better chess-player than I am, and he was very surprised when I beat him yesterday for the first time. He isn’t used to (to beat).

8.He went to bed at 9 p.m. in spite of (to sleep) all the afternoon.

9.He complained of (to give) a very small room at the back of the hotel.

10. The little girl isn’t afraid of dogs in spite of (to bite) twice.

11. The little girl didn’t go near the dog; she was afraid of (to bite).

12. The baby went to sleep a few minutes after (to feed).

13. The little girl never gets tired of (to ask) her mother questions, but her mother often gets tired of (to ask) so many questions.

331

14. They lived in a small town for ten years and then moved without (to make) friends with any of their neighbours.

15. The little boy was punished for (to tell) a lie by(to send) to bed without his supper.

16. Mary was chosen a year ago to act in the school play. She was very pleased at (to choose).

17. Jack doesn’t like boxing. I don’t know if he is afraid of (to hurt) his opponent or of (to hurt) himself.

18. He was taken to hospital unconscious after the accident He died in hospital without (to recover) consciousness.

19. I always treat people politely and I insist on (totreat) politely.

20. She didn’t get out of bed until eight o’clock in spite of (to wake up) at seven.

Exercise 8

State the form of the gerund and its syntactical function. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.I don’t think the collection of essays is worth reprinting.

2.All of us enjoyed reading your letter.3.She had the feeling of being watched.4.I thanked her for having made a list of all the things

we ought to take along with us.5.I hate being disturbed in my seat when the performance

has started.6.She denied having seen them in the shop.7.After having read hundreds of books I came across one

that made me think.8.Before going to the station I had to telephone my office

on business.9.Swimming every day is a good way of keeping fit.10. You’ll enjoy being in London.11. She regrets having said all this to you.

332

12. She apologized for not telling the truth.13. There seems no reason for such a society being

founded.14. Which do you like better – reading or being read to?15. Joe resents being treated like a child.16. I really object to driving on busy holiday weekends.17. The guitar needs tuning.18. She recalled having been taken there when she was

young.19. She has vague memories of having been knocked by a

motorbike.20. The language develops slowly through a number of

epochs, by modifying its vocabulary and grammar.

Exercise 9

Point out the gerund and comment on its noun and verb characteristics. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.Talking about ourselves is what we modern authors havea strong objection to doing.

2.He stopped writing and ran out into the bathroom. He started washing with great speed. He was two minutes late already.

3.It’s silly of me, but I can’t help feeling anxious.4.I don’t like being lied to – and that, I think, is

what you are trying to do.5.I feel a good deal of hesitation about telling you

this story of my own.6.On hearing the sound Nancy hurried to the door and

Grand to the window.7.He left without having paid the bill.8.Would you mind waiting a moment in the hall?9.He denied having opened the box.10. Writing quickly tires my hand.11. I remember seeing it on the table.12. He was accused of having entered the country

illegally.13. I disliked my mother’s interfering in the affair.

333

14. The boy spent half the night in writing to his people.

Exercise 10

Define noun and verb characteristics of the gerund in the following sentences.

1.It’s natural living like this alone with Nature.2.Keeping his secret won’t do any harm.3.All I want is getting to the truth.4.He had great difficulty in undoing his collar.5.He did not like the idea of her staying with her

father’s people in Capetown.6.I don’t feel comfortable at Miss Brown’s leaving us so

soon.7.He was good at gathering mushrooms.8.I kept walking quickly.9.He was aware of Jack’s watching him attentively.10. Raymond did not like being called Ray.11. It was some time before I remembered having met

him on the Liston plane.12. She smiled without showing her teeth.

Exercise 11

Point out gerunds and verbal nouns. Translate the sentencesinto Ukrainian.

1.Oh, dear, don’t leave us! I’ve so loved being with you.

2.He may have noticed my goings out and comings in.3.There is no going back now.4.Remember at school one was always kept waiting for a

beating.5.Now and again came the clear hammering of the

woodpecker or the joyless call of a crow.6.She tried to speak lightly, but there was a lump in

her throat and a tightening at her heart.334

7.Upon reading this letter he had once more a sense of being exploited.

8.She went quickly past him and out of the room without looking back.

9.He looked at us with a kind of cheerful cunning.10. He began tidying the room, putting away his

clothes and straightening the bed.11. I have only a candle to see by, so I trust you

will excuse my bad writing.12. He reached his room at midnight so exhausted that,

without waiting to light up, he dropped into a chair.13. He said he was looking forward to meeting you

again.14. And the worst of it is that I shall go on doing

exactly I was going to do in the first place.15. She began talking to the girl behind the bar.16. Her father took no notice of her comings and

goings.

Exercise 12

Comment on the functions of the gerund in the following sentences.

1.Looking after children requires patience.2.It is no use discussing it now, we must act.3.It was no good taking the little darling up to town,

she got only tired.4.Seeing is believing.5.What he loves best in the world is playing football.6.The main thing to do in this situation is getting away

as soon as possible.7.The car began moving away down the road.8.Every second he kept glancing at the clock.9.The kind woman started crying before the boy had

finished his sad story.10. However hard he tried he could not stop thinking

about it.335

11. He enjoyed teaching and knew that he did it well.12. Do you mind seeing these photos again?13. I dislike reminding you continually of the things

you ought to have done.14. I can’t afford buying this expensive hat.15. He was busy getting ready for his journey.16. Nobody thought of anything but spending money, and

having what they called “a good time”.17. The idea of setting down in that little town

filled her with nothing but regret.18. He was in the habit of dozing after dinner in his

favourite armchair.19. She knew that there was a danger of falling ill.20. I walked to my place as fast as I could without

breaking into a run.

Exercise 13

State the functions of the gerund in the following sentences, translate them into Ukrainian.

1.It rained for three days without stopping.2.I couldn’t sleep despite being tired.3.Having a lot of freedom is very important to me.4.I’m not interested in discussing your problems.5.Thomas Edison was well-know for working very long

hours.6.He accused me of having destroyed all his hopes.7.Can’t you stay? I don’t like being alone in the house.8.She doesn’t like being taken notice of.9.After having been taught English for three years, he

was now to take up French and Spanish.10. Despite living in the same street, we hardly ever

see each other.11. He had the advantage of always having confidence

in himself.12. Denying the fact would worsen the situation.13. It’s no use being sorry now.14. They had the gift of making you feel at home.

336

15. The young man didn’t feel laughing.16. I wanted to go alone but they insisted on coming

with me.17. It’s no use taking advantage of people’s weakness.18. The constant chatter of the children prevented him

from working.19. There’s no point in having a car if you never use

it.20. I think you should apologize to Sue for being so

rude to her.21. I’m fed up with this work. I’m thinking of trying

something else.22. We have decided against having a new car because

we can’t really afford it.23. I wanted to go out alone but Joe insisted on

coming with me.24. Speaking a language every day is the best way of

learning it.25. Our house needs painting.26. Crying won’t help matters.27. We use knife and fork for eating meat.28. You will only succeed by trying hard.29. I don’t want to force you into doing something

against your will.30. Being laughed at is never very nice.31. Travelling abroad can be exciting enough, but just

now it is more exciting.32. She stopped answering my letters and I wondered

what the matter might be.33. Can we recall having mentioned the fact to anyone?34. Thorpe was terrified, terrified of having to touch

something, and even more, of being touched.35. After having been rejected by dozen magazines,

they (the stories) had come to rest in the Globe office.

36. I understand perfectly your wanting to leave.37. People will talk, there is no preventing it.38. The host broke the awkward silence by inviting the

guests to proceed to the dining-room.337

39. This is laying the blame at the wrong door.40. On being told the news she gave a gasp of

surprise.

Exercise 14

Use the gerund from the following list as:a) subject – continuing, going, riding, keeping, finding

1. Robinson thought at the time that ____ a journal would be an occupation for my mind.

2. My brother always said that ____ is the best exercise.

3. I’m afraid it’s no use ____ this discussion.4. It’s no use ____ over old ground.5. ____ him there surprised me greatly.

b) direct object – sitting, opening, hearing, being, doing1. I remember ____ her complain to Joe.2. The box was stoutly made and resisted ____.3. I intend ____ tomorrow.4. Would you mind ____ over there?5. Now I had resolved, if possible, to avoid ____

alone with any of these men, these strangers. c) prepositional object – shaking, stopping, calling,

getting, drinking, missing, dealing, being, saying, twisting1.She was afraid of ____ Miller in the crowd.2.He was fond of ____ “The superstition of today is

the science of yesterday”.3.Thank you for _____.4.On the way home Sally insisted on ____ in front of

our college.5.I assure you I am quite capable of ____ with the

matter.6.After that, of course, I have difficulty in ____ of

Tom Wells.7.I am sick ad tired of ____ tea without milk.8.Surely that prevents the day from ____ ordinary.9.They were certainly clever at ____ one’s remarks.

c) attribute – eating, coming, getting, reading, going, greeting, discussing

338

1. The surgery opened at five-thirty, and I made a point of _____ along there quite promptly.

2. The only way of ____ to the dance was on our bicycles.

3. They talked and laughed and shouted, and there wasthe clatter of knives and forks, and strange sounds of ____.

4. Philip had few friends. Hi habit of ____ isolated him.

5. He could not bare the thought of ____ his situation.

6. There were cries of ____ from a dozen voices and they moved toward her.

7. Philip could never tell lies without embarrassment, and he was scarlet when he finishedhis explanation for not ____.

d) adverbial modifier of time – hearing, answering, leaving, passing, looking, reading, racing

1. She looked at the paper, after ____ out this question.

2. Before ____, the little old lady grasped his arm.3. He spent those nights after ____ at his mother’s

house in Green Street.4. He found an endless excitement in ____ at their

faces and ____ them speak.5. Tom considered before ____ .6. She seemed excited on ____ this.7. He had looked up at the staircase in ____ and

shook his head in a dissatisfied manner.e) adverbial modifier of manner, attending circumstances

or cause – noticing, having, disguising, bringing, answering, working,coughing, laughing, breaking

1. Cindy glanced up, then away, without ____.2. Lizzie was able to make her own living by ____ at

a factory.3. Eventually John couldn’t laugh for ____ and again,

he couldn’t cough for ____.4. Can’t we even laugh properly without ____ trouble?5. Was he trying to escape by ____ himself?

339

6. Major Penny went on without ____ her interruption.7. We might be fined for ____ the Press along,

George.8. You might run all my life by ____ your promise.

Exercise 15

Read the following extract and comment on the usage of the gerund.

He was out and gone before early daylight, and he movedsteadily but slowly over the soft snow. It was grimtrekking, grim and slow and heavy. The snow had ceasedfalling, and the patrols might easily find his tracks againafter discovering his fire, but he began a steady bitterplod to the nearest cabin in the Musk-o-gee. If he couldkeep going, despite his raw blistered legs, his stiffeningbody, his increasing hunger and exhaustion, he would atleast survive. He only wanted the warmth and safety of acabin. He wanted man-made protection against the ravages ofnature.He was exhausted, and he was beginning to think that he wasfinished when he saw Indian Bob on the trail. He wassurprised to see the Indian, he was surprised to seeanything familiar, for the whole world had faded away fromhim after three days of half-blind trekking and trail-breaking. Full consciousness had deserted him in thepainful monotony of keeping himself going, one step and oneday after another.When Roy fell, Bob didn’t help him up but waited while hestruggled to his feet, knowing that one touch of assistancewould finish Roy completely. Roy also knew it, but herailed at Bob for not helping him up.Again he lost the reality of his movements, he was onlyconscious of making each painful glide on his snow-shoes. (From The

Hunter by J. Aldridge).

Exercise 16340

Complete the sentences using gerunds.Model: You must be tired of … - You must be tired of doing the same things day after day.

1.The boy was severely reprimanded for …2.The public was warned of the dangers of …3.You seem to be very fond of …4.Who is responsible for …?5.You ought to think about …6.I would never think of …7.They saw no reason for not …8.My doctor advised me to give up …9.We had to put off …10. That company specializes in …11. I told him not to bother about …12. We asked the solicitor for advice before …13. By …, he ran a risk of …14. The teacher decided against …15. On …, he took off his hat.16. Many people get a great deal of satisfaction from

…17. Closing the factory means …18. They achieved good results by …19. The garden is no neglected, it needs …20. She is a very efficient secretary, she hasn’t got

any difficulty in …

Exercise 17

Use the appropriate form of the gerund of the verbs in brackets.

1.(to speak) without (to think) is (to shoot) without aim.

2.Do you know what is peculiar about the English rule of(to drive)?

3.I’m glad to say that the lady didn’t keep us (to wait).

341

4.I remember (to take) to Paris when I was a very small child.

5.I strongly suspect Gerald of (to know) all about it beforehand, though he swears he didn’t.

6.Excuse me for not (to write) more at the moment.7.She never lost the power of (to form) quick decisions.8.He had an air of (to be) master of his fate, which was

his chief attraction.9.She denied (to see) me at the concert though I’m sure

I saw her in the stalls.10. I want to thank her for (to look) after the

children while I was out.11. He passed to the front door and out without (to

see) us.12. I enjoy (to read) poetry.13. I don’t mind (to stay) here for a little while.14. Are you going to keep me (to wait) all day?15. They reproached us for (not to come) to the party;

they were waiting for us the whole evening.16. He suspected her of (to give) the police

information about him while the workers were on strike.

17. I sat on the doorstep thinking over my chances of (to escape) from home.

18. There is very little hope of the work (to do) in time.

19. The coat showed evident signs of (to wear) on the preceding night.

20. (to avoid) the use of the perfect gerund is quite common if there is no fear of (to misunderstand).

Exercise 18

Use the correct form of the gerund of the verb in brackets.Translate into Ukrainian.

1.Why do you avoid (see) me?2.He tried to avoid (see).3.We insist on (send) him here at once.

342

4.He insists on (send) there instead of me.5.Do you mind (examine) the first?6.He showed no sign of (impress).7.She showed no sign of (know) them.8.He had the most irritating habit of (joke) at the

wrong moment.9.I was annoyed at (interrupt) every other moment.10. He hated (remind) people of their duties or

(remind) of his.11. In (discuss) the problem they touched upon some

very interesting items.12. The equipment must go through a number of tests

before (install).13. The water needs (filter).14. The matter is not worth (speak of).15. Excuse me for (give) you so much trouble.16. You never mentioned (speak) to them on the

subject.17. I don’t remember even (see) you.18. The boys were punished for (break) the window.

Exercise 19

Complete the sentences with a suitable word. Use each verb (in its gerundial form) once only.

Have; go; write; use; study; get up; see; travel; smoke; say; learn; do; work; make; look after; pay; live; watch; become; eat; stop; help; walk; go out.

1.______ is unhealthy but a lot of people find it difficult to stop.

2.I’m fed up with ______ in the city – it’s too dirty and crowded.

3.He left the hotel without ______ his bill.4.I ran ten kilometers without _______.5.I enjoy ______ in the garden at weekends.

343

6.I was surprised that she left without _______ goodbye to anyone.

7.I’m not really interested in ______ to university.8.That machine? Oh, it’s used for ______ toasted

sandwiches.9.They don’t like ______ and go everywhere by car.10. They’ve given up ______ meat.11. We were able to translate the letter into English

without _______ a dictionary.12. It was a very long journey. I was very tired after

______ on a train for 36 hours.13. After ______ the same job for ten years, I felt I

needed a change.14. _______ children can be very tiring.15. We are looking forward to ______ you.16. They are very keen on _______ how to play chess.17. _______ television seems to be our national sport.18. I have decided to stop ______ in the evenings so

that I can save some money for my holidays.19. He is an artistic person – very good at ______

poetry.20. She is going to continue _____ for another two

years, until her exams.21. They hate ______ early in the morning.22. Thank you for ______ me organize the party.23. We love ______ parties.

Exercise 20

Complete the sentences using the –ing forms of the verbs given below. You can use each verb only once.

Talk Study Buy Borrow Have Embarrass Iron

344

1.I don’t mind my friends _______ my books.2.When I’ve finished ______, I want to go traveling.3.I’ve considered _______ my own flat but I can’t

afford to.4.My mother keeps ______ me in front of my friends.5.I never waste time ______ my clothes: someone else

does it for me!6.Now I’ve got a job, I miss _______ lots of free

time.7.My family always avoids _______ about politics.

Exercise 21

Read the following extract. Choose the correct forms of thewords in brackets.

The young author could now do nothing but wait, and underthe circumstances, waiting (to mean) torture. His money wasall but exhausted; if he (can) not speedily sell the book,his position (be) that of mere pauper. Supported thus longby the artist’s enthusiasm, he (see) the dark side ofthings. His mother (to write) pressing him to take aholiday “at home”, but he (to dread) the thought of (to go)penniless to his mother’s house, and there (to receive) badnews about his book.When his last coin (to spend), and he (to have) no choicebut to pawn or sell something for a few days’ subsistence,the manuscript (to come) back upon his hands. It (to judge)– declined.That morning he (to feel) seriously unwell. After (to make)known the catastrophe to Mr. Spicer he (to stand) silentfor a minute or two, then said with quiet resolve:“It’s all up. I (to have) no money, and I (to feel) as if I(to be going) to have an illness. I must say good-bye toyou, old friend.”Mr. Spicer (to insist) on (to lend) him the small sum he(need). An hour or two later they (to be) at St. PancrasStation, and before sunset Goldthorpe (to find) harbourageunder his mother’s roof. There he (to lie) ill for more

345

than a month. His doctor (to declare) that he must (tolive) in some very unhealthy place, but the young man (toprefer) to explain his illness by overwork. It (to seem) tohim sheer ingratitude to throw blame on Mr. Spicer’s house,where he (to be) so contented and (to work) so well untilthe hot days of late August. Mr. Spicer himself (to write)kind and odd little letters, giving an account of thegarden, and earnestly hoping that his literary friend (tobe) back in London to taste the Jerusalem artichokes. ButChristmas (to come) and (to go) , and Goldthorpe (to be)still at his mother’s house. ( From The House of Cobwebs by G. Gissing)

Exercise 22

Make up sentences, using the gerund after the following verbs:

-stop, finish prevent, avoid, dislike, risk, deny, remember, postpone, enjoy, fancy, imagine, forgive, excuse,suggest, keep, mind, rely, regret, it wants (need ).

Exercise 23

Complete the following using the gerund.

1.We couldn’t even dream of ________.2.Everybody wished he stopped ________.3.He is sure to boast of _________.4.You can’t act without __________.5.Are English people fond of _________?6.I hardly remember ________.7.We don’t often have the chance of ___________.8.My children are not used to __________.9.Is there any use in __________?10. He didn’t care for ________.11. We all look forward to __________.12. Everybody disliked the idea of __________.13. He has given up ___________.

346

14. What kept you from ____________?15. Is it worth while _________?16. The boy kept on _________.17. What prevented her from __________?18. The audience enjoyed _________.19. What do you mean by ________?

Exercise 24

Fill in the gaps in the sentences below with the prepositions from the box.

About from in like of on

1.Customers are requested to refrain _____ using mobile phones in this area.

2.She was dreaming _____ becoming an ambassador one day.3.They are depending _____ him finishing the translation

by noon.4.Quite a few students have succeeded _____ getting A-

grades at the exam.5.After the late night party he didn’t feel _____ going

to university.6.The tutor disapproved _____ his going abroad at this

time of the year.7.The teacher insisted _____ helping John even though he

had not asked to.8.Mike had some trouble adjusting _____ living at a

students’ hostel at first.9.Most students objected _____ having to rewrite the

test.10. They all were looking forward _____ having a

holiday at last.

About at for in of to

347

1.John was interested _____taking a course in consecutive translation.

2.Students found guilty _____ cheating at the exam may face serious consequences.

3.She was grateful to the teacher _____ having helped her.

4.She is said to be good _____ simultaneous translation.5.He is proud _____ having done it at last.6.The town of Oxford is famous _____ its university.7.John is not accustomed _____ living at a students’

hostel.8.They are concerned _____ having failed the exam.9.She was surprised _____ his having come so late.10. He was excited _____ seeing his girlfriend soon.

About from of to

1.The teacher warned _____ the personal responsibility for attendance.

2.John apologized _____ having been late.3.She thanked him ______ helping her.4.Mary was accused _____cheating at the exam and had

some serious problems.5.Those late for the exam shall be prevented _____

entering the classroom.6.Those suspected _____ cheating at the exam shall be

interviewed by the teacher.7.She can hardly blame him _____ not having done it at

such short notice.8.She would never forgive him _____ not having done it,

whatever the circumstances.9.She planned to devote his abilities _____ writing

books.10. This tutor is in charge _____ providing technical

information.

348

In for of to

1.In addition _____ having failed the exam, she had somepersonal problems.

2.The vote was 10 to 8 in favour _____ electing John.3.Unfortunately he had no previous experience _____

translating simultaneously.4.They are going to fail the test anyway, so I don’t see

any point _____ writing it.5.The minimum requirement _____ getting the passing mark

was fifty percent.6.She’d rather stay at the hotel in place _____ going

out.7.In return _____ providing excellent education, the

university expects students to work hard.8.She has had some problems _____ dealing with her

boyfriend recently.9.Students may have different reasons _____having to

skip classes.10. By the end of the school year, she was in danger

_____ dropping out – her record was far from being impressive.

Exercise 25

Finish the sentences using gerund with prepositions.Model: Ken went to bed instead of finishing his work. (finish)

1.I thanked her _____ (lend).2.I’m excited ______ (go).3.I’m not accustomed ______ (live).4.He didn’t feel well. He complained ______ (have).5.I don’t blame you _____ (want, not).6.I have a good reason _____ (be).7.It’s getting late. I’m worried _____ (miss).8.I’m interested _____ (go).9.I apologized to my friend _____ (be).10. I am not used _____ (drive).11. Nothing can stop me _____ (go).

349

12. In that office, who is responsible _____ (take care of).

Exercise 26

Fill in the blanks using gerund and prepositions.

1.Alice isn’t interested in (look) _____ for a new job.2.Henry is excited (leave) _____ for India.3.You are capable (do) _____ a better job.4.I have no excuse (be) _____ late.5.I’m accustomed (have) ____ a big breakfast.6.Fred is always complaining (have) _____ a headache.7.The rain prevented us (complete) _____ the work.8.Instead (study) _____, Margaret went to a ball game

with some of her friends.9.Thank you (help) _____ me carry the packages to the

post office.10. Mrs. Grant insisted (know) _____ the whole truth.11. He showed us how to get to his house (draw) _____

a map.12. You should take advantage (go, not) _____ to class

yesterday.13. Everyone in the neighbourhood participated (look)

_____ for the lost child.14. I apologized to Diane (make) _____ her wait for

me.15. The weather is terrible tonight. I don’t blame you

(want, not) _____ to go to the meeting.16. Who is responsible (wash) _____ and (dry) _____

the dishes after dinner?17. In addition (go) _____ school full time, Sam has a

part-time job.18. The angry look on his face stopped me (speak)

_____ my mind.19. Where should we go for dinner tonight? Would you

object (go) _____ to an Italian restaurant?20. The mayor made another public statement for the

purpose (clarify) ____the new tax proposal. 350

Exercise 27

Complete the sentences with the correct preposition and thecorrect form of the gerund.

1.After a long time we eventually succeeded ______ (find) a flat.

2.I’ve been thinking ______ (look) for a new job.3.His parents didn’t approve ______ him _____ (stay) out

so late.4.I wonder what prevented him ______(come) to the party.5.I’m getting hungry. I’m looking forward _____ (have)

dinner.6.I don’t feel _____(study) today.7.Forgive me _____ (interrupt) you but I must ask you a

question.8.The arrested man was suspected _____ (break) into a

house.9.Have you ever thought ______ (get) married.10. I’ve always dreamed ______ (live) on a small

island in the Pacific.11. The cold water didn’t stop her _____ (have) a

swim.12. Have you ever been accused ______ (commit) a

crime?13. She apologized ______ (be) so rude to me.14. We have decided ______ (buy) a new car.

Exercise 28

Use the appropriate form of the gerund. Insert prepositionswhere necessary.

1.Now I can boast (to see) Rome and London, Paris and Athens.

2.How did you like the English rule (to drive) on the left side of the road instead of the right?

3.I hate (to be) ill and (to stay) in bed.351

4.We all kissed Mother (to go) to bed.5.I’m not used (to receive) Christmas presents.6.At every school she went to she learned drawing,

besides (to teach) by her father at home.7.My wife and I look forward (to see) you and Rose.8.The children had to help (to sweep) and (to clean) the

rooms and (to wash up) after meals.9.The doctor left three different medicines with

instructions (to give) them.10. You can improve your pronunciation (to read)

aloud.11. I went out for a while (to give) the boy the

prescribed pills.12. You can’t act (to feel).13. I dislike the idea (to spend) a holiday with

hundreds of other people.14. (to ask) about it he said he knew nothing.15. The silence was broken by the sound of a door (to

lock).16. She walked a little (to leave) her office.17. I remember (to go) to the British Museum one day.

Exercise 29

Use the appropriate form of the gerund and insert prepositions where necessary

1.Newton, the famous scientist, was sometimes engaged (to work out) difficult problems.

2.“There’s no question (to forgive) you,” he said quickly.

3.Of course, I should insist (to pay) for my work.4.I wonder if there’s any use (to try) to improve him.5.We began to speak only when we were out (to hear) of

the old man.6.I insist (to go) there at once.7.We all suspected him (to learn) it before and (to try)

to conceal it from us.

352

8.They were all busy (to unpack) the books and (to put) them on the shelves.

9.(to hear) the news she ran over to the telephone to inform Gerald at once.

10. But (to make) this request Mr. Dan avoided (to look) in his face.

11. I spent the rest of the time in the hall of the Station Hotel (to write) letters.

12. You can help me (to give) a piece of good advice, you’re old enough to know it better.

13. (to discuss) the plan ourselves we decided to consult Mike’s eldest brother who is in our eyes was an expert.

14. He hesitated a little (to open) a door. He had a feeling that there was somebody waiting for him inside.

15. (to hear) the sound of the door opened downstairs he tiptoed into the corridor and bent over the banister.

Exercise 30

Complete the sentences with the missing prepositions and gerunds. Use the verb in brackets.

Children are always happy _____ (celebrate) holidays, but most American children get specially excited _____ (get) ready for Halloween. Every year in October, children, who usually hate to go to the market begin to get interested _____ (shop). They are eager to pick out a costume and a pumpkin.Adults who are good _____ (carve) pumpkins cut happy or sadfaces in them. With lighted candles in them, the pumpkins become Jack –O’- lanterns, symbols of Halloween. On October 31, children go trick – or – treating. They never seem to get tired _____ (run) from house to house to fill their bags with candy. Little children are sometimes afraid _____ (go) out on Halloween because of the ghosts and monsters on the streets. Their parents are often

353

worried _____ (save) their children’s teeth from all those sweets.

Exercise 31

Complete the sentences using the gerund form of a suitable verb. To functions as a preposition in every case. Note that the perfect form is required in some sentences.

1.The Prime Minister said he was looking forward to _____ the US President.

2.He should be accustomed by now to _____ English food.3.The policeman couldn’t swear to _____ the accused man

at the scene of the crime.4.Do you think your father would object to _____?5.He said he wasn’t used to _____ in public.6.Having almost run out of money we were reduced to

_____in a cheap hotel.7.He tried to limit himself to _____ ten cigarettes a

day.8.Manufacturers were asked to devote all their energies

to _____ exports.9.We aren’t going. My wife doesn’t feel like to _____ so

far.10. The committee could see no alternative to _____

the plan in its original form.

Exercise 32

Complete the sentences using by + Gerund. Use one of the following:

Borrow too much money; Break the window; Drive too fast; Put some posters up the walls; Stand on a chair; Turn a key; Follow her instructions; Work day and night;

354

Slide down ropes made of sheets; Explain the advantages of my plan; Tell the truth; Work regularly.

1.The burglars got into the house ______.2.I was able to reach the top shelf ______.3.You start the engine of a car ______.4.Kevin got himself into financial difficulty ______.5.You can put people’s lives in danger ______.6.We made the room look nicer______.7.We found the house ______.8.You can improve your English ______.9.They were able to escape from fire _____.10. He managed to finish his job in time _______.11. He surprised us all _______.12. I tried to persuade him ______.

Exercise 33

Use the gerund instead of the subordinate clauses, insert prepositions where necessary.

1.I remember Mother reprimanded me when I spoiled her favourite fish-cake.

2.We recommended that work should start at once.3.Thank you that you reminded me.4.Nick suggested that we should dine at a restaurant to

celebrate this little event.5.He doesn’t like when you interfere.6.He prevents when I help him.7.Nobody knew that they had agreed to take part in the

expedition.8.I insist that everything should be said in plain words

so that there can’t be any misunderstanding.9.She dislikes when the children prompt one another and

always gets very angry.10. He wrote he would stay in Paris another week and

didn’t explain why he was obliged to do so.

355

11. I can’t recollect that they ever invited me to stay a weekend with them.

12. He was afraid that the news might cause excitementamong the girls.

13. She disliked that he was so stubborn and would never listen to her reasons.

14. Nell denies that he is a bore.15. I prefer that we should make use of tape-recording

before we read the text.16. We decided that we should join them in Glasgow.

Exercise 34

For each of the following sentences write another sentence as similar as possible in meaning using the verb in brackets together with a preposition and gerund.

1.The customer said that the cashier had tried to overcharge her (accuse).

2.Many people pass their driving tests only at the second attempt (succeed).

3.Concert-goers are asked not to smoke in the auditorium(refrain).

4.The solicitor talked his client out of taking legal action (dissuade).

5.If a customer gets a poor service, you can’t say it’s wrong of him to make a fuss (blame).

6.The hijackers wouldn’t let the passengers leave the plane (prevent).

7.The student said he was sorry that he had missed the previous lesson (apologize).

8.Visitors to the Zoo are not allowed to feed the animals (prohibit).

9.Despite my obvious lack of interest the party bore said he had to tell me the rest of his story (insist).

10. The police think that the owner of the store started the fire himself (suspect).

Exercise 35356

Study the examples, and then complete the sentences to maketrue statements.- Verb preposition-ing form I’ve always dreamt of visiting the USA.I don’t approve of people smoking in class.

1.I’ve always dreamt of _______2.I don’t approve of ________3.I always insist on ______4.I don’t object to _______5.I worry about ________6.I’ve never succeeded in ________

Discuss your sentences with a partner.

Exercise 36

There are a few verbs which can take a gerund or an infinitive, but the meaning is not the same. Compare the meanings of these pairs of sentences.e. g.1. – I remember meeting him for the first time ten years

ago. (I met him in the past, and now I remember.) – I must remember to meet him at the station this

evening. (I have not met him yet; the meeting is in the future.)

2. – She completely forgot answering the letter month ago. (She did answer the letter, and then she forgot that shehad done so.)

– She completely forgot to answer the letter. (She didn’t answer the letter, because she had forgotten to.)

Use gerunds or infinitives in place of the verbs in brackets.

1.We read this book in class last year. Do you remember (to read) it?

357

2.He was very forgetful. He never remembered (to lock) the garage door when he put the car away.

3.Don’t ask me to pay the bill again. I clearly remember(to pay).

4.Did you remember (to book) seats for the theatre tomorrow? – Yes, I have the tickets here.

5.Do you remember (to post) the letter? – Yes, I remember quite clearly; I posted it in the letter-box near my gate.

6.Did you remember (to lock) the door? – No, I didn’t. I’ll go back and do it now.

7.She remembers part of her childhood quite clearly. Sheremembers (to go) to school for the first time and (tobe) frightened and (to put) her finger in her mouth.

8.Did you remember (to give) him the key of the safe? – No, I didn’t. I’ll go and do it now.

9.He forgot (to bring) his exercise-book; he left it at home.

10. Where is my dictionary? Have you forgotten (to borrow) it a fortnight ago?

11. She often told her little boy, ”You must never forget (to say) please and thank you.”

12. Why are you late again? Have you forgotten (to promise) me that you would be never late again?

Exercise 37

Translate from Ukrainian into English.

1.Читання – моє улюблене заняття.2.Я не прихильник надмірного листування.3.Вона залишила кімнату, не відповівши на моє

запитання.4.Думаю, що з часом їй буде соромно за свій

вчинок.5.Моя машина потребує технічного огляду.6.Цей фільм не вартий того, щоб його дивитися.7.Я не пам’ятаю, щоб коли-небудь бачив його.8.Прошу вибачення за те, що спізнився.

358

9.Після плавання він пішов до дому.10. Єдине, чого я зараз бажаю, щоб мене залишили у

спокої.11. Я не могла не посміхнутися, коли побачила

його.12. Вони почали енергійно працювати.13. Ми наполягаємо на завершенні дискусії.14. Почнемо з перевірки письмової роботи.

Exercise 38

Read and translate the sentences with the Gerundial Complex.

1.Some parents don’t approve of their children watching a lot of television.

2.I was annoyed because the decision was made without anybody telling me.

3.You can’t stop me doing what I want.4.I’m worried about John getting to the airport in time.5.I can’t imagine your mother’s approving of what you

are doing.6.He is often late. I don’t mind him being late.7.I don’t enjoy John’s teasing.8.Please excuse his not writing to you. 9.Listen to those kids. Fancy them being able to speak

Spanish as well as that.10. The job will involve your traveling to different

parts of the country, often at short notice.11. The teacher said that he wouldn’t tolerate my

arriving late every day.12. The question is very trivial, it hardly justifies

our taking up any more time.13. His lawyer insisted on his dropping the case,

since it was unlikely to succeed.14. I vaguely remember him saying something like that.15. Will the new job involve your being away from home

a lot?

359

16. The public authorities should prohibit people begging in the streets.

17. I strongly resent your telling me to mind my own business.

18. Forgive my mentioning it, but don’t you miss your friends now while you are living in England?

19. The headmaster suggested my trying the examinationagain the following year.

20. I don’t recollect his actually promising to help you.

Exercise 39

Point out complexes with the gerund and comment on their functions in the following sentences.

1.Do you agree to our taking her up to town and putting her under the best control?

2.His breathing heavily when he greeted her was the result of running up two flights of stairs.

3.Of course I should insist on your accepting the properprofessional fee.

4.She was startled by the noise of the outer door being opened.

5.I can’t bear the thought of the children staying therealone.

6.We knew nothing of his being a humorous writer.7.Your being so indifferent irritates me a great deal.8.We’ve got a lot of questions to settle before your

leaving.9.What annoyed me most of all was his accepting their

proposal quite readily.10. Nick was very much excited about his favourite

cake getting spoiled.11. I remember in school days he couldn’t answer the

teacher’s questions without my prompting him.12. Don’t think she‘ll approve of your telling me

this.

360

13. His having failed at the entrance examination wasa great disappointment to his mother.

14. His uncle insists on my coming to keep him company.

Exercise 40

Supply both the possessive and object form of the words provided. Translate into Ukrainian.Model: I don’t like _____ asking him to stay. (you) – I don’t like your asking him to stay. I don’t like you asking him to stay.

1.Do you mind ____ smoking? (I)2.They tried to stop _____ singing. (we)3.They don’t understand _____ leaving home when he did.

(John)4.I’m worried about _____ taking so much money. (she)5.I didn’t like _____ lending the car to him. (you)6.What do you think about _____ resigning? (Tom)7.I’m bored with _____ complaining. (they)8.Do you know the reason for _____ stopping work. (they)9.Who told you about _____ being sacked? (he)10. What do you think of _____ leaving the country

like that. (they)11. I can think of no reason for _____ saying that.

(she)12. I don’t like _____ being out so late. (he)13. She’ worried about _____ being arrested. (we)14. The firm doesn’t mind _____ arriving at ten

o’clock. (I)

Exercise 41

Match A and B. Translate the sentences.

A B1. We very much appreciate… a) my leaving till next

day.361

2. He strongly denied… b) their meeting this afternoon.

3. We enjoyed … c) her taking more responsibility.

4. The chairman suggested … d) the band’s playing very much.

5. I agreed to delay … e) our postponing the question till later.

6. He should consider … f) your helping us.7. I can’t excuse … g) your meeting Miss Brown!8. You must pardon … h) our escaping.9. Would you mind … i) Jim arriving so late.10. I can’t bear … j) you / your bringing me

breakfast in bed.11. They can’t prevent … k) Jane practicing in the

room next to yours?12. Please forgive … l) him / his whistling when

I’m trying to concentrate.13. I really miss … m) her not answering our

invitation.14. Fancy … n) my not getting up.

Exercise 42

Complete the sentences using the gerundial complexes from the following list:Your thinking, her talking, my bringing, our waiting, his being taken, my not sitting, our keeping, your being left alone, your hearing

1.“You do not mind ____ Graham,” said Daniel. “I find itbest to keep him under my eye.”

2.It is true she had prevented ____ to a mental home fortreatment.

3.I like the idea ____ of other projects.4.Some people it seems don’t like ____ to the rules.5.But that doesn’t excuse ____ to Mrs. Smith as though

Mrs. Smith were her great aunt.

362

6.I could see that Robinson was making an effort to formsome communal for the period of ____on the island.

7.“You didn’t mind ____ at one of your tables this afternoon?” he asked once, when he was walking to the station with her.

8.There must be something wrong with ____ Peter.9.I should have thought that ____ alone has given you a

lot of opportunities.

Exercise 43

A friend has written to tell you he wants to give up his studies. You are writing a reply. Join pairs of sentences, beginning with the word in brackets.

1.Don’t ask your college friends what they think. That’sno good. (It …)

2.Don’t be hurt by other people’s comments about your studies. It’s no worth it. Try to work harder. (It …)

3.Discuss the problem with your parents. It would be worth it. (It …)

4.Why go out and earn money now. It’s no use. (It …)5.Why worry about exams? It’s no use. (It …)6.Think thoroughly about your future prospects before

giving up studies. It is worth it. (It …)7.Why not finish your education and then think of some

new ideas. It’s worth it. (It …)8.Don’t waste your education. There is nothing worse

than that. (There …)

Now write part of your own letter. Include ideas and sentences given above.

Exercise 44

Translate into English.

1.Капітан часто мріє про повернення додому.363

2.Хто у вашому клубі відповідальний за прийом нових членів?

3.Пропоную всім разом подивитися новий фільм, а потім піти на дискотеку.

4.Я винна в тому, що зрадила тебе.5.Лід дуже слизький. Я боюся впасти.6.Ви зацікавлені в тому, щоб працювати на нас?7.У Петра не дуже добре виходить вивчати іноземні мови.8.Ми з нетерпінням чекаємо від вас відповіді.9.Моя сестра не може уявити, як вона буде танцювати на

сцені.10. Батьки не пам’ятають, щоб вони вас запрошували.11. Ситуація в економіці залежить від збільшення

інвестицій.12. Третій кандидат найбільше підходить для виконання

нашого завдання.13. Не можна звинувачувати дітей в тому, що вони

зробили так багато помилок.14. У цьому році комісія буде перевіряти читання а

додаток до усного мовлення.15. Мері підозрювала чоловіка, що в нього був роман з

її подругою.16. Він припускає, що робив помилки в минулому.17. Делегати відклали розгляд цього питання.18. Мати Тереза відома своєю турботою про бідних та

хворих.19. Його головна проблема полягає в тому, що він

забуває слова.20. Вчора шеф заявив, що більше не терпітиме порушення

правил.

Exercise 45

Translate into English.

1.Він пишається тим, що йому дали таке важливе завдання.2.Пробачте, що ми не прийшли вчасно.

364

3.Він наполягає на тому, щоб усі прийшли завтра о сьомійгодині.

4.Цей будинок потребує ремонту.5.Робітники закінчили будівництво школи до першого

липня.6.Я втомився працювати у першу зміну.7.Дякую вам за те, що вказали дорогу до автобусної

станції.8.Цього разу тобі вдалося встигнути на літак.9.Яке ваше враження від виступу у нашому оперному

театрі?10. Генерала обвинувачують в організації перевороту.11. Існують суворі вимоги для роботи на цьому

обладнанні.12. Ми зацікавлені в тому, щоб залучати до роботи

молодих спеціалістів.13. Вони не можуть зрозуміти, який мій інтерес у

співпраці з ними.14. Ми повинні вибачитися перед сусідами за те, що не

запросили їх на вечірку.15. Не можу пригадати, щоб бачив вас раніше.16. С’ю не любить носити джинси.17. На жаль, батько так і не пристосувався до нового

керівництва.18. Їй завжди було ліньки телефонувати нам першою.19. Не може бути, щоб ваші сусіди були відповідальні

за всі ці неподобства.20. На мою думку, зараз нікого не турбує охорона

довкілля.21. Процес підрахування голосів ще не закінчено.22. Уже півгодини члени комітету сперечаються про

нагородження кандидатів.23. Якісна упаковка необхідна для потужного продажу

товарів.24. Підсудний заперечував свою участь у злочині.25. Більшість американців не сприймають куріння.26. На жаль, наша родина не змогла зібрати достатньо

грошей для придбання цієї чудової вілли.

365

27. Мені ще не вистачає досвіду перекладу на міжнародних конференціях.

28. Готування їжі завжди було моїм справжнім покликанням.

29. Редактор порадив журналістові подумати про написання нової статті.

30. Президент виступив на захист реформ і вільного ринку.

31. Батько завжди занадто хвилюється з приводу моїх пізніх приходів додому.

32. Нік пишається тим, що знає три мови.33. Спробуйте зосередитися на тому, щоб думати

позитивно.34. Стрибки – ще один вид спорту, в якому, на додаток

до бігу, досяг успіхів цей унікальний атлет.35. Його підозрюють у крадіжці грошей з каси.

Exercise 46

Translate into English.

1.У момент вручення нагород ведучий раптово розсміявся.2.Він ненавидів нагадувати людям про їхні обов’язки.3.Я не пригадую, щоб мені ставили це питання.4.Не міг не привернути увагу той факт, що її новий

приятель – журналіст.5.Я пам’ятаю, що вже бачив цю акторку в якомусь іншому

спектаклі.6.Дивно, чому вона уникає говорити на цю тему.7.Ми боялися зіпсувати своє перше враження.8.Сподіваюся, ви не заперечуєте, якщо їй розкажуть усе?9.Усі пасажири подякували пілотові за успішну посадку.10. Він жалкує про те, що відмовився від такої цікавої

посади.

366

11. Він ніяк не міг звикнутися з тим, щоб провести відпустку дома.

12. Навіть не мрій, щоб дістати квитки заздалегідь.13. Ми дякуємо вам за те, що позбавили нас стількох

турбот.14. Після такої неприємної сцени мені довелося уникати

зустрічі з шефом.15. Моя молодша сестра була здатна фантазувати день і

ніч.16. Партія звинуватила свого лідера у програші на

виборах.17. Довгий час члени братерства підозрювали Майкла в

тому, що він шпигує за ними.18. Я не переживаю, коли мене критикують.19. Я спізнилася на прослуховування і втратила цю

роль.20. Збір доказів – важлива частина роботи слідчого.21. Вона терпіти не може сидіти на дієті.22. Багато артистів кіно та театру охоче діляться

своїм досвідом про те, як стежити за вагою.23. Не переживайте так сильно за своє запізнення.24. Я розглядаю мандрівку як одну з найбільш корисних

форм дозвілля.25. Будівельники поставили опори і тим самим упередили

падіння стародавнього будинку.26. Міністр відкидав свою причетність до банківських

махінацій.27. Я – художник, але мої діти не мають інтересу до

живопису.28. Дирекція фестивалю заявила, що не потерпить

порушення правил.29. Якщо ви хочете працювати в нашому університеті,

подумайте про написання дисертації.30. У чому був зміст твоєї суперечки з батьками? Адже

ти все одно нічого не довів.

367

THE PARTICIPLE

The Participle is a non-finite form which has certain verbal features and the syntactical functions of adjectivaland adverbial character.There are two participles in English – Participle I and Participle II. They are also called the present and the past participles though they differ in voice rather than intense.Objective verbs have four forms of Participle I:

Indefinite active Indefinite passivewriting being written

Perfect active Perfect passivehaving written having been written

Subjective verbs have only two forms of Participle I:

Indefinite active Indefinite passivestanding -

Perfect active Perfect passivehaving stood -

Participle II has only one form: written.Most subjective verbs have no forms of Participle II outside the analytical forms of the verb. (Such participlesas died, risen, walked can not be used predicatively or attributively, they only help to form the analytical forms of the verb – have walked, etc.)The tenses of the participle are relative and show whether the action named by the participle took place at the same time with that of the finite verb or whether it preceded it.Participle I Indefinite active (or passive) shows that the action named by the participle took place at the same time with that of the finite verb. These forms denote simultaneousness in the present, past or future.E.g. That day we stayed at home watching TV.

368

Participle I Perfect active and passive shows that the action named by the participle preceded that of the finite verb. These forms denote priority to a present, past or future action.E.g. Having said what I was obliged to say I want to tell you now how sorry I am.Participle II in most cases denotes priority.E.g. She pulled the long forgotten letter out of its hiding place.Participle II may sometimes have a meaning of simultaneousness.E.g. The dog carried by a child gave a sharp yelp of protest.Participle I Indefinite and Perfect may take direct objects.E.g. Holding the child close to her she seemed to be showing him something. Having written the last word she looked up interrogatively.Participles I and II may be modified by adverbs.E.g. Deeply hurt, she cleared the table silently. We saw him crossing the street very quickly.

The Syntactical Functions of Participle I

Functions Patterns NotesPredicative My friend’s story was

amusing.Participle I isusually renderedinto Ukrainian byan adjective.

Attribute The smiling faces ofchildren failed to cheer

him up.The train arriving onthe platform 4 is one

hour late.Part of a complex

objectI could hear the wind

whistling all night.This constructionwith Participle Icorresponds to a

subordinateobject clause in

Ukrainian.

369

Adverbialmodifier ofattendant

circumstances(manner)

He was standing at thebridge admiring the

beautiful view.

Adverbialmodifier of

cause (reason)

The book being writtenin simple English is

suitable for beginners.Adverbial

modifier of timeWhile doing his

homework John wasinterrupted several

times.Adverbial

modifier ofcomparison

She blushed as if beingasked something rude.

Parenthesis Speaking frankly Iconsider the plan to be

unwise.

The Syntactical Functions of Participle II

Functions Indicators PatternsPredicative After the link

verbs: to be, toseem, to look, to

remain, to grow, toturn, etc.

My question to himremained unanswered.We were very shocked

when we heard thenews.

Attribute Some roads wereblocked by fallen trees.

The story told by theman fascinated me.

Part of a complexobject

a)after the verbsdenoting sense perception: to see, to hear, to feel,

He always foundhimself surrounded by

admiring readers.We have never heard

370

to find, etc.b)after the verbs

denoting wish: to desire, to want, towish, etc.

c)after the verbs: to have, to get, to make.

his opera sung inItalian.

I want it done bytomorrow.

Jill has her roofrepaired.

You must make yournews known.

Adverbialmodifier of time

Usually afterconjunction when

When given adictionary he translated

the article at once.Adverbial

modifier ofcondition

After if, when If insisted I will gladlycome to your house.

When seen in this light,the matter doesn’tseem so serious.

Adverbialmodifier ofcomparison

After as if, as though He stood as thoughstruck by my words.

Adverbialmodifier ofconcession

After though Though impressed bythe news, he didn’t

show it.

Constructions with the Participle

The Objective Participial Construction

It is the construction in which the participle is in predicate relation to a noun in the common case or a pronoun in the objective case; e.g. I saw him working in the library.The participle working is in predicate relation to the pronoun him, which denotes the doer of the action expressedby the participle. In the Objective Participial Construction Participle I Indefinite active or Participle

371

II is used. In the sentence this construction has the function of a complex object. The Objective Participial Construction may be found:

a)after the verbs denoting sense perception, such as to see, to hear, to feel, to find, etc.

e.g. I found my friends waiting for me.We heard him coming home.I saw the car starting.I watched my mother cooking dinner.We felt the weather changing, wind getting stronger.I heard my name called.

b)after some verbs of mental activity, such as to consider, to understand, etc.

e.g. I consider myself engaged to Peter.We consider the problem solved.

c)after the verbs denoting wish, such as to want, to wish, to desire, etc.

e.g. He wanted his article typed.I want it done tomorrow.In this case only Participle II is used.

d)after the verbs to have and to get (only Participle IIis used).

e.g. He had several books brought.My sister had her coat altered.You can get your clothes made in Europe.I want to have my hair cut.

The Subjective Participial Construction

It is a construction in which the participle (mostly Participle I) is in predicate relation to a noun in the common case or a pronoun in the nominative case, which is the subject of the sentence; e.g. They were heard talking together.The peculiarity of this construction is that it does not serve as one part of the sentence: one of its component parts has the function of the subject, the other forms partof a compound verbal predicate. This construction is chiefly used after verb of sense perception.

372

Smbsmth

iswas

will becan be

seenheardfoundleftkept

doing smth

smthiswas

will becan be

foundleft

consideredbelieved

seen

done

Smbsmth

iswas

will becan bemay be

consideredcalledelectedchosennamedmade

clevera beautyover

E.g. The girls were heard playing in the garden. The father and the son were seen cycling. She was seen crossing the street. She was kept waiting for a long time. The boat was considered lost. The lesson can be considered over. She may be made your boss.

The Nominative Absolute Participial Construction

It is a construction in which the participle stands in predicate relation to a noun in the common case or a pronoun in the nominative case; the noun or a pronoun is not the subject of the sentence; e.g. The door and the window ofthe vacant room being open, we looked in.In this construction Participle I (in all its forms) or Participle II is used. It is used in the function of an adverbial modifier; e.g. His duty completed, he had three months’ leave. This construction may be introduced by the preposition with and it then called the Prepositional Absolute

373

Participial Construction; e.g. We went for a walk, with the rain having stopped.

Smbsmth

doing smthbeing done

having done smthhaving been done

done

smb did smth

Smb doessmth

(with) smbsmth

doing smthbeing doneadjective

nounadverb

prepositional phrase

E.g. The letter written, he went out to post it. The lesson over, he went home. She looked even prettier, with most of the make up gone from her young face. We were waiting for him, with the bags in our hands.

Exercises

Exercise 1

Point out the First Participle and state its functions in the sentence.

1.She sat very still, and the train rattled on in the dying twilight.

2.I sat quite silent, watching his face, a strong and noble face.

3.He wished to say something sympathetic, but, being an Englishman, could only turn away his eyes.

4.She was always to him a laughing girl, with dancing eyes full of eager expectations.

5.It was a bright Sunday morning of early summer, promising heat.

374

6.The door opened and he entered, carrying his head as though it held some fatal secret.

7.I’m afraid it’s the moon looking so much like a slice of melon.

8.Lying he spoke more quickly than when he told the truth.

9.I hadn’t slept the night before, and, having eaten a heavy lunch, was agreeably drowsy.

10. When driving in London itself she had as immediateknowledge of its streets as any taxi-driver.

11. While eating and drinking they talked loudly in order that all present might hear what they said.

12. For the first time she stared about her, trying tosee what there was.

13. I received from her another letter saying that shewas passing through Paris and would like to have a chat with me.

14. I sat on the doorstep holding my little sister in my arms thinking over my chances of escaping from home.

15. I used to tell Mr. Winkshap all my troubles, our neighbour living next door.

Exercise 2

State the functions of Participle I. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

Hoping Christine would come soon, he returned his attention to Flora and the morning mail.

He handed the message to her, who read it, leaning towards the light beside her.

He began to stammer, gazing at her troubled eyes.Mr. Parker stood, looking up and down.Relocking the door, he glanced at the envelope.Louise straightened her handbag, searching for her

pencil.They left the shining carriage, with the shining horses.

375

Daisy took her face in her hands as if feeling its lovely shape.

Two little boys carrying toy aeroplanes stopped dead, examining her dark eyelashes resting on her cream-coloured cheeks.

Putting down the receiver, Fleur took up the time-table.

Exercise 3

Note the time distinctions of Participle I.

1.Taking his seat, he looked at his watch.2.Lingering in the cold, he debated whether he should

ride on to the house.3.Having heard the gist of the report, Mr. Smith did not

dispute it.4.Arriving at the station, she saw him at once, leaning

against the railing.5.Crossing that little empty room to the door, she

thought, “It opens inwards, I must pull it to behind me!”

6.Adrian, glancing around, suddenly saw Kate.7.Jane, having slammed the kitchen door, stood waiting

for Tom to open it.8.So thinking, he paused before his house door.9.Hearing that the new member would be at his

headquarters all the morning, the sisters started about eleven o’clock.

10. About to sink into an armchair, he noticed standing before the fire a tallish thin man with twisting dark eyebrows.

Exercise 4

Comment on the functions of the participle in the followingsentences.

1.Ann sat in the arm-chair reading a book.

376

2.Having discovered his mistake, Ben was very frightened.

3.Denis entered the room apologizing for his delay.4.The boy could hear the rain tapping against the

window.5.The room was crowded with people discussing something

loudly.6.Speaking frankly, I’m not interested in painting.7.Though frightened of being left by herself, Helen

didn’t show it.8.Henry heard his name pronounced.9.The children looked annoyed.10. After the storm there were some fallen trees in

the garden.

Exercise 5

Point out the Second Participle and state its functions in the sentence.

1.His name was well-known among the younger writers of France.

2.London, like most cities which have a long history behind them, is not really one single city, but rathera collection of once separated towns and villages which in the course of time have grown together.

3.The door opened. A little frightened girl stood in thelight that fell from the passage.

4.The broad thoroughfare which runs between Trafalgar Square and the Houses of Parliament, is known as Whitehall.

5.The child kept silent and looked frightened.6.She glanced up at the top of the hill. High in the

air, a little figure, his hands thrust in his short jacket pockets, stood staring out to sea.

7.He lived in a little village situated at the foot of ahill.

8.He fell asleep exhausted by his journey.

377

9.If you hadn’t caught sight of him at the door he mighthave slipped out unnoticed.

10. In the coppice they sat down on a fallen tree.11. Seen from the hills the city looks magnificent,

and especially at night in the electric light.12. She entered the drawing-room accompanied by her

husband and her father.13. Presently I grew tired and went to bed.14. Locked in her room, she flung herself on the bed

and cried bitterly.15. She sat for a while with her eyes shut.16. The house in which he lives is still more than a

cottage, looked at from outside, but there are more rooms in it than one would think.

Exercise 6

State the forms and functions of the participles. Translatethe sentences into Ukrainian.

1.The amazing thing about the whole situation was that they were able to live for a long time without water.

2.The town deserted since the battles, stood back and half-ruined.

3.Having signed the will I left the office.4.Fees paid in advance are not refundable.5.Sitting in a front row we had an excellent view.6.I noticed him coming along the road.7.Students starting on Monday should arrive by 8.30.8.Ray, depressed after his unfortunate road accident,

decided to go on holiday.9.Not having studied, I failed the exam.10. Jane ate her dinner sitting in front of the

television.11. I watched boats sailing by.12. The footballer, turning awkwardly, sprained his

ankle.13. I don’t like to see singing birds in cages.14. Being my friend he helped me a lot.

378

15. Finding him a bore I kept out of his way.16. He locked the cupboard quickly, as if trying to

hide something from us.17. We were delayed by heavy tracks loaded into the

ship.18. Having been invited to speak to you I must say a

few words.19. Covered with confusion, they apologized.20. When questioned, he denied being a member of the

group.21. Considered works of art, they were admitted into

the country without customs duties.22. I can see several people standing.23. The injured man was taken to hospital.24. They were well-behaved and well-spoken children.25. When writing a business letter begin with “Dear

Sir”.26. He moved his lips as if trying to speak.27. I was asked if I had noticed anyone leaving the

building.28. We all suddenly sensed danger approaching.29. You should have your eyes tested.30. I’d like the work finished by Wednesday.

Exercise 7

Read the following extracts and comment on the usage of Participles I and II.

A.SURVIVAL FOR HIKERS

If you plan to go hiking in the wilderness or a nationalpark, make sure you are prepared. A compass, a knife andmaps are essential items to take with you. You should alsotake wooden matches in a waterproof case; some concentratedfood, such as nuts and dried fruit; and water in a canteen.Plan for emergencies as well. Take along first-aidequipment, shelter for the rain, and extra clothes. In

379

order to stay warm, your head, hands, and feet must bewarm, so include gloves, extra socks and a wool hat.

If you get lost in the woods, first try to backtrack andfind the trail you were on. Look for trail signs otherpeople may have left, such as piles of rocks, tied bunchesof grass, or broken branches. Sit down and try to figureout which direction you came from. Then go back that way.

If you can’t find the trail, try to explore the area,making your pass as you go. Climb a tree and look forlandmarks. During the day, look for roads or rooftops inthe distance. At night, look for lights and sniff the air.You may be able to smell smoke from a campfire. If youdetect any of these signs, start to walk in theirdirection, but if it is dark, find shelter for the nightand wait until morning. Even a full moon won’t give youenough light, and it can throw shadows that hide dangers.

If you are lost, don’t expect to be rescued. Even ifsomeone knows you are lost and sends out a search party, itmay not find you. Therefore, if you can get out on yourown, do so. However, if you cannot move far for somereason, build a bright fire at night and a smoky one duringthe day. Try to clear an area that can be seen from the airand use rocks to write a message. You can also use brightcolours, shiny metal, or mirrors to signal aircraft. Aboveall, do not panic.

(From Spectrum)

B.

Outside, nothing moved, it was as though the world hadbeen bound by ice and frost and only he was free and alive,pushing the wheelchair along the glistening street. Out onthe path beside the sea wall, the cold was like a solidblock through which he had to pass. The sky was quiteclear, arching over the sea and the marshes and prickingwith stars. The wheels of the chair slid smoothly along thepath, making no sound.

380

A little way beyond the Martello tower, the wall juttedout as a breakwater, like a finger pointing into the sea.He walked to the very end, and then stopped, and wentforward, to look down through the darkness. The stones werevery slippery. Below him, the sea moved, the tide was highup at the top of the beach. Here it was very glassy, verydeep, the beach shelved down steeply so that even at slowtide, this end of the jetty was surrounded by it.

Duncan hesitated, waiting. A wave built up, stirring thesurface of the water, rising as it moved towards theshingle.

Duncan put his hands in his pockets and began to walkvery quickly away, watching his feet over the black ice. Bythe Martello, he looked up. The sea had started to shinequeerly with phosphor, like cold fire. To his left, themarshes creaked with frost, the hidden birds completelystill. He ran harder, ducking his head.

(From The Albatross by S. Hill)

>Note: Martello tower – a circular tower formerly used in Britain for coastal defence. Some can still be seen on the south coast of Britain.

Exercise 8

State the functions of Participle I. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian. Put questions beginning with why and when.

1.Finding himself short of petrol the motorist drew up at the next filling station.

2.Having gone into the question of how much the holiday would cost, they decided to stay at home.

3.Discovering that he had a talent for music, the shop assistant gave up his job to become a professional singer.

381

4.Learning that his newspaper had been taken over by a rival publisher, the editor resigned from his position.

5.Having finished the exercise he gave a sign of relief.6.The man lost interest in his work, having been passed

over in favour of an outsider, when a senior position became vacant.

7.Having been hit by a huge wave, the rowing boat turnedover.

8.Having been told what English food like, they decided not to spend their holiday in England.

Exercise 9

Analyse the following dialogues and texts.

Present Participle (asadjective)

Present Participle(introducing an adjectival

phrase)Jim: That banging door is getting on my nerves. I haven’t slept at all tonight. I might as well get up and make a cup of tea.Jean: That’s an interesting idea. You could close the door at the same time.Jim: Oh! What’s a flashing light over there? My goodness! It’s a police car. What do they want?Policeman (at the door): Sorry to disturb you, sir, but have you noticed the strong burning smell? I’m afraid your garage has already burned to the ground.

Forester: Do you see those pine trees standing to the right of us? The whitish-looking ones with no leaves.Tourist: Yes. Why do they look different from all theothers?Forester: The leaves lying onthe ground give us the answer. And the little insects running around all over the tree trunks will kill off the trees here. Within the next six months you will be standing in a graveyard containing only a few rotten tree trunks.Tourist: Can’t the authorities do anything 382

about it?Past Participle (as

adjective)Past Participle

(introducing an adjectivalphrase)

Charles: I’ve said this before, I know, but look atthis flat. It really is thelast time we have a party here. There are four smashed glasses and three broken plates and there seemto be bits of uneaten food everywhere.David: You are right – and look at the rug. It’s ruined. There’s red wine allover it.Martin: Come on – stop feeling so disgusted. We’d better get on and clean theplace up.

The town almost deserted since the battles with the enemy, stood black and half-ruined. Many houses, hit and destroyed by bombs andgun-fire, were nothing morethan piles of stones. Therewere still a few people leftamongst the buildings. Now,after the soldiers had goneaway, they were beginning to creep out. Shocked by what they saw around, they stood silently.

Exercise 10

Join each of the following pairs of sentences using different forms of the participle as it is shown in the model.Model: He got off his horse. He began searching for something on the ground. – Getting off his horse, he began searching… I had seen photographs of the place. I had no desire to go there – Having seen photographs of the place, I had no desire… The speaker refused to continue. He was infuriated by the interruptions. – Infuriated by the interruptions, the speaker refused …

I knew hat he was poor. I offered to pay his fare.We barricaded the windows. We assembled in the hall.She became tired of my complaints about the programme.

She turned it off.

383

He found no one at home. He left the house in a bad temper.

She hoped to find the will. She searched everywhere.The criminal removed all traces of his crime. He left

the building.He realized that he had missed the last train. He began

to walk.He was exhausted by his work. He threw himself on his

bed.He had spent all his money. He decided to go home and

ask his father for a job.He escaped from prison. He looked for a place where he

could get food.She didn’t want to hear the story again. He had heard it

all before.They found the money. They began quarrelling about how

to divide it.She entered the room suddenly. She found them smoking.I turned on the light. I was astonished at what I saw.We visited the museum. We decided to have lunch in the

park.He offered to show us the way home. He thought we were

lost.He found his revolver. He loaded it. He sat down facing

the door.She asked me to help her. She realized that she couldn’t

move it alone.He fed the dog. He sat down to his own dinner.He addressed the congregation. He said he was sorry to

see how few of them had been able to come.He thought he must have made a mistake somewhere. He

went through his calculations again. I have looked through the fashion magazines. I realized

that my clothes are hopelessly out of date.The tree had fallen across the road. It had been

uprooted by the gale.People were sleeping in the next room. They were wakened

by the sound of breaking glass.

384

I knew that the murderer was still at large. I was extremely reluctant to open the door.

He stole the silver. He looked for a place to hide it.We were soaked to the skin. We eventually reached the

station.I sat in the front row. I used opera glasses. I saw

everything beautifully.She believed that she could trust him absolutely. She

gave him a blank cheque.She wore extremely fashionable clothes. She was

surrounded by photographers and pressmen. She swept upto the microphone.

Exercise 11

Paraphrase the following according to the model.Model: He was shocked by her behaviour. He refused to sign the contract. – Shocked by her behaviour, he refused to sign a contract.

1.He was asked about the visit. He refused to explain it.

2.She was surprised by his proposal. She agreed to come.3.He was offered a million dollars. He gave in.4. He was expelled from college. He had to return home.5.He was trained by the best expert. He won the

competition.6.The document was prepared by the experts. It was

flawless.7.The dress was designed by Valentine. It looked

fantastic.8. The singer was flattered by their compliment. She

decided to sing.9.He was injured in the accident. He had to quit the

job.10. He was introduced by the host. He could take

parting the conversation.11. The treaty was approved by the parliament. It came

into force.

385

12. The song was written by a talented composer. It became very popular.

13. The pizza was made in a proper way. It tasted great.

14. The room was cleaned by the chambermaid. It was spotless.

15. The text was translated hastily. It had a lot of mistakes.

16. The book was bought in Oxford. It was then presented to John.

17. The vegetables were grown in a greenhouse. They were not very tasty.

18. The dolls were collected by my daughter. They are very precious to me.

19. The message was announced in three languages. It was understood by everybody.

20. The statue was created by Rodent. It is perfect.

Exercise 12

Paraphrase the following according to the model.Model: If you freeze fruit, it can last long. – Fruit, when frozen, can last long.The university was recognized as a major center, but it had not been funded properly for many years. – Though recognized as a major center, the university had not been funded properly for many years.

1.If someone asks you about your plans, give no comments.

2.If someone invites you to America, take some national souvenirs with you.

3.Although the project was criticized, it won the prize.4.Although the film was presented with much hype, it was

a flop.5.Although John was irritated, he kept himself under

control.6.Until John was explained the difference, he could not

understand the rule.7.Until Sarah was shown all the sights, she did not

leave the city.386

8.When you mix drinks, they taste better.9.When you feed silver fox on fish, it gives good fur.10. If you choose your clothes correctly, they help to

create a positive image.11. If you maintain your car in order, it can be used

for decades.12. Although Jack was promoted, he didn’t forget old

friends.13. Although Jane was bored to death, she didn’t show

it.14. Although everyone was depressed by the refusal, we

continued to work.15. If you submit your claim in time, it can be

considered quickly.16. If you finish the picture by Sunday, it may be

sent to Paris.17. If you deliver he samples in time, they may be

exhibited.18. If you slice salami, it tastes better.19. Although Jeff was explained the way to the railway

station, he soon lost it.20. Although Linda was invited to sit down, she

continued to stand.

Exercise 13

Paraphrase the following according to the model.Model: The hurricane smashed the village. It was a sad sight. – The sight of the village smashed by the hurricane was sad.

1.The lady sat in the corner. She was obsessed with one thought.

2.Shakespeare’s wife was a remarkable woman. He praised her in numerous sonnets.

3.The house needs to be repaired. It was built in the nearly 20s.

4.The coins are very valuable. My brother collected them.

387

5.I know many of these people. Jack invited all of them to his birthday party.

6.Remind me the rule. Our teacher explained it to us yesterday.

7.The opera made a great impression upon the audience. It was composed by Puccini.

8.The pupil will get this prize. He will be chosen by the jury.

9.The papers will be passed over to the committee. But our director has to sign them first.

10. The electric bulb is the essential element of modern life. It was invented by Edison.

11. The man is a lunatic. We locked him in the room.12. The song became very popular. It was recorded by

Madonna.13. The pupils won’t go for a walk. They are occupied

with their home-work.14. The event happened ten years ago. They described

it in this book.15. The song was written by Elton John. It was

dedicated to Princess Diana.16. The woman is my wife. She is dressed in white.17. The boy refused to tell the truth. He was

frightened to death.18. The pie is the tastiest in the world. My wife

cooked it.19. The agent was arrested in China. He worked for MI-

6.20. The film is very picturesque. It was shot in

Australia.

Exercise 14

Make sentences according to the model.Model: The police noticed them. They had to break through. – Having been noticed, they had to break through.

1.The company dismissed her. She had to look for a job.2.He exposed her. She had to apologize.

388

3.The boy pushed me. I had to keep my balance.4.I introduced Mary and she moved to other guests.5.Mother dressed her daughter. Now she could go for a

walk.6.The doctor examined Sheila and she could return home.7.The watchman fed the animals and they fell asleep.8.Jason pitied he dog and it followed him to the house.9.Sarah recognized me and I had to answer.10. Missy watched George so he had to cross the road

carefully.11. The boss dismissed Mr. Black after we told him the

truth.12. The rebels overthrew the government so it had to

go into exile.13. We joined our friends and all the company went to

the restaurant.14. In 1895 Marconi invented radio. Soon it became

used all over the world.15. The book was translated into 12 languages and soon

became an international bestseller.16. Mother took her children to the theatre. They felt

so important.17. The salesman repeated everybody the price so many

times that we all remembered it well.18. The tenants abandoned the house and it soon

collapsed.19. The leader awarded us. We felt very flattered.20. The press accused Prime Minister of corruption. He

had to resign.

Exercise 15

Paraphrase the following according to the model.Model: The people who were questioned – the people questioned.

1.The secret which was forgotten long ago;2.the leader who was betrayed;3.the law that was approved unanimously;4.the boy who was excluded from the list;

389

5.the church that was destroyed;6.the prisoner who was released recently;7.the cars which were imported;8.the letter which was received earlier;9.the facts that were mentioned above;10. the prison that is much spoken about;11. the agreement that was reached;12. the payment which was delayed long ago;13. the photo which was taken recently;14. the bar which is visited frequently;15. the rule which is mentioned before;16. the terms which were offered;17. the man who is much hated;18. the game which was invented;19. the guest who was invited;20. the cup which was broken.

Exercise 16

Use the appropriate form of the First Participle of the verbs in brackets.

1.(to look) out of the window, she saw there was a man working in the garden.

2.That night, (to go) up to his room Shelton thought of his unpleasant duty.

3.(to descend) to the hall, he came on her (to cross) toher study, with a handful of official-looking papers.

4.The carriage was almost full, and (to put) his bag up in the rack, he took his seat.

5.(to know) that she couldn’t trust Jim, she sent Peter instead.

6.(to do) all that was required, he was the last to leave the office.

7.(to return) home in the afternoon, she became conscious of her mistake.

8.He couldn’t join his friends (to be) still busy in thelaboratory.

390

9.(to finish) his work, he seemed more pleased than usual.

10. (to step) inside, he found himself in what had once been a sort of office.

11. He left the room again, (to close) the door behindhim with a bang.

12. I spent about ten minutes (to turn) over the sixteen pages of “The times” before I found the chief news and articles.

13. (to turn) to the main street, he ran into Donald and Mary (to return) from school.

14. (to return) from the expedition he wrote a book about Central Africa.

15. (to get) out of bed she ran to the window and drewthe curtain inside.

Exercise 17

Use the participles given in brackets (overflowing, passing, looking, turning, moving, setting, opening, dozing, wondering, giggling, going). Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.Philip felt his heart _____ with love for his family.2.“I just happened to be in the neighbourhood”, Irvin

said, “and found myself _____ by”.3.He turned and saw a pair of dark eyes _____ at him

through the window of the club.4.He could feel himself _____ red.5.As they danced they watched Chris and Philip’s mother

_____ about the room.6.They turned to see the sun _____.7.He glanced up too see the door slowly _____.8.I found him _____ under the tree.9.The news left me _____ what would happen next.10. My clumsy mistake set all the girls _____.11. Please, start the clock _____.

391

Exercise 18

Complete the sentences using one of the words in the box.

Amusing / amused, confusing / confused, exhausting / exhausted, annoying / annoyed, disgusting / disgusted, interesting / interested, boring/ bored, exciting / excited, surprising / surprised

1.He works very hard. It’s not _____ that he is always tired.

2.I’ve got nothing to do. I’m _____.3.The teacher’s explanation was _____. Most of the

students didn’t understand it.4.The kitchen hasn’t been cleaned for years. It was

really _____.5.I seldom visit art galleries. I’m not particularly

______ in art.6.There‘s no need to get ______ just because I’m few

minutes late.7.The lecture was ______. I fell asleep.8.I asked Emily if she wanted to come out with us but

she wasn’t _____.9.I’ve been working very hard all day and now I’m _____.10. I’m starting a new job next week. I’m quite ______

about it.11. Tom is very good at telling funny stories. He can

be very _____.12. Liz is a very ______ person. She knows a lot, she

has travelled a lot and she’s done lots of different things.

Exercise 19

Open the brackets using the correct form of the participle.Do not mix these:

Interested spectators – interesting films Excited children – exciting games Bored students – boring lessons

392

Burned woods – burning fires Sunk ships – sinking ships

1.A crowd of (excite) people were watching the firemen trying to save the (burn) building.

2.“During my vacation I came across several extremely (interest) books,” said he. “Which ones?” she asked inan (interest) voice.

3.Why do you look so worry? – I’ve had a number of (worry) telephone calls lately.

4.I don’t know what was in the (burn) letter, I don’t read it.

5.Nothing can save the (sink) ship now, all we can do isto try and save the passengers.

6.It was an (excite) incident. No wonder she spoke aboutit in an (excite) voice.

7.After hearing the (frighten) tale, the (frighten) children wouldn’t go to sleep.

8.The doctor did his best to convince her that there wasnothing seriously wrong with the boy, but the (worry) mother wouldn’t calm down.

Exercise 20

Say whether the following sentences contain gerunds or -ing participles. Specify why you made your decision.

1.Our teacher has demonstrated an amazing attitude aboutthat problem.

2.They could stop him from dropping the course.3.He walked slowly, looking at the shop windows.4.Seeing is believing.5.I hate hunting.6.Having meals alfresco is possible when the weather is

nice.7.We enjoy getting out of town.8.John’s illness kept him from playing tennis for some

days.9.Jack’s having passed his exam surprised his teacher.

393

10. I saw them running across the street.11. By listening to some pleasant music, he was able

to relax.12. Having done the work, he left the room.

Exercise 21

Read the following sentences with adverbial clauses and form a participle clause. Follow the model.Model: As we looked down the street, we saw a crowd of people. – Looking down the street, we saw a crowd of people.

1.Since we were tired after the long hike, we decided tostay at home.

2.As he opened the door, he saw a stranger in the room.3.As she switched on the radio, she heard some pleasant

music.4.Since they were exhausted from the long working day,

they wanted to have some rest.5.Since she was unwell, she stayed at home.6.Since I was sad, I didn’t want to have a talk with

anyone.7.As we crossed the square, we saw our friends near the

hotel.8.As she looked up the window, she saw a pretty child.

Exercise 22

Replace the attributive clauses in the following sentences by phrases with the Second Participle, where possible.

1.By a residential college we mean a college with a hostel which is usually situated on the same grounds as the principle building.

2.The slogan which was made by Mike’s brother attracted everybody’s attention.

3.The child that was left alone in the large room began to scream.

394

4.I have a letter for you which was received two days ago.

5.They were all pleased with the results which were achieved by the end of the month.

6.His words, which he uttered in an undertone, reached my ears.

7.The storm that caused a lot of harm to the crops abated late at night.

8.The boy who had broken the windowpane ran away and didn’t appear till the evening.

9.He said that the book which I had chosen belonged to his grandfather.

10. I asked the librarian to show me the magazines which were sent from German.

11. Everybody felt that in the farewell dinner there was sadness which was mingled with festivity.

12. We were all looking at his smiling face which was framed in the window of the railway-carriage.

13. There was another pause which was broken by a fit of laughing of one of the old men sitting in the firstrow.

14. There lay a loaf of brown bread which was divided into two halves.

15. The English people love their green hedges which are covered with leaf and flower in summer, and a blaze of gold and red in autumn.

16. From his essay we learn about various goods which are produced in Birmingham and the adjoining manufacturing towns.

17. The teacher told us that the centre of the cotton industry is Manchester, which is connected with Liverpool by a canal.

18. Tennis is one of the most popular games in Englandwhich is played all the year round.

19. In the South of England we find fertile valleys which are divided by numerous hedges.

20. They say that in their college, as well as in ours, the students have lots of exams which are held at the end of each term.

395

Exercise 23

Replace the attributive and adverbial clauses in the following sentences by participle phrases.

1.We were tired and thirsty, for we had been on the roadsince eight o’clock in the morning, and it was a hot day.

2.One day towards evening when both the old people were sitting in front of their cottage, they caught sight of a young girl with a bundle in her hand.

3.The lady was waiting for her sister who was arriving by the 7.30 train.

4.I hailed the first taxi that passed by and reached thestation at ten minutes to three.

5.One morning, as Johnny was looking out of the window, he saw in his neighbour’s orchard a great number of fine red apples which had fallen from the trees.

6.Here and there were signs that he flower-beds had beentrampled upon by excited villagers who tried to reach the windows.

7.“I’m late,” she remarked, as she sat down and drew offher gloves.

8.As he didn’t know the way to the station very well he often stopped to ask people who were passing by.

9.He looked like an African savage who was being shown asimple conjuring trick.

10. The old woman told me with pride that the healthy-looking child that was playing beside us was her grandson.

11. She returned presently and brought a tray with a jug of milk.

12. The path that was leading through the coppice soongot lost in the high grass.

Exercise 24

Replace the participle phrases in the following sentences by attributive or adverbial clauses.

396

1.A middle-aged woman, wearing a print apron, stood at the door of the cottage.

2.She looked down at the floor as though seeing something there.

3.On a sunny afternoon arriving at the house in Malta Street, he found it deserted.

4.A snake sleeping in the grass will bite if anyone treads upon it.

5.Being seven, she often wore her favourite brown velvetfrock barely reaching the knees of her thin legs.

6.Suddenly, while watching the fear she was trying to hide, he believed her story.

7.The golden light, still lying in sheets upon the water, dazzled him for a moment.

8.I felt a bitter envy towards the two small boys walking along the path with their mother at that moment.

9.It’s an old face for twenty-five, Jan thought, watching the wrinkles that fanned out from eyes to temples.

10. Jim, not being sure of her real intentions, merelylooked at her and paused for a moment.

11. Having satisfied himself that each guest had a plate of food and a glass of water, he was anxious to make conversation.

12. Returning home late at night, he found everybody in bed.

13. Reaching the top of the hill my companion stopped.14. Having filled his pockets with apples, the boy was

about to run away when he saw the owner of the garden with a stick in his hand.

15. The letter, beginning with “Dear sir” was not signed.

16. Having addressed and sealed the parcel, I went outat once to the Main Post Office.

Exercise25

397

Join each of the following pairs of sentences, using eithera non-perfect Participle I (e.g. knowing), a perfect Participle I (e.g. having known), or Participle II (e.g. known). These participle constructions are more common in written English. Models:

He got off his horse. He began searching for something on the ground. – Getting off his horse, he began searching for something on the ground.

I had seen photographs of the place. I had no desire to go there. – Having seen photographs of the place, Ihad no desire to go there.

The speaker refused to continue. He was infuriated by the interruptions. – Infuriated by the interruptions, the speaker refused to continue.

1.He found no one at home. He left the house in a bad temper.

2.He realized that he had missed the last train. He began to walk.

3.He was exhausted by his work. He threw himself on his bed.

4.She didn’t want to hear the story again. She had heardit all before.

5.She entered the room suddenly. She found them smoking.6.I turned on the light. I was astonished at what I saw.7.We visited the museum. We decided to have lunch at the

park.8.He offered to show us the way home. He thought we were

lost.9.She asked me to help her. She realized she couldn’t

move it alone.10. He fed the dog. He sat down to his own dinner.11. I have looked through the fashion magazines. I

realize that my clothes are hopelessly out of date.12. We were soaked to the skin. We eventually reached

the station.13. I didn’t like to sit down. I knew that the grass

was very wet.

398

14. They found the treasure. They began quarrelling about how to divide it.

15. I sat in the front row. I used a pair of binoculars. I saw everything beautifully.

Exercise 26

Supply the correct forms of the words in brackets.

1.“That’s it!” cried the boy (to jump) up of his chair.2.(To come) from abroad, the tourists went sightseeing.3.(To live) alone they began to discuss the plan.4.(To be asked) a question the student was a bit

confused.5.(To buy) a new house, they decided to move into it as

soon as possible.6.I heard my friend (to play) the piano.7.The boy stood still at the sight of the (to approach)

gardener.8.(To speak) slowly, with a strong German accent, the

man said: “How do you do?”9.While (to travel) in Italy the tourists visited a lot

of beautiful cities.10. Defoe wrote a novel about a (shipwreck) man.11. “That’s very strange,” said the woman (to smile).12. We disliked the film (to show) on TV yesterday.13. They sell books (to publish) for children.14. A (to break) chair lay on the floor.15. He is (to surprise) at her words.16. What are you (to annoy) at?17. We are (to interest) in music.18. She looked at the child, (to smile).19. I saw her (to read) a book.20. We heard her (to play) the violin.21. (To get) an excellent mark, he smiled happily.22. When (to ask) about his success at the University,

he didn’t say a word.23. When was the parcel (to receive)?24. Was the film (to amuse)?

399

25. They left the room (to see) by no one.26. (To arrange) everything, he decided to have a

little rest.27. The girl (to wear) a red dress is my sister.28. When (to translate) an article you should use a

dictionary.29. The letter (to receive) from her friends surprised

Alice.30. She lay on the sofa (to read) a book.31. (To have) a sweet tooth, she buys a lot of sweets.32. (To be) a sporty man, he plays tennis every day.33. The toys (to lie) on the floor reminded her of her

childhood.34. (To inform) of the arrival of the guests, they

went to the airport.

Exercise 27

Translate the following sentences from Ukrainian into English.

1.Пітер повільно йшов вулицею, розглядаючи все навкруги.2.Коли діти виконали домашнє завдання, вони пішли

гуляти.3.Олена сиділа біля вікна і читала книжку.4.Добре знаючи англійську мову, Марія працювала

перекладачем.5.Ми спостерігаємо зростаючий інтерес читачів до творів

цього письменника.6.Слухаючи лекцію, студенти були дуже уважні.7.Отримавши телеграму, Бен поїхав на станцію зустрічати

гостей.8.Зараз існує багато ілюстрованих видань.9.Книжки, взяті у бібліотеці, мають бути повернені через

10 днів.10. Усі листи вже надруковано.11. Коли її запитали про те, що трапилось, дівчинка

розплакалась.12. Щиро кажучи, мені ця ідея не до вподоби.

400

13. Туристи, що прибули з Великобританії, оглянули визначні місця столиці.

14. Викладач, екзаменуючи студентів, ставив додаткові запитання і ретельно оцінював відповіді.

15. Оскільки його запросили на весілля, він вважав своїм приємним обов’язком зробити гарний подарунок.

16. Студенти з нетерпінням чекали вихідних днів, що наближалися.

17. Листа було написано у понеділок.18. Зробивши переклад статті, він вирішив трохи

відпочити.19. Дівчинка сиділа в кріслі і читала цікаву книжку.20. Учитель наполягає, щоб статтю було перекладено

сьогодні.21. Цього року на нашій вулиці зведено декілька нових

будинків.

Exercise 28

Translate the following sentences with the Objective Participial Construction into Ukrainian.

1.Mary came and found Kate sitting on a straight chair starring at the window.

2.She found herself caught in a vicious tidal current.3.Dorian heard him first stopping on the pavement and

then hurrying after him.4.Stephen turned his head and discovered a good-looking

young man of his own age smiling down at him.5.Following Chester’s look, Stephen saw a slim man of

about thirty entering the restaurant.6.As I got off, I saw Miss Bradly standing on the

platform with two large very old suit-cases.7.I could hear him singing and whistling when the work

was going well, and swearing when he was in desperation.

8.One can’t get anything done in our house.9.He was determined to make himself respected.

401

10. He saw the scientists divided into two unequal groups.

11. She had her bag stolen on a train.12. Mr. Brown had his passport taken away from him by

the police.13. You can get your clothes made in Europe.14. I consider myself engaged to John.15. You must make your news known.

Exercise 29

Point out the Complex Object with the First Participle. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.I heard the visitor walking restlessly backwards and forwards. I also heard him talking to himself.

2.She turned and saw Shelton standing down here.3.He felt his irritation mounting.4.He found Dora reading a novel in their bedroom.5.With amusement they watched them going.6.We heard her walking on the stairs by the cellar.7.At that moment I noticed Charles sitting a little

farther in the hall.8.For the first time she found herself wondering about

him.9.The moon came fully through a cloud, and he was

startled as he suddenly saw her face looking at him.10. You can always find him handing round bread and

butter at a tea party.11. He felt the bridge shaking under his feet.12. Then in the complete silence of the night he heard

somebody opening the door quietly.13. He looked at groups of young girls walking arm in

arm.14. He raised his hand to his forehead, where suddenly

she saw moisture shining.15. As I was looking this over I heard the doors which

led on to the main corridor being opened.

402

Exercise 30

Paraphrase the following so as to use an Objective Participial Construction.Model: Tom got into his car and drove away. I saw this. – I saw Tom getting into his car and driving away.

1.Yesterday he saw Ann. She was waiting for a bus.2.He fell off the wall. I saw this.3.The accident happened. Did you see it?4.He was walking along the street. I saw this when I

drove past in my car.5.It was a tremendous noise. Everybody heard it. The

bomb exploded.6.When we got home a cat was sleeping on the kitchen

table. We found it there.7.I turned round suddenly. Somebody called my name. I

heard it.8.The old man was telling his story from beginning to

end. We listened to him.9.Listen, a baby is crying. Can you hear?10. You were making such disparaging remarks about

your friend. I hope he didn’t hear you.11. I last saw him when he was going towards the river

bank.12. The firemen were fighting the blaze. A huge crowd

watched them.13. The coffee was boiling in the kitchen. Through the

open door I could smell it.14. He was reading his letters, frowning at one,

smiling at another, dismissing the next with no expression. I watched him.

Exercise 31

Point out the Complex Object with the Second Participle. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.He had his luggage sent to the station.403

2.How often do you have your carpets clean?3.Have you got your watch repaired?4.I want it done as soon as possible.5.We decided to have our photos taken after the final

exam.6.Get the rooms dusted and aired by the time they

arrive.7.I haven’t had my nails polished yet.8.I’m having a new dress made.9.He thought it necessary to have the ceiling of the

room whitewashed.10. They found the door locked.11. Mrs. Moon watched the table cleared and the broken

bread collected.12. He heard his name called from behind.

Exercise 32

Practice the following according to the model. Use the correct form of ‘have’ (a Complex Object with Participle II(have+ Object+ Participle II). Model: Do you clean the windows yourself? No, I have the windows cleaned. (No, I have them cleaned).

1.Did you paint the house yourself?2.Do you cut the grass yourself?3.Does he wash his car himself?4.Does she polish the floors herself?5.Are you going to shorten your trousers yourself?6.Do you type the reports yourself?7.Are you going to cut down the tree yourself?8.Did you repair the clock yourself?9.Does he tune his piano himself?10. Does she sweep the stairs herself?11. Is he teaching his children to ride himself?12. Did he plant the trees himself?13. Did he build the new garage himself?

404

Exercise 33

Fill in the spaces by inserting the correct form of ’have’,Participle II of the verb in brackets and, where necessary,a pronoun.

1.We must ________ the grass ________ . It is far too long. (cut)

2.Your roof is leaking, you should ______ it _______ . (repair)

3.My skirt is too long, I must _______ ______ ______ . (shorten)

4.No one will be able to read your notes. I know, I _____ them ____ . (type)

5.That’s a good piano but you should _______ it _______ . (tune)

6.I’ve got paint on my coat; now I’ll have to _____ _____ _____ .(tune)

7.He didn’t like the colour of the curtains so he ____ _____ ____ . (dye)

8.This tooth is giving you a lot of trouble, you should ____ ____ ____ .(take out)

9.The room is very shabby; but I ____ ____ ____ next month. (redecorate)

10. They couldn’t find a house to suit them so they ____ one ____ . (build)

Exercise 34

Use the шnfinitive or the First Participle of the verbs in brackets to form a Complex Object.

1.A moment later they heard her bedroom door (to shut) with a bang.

2.I’ve never heard your canary (to sing). Is there anything the matter with the bird?

3.Would you like me (to make) you lunch, or have you hadone?

4.I want you (to explain) the disappointment we had thismorning.

405

5.She watched him (to pass) the gate and (to walk) down the street.

6.Through the chink in the shutters she watched Emma (topick) cherries in the orchard.

7.The captain said something which made them (to laugh),he did not hear what it was.

8.They had their own pattern of life and expected me (tofit) in.

9.You can see him (to work) in his little garden every day.

10. She had never heard philosophy (to pass) those lips before.

11. I saw him (to put) his suitcase right here.12. During that moment he told a lie, and made his

wife (to believe) it was the truth.13. Together they watched the old oak (to drop) its

leaves.14. He found them (to sit) together and (to talk)

peacefully. They didn’t notice him (to approach).15. He felt the water (to reach) his knees.16. She felt her voice (to tremble) and tried to

control herself.17. We saw him (to open) the envelope and (to read)

something hastily.18. I saw him (to unfold) the telegram slowly and

hesitatingly as though he expected it (to contain) some bad news.

19. He heard the young people (to sing) and (to shout)from the opposite bank.

20. She watched him (to work) for a long time.

Exercise 35

Translate the following sentences with the Subjective Participial Construction into Ukrainian.

1.The baby was seldom heard crying.

406

2.Some boys there told me that a small girl in a blue dress had been seen walking off with a man who was pushing a bicycle.

3.A terrorist was seen standing in the middle of the road.

4.Her companions could be heard playing games.5.She could distinctly be seen hesitating.6.The painter was found putting the finishing touches to

a picture of a beggar. The beggar himself was seen standing on a raised platform in the corner of the studio.

7.He was seen getting on the bus this morning.8.He was found looking through morning newspapers.9.Smoke could be seen rising from the village.10. The man was found grovelling on the floor.11. The old woman was heard shrieking in short bursts

like a ship in a fog.12. About that time hurricane Donna was reported

tromping her way out of the Caribbean in our direction.

13. I felt I had been caught out boasting.14. He drew a cartoon for Punch in which W.

Shakespeare was shown biting his fingers in front of the boards that advertised my plans.

15. The escaped prisoner was found hiding in a barn.

Exercise 36

Paraphrase the following so as to use the Subjective Participial Construction.Model: We heard a typewriter clattering in the next room. – A typewriter was heard clattering in the next room.

1.From the shore one could see dolphins playing in the distance.

2.They kept me waiting at the door for a full five minutes.

3.Through the open window we heard a piano being played.4.We saw parts of a broken raft carried by the water.

407

5.We heard him explaining something to his son.6.They watched the boys playing football.7.Someone saw her walking about the garden.8.We saw them signing the paper.9.Watson saw inspector Morton standing at the corner.10. She found him looking through morning newspapers.11. He watched the postman distributing the letters.12. They saw Mr. Brown entering his office at 9 sharp.13. We heard them whispering about something.14. I found her listening to him trying to catch every

word.

Exercise 37

Point out the ‘Nominative Absolute’ construction and translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.She had sunk into a chair and was sitting there, her small fingers curling and uncurling themselves nervously.

2.The door being opened, and Bunter having produced an electric torch, the party stepped into a wide stone passage.

3.She made the round of the room, candle in hand, to point out all its beauties.

4.“You don’t respect me,” said Dora, her voice trembling.

5.Together they ran back down the road, Mary still gripping her arm in a tight grip.

6.Men, their caps pulled down, their collars turned up, passed by.

7.She lay like a statue, her hands by her side, the sheet up to her chin. She stared at the ceiling.

8.The strain of his indecision over, he felt like a man recovering, from all illnesses.

9.Four seconds later he was on the way out of the hotel into the sunlight, his shilling in his pocket.

10. Another time when we were going through this bay on our way back from a long excursion, it being a hot

408

day and all of us thirsty, she suggested that we should go into the Dolphin and have a glass of beer.

11. The patient’s leg having been amputated, there wasno doubt of his recovering soon.

12. The voices had receded; And James was left alone; his ears standing up like a hare’s; and fear creeping about his inwards.

Exercise 38

Translate the following sentences into Ukrainian.

1.Her aunt having left the room, I asked Ann for some personal help.

2.The discussion completed, the chairman adjourned the meeting for half an hour.

3.With the mortgage paid, they could afford to go abroadfor their vocation.

4.There being no further business, the meeting was adjourned.

5.Ashton being dead, the whole affair must now be laid before the Colonel Brown.

6.Her eyes glittering with tears, she stood up and askedthe council: “What am I to do?”

7.Bats are surprisingly long-lived creatures, some having a life-expectancy of around twenty years.

8.The old man stood up with tears running down his face.9.About twice a month, enough evidence having

accumulated, the police would feel obliged to stage a raid.

10. George having been carried to his cabin, Ash had gone up to the deserted desk.

11. The subject having been opened, he had to go with it.

12. He proceeded to light his pipe. That done, he put on his wool scarf and went out.

13. He began hitting them with his stick, their reply not having come as quickly as he wanted.

409

14. She stood very erect, her body absolutely stiff with fury.

15. He was waiting, drumming with his fingers, is eyeson his napkin.

Exercise 39

Paraphrase the following so as to use the Nominative Absolute Participial Construction.Model: As the front door was open, she could see straight through the house. – The front door being open, she could see straight through the house.

1.As his book was not available in Ukrainian, I had to read it in English.

2.They stood there, the night wind was shaking the drying whispering leaves.

3.As the situation was urgent, we had to go ahead.4.The town of Crewe is known to be one of the most busy

junctions in England; many railway lines pass through it.

5.We set off; he train was still coming down heavily.6.As my memory is very weak, I find it very difficult to

remember dates.7.The old man sat staring into the fire, his long legs

were stretched out.8.When all the questions had been settled, everybody

went home.9.As there was no step, he jumped to the ground from the

front-door threshold.10. When the hardest part of the job had been done, we

decided to have a short rest.11. When the dinner was ready, everybody sat down to

table.12. Although the twins were very much alike, their

parents seemed to have no difficulty in distinguishingthem.

13. Our efforts to start the car had failed, we spent the night at the nearby village.

410

Exercise 40

Read the following extracts. Choose the correct forms of the words in brackets. Comment on:

a)your own experience in traveling with children;b)the author’s imaginary travel.

A.The actual physical discomfort of traveling with

children is not so great, although you do emerge from it(to look) as if you had just moved the piano upstairssingle-handed. It is the mental wear-and-tear that tellsand for a sensitive man there is only one thing worse, andthat is a church wedding in which he is playing the leadingcomedy role.

There are several branches of the ordeal of travelingwith children, and it is difficult to tell which is theroughest. (To take) a very small baby on a train onemaintains that this ranks as pleasure along with having anerve (to kill). On the other hand, those whose weecompanions are in the romping stage, simply laugh at theclaims of the first group.

There is much to be said for those who maintain thatrather should the race be allowed to die out than thatbabies should be taken from place to place along ournational arteries of traffic. On the other hand, there aremoments when babies are asleep. After the baby is asleep,your troubles are over except for (to wonder) how you canshift your (to ossify) arm to a new position withoutdisturbing its precious burden.

If the child is of an age which denies the existence ofsleep, however, (to prefer) to run up and down the aisle ofthe car rather than sit in its chair, then every minute ofthe trip is full of fun.

(From Kiddie-Kar Travel by R. Ch. Benchley)B.

So I traveled, (to stop) ever and again, in greatstrides of a thousand years or more, (to draw) on by themystery of the earth’s fate, (to watch) with a strange

411

fascination the sun (to grow) larger and duller in thewestward sky, and the life of the old earth ebb away. Atlast, more than thirty million years hence, the huge red-hot dome of the sun had come (to obscure) nearly a tenthpart of the darkling heavens. Then I stopped once more, forthe (to crawl) multitude of crabs had disappeared, and thered beach seemed lifeless. And now it was flecked withwhite. A bitter cold assailed me. Rare white flakes everand again came (to eddy) down. To the north-eastward, theglare of snow lay under the starlight of the sable sky, andI could see an undulating crest of hillocks pinkish white.There were fringes of ice along the sea margin, with (todrift) masses further out; but the main expanse of the saltocean, all bloody under the eternal sunset, was stillunfrozen.

I looked about me (to see) if any traces of animal liferemained. A certain indefinable apprehension still kept mein the saddle of the machine. But I saw nothing (to move),in earth or sky or sea. I fancied I saw some black object(to flop) about this bank, but it became motionless as Ilooked at it, and I judged that my eye had been deceived,and that the black object was merely a rock.

(From The Time Machine by H. G. Wells)

Exercise 41

Learn the following proverbs. Comment upon them and illustrate their meanings by little stories of your own invention.

1.The tongue ever turns to the aching tooth.2.A growing youth has a wolf in his belly.3.Barking dogs seldom bite.4.Wake not a sleeping dog5.A person bringing good news is always welcome.

Exercise 42

Translate into English.412

1.У місті з’явиться все більше будинків, збудованих за індивідуальними проектами.

2.Нові методи викладання, що використовуються у нашій школі, дають позитивні результати.

3.Речі, які юди залишають у громадських місцях, передаються до бюро знахідок.

4.Поет усе життя пам’ятав казки, які йому в дитинстві розповіла няня.

5.Не можна не помітити успіхів, досягнутих вашим сином востанньому семестрі.

6.Директор запросив на нараду щойно призначених членів виконавчого комітету.

7.Отримана вчора звістка збентежила нас усіх.8.Хоча книга була присвячена рідкісній темі, вона була

цікава багатьом читачам.9.Якщо скоротити цю розповідь, її можна використати на

уроках домашнього читання.10. Якщо цю справу розпочали, її треба довести до

кінця.11. Мій друг, який щойно одружився, проводить свій

медовий місяць на Багамах.12. Беручи до уваги згадані раніше факти, ми

закриваємо справу.13. Результати, отримані під час останнього опиту,

вселяють оптимізм.14. Усі люди, які отримали поранення під час вибуху,

були відправлені до найближчої лікарні.15. Товари, які експортуються з Голландії,

відрізняються високою якістю.16. Домовленість, досягнута в травні, допоможе цій

галузі вийти з кризи.17. Я шукаю свою статтю, опубліковану минулого місяця.18. У своїй праці ми використали матеріали, зібрані

колегами з Великобританії.19. Картина, вкрадена у Луврі, з’явилася на аукціоні.20. Чоловік, якого заарештували неподалік від місця

злочину, заперечує свою причетність до нього.

413

21. Коли їй пояснили, як знайти кабінет директора, вона негайно вирушила туди.

22. Коли Шейлу запитали про її плани на майбутнє, вонане знала, що відповісти.

23. Якщо зрозуміти його слова правильно, вони є не погрозою, а лише попередженням.

24. Взуття, зроблене зі шкіри, дуже зручне і практичне.

25. Туристів запросили відвідати нещодавно відреставрований монастир.

26. Вихований у бідній сім’ї, Стівен з дитинства привчився заощаджувати кожну копійку.

27. Завтра ми відправимо біженцям теплі речі, зібрані місцевими мешканцями.

28. Якщо ви знайшли книгу, залишену в цій аудиторії, зателефонуйте за зазначеним номером.

29. На хлопці були стара футболка і потерті джинси.30. П’єса, написана ще півстоліття тому, буде вперше

поставлена тільки цього року.

Exercise 43

Translate into English.

1.Хоча мене і запросили на коктейль, проте я віддала перевагу залишитися увечері вдома.

2.Мої друзі – бізнесмени, що працюють у Торгівельній палаті.

3.Вона кілька разів зітхнула, намагаючись стримати сльози.

4.Проспавши більше 10 годин, мій брат відчув себе свіжим.

5.Дівчина робила якісь дивні знаки, намагаючись застерегти мене.

6.Скінчивши арію, співак поклонився і пішов за куліси.7.Чекаючи у приймальні, Джек звернув увагу на те, що

секретарка директора була чимось засмучена.8.Намагаючись виправдати свою відсутність на семінарі, я

був змушений збрехати.414

9.Викопавши яму, садівник поклав до неї торішнє листя.10. Граючись у дворі, хлопчик розірвав нову куртку.11. Цей дивакуватий старий, що насвистує пісеньку,

колись був відомим актором.12. Поговоривши з володарем готелю, ми вирішили

зупинитися у ньому.13. Невдовзі після злету літак почав втрачати висоту.14. Перевіривши більш ніж 50 контрольних робіт,

викладач відчув себе надзвичайно стомленим.15. Після того, як його представили королеві, він

відчув себе важливою персоною.16. Поливши квіти, бабуся почала підрізати дерева.17. Джейн приготувала смачний торт, намагаючись

вразити уяву батьків нареченого.18. Заславши ліжко, покоївка почала прибирати в

кімнаті.19. Розчісуючи волосся, Рут помітила на своєму обличчі

кілька веснянок.20. Відвідавши Лондон, ми познайомилися з багатьма

відомими мовознавцями.21. Граючи в теніс, Джек вивихнув ногу.22. Діставши ключ із кишені, Сью відкрила двері.23. Сьогодні увечері я вирішив залишитися вдома, тому

що вже бачив цей фільм два рази.24. Супивши все, що треба, Мері вирішила випити чашку

чаю.25. Механік, який ремонтує наше авто, має закінчити

роботу сьогодні.26. Не володіючи достатньою мірою мовою, я не міг

зрозуміти, що вони кажуть.27. Думаючи, що мої друзі голодні, я запропонував їм

поснідати.28. Після того, як нашу сусідку збила машина, її

терміново відвезли до лікарні.29. Почуваючи себе спустошеною, Джекі повільно

опустилася на крісло.30. Вона говорила дуже голосно, ніби хотіла впевнити

нас у своїй правоті.31. Він стояв у куточку, закривши обличчя руками.

415

32. Дорогу ремонтували і ми були змушені їхати в об’їзд.

33. Нову програму зараз друкують і невдовзі ми зможемоознайомитися з нею.

34. Черга до каси була дуже довгою, а в нього не було часу чекати.

35. Дув сильний вітер, і яхта була не в змозі підійти до берега.

36. Потяг спізнювався, і люди на платформі змерзли.37. У каміні палав сильний вогонь, і в кімнаті було

дуже жарко.38. Дзвонив будильник, і Майкл почував себе просто

жахливо.39. Пральний порошок був дуже гарний, і мені вдалося

відіпрати всі плями на скатертині.40. Батько був дуже заклопотаний, і діти могли робити

все, що заманеться.

Exercise 44

Translate into English.

1.Цирк давно поїхав, а діти продовжують пам’ятати веселого клоуна.

2.Літо було у розпалі, і я багато займався плаванням.3.Усі люстри у крамниці були дорогі, і Джеку забракло

грошей.4.Після того, як розповіли усі анекдоти, друзі подалися

спати.5.Інформація була ретельно проаналізована, і врешті-решт

рада могла ухвалити рішення.6.Одна з делегацій виявляє впертість, і тому угода не

може бути підписана.7.На вулиці йшов сніг, а машини для його прибирання були

неготові.8.Магнітофон вимкнули, проте гості продовжували голосно

говорити.9.Поліція вже наближалася, а грабіжники ще не залишили

банк.416

10. Відпустка закінчується завтра, а ми ще не встигли викопати картоплю.

11. Передача давно закінчилася, а її продовжували обговорювати.

12. Діти бігали туди-сюди, і дитячий майданчик нагадував вулик.

13. Навколо мене метушилося багато людей, і я мимоволіштовхнув когось з них.

14. Тисячі людей прагнули потрапити на концерт Мадонни, і вона була змушена дати серію додаткових концертів.

15. Погода в Англії часто змінюється, і більшість людей завжди носить парасольку.

16. Штори були закриті, і Лінда нарешті відчула себе вбезпеці.

17. Руки у майора тремтіли, і він ніяк не міг відкритиконверт.

18. Переговори не дали результатів, і делегати вирішили перерватися і перенести обговорення на наступний тиждень.

19. У цій місцевості водяться тигри, тому мешканці ходять до лісу зі зброєю.

20. Листя облетіло, і гілля дерев було чітко видно на тлі неба.

21. Фільм одержав Оскара, і режисера завалили вигідними пропозиціями.

22. Ріки міліють, а пустеля розширює свої межі.23. Матч закінчився, і болільники стали розходитися.24. Замовлення було зроблено, і вся родина чекала

офіціанта.25. Усі домашні фільми було переглянуто, і ми вирішили

узяти касети напрокат.26. Фільм був дуже зворушливий, і глядачі плакали.27. Годинник зламався, і Джейн була змушена запитувати

час у перехожих.28. Канікули були доволі короткими, і діти намагалися

побачити якнайбільше цікавого.29. Ця поїздка коштує дуже дорого, і ми не можемо собі

її дозволити.417

30. Картина була яскравою, і батьки вирішили повісити її у дитячій кімнаті.

31. П’єса була талановита, і одразу кілька режисерів вирішили поставити її.

32. Цей словник просто відмінний, і я рекомендую вам купити його.

33. Казка була довгою, і дитина швидко заснула.34. Озонова діра розширюється. І тому вчені

занепокоєні станом тропічних лісів.35. Наречений запросив Джейн на концерт, і вона

вирішила сходити у перукарню.36. Розвантаживши товар, робітники пішли на інший

склад.37. Батьки сварилися, і маля розплакалося.38. Намагаючись зрозуміти правило, Мері прочитала його

три рази.39. Набираючи номер телефону, я подумав, що Пітера

може не бути вдома.40. Джон прочитав записку дуже ретельно, немов

намагаючись запам’ятати її.

Exercise 45

Translate into English.

1.Злодій рухався дуже обережно, намагаючись не шуміти.2.Прибувши на станцію, Джек довідався у носія час

відправлення наступного потягу.3.Президент виступив із промовою, вітаючи учасників

зустрічі.4.З’єднуючи минуле із сьогоденням, археологи виконують

важливу історичну місію.5.Перекладаючи цей текст, я користувався спеціальним

словником.6.Увійшовши до кімнати, я вирішив вибачитися перед нею.7.Граючи в шахи, ми так захопилися, що не почули стукіт

у двері.8.Хлопчаки, що живуть у нашому дворі, сформували

футбольну команду.418

9.Більшість клерків, що працюють у нашому відділі, живуть у передмісті і їздять на роботу потягом.

10. Приїхавши до Парижу, Джон і Сандра пішли до ресторану на Ейфелевій вежі.

11. Почувши своє прізвище, Алекс озирнувся.12. Одержавши телеграму, Джеймс зібрав валізу і

вилетів до Брюсселя.13. Коли Пол учився в університеті, він опублікував

кілька наукових статей.14. Викликавши поліцію, ми закрили двері та вікна.

Поліцейські прибули і розслідування почалося. Прибувши на місце злочину, вони почали опитувати свідків.

15. Почувши останні новини, Мері була справді налякана.

16. Багато з тих, хто бере участь у міжнародних конференціях, діляться своїм досвідом із колегами.

17. Відчувши, що інтерв’ю закінчено, кореспондент подякував послу.

18. Оголосивши про початок змагань, голова журі зайнявсвоє місце.

19. На картині зображені козаки, що пишуть лист турецькому султанові.

20. Мало хто з тих, що звертаються до нас, може одержати реальну допомогу.

21. Поглянувши на фотографію, Пол сполотнів.22. Вони були дуже налякані, впізнавши голос директора

школи.23. Посварившись із чоловіком, дружина не розмовляла з

ним два дні.24. Серце Ганни сильно стукало, коли вона відчиняла

двері.25. Куховарка вийшла в коридор, витираючи руки

фартухом.26. Вона пила воду маленькими ковтками, немов

намагаючись розтягнути задоволення.27. Чай закінчився, і Джуді запропонувала гостям каву

і лимонад.28. Обмінявши валюту, туристи пішли по магазинах.

419

29. Виступаючи на прес-конференції, Джоан Роулінг поділилася секретами своєї майстерності.

30. Долаючи перешкоди, вчений рухався від перемоги до перемоги.

31. Чекаючи чоловіка з роботи, Марта спекла його улюблений кекс.

32. Тільки скормивши все печиво песику, діти стали думати про те, що вони скажуть бабусі.

33. Подивися! Дівчина, що сидить за сусіднім столиком,справжня красуня.

34. Після того, як хворому дали кисень, він опритомніві відкрив очі.

35. Коли Тома запитали про таємницю його успіху, він жартома послався на багату уяву.

36. Після розлучення з принцом, Діана вирішила вдруге вийти заміж.

37. Ця печеня приготовлена кращим кухарем ресторану, тому вона дуже смачна.

38. Обдуривши лише раз, він вже не міг зупинитися.39. Я застав його за читанням журналів у бібліотеці.40. Перемірявши п’ять пар черевиків, Моллі так і не

змогла нічого вибрати.

GENERAL REVIEW OF ALL VERBALS

Exercise 1

State the function of the infinitive in the following sentences and translate them into Ukrainian.

1.To live a healthy life in the country was good for them.

2.It was a great happiness to him to discover that she was in complete agreement with him in opinions.

3.It was a real pleasure to him to give pleasure to others.

420

4.She had never learned the habit of command: her habit was to ask permission.

5.The dearest wish of her heart was to have a boy.6.His first act was to seek the tailor that Mary had

recommended.7.Margaret’s visit was exciting. He started to plan her

reception.8.The company began to drift in a polite group towards

the door.9.The train began to slow down. “Here we are in Oxford!”

said the man.10. We used to play in the garden behind the house.11. Now you can do whatever you like.12. But she had to turn round again; her father was

coming.13. Dixon tried to suppress his irritation.14. He asked us not to move and stay where we were.15. He taught his boy to swim.16. Mary warned us not to be late.17. My dear child, it’s not a thing to joke about.18. “How am I to find that house,” he thought. “There

isn’t anyone to ask”.19. This is the right thing to do.20. I need a pen to write with.21. He opened his eyes too late to see the momentary

gleam of light from the corridor.

Exercise 2

Complete the following sentences, using infinitives or infinitive constructions.

1.I didn’t expect…2.Oh, how nice of you…3.We are all very glad…4.She doesn’t like…5.What would you do if you saw…?6.I’m so sorry…7.The book seems …

421

8.It would be of great use…9.What is done …10. There’s nothing…11. The difficulty is…12. I’m not quite sure…13. It hasn’t yet been decided…14. He is unlikely…15. Nobody will ever make…16. You are too inexperienced…17. She appeared…18. She is old enough…19. It’s too late, he can’t…20. Judging from the shadows under his eyes, he must…

Exercise 3

Use one of the given verbs to report the following sentences: invite, threaten, remind, apologize, promise, allow, suggest, accuse, beg, deny, warn, offer.Model: “Would you like me to do the shopping?” – She offered to do the shopping.

1.“I will bring the money I owe you tomorrow.”2.“If you don’t work harder, I’ll sack you.”3.“You can use my phone whenever you want.”4.“Please, please, come with me!”5.“Don’t forget to check the papers.”6.“You vandalized the school gym!”7.“I’m sorry, I damaged your car.”8.“It wasn’t me who started the fight!”9.“Why don’t we go to Paris this summer?”10. “Would you like to come to my party on Saturday.”11. “Don’t go too near the fire, you’ll burn

yourself!”

Exercise 4

Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms. Note thatsometimes a bare infinitive is required.

422

1.He accepted the cut in his salary without complaint because he was afraid (complain). He was afraid of (lose) his job.

2.No, I didn’t move the bomb. I was afraid (touch) it; Iwas afraid of (be) blown to pieces.

3.Next time we go (house-hunt), remember (ask) the agentfor clear directions; I wasted hours (look) for he last house.

4.The hunters expected (be paid) by the foot for the snakes they caught. This meant (take) the snakes out of the sack and (measure) them. They seemed (expect) me (do) it: but I wasn’t particularly anxious (be) thefirst (die) of snakebite.

5.After (spend) two days (argue) where to go for their holidays, hey decided (not go) anywhere.

6.He is talking about (give up) his job and (go) (live) in the country.

7.The lecturer began by (tell) us where the island was, and went on (talk) about its history.

8.My father thinks I’m not capable of (earn) my own living, but I mean (show) him hat he is wrong.

9.We stopped once (buy) petrol and then we stopped again(ask) someone the way.

10. Do you feel like (dine) out or would you rather (have) dinner at home? – I’d like (go) out. I always enjoy (have) dinner in a restaurant.

11. Your hair needs (cut). You’d better (have) it (do)tomorrow – unless you’d like me (have) a go at it for you.

12. I tried (convince) him that I was perfectly capable of (manage) on my own, but he insisted on (help) me.

13. There is no point in (arrive) half an hour early. We’d only have (wait). – I don’t mind (wait). It’s better (be) too early than too late.

14. I always try (come) in quietly but they always hear me (go) upstairs. It’s impossible (climb) an old wooden staircase at night without (make) a noise.

423

15. He suggested (call) a meeting and (let) the workers (decide) the matter themselves.

Exercise 5

Point out the verbals and comment on them.

1.She often took care of my little sister Polly giving me a possibility to play with other boys in the neighbourhood.

2.Having bathed her face in the cold water, she came up to the window and burst it open.

3.Renton Heath is a charming village, situated in the loveliest part of the West of England.

4.“I’m leaving for South America and have come to say good-bye,” Jim said staring into her eyes.

5.She seemed to be asking not him but herself.6.I seated myself at the table and was on the point of

filling my cup from the teapot when the sound of the door opening made me look up.

7.After spending the night at the farm, the weather remaining fine, they set out again on their journey inthe same way.

8.He had to stand aside for the maid to carry in the luncheon.

9.I’m afraid I never seem to get any time for reading.10. He began moving away down the drive, keeping his

eyes on him.11. It’s no use trying to argue with me.12. Looking in her face he saw to his dismay tears

rolling down her cheeks.13. He said it bending forward to be out of hearing of

the girl.14. Douglas sat down again, having evidently changed

his mind about going.15. When we had lain on the bank for some time without

speaking I saw a man approaching from the far end of the field.

424

16. I know why I make you laugh. It’s because you’re so far above me in every way that I’m somehow ridiculous.

17. It was past two o’clock when she heard the car return. There were steps on the gravel, the opening and shutting of the door, a brief murmur of voices – then silence.

18. From room to room he went and, though each gave signs of having recently been occupied, IT was clear that its inhabitants had departed.

19. Were it not for his having asked me to spend a week with him in the country, I should certainly be very glad to go with you to Madrid.

20. Get a blanket spread and make them hold it tight.21. The darkness found him occupied with these

thoughts.22. He felt anger against the gipsy for having given

them such a fright.

Exercise 6

Many verbs are followed either by the to-infinitive (he managed to pay, they taught her to ski, etc.) or by the -ingform (she enjoys reading, I miss hearing her voice, etc.). There is a small group of verbs which can be followed by both the to-infinitive and the -ing form. The meaning can change significantly depending on which form is used.

Remember, forgetWith the to-infinitive you can talk about actions somebody is/was supposed to do.I remember to buy her a birthday card.But I forgot to post it.With the –ing form you refer to definite events – things that people actually did.I remember meeting her in a bar. = I met her and now I remember this meeting.I’ll never forget kissing her for the first time. = I kissed her and I’ll never forget this kiss.

425

Note: forget + -ing form is usually only used with never.

StopWith the –ing form you are saying that an activity hasstopped.She stopped talking to him after that last argument.With the to-infinitive you are giving the reason for stopping.

She stopped to tell me about her boyfriend whenI saw her in town.

TryWith the to-infinitive you try something but can’t do it.I tried to make her understand my feelings, but she wouldn’t listen. = Ididn’t manage to make her understand.With the –ing form you try something to see what the outcome will be.I tried leaving her messages, but she never replied. = I managed toleave messages, but they didn’t work.Note: You can use try + -ing form as an alternative totry + to-infinitive in most cases.

Like, love, hateWith the to-infinitive, you can imply that you think something is a good (or bad) idea to do.I like to do my tax returns early.With the –ing form you state your real feelings about something.I hate doing my tax returns.Note: like, love, etc. + to-infinitive can also be used to state your real feelings about something.Would + like/ love/ hate etc. is always followed by the to-infinitive.I’d love to visit China.

Complete these statements using an appropriate structure for the verbs given.

1.I don’t remember _______ (to play) any dangerous gameswhen I was a child.

426

2.When I need to remember _______ (to do) something important, I tie a knot in my handkerchief.

3.I’ll never forget _______ (to tell) my first lie.4.I’ve never forgotten _______ (to do) my English

homework. Not once.5.I usually stop _______ (to pick up) hitchhikers,

whatever they look like.6.If I drink coffee in the evening, it stops me _______

(to sleep).7.I tried _______ (to windsurf) last summer and I really

enjoyed it.8.I try ______ (to learn) at last ten new English words

every day, but I seem to forget most of them.9.I like _______ (to keep) all my credit card receipts

just in case the bank makes a mistake.10. I hate _______ (to drive) at night, especially on

country roads in the rain.

Exercise 7

Put the verbs in brackets into the -ing form or the infinitive.

1.Don’t forget ___________ (to turn) off the light when you leave.

2.I’ll never forget ________ (to eat) Chinese food for the first time.

3.I can’t even remember __________ (to see) this document before.

4.Ann went on __________ (to do) the cleaning after finishing the cooking.

5.She avoided _________ (to mention) that she had lost her job because she didn’t want to upset her parents.

6.We regret _________ (to inform) all passengers that the 10:15 flight to Rome has been cancelled.

7.He regrets _________ (to eat) all the cakes so quickly.

427

8.They stopped the meeting _________ (to have) a cup of tea.

9.She wasted a lot of time ________ (to look) at the shop windows.

10. They would rather ________ (to go) to the cinema than stay at home tonight.

Exercise 8

Choose the correct form to complete these sentences.

1.We’re looking forward to meet / to meeting him at last.

2.It’s difficult to know / knowing with Sarah really – she changes boyfriends like other people change their socks.

3.I think it’s essential for him to come / coming from the same kind of background.

4.It’s very important for him to have / having some kindof qualifications.

5.He needs to be / being a strong character to stand up to me.

6.She’d soon go off somebody who lets her do / doing what she wants all the time.

7.The poor chap is unlikely to last / lasting very long.

Exercise 9

Use the gerund or infinitive of the verbs in brackets. Fillin the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

He was so young, so gay, he laughed so merrily at other people’s jokes that no one could help (to like) him.

Yalta is a nice town (to live)…He was on the point … (to quarrel) with her.I want you (to help) me (to pack) this suitcase.I should love (to go) to the party with you; I hate (to

go) out alone.Don’t forget (to put) the book in the right place.

428

I forgot (to put) the book on the top shelf and spent half an hour or so … (to look) for it.

She told me how (to make) clothes (to last) longer.Mother says she often has occasion (to complain) … (he,

to come) late.… (to do) the exercise you should carefully study the

examples.You must encourage him (to start) (to take) more

exercise.Bob was greatly ashamed … (to beat) in class by a

smaller boy.I looked around me, but there was no chair (to sit).We heard … (he, to come) back today.She couldn’t bear the thought … (he, to stay) alone.Are you going (to keep) me (to wait) all day?He pushed the door with his toe … (to put) his suitcases

down.I should have gone (to fetch) the doctor instead … (to

remain) where I was.Oh, Robert, dearest, it’s not a thing (to joke) about.

I’ve so loved (to be) with you.His first impulse was (to turn) back, but he suppressed

it and walked in boldly.

Exercise 10

State whether the -ing-form is a participle, a gerund or a verbal noun.

1.To my mind the setting of the scene was beautiful.2.As to his stooping, it was natural when dancing with a

small person like myself, so much shorter than he.3.I found him in exactly the position I had left him,

staring still at the foot of the bed.4.If possible, give up smoking, at least for a time.5.There you can see the Fire of London with the flames

coming out of the windows of the houses.6.Having finished his work, he seemed more pleased with

himself than usual.429

7.Pausing in his story, he turned to me.8.I admired the grounds and trees surrounding the house.9.Father said that we were not to let the fact of his

not having had a real holiday for three years stand inour way.

10. I saw there wooden cabins with beds, electric light, running water.

11. Most Englishmen are not too fond of soup, remarking that it fills them without leaving sufficient room for the more important meat course.

12. The evening meal goes under various names: tea, “high tea”, dinner or supper depending upon its size and also social standing of those eating it.

13. Colleges give a specialized training.14. I want you to give my hair a good brushing.15. The boys couldn’t go without asking permission.16. I am much pleased with my surroundings.

Exercise 11

Complete the sentences with the necessary non-finite forms of the verbs in brackets.

I remember _______ (to bring) Shirly here for our third date – it must be nearly ten years ago.

Yes, that was the evening I couldn’t help ________ (to tell) her that I loved her.

I’ll never forget ______ (to look) at Shirly that evening and thinking, ”This is the woman I want to marry.”

We both work so hard – we deserve ________ (to have) a break.

I can imagine _______ (to spend) a romantic weekend in Paris, just the two of us.

Yes, Paris. I’ll enjoy ________ (to pick up) a few new phrases in French. I can’t remember anything I learnt at school.

I want the waitress _______ (to look) over here so I canorder a nice bottle of French wine.

430

Mm… This wine is lovely. I regret _______ (to drive) here now – we should have got a taxi.

I fancy _______ (to go) to a club later – we haven’t been dancing together for ages.

I can’t stand _______ (to be) at home all the time – we must go off more often.

Oh, dear, I hope I’ve remembered _________ (to bring) the mobile phone. Oh good, here it is.

Oh no, I think I forgot ______ (to tell) the babysitter what the phone number is. Jack hasn’t been very well, and what if he wakes up?

It’s okay – she knows the name of the restaurant so she’ll manage _____ (to look) in the phone book if necessary.

We both work so hard – I hate _______ (to have) so little time to spend with the children.

From now on, I intend _______ (to spend) more time with the children. I’m going to stop working. Chris will understand.

We must stop _____ (to pick up) some milk on the way home – I haven’t got anything for Jack’s breakfast.

He’d better stop _______ (to look) at that waitress. Otherwise I’m going home!

I hope he doesn’t expect me ______ (to drive) the babysitter home.

I’m tired and I want ______ (to go) home.I’d just like ________ (to be) at home with a good

video.

Exercise 12

Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form (gerund or infinitive).

1.Don’t forget (lock) the door before (go) to bed.2.My mother told me (not speak) to anyone about it.3.I can’t understand her (behave) like that.4.At dinner she annoyed me by (smoke) between the

courses.431

5.You are expected (know) the safety regulations of the college.

6.He decided (disguise) himself by (dress) as a woman.7.I am prepared (wait) here all night if necessary.8.Would you mind (show) me how (work) the lift?9.After (walk) for three hours we stopped to let the

others (catch up) with us.10. He was fined for (exceed) the speed limit.11. I regret (inform) you that your application has

been refused.12. He surprised us all by (go) away without (say)

“Good-bye”.13. He wore dark glasses (avoid) (be) recognized.14. Before (give) evidence you must swear (speak) the

truth.15. I tried (persuade) him (agree) with your proposal.16. Your windows need (clean); would you like me (do)

it for you?17. I can’t help (sneeze): I caught a cold yesterday

from (sit) in a draught.18. Without (realize) it, he hindered us instead of

(help) us.19. People used (make) fire by (rub) two sticks

together.20. He hates (answer) the phone, and very often just

lets it (ring).21. If you go on (let) your dog (chase) cars he’ll end

by (be) run over.22. (Lie) on this beach is much more pleasant than

(sit) in the office.23. By (neglect) (take) ordinary precautions he

endangered the life of his crew.24. I have no intention of (go) to that film; I

couldn’t bear (see) my favourite actress in such a dreadful part.

25. I suggest (telephone) the hospital before (ask) the police (look) for him.

26. After (hear) the conditions I decided (not enter) for the competition.

432

27. Some people seem (have) a passion for (write) to the newspapers.

28. He expects me (answer) by return but I have no intention of (reply) at all.

29. I tried (explain) to him but he refused (listen) and went on (grumble).

30. By (offer) enormous wages he is persuading men (leave) their present jobs and (work) for him.

31. He postponed (make) a decision till it was too late (do) anything.

32. There is no point in (remain) in a dangerous placeif you can’t do anything (help) the people who have (stay) there.

33. The horse won’t be well enough (run) in tomorrow’srace. He doesn’t seem (have recovered) from his long journey.

34. At first I enjoyed (listen) to him but after a while I got tired of (hear) the same story again and again.

35. The police accused him of (set) fire to the building but he denied (have been) in the area on the night of the fire.

36. It’s much better (go) to a hairdresser than (try) (save) time by (cut) your own hair.

37. I’d rather (earn) my living by (scrub) floors than(make) money by (blackmail) people.

38. He didn’t dare (leave) the house because he was afraid of (meet) someone who might (recognize) him.

39. I know my hair wants (cut) but I never have time (go) to the hairdresser’s.

40. He keeps (ask) me the time and I keep (tell) him (buy) himself a watch.

Exercise 13

Decide whether to is functioning as a preposition or as part of an infinitive and then complete the sentences with the gerund or the infinitive forms of the verbs in brackets.

433

1.The speaker said he would confine himself to (try) to (answer) four questions.

2.By selling council houses, we are able to devote more money to (build) fresh properties.

3.Hard work is the key to (pass) examinations.4.Having suggested the scheme myself I now feel

committed to (try) to (make) it work.5.I think that it what he said but I can’t swear to

(have) heard him correctly.6.He used to (dislike) London but he now seems resigned

to (live) there.7.Jones came very close to (win) a gold medal for

Britain in the Olympics.8.It might be better to (try) to (discuss) it in his own

language as he isn’t used to (speak) English.9.Most educationalists agree that no teacher’s duties

should be limited solely to (teach).10. Unreliable delivery dates are one of the most

important obstacles to (increase) our exports.

Exercise 14

Choose the most suitable form.1.Most of the scientists (invited / inviting) to the

conference were (leading /led) specialists in various branches of economics.

2.Experiment is a test (carried out / being carried out)to gain new knowledge.

3.The number of electronic computers (used / having beenused) in any given / giving) field of human activity is an indication of the degree of its modernity.

4.If (informed / informing) of new repressions, the workers will go on strike.

5.When (giving / given) advice to others, think whether you would follow it yourself.

6.Reporters can cause suffering to individuals (by publishing / by being published) details about their private lives.

434

7.I’m absolutely sure I locked the door. I clearly remember (locking / to lock it).

8.I remembered (locking / to lock) the door when I left but I forgot to shut the windows.

9.In Britain she had a lot of problems as she wasn’t used to (drive /driving) on the left.

10. The streets are unsafe at night. A lot of people are afraid (to go / going out).

11. I don’t usually carry my passport with me. I’m afraid of (losing / to lose) it.

12. (To be / Being) unemployed, he has never got much money, but it is always (embarrassing / embarrassed) for him (to ask / asking) people for help.

13. She avoided (expressing / to express) her opinion in public.

14. Would you mind (answering / to answer) a few questions?

15. He finished the letter with the words “I’m lookingforward to (seeing / see) you in London”.

16. The workers complained about (being regularly insulted / having insulted) by the employers.

17. I’m sorry (to bother / bothering) you, but I need to talk to you.

18. I’m sorry (for being / to be) late. I was delayed by the traffic.

19. The article (typing / being typed) now will be published tomorrow.

20. The students have just passed the last exam and one of them suggested (going / to go)to the pub in theevening.

21. I’m sorry (hearing / to hear) that you’ve lost your job.

22. She is a very interesting person. I always enjoy (talking / to talk) to her.

23. If you cross the street without looking you risk (being / having been) knocked down.

24. He is trying to sell his car but nobody is interested (in buying / to buy) it.

435

25. She lives only a short way from here, so it’s not worth (taking / to take) a taxi to get to her house.

Exercise 15

Define the constructions with verbals. Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.Science seems to be playing a major part on politics now and it is desirable for people to understand it.

2.For the experiment to be successful he had to do much work before carrying it out.

3.We do not expect the government to cut taxes though itwas promised to the people not long ago.

4.This discovery is considered to be the result of a long and thorough investigation.

5.The application of science and technology in all fields is certain to affect the structure of society as a whole.

6.Occasionally, we all have days in which nothing seems to go right.

7.Steve’s coming so late surprised everybody for he was known to be a very punctual person.

8.The manager’s refusing to sign this contract was unexpected result of our talks with one of the foreigncompanies working in this country.

9.I heard them discussing the agenda of the conference and asked if they would mind my joining their discussion.

10. When we had all his taxes paid, the amount left inthe bank was hardly worth mentioning.

11. The standard of living having improved, the families could afford spending more money on foodstuffs.

12. Both scientists and scholars carry out research, the difference between the two is that the former are engaged in exact and natural sciences, while the latter work in the field of the humanities.

436

Exercise 16

Paraphrase the following sentences using the verbals and constructions with them.

1.She was sorry that she had missed the beginning of thelecture.

2.The problems that will be discussed are vital for our research.

3.The two sides expect that negotiations will be long and difficult.

4.Most of the scientists believe that rapid expansion ofindustrialization leads to an exhaustion of natural resources.

5.People are sure that science will influence the solution of most important economic and political problems.

6.We waited when the newspapers would publish the information about our new discovery.

7.The teacher insisted that we should take part in the conference.

8.As he didn’t know the language and had no friends in the town he found it hard to get work.

9.As the crisis in the country had passed, people could think about the future again.

10. The problems of pollution have already been discussed at a large number of conferences and some ofthem have been sponsored by the USA.

11. I smelt that something was burning and suddenly saw that smoke was rising over the roof of the house.

12. O. Wilde welcomed socialism and considered that itwould be a better organized society.

Exercise 17

437

Translate into English.

1.На рекламі сигарет обов’язково повинний бути напис проте, що паління шкідливе для здоров’я.

2.Граючи в шахи з комп’ютером, Каспаров довів перевагу інтелекту над технікою.

3.Слухаючи новини по радіо, ми узнали про землетрус в Індії.

4.Ці стіни потребують фарбування.5.Вважається, що біг підтюпцем є дуже корисним для

здоров’я.6.Нам потрібно, щоб гроші переказали на наш рахунок до 6

години вечора.7.Я швидко звикся ходити на роботу у костюмі.8.Закінчивши передачу, ведучий пішов до бару перекусити

перед наступною зйомкою.9.Я не заперечую, щоб його покарали.10. Я хочу поїхати до Китаю, щоб прогулятися вздовж

Великої стіни.11. Замість того, щоб купити підручники, Майкл

витратив гроші у казино.12. Марк Твен писав про те, що його обурюють люди, які

розмовляють під час театральної вистави.13. Не можу уявити собі, як ви граєте в казино в

карти.14. Кажуть, що цей чоловік перетнув Атлантичний океан

у човні.15. Вашим обов’язком було негайно повідомити мене про

випадок.16. Джейн закотила порваний рукав свого плаття.17. У поліцію надійшли заяви декількох людей,

обдурених вправним шахраєм.18. Діставшись вершини гори, альпіністи вирішили трохи

перепочити.19. Хто примусив Сандру виступати з цією жахливою

доповіддю?20. Існують різні способи вирішення цієї проблеми.21. Я втішений, що мене обрали на цю посаду.

438

22. Підліткам скомандували підняти руки і повільно повернутися до стіни.

23. Вода була занадто холодною, щоб діти могли купатися.

24. Метою поданої доповіді є аналіз особливостей американської вимови.

25. Якщо ви почнете брехати батькам, зупинитись буде дуже важко.

26. Мати Тереза мала палке серце, сповнене співчуття до бідних людей.

27. Мріючи про нове червоне плаття, Стелла вирушила домагазинів.

28. Мене звинуватили в тому, що я ввів в оману комітет.

29. Впустивши монету на підлогу, Джеймс зрозумів, що не може знайти її в темряві.

30. Він терпіти не може, коли над ним жартують. Враження таке, що він не розуміє жартів.

Exercise 18

Revise the Objective constructions with the infinitive and participle and then translate the sentences into English.

1.Я помітив, що Ліззі почервоніла, але не міг зрозуміти чому.

2.Стіва примусили зателефонувати батькам і запросити їх до школи.

3.Дідо мене звернувся перехожий, і я допоміг знайти йомупотрібний будинок.

4.Я охоче спостерігаю за тим, як спілкуються діти.5.Було темно, але я відчув, як хтось увійшов до кімнати.6.Я посміхнувся, коли уявив, як мої батьки танцюють на

власному весіллі.7.Друзі примусили Джона повернути борг.8.Прибиральниця чула, як господар відчиняв двері.9.Бідолашна Джейн не може зупинити свого чоловіка. Він

увесь час грає в комп’ютерні ігри.10. Ми помітили Джима в ту мить, коли він залазив на

дерево.439

11. Детектив помітив, як чоловік завернув за ріг.12. Детектив помітив, що чоловік завертає за ріг.13. Я уявив собі мати, коли вона буде читати мій лист.14. Ми не могли спокійно спостерігати, як билися

хлопці.15. Я залишив гостей, коли вони пили каву.16. Дівчина помітила, як на мосту зупинилась машина.17. Ми спостерігали, як робітники ремонтували машину.18. Я помітив, як один поліцейський щось сказав

іншому.19. Я помітила, як чоловік на іншому боці вулиці

запалив ліхтар.20. Не можу уявити, як він їсть морозиво у таку

холодну погоду.21. Його впіймали, коли він ловив рибу у забороненому

місці.22. Вчора увечері патруль помітив двох солдатів, коли

вони гуляли з дівчатами у парку.23. Пан Браун із запаху зрозумів, що жінка готує

яєчню.24. Рада безпеки спостерігає за тим, як обидві сторони

виконують умови угоди.25. Я спостерігав, як жінка вибирала сукню на вечірку.26. Діти помітили, як над їхнім будинком пролетів

гелікоптер.27. Я почув, як у кімнаті хтось важко дихає.28. Я чув, що Альберт вже повернувся з відрядження до

Франції.29. Я помітив, що вона часто бреше батькам.30. Нарешті син примусив батьків купити йому

велосипед.31. Ми бачили, як офіціант приніс замовлення за

сусідній столик.32. Цей чоловік ніколи не чув, як у лісі співають

птахи.33. Поліція впіймала злочинця, коли він зламував сейф.34. Пола відчула, як хтось обережно підійшов до неї.35. Я уявляю собі, як завтра увійду до цієї зали.36. Пітера примусили відшкодувати всі збитки.

440

37. Ми помітили, як вона посміхалася.38. Бабуся застала онука за поїданням шоколадних

цукерок.39. Вони чули, як їхні батьки розмовляють англійською

мовою.40. Ми помітили кішку, коли вона їла на кухні рибу.

Exercise 19

Translate into English.

1.Терористи примусили пілотів посадити літак.2.Увійшовши до кафе, я із запаху зрозумів, що бармен

готує капучино3.Поліцейський помітив, що якийсь чоловік намагається

відімкнути двері.4.Нова книжка така нудна, що читається з великими

складнощами.5.Вважаючи пана Гріна порядною людиною, багато хто

довірив йому свої заощадження.6.Якщо припустити, що ти маєш рацію, усі ми повинні

зараз повернутися до табору.7.Виглянувши у вікно, я помітила, як хтось спіткнувся і

впав.8.Я помітив Пітера в обсерваторії, де він зацікавлено

розглядав щось у телескоп.9.Пола уявила, як вона танцює в цьому недоладному одязі,

і зжахнулася.10. Так темно, що я майже нічого не бачу, але

відчуваю, коли хтось входить до кімнати.11. Тільки уявіть собі, як ваша дочка буде гуляти і

гратися з цуценям.12. Сховавшись за дверима, Том слухав, як батьки

обговорюють його майбутнє.13. За умови, що ваші розрахунки точні, ми можемо

закінчити експеримент вже завтра.441

14. Квітучий вигляд цього негідника діє мені на нерви.15. Цей бісовий портьє відмовився пропустити нас до

готелю.16. Чаруюча простота принцеси Діани зробила її

улюбленицею мільйонів людей у всьому світі.17. Ніхто ніколи не бачив, щоб він читав газети.18. Обеззброююча відвертість відповіді вразила

слідчого.19. Керуючись інструкціями рецепту, дітям вдалося

спекти непоганий пиріг.20. Я слухав доповідача і не міг позбавитися враження,

що я десь його вже бачив.21. Він не любить, коли йому нагадують про його

походження.22. Хлопчиків покарали за те, що вони розбили вікно.23. Здавалося, їй було шкода того, що вона така груба

зі мною.24. Артурові докоряли тим, що він запізнився і змусив

усю компанію чекати.25. Наш план полягає в тому, що закінчити роботу в

саду до початку дощу.26. Я пам’ятаю, що бачив цього актора в якійсь іншій

п’єсі.27. Мабуть, дуже приємно пити таку холодну воду у

такий спекотний день.28. Сперечатися з ним – тільки марно гаяти час.29. Пасажири, які залишають свої речі в камері схову,

отримують б квитанцію.30. Ми вдали, що не помітили помилки, щоб не

засмучувати його. 31. Його батьки не схвалюють, що він так багато грає у

футбол.32. На допиті програміст визнав, що створив новий

вірус, проте додав, що його примусили зробити це.33. Не дивлячись на те, що жокей пошкодив ногу, він

зміг виграти перегони.34. Немає сенсу купувати машину, якщо ви не вмієте нею

керувати, і не маєте коштів на її обслуговування.

442

35. Співак тимчасово переїхав до Лондону, щоб записати новий диск.

36. Поговоривши телефоном з Памелою, чоловік так засмутився, що пішов на роботу не закінчивши свій сніданок.

37. Здається, вони закохані один в одного вже багато років.

38. Схопивши валізу, злодій швидко побіг до виходу з вокзалу.

39. Тремтячи від страху і втоми, туристи з жахом дивилися на велику чорну хмару.

40. Енн не може змусити старшого сина зробити уроки, зате молодший сидить над книжками, не піднімаючи голови.

443

MOOD

Mood is a grammatical category which indicates the attitudeof the speaker towards the action expressed by the verb from the point of view of its reality.In Modern English we distinguish three moods.

The Indicative MoodThe Imperative MoodThe Subjunctive Mood

The Indicative Mood shows that the action or state expressed by the verb is presented as a fact.

e.g. She went to college in the morning. The text was translated yesterday.The Imperative Mood expresses a command or a request.

e.g. Please put the papers on the table. Don’t look at him, please.

The Subjunctive Mood shows that the action or state expressed by the verb is presented as a non-fact as something imaginary or desired. The Subjunctive Mood is also used to express an emotional attitude of the speaker to real facts.

I wish I had a car. Even though I was (were) really tired, I couldn’t sleep.

The Subjunctive Mood has:

The synthetic forms The analytical formsBe it so!

God forbid!Should, would, may, might,

shall + InfinitiveWhoever you may be, I am deeply

grateful to you.I wish you would stop thanking me.

The synthetic forms of the Subjunctive Mood can be traced to the Old English period, when the Subjunctive Mood was chiefly expressed by synthetic forms. In Old English the Subjunctive Mood had a special set of inflections, different from those of the Indicative. In course of time

444

most of the inflections were lost and the difference between the forms of the Subjunctive and those of the Indicative has almost disappeared. However, in Modern English there are a few synthetic forms of the Subjunctive which have survived; they are as follows: the Present Subjunctive of all the verbs and the Past Subjunctive of the verb to be

Present Subjunctive Past Subjunctiveto be to have, to

know, tospeak, etc.

to be to have, toknow, to

speak, etc.I be

he, she, itbe

you bewe be

they be

I have(know,

speak, etc.)He (she, it)have (know,speak, etc.)

We have(know,

speak, etc.)You have(know,

speak, etc.)They have(know,

speak, etc.)

I wereHe, she, it

wereYou wereThey were

_________

In the Present Subjunctive the verb to be has the formbe for all the persons singular and plural, which differsfrom the corresponding forms of the Indicative Mood.

The Present Subjunctive denotes an action referring tothe present or future. This form is seldom used in ModernEnglish; it may be found in poetry and in elevated prose,where these forms are archaisms used with a certainstylistic aim. It is also used in scientific language andin the language of official documents, where it is a living

445

form. The Present Subjunctive also occurs in some setexpressions (e.g. Be it so! God forbid!) In American English thePresent Subjunctive is used not only in the above mentionedcases but also in colloquial language (e.g. He called to thehospital and insisted that one of the doctors come to the phone).

In the Past Subjunctive the verb to be has the form werefor all the persons singular and plural, which in thesingular differs from the corresponding form of theIndicative Mood.

The Past Subjunctive is widely used in Modern Englishand occurs not only in literature but also in colloquiallanguage

The term ”Past Subjunctive” is merely traditional as inModern English it does not necessarily express a pastaction. In adverbial clauses of condition it denotes anunreal condition referring to the present or future. Inother types of subordinate clauses it denotes an actionsimultaneous with the action expressed in the principalclause; thus it may refer to the present and to the past.

The analytical forms of the Subjunctive Mood consist ofthe mood auxiliaries should, would, may (might) or shall (which isseldom used) and the infinitive of the notional verb. Moodauxiliaries have developed from modal verbs, which havelost their modality and serve to form the analyticalSubjunctive.

The Subjunctive Mood is used in:

- Simple sentences: Success attend you!May success attend you!If only he were here!Confound these flies!Be it so!

- Complex sentences:

446

1.Conditional sentences ( I would stay a bit longer if I’d got plenty of time);

2.Adverbial clauses:- of purpose (that, so that, in order that):

She opens the window so that she may (might) get a breath of air.

- of concessions (though, although, however, no matter, whatever, whoever):However tired he may (might) be he will go to the concert.

- of time and place (wherever, whenever):Whenever you may (might) come, you are welcome.

- of comparison (as if, as though):She spoke about him as if she knew him.

3.Predicative clauses:- (as if, as though, with the verbs to be, to feel, to look, to

seem)I feel as if I were seven years back.

- after nouns wish, suggestion, aim, idea:My wish was that you should come.

4.Subject clauses:It is (was) necessary (important, right, requested, recommended, better, desirable, of vital importance) that we should do the work.

5.Object clauses:- after wish:

I wish I were young again.- after lest (with should, may, might):

She fears (feared) lest she should be blamed.- After the verbs to order, to suggest, to advise, to desire

(should for all persons is used):He orders (ordered) that everything should be ready by 5 o’clock.

6.Attributive clauses (it’s time, it’s high time)- It’s time we went home.

447

7.The Subjunctive Mood is used to express the emotional attitude of the speaker to real facts.

- It is strange I should have never have heard him even mention your name.

- Why should you and I talk about it?- I am sorry you should take such needless trouble.

Forms Expressing Unreality in Different Types ofSubordinate Clauses

Type ofclause

Principalclause

Conjunction

Subordinate clause

Example

Subjectclause

It is (was)necessary,important,advisable,requested,urgent,arranged

that

smbshould do

smthsmb dosmth

It had beenarranged that

the libraryshould supplyall out of townstudents withthe necessary

books (that the library supply).It was importantthat he shouldbe informed at

once (that he beinformed).

It is (was)natural,

strange, odd,curious,doubtful,impossible

that

smbshould do

smthsmb

shouldhave done

smth

It’s only naturalthat she shouldfeel offended.

It’s curious thatshe should have

been there.

448

It is/waspossible

that smb maydo smthsmb mayhave done

smthsmb mightdo smth

It is possiblethat she may

know it.It is possiblethat she mayhave heard it.It was possiblethat she might

return.It is/wastime (abouttime, high

time)

-smb didsmth

It is time youknew it.

It was high timethey learned it.

Predicative clause

Smb (smth)looks

(looked),feels (felt),

seems(seemed) is(not)/was

(not)

as ifas

though

smb didsmth

smb haddone smth

You look as ifyou had been

running.She felt as if she

were a child.It looks as if

they were out.It is not as if Ihad promised.It is as if my life

were over.The order /request /demand /

suggestion /plan / wishis (was)

that

smbshould do

smthsmb dosmth

Her only requestwas that we

should keep thedoor locked

(that we keepthe door).

My suggestion isthat we try

again (that weshould try

again).

449

Objectclause

Smb demands(ed),

suggests(ed), insists

(ed),arranges (ed)

thatsmb

should dosmthsmb dosmth

Do you suggestthat he should

be the one to doit? (that he be

the one …).She demandedthat I shouldstop the car

(that I stop thecar).

Smb feels(felt) itstrange /

find (found)it curious /considers(ed) it

natural /believes (ed)it doubtful

that

smbdoes /

did / haddone smth

smbshould do/ have

done smth

I find it curiousthat she doesnot write (thatshe should not

write).She believed it

natural that shewas tired in theevening (thatshe should be

tired).Smb feels(felt) itimportant /finds (found)

itnecessary /considers(ed) it

advisable /believes (ed)it better

that

smbshould do

smthsmb dosmth

Do you find itnecessary that

somebodyshould stay at

the camp? (thatsomebody stay

…)She felt it

advisable thatthey should betold (that they

be told).

450

Smb wishes(wished)

smb didsmth

smb haddone smthsmb woulddo smth

I wish you didnot interfere.

You’ll wish youhad stayed at

home.

Adverbialclause ofpurpose

Smb does smth/ will dosmth / did

smth

lestso that

smbshould do

smthsmb dosmthsmb

shouldnot dosmth

Here’s myaddress lest youshould forget it(lest you forget

it).Here’s my

address so thatyou should not

forget it.

Smb does smth/ will dosmth / did

smth

so that smb may /can dosmth

smb might/ coulddo smth

I’ll show you theletter so that

you may (can)see for yourself.I left a note so

that they might(could) know

where we were.Adverbialclause ofcompariso

n

Smb does smth/ will dosmth / did

smth

as ifas

though

smb didsmth

smb haddone smth

You speak as ifyou knew all

about it.She treated meas though I had

offended her.Appositive clause

The order /request /

suggestion /fear / plan /idea / wishis (was)

thatsmb

should dosmthsmb dosmth

He told meabout the rule

that everystudent should

write fourgrammar tests ayear (that everystudent write).

451

The plan that weshould wait for

them at thecamp was

suggested byhim (that we

wait…).

The Use of the Subjunctive Mood in Conditional Sentences

The Subjunctive Mood is used in Conditional Sentences to express an unreal condition (in the subordinate clause) andan unreal consequence (in the principal clause).

There are three types of Conditionals.The first type expresses a real action.

If I find my notebook I’ll tell you her telephone number.

The First ConditionalIf + Present Simple

If you drop itOr FutureIt will break

Futureit will break

If + Present Simpleif you drop it

The first conditional refers to the future. It is used when there is a possibility that the if-event happens.E.g. If it rains, we’ll go to the cinema. (= It might rain, it might not).

The other two types express an unreal action.If I had time I would read his new book with pleasure.I didn’t know you were in hospital. If I had known I

would have gone to visit you.The Second Conditional

If + Past SimpleIf you dropped it

If they asked me to work for themOr would / could / might +

infinitiveI would do a lot of swimming

I might accept

Would / could / might +infinitiveit would breakI might accept

If + Past Simpleif I lived by the sea.

if they asked me to work for them

452

The Third ConditionalIf + Past PerfectIf you had dropped itIf I’d worked harder

Would / could / might +Perfect infinitive

I wouldn’t have married JoI would have passed the exam

Would / could / might +Perfect infinitive

it would have brokenI would have passed the exam

If + Past Perfectif I’d met you earlierif I’d worked harder

Very often Conditionals are called the Conditional Mood.The Conditional Mood has two tenses: the present tense and the past tense.The present tense refers the action to the future.

I should know what to do.The past tense refers the action to the past.

I didn’t know you wanted his book. I should have bought a copy for you too.

CONDITIONALS

Principal Clause + Subordinate Clause (if …)

real UnrealConditional I Conditional II Conditional III

Subordinate

clause

Principal clause

Subordinate

clause

Principal clause

Subordinate

clause

Principal clause

PresentSimple

orPresentContinuo

us

will(not)shall(not)

+Infiniti

ve

PastSimpleor PastContinuo

us

Shouldwouldcouldmight+

Infinitive

PastPerfect

shouldwouldcouldmight+

PerfectInfiniti

ve

453

If we go by bus, it willbe cheaper.

We’ll get there morequickly if we go by taxi.

If you don’t hurryyou’ll miss the train.

If the phone rings, I’llanswer it.

Present / FutureIf he had the money,he would buy a fast

car.I don’t know the

answer. If I knew theanswer, I’d tell you.If you didn’t have ajob, what would you

do?

PastIf I had been hungry, I

would have eatensomething.

If he had missed thetrain, he would have

been late for hisinterview.

If I had been tired, I’dhave gone home then.

Conditional sentences are introduced by the conjunctions if, in case, provided, unless, suppose. If is the most common. In case and provided are chiefly used in sentences of real condition. Unless has a negative meaning; suppose is more common in sentences of unreal condition.

If I have time, I will go to the museum.I’ll buy that jacket if it isn’t too expensive.Suppose he offers you a job, would you be glad?Unless you work harder your boss will not raise your salary.

Note:Adverbial clauses of condition containing the verbs had,

were, could, should are often introduced without any conjunction; in these sentences we find inversion: Should he come here I will speak to him.

There are two mixed types of conditionals of unreal condition.

1.In the first of these the condition refers to the pastand the consequence refers to the present or future.If you had taken more exercise, you would probably feel healthier.

2.In the second type the condition refers to no particular time and the consequence to the past.She would not have done that if she disliked me.

Sometimes in the subordinate clause should is used:

454

If he should phone, ask him to phone me tomorrow.Sometimes unreal conditions may be expressed by but for, ifit were (was) not for/ had not been for.

But for your help we should miss the rain.If it hadn’t been for your help we would not be able to visit your country.

Exercises

Exercise 1

Comment on the mood of the verb in the following sentences:

1.I’ll help you if I can.2.Shut the door after you!3.She didn’t know where she was and what had happened.4.I remember it so clearly as if it had happened only

yesterday.5.She promised she would be calm.6.She wouldn’t be calm if she knew what has happened.7.She said she didn’t know me.8.Don’t look at me as if you didn’t know me.9.The article wasn’t difficult and I could translate it.10. If I had a dictionary I could translate the

article.11. If I hadn’t told him, he would never have known.12. She was sure I had not told him the bad news.

Exercise 2

Comment on the use of the Subjunctive Mood and translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.You were very kind to that foreigner, Dick. I wish that we could see him.

2.Dora wished she had got her book out of the suitcase before the train started.

3.I wish I had thought of it before. It’s a good idea.

455

4.He nodded his head to her and turned hastily in the direction of his own room. He wished she had not seen him. He wished she had not been there.

5.He wished heartily that Mildred had not consulted him.6.It was a beautiful idea. I wished I had thought of it

myself.7.I wish I could feel sure about it.8.Don’t you wish you had come earlier?9.It seemed as though he wished to speak, but feared to

give offence.10. I remember now that his colour had gone in a

moment and he seemed to breathe as if he had been running.

11. Her eyes had shadows as though she had not slept.12. Suddenly he smiled and spoke in a changed voice,

as if he were confiding a secret.13. She looked content, as though she had been waiting

for this moment all day.14. Hugh was surprised and annoyed and chilled as if

the temperature of the room were sinking steadily.15. And you behave as if we were two people who were

acquainted.16. You’re almost grown-up now, and I’m going to talk

to you as if you were grown-up. And you must help me.17. They stared at each other in the silence of the

house, and it was as if they were listening for distant footsteps.

18. There was a curious carefulness about his manner, as though he were concealing some pain.

19. Even if you only thought that I could be of any help to you, I’d be very glad. I’d be very happy to beallowed to stay around.

20. Why say it even if it were true?21. I should get there even if I had to walk all the

way.22. Even though you asked him twice he would do it

again; he is a stubborn boy.23. You couldn’t have got in touch with him even if

you had tired; he wasn’t in town.456

24. Had we known in time we could have prevented the catastrophe.

25. “You see,” said Randall, “I wouldn’t go if you didn’t want me to.”

26. I think it would be natural if you joined them.27. “Would everything have been different if mother

hadn’t died?” she thought.28. No doubt somebody would have noticed if she hadn’t

been there.29. If only father were alive!30. If only it were true!31. If only I could believe that!32. If only he had told you the whole story!33. If only she were with us!34. If only I hadn’t mentioned his name! How foolish

of me!

Exercise 3

Comment on the use of the Subjunctive Mood in object clauses after the verb ‘to wish’ and translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

He wished now that when the director of his firm spoke to him he had answered differently.

I wish I knew how you reach your results.I only wish that you could come with me.She wished that it had been possible not to cause those

two people such fearful distress.I wished I hadn’t wasted so much money when I got there.I wish I deserved your compliments. I don’t.He had nothing against skiing – he wished he had had the

time to take it up when he was a young man.He wished he felt more conviction on the point.I wish I hadn’t sent him that letter telling him to take

care of himself.I know this is none of my business. But I wish I knew

what it’s all about.I only wish it had lasted twice as long.

457

I always remember everything. Some people wish I didn’t.

Exercise 4

Read these sentences, the words in brackets make their meaning fuller.

a)I wish I knew how to drive a car. (At the time of speaking, the speaker doesn’t know how to drive a car)Or:

I don’t know how to drive a car. I wish I did. b) I wish today was a holiday. (But today is not a holiday)c) I wish I had more time to read. (At the time of speaking the speaker hasn’t got much time to read)d) I wish I could travel round the world. (At the time of speaking, the speaker can’t travel round the world. Perhaps he hasn’t got enough money, or time.)e) The father told his children, ”I wish you wouldn’t make so much noise. I’ve got a headache.” (When the father says this, his children are making a lot of noise.)

Add to each of the following examples 2 sentences, both beginning: “I wish…”.

Model:1. I don’t understand this question. – I wish I did. I wish I understood

this question.2. It’s still raining. – I wish it wasn’t. I wish it wasn’t still raining.3. My father can’t give me more pocket money. – I wish he could. I

wish he could give me more pocket money.

1.My brother doesn’t have a very long holiday.2.I can’t play the piano.3.My tooth is aching.4.I sometimes make careless mistakes.

458

5.He’s not coming to see me today.6.I can’t swim well.7.I don’t know how to answer this question.8.He always drives too fast.9.I don’t speak English fluently.10. I can’t go to the cinema this evening.11. The teacher gives us a lot of homework.12. My father doesn’t come home from work early.13. I live a long way from my work.14. Our television set is broken.15. I can’t sell my old bicycle.

Exercise 5

Add to each of the following a sentence, beginning: “I wish…” (to express the same wish in the past). The words inbrackets will help you to form your sentences.Model: I wish I knew how to drive a car. – I wish I had known how to drive a car in 1980.

1.The shoes I bought last month are too small for me. (abigger pair)

2.I sat at the back of the hall, and I couldn’t hear hisspeech very well. (every word)

3.I was late this morning; I didn’t wake up until eight o’clock. (earlier)

4.There were no taxis, so I had to walk from the station. (to find)

5.I went to bed very late last night, and I’m half asleep this morning. (so late)

6.I could only answer three of the questions in the lastexamination. (all of them)

7.I think the fish I ate last night was bad. (not to eat)

8.My father gave me some good advice, but I didn’t take it. (his advice)

9.One of my friends went to London for a holiday last summer, but I couldn’t go. (with him)

459

10. I gave my dictionary to my sister, and now I want it. (to her)

11. There was so much noise in the streets last night that I couldn’t sleep well. (better)

12. There was a very good film on last night, but I didn’t see it.

13. We went for a picnic yesterday, but it rained all the time. (so hard)

14. I was lazy and wasted my time when I was at school. (harder)

15. I didn’t understand what he said yesterday.16. I made careless mistakes in the last dictation.

Exercise 6

Practise the following according to the models.Model 1: I know five languages. – I wish I knew five languages. (stress on the second “I”). Or: If only I knew five languages! (this form is much more dramatic and less generally useful than the “I wish” form).

1.I have a flat here.2.I live near my work.3.I have plenty of time for reading.4.I understand it.5.My son writes every week.6.My house looks out on a park.7.I can take a day off any time.

Model 2: I asked Bill. – I wish you’d asked Tom too. Or: If only you’d asked Tom too. (“had” is normally contracted here)

1.I invited Paul.2.I stopped Mary.3.I rang Ann.4.I wrote to Alec.5.I spoke to John.6.I warned Philip.7.I voted for Peter.

460

Exercise 7

Make ‘I wish’ sentences for the following situations.Model: I’m poor. – I wish I had more money.

I live in a tiny house in the suburbs.I’ve got a boring job.My car is 15 years old.My sister doesn’t understand me.My children never listen to a word I say.I never have time to do the things I like.I hardly ever see my friends.

Exercise 8

What wishes do you have about your own life? Write down a few and then tell your partner about them.

I wish I was / were… wasn’t / weren’t so… had …/ didn’t have… lived… could… might… etc.

Exercise 9

Complete the sentences, use the following words:SensibleSeriouslyAdventurousAnxiousFunRisksEnjoy

1.I wish I’d been more_______2.I wish I’d been less_______3.I wish I’d taken more_______

461

4.If only I’d had more ______5.I wish I hadn’t been so _______6.I wish I hadn’t taken life so _______7.If only I’d done more of one things I _______

Translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

Exercise 10

Supply the correct form of the Subjunctive Mood of the verbs in brackets.

Oh, I wish I (not to send) him that letter. I’d give anything to take it back.

I wish I (to be) as sure as you.But he wished that there (to be) some way in which he

could help the young lawyer.“I wish I (not to cry) so much,” said Alice trying to

find her way out.And here I wish I (can) tell you half of the things he

used to say.I wish I (to know) it was your friend.He wished he (to come) by air.I wish I (to know) what to do now.I wish they (to be) back.I wished I (to have) enough confidence so that I could

transfer some to her. But I didn’t.I wish I never (to hear) of it.I wish I (to know) where we are going.

Exercise 11

Match the two halves of the sentences in the three groups below.

I. a) I wish I loved you 1. buthard as I try, I can’t.

462

b) I wish I didn’t love you 2. but Idon’t.

c) I wish I could love you 3. but the fact is, I do.

II. a) I wish you had left 1. because you’re getting on my nerves. b) I wish you would leave 2. so early. c) I wish you weren’t leaving 3. before my mother arrived.

III. a) I wish I had told you 1. but I promised I wouldn’t tell anyone. b) I wish I could tell you 2. but I didn’t know you’d be so upset.

c) I wish I hadn’t told you 3. but I was scared you’d getangry with me.

Look at the sentences again and answer these questions.1.Which three sentences express a definite

wish to change the past?2.Which two sentences express a definite

wish to change the present?3.Which four sentences express a desire to

change the near future or the present?

Finish these sentences so they are true for you. Discuss your sentences with a partner.

1.I wish I (Past Simple) …2.I wish I had …3.I wish … (Past Continuous)4.I wish … would…5.I wish … could …

Exercise 12

463

Paraphrase the following sentences so as to use the Subjunctive Mood after the verb ‘to wish’.

He was sorry he couldn’t join us.It’s a pity you were absent yesterday.I’d like him to be more polite.They are sorry they didn’t invite her.He was disappointed that he would not be able to watch

the film.I regret now not having told her all the truth then.What a pity you can’t swim.I’m awfully sorry that I have disturbed you.It’s a pity you are leaving so soon.I’m very sorry I kept you waiting.It’s a pity I couldn’t go to the theatre with you.I’d like to see him again.It was a pity we couldn’t see the stage well.They were sorry they hadn’t taken a taxi and had missed

their train.

Exercise 13

For each of the sentences below write a new sentence as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence butusing the words given in brackets.

1.I would like to be rich (wish).2.Please hurry up (wish).3.It’s very late. We really ought to be leaving (time).4.It would be nice to know his opinion (wish).5.Please keep it a secret for the time being (rather).6.It’s a pity that you’re going away so soon (wish).7.Would you mind not smoking at table? (rather)8.He should really find himself a regular job (time).9.My parents would prefer us to live in the country

(rather).10. When is weather going to improve? (high time)11. Please stop making so much noise (wish).

464

Exercise 14

Rewrite the following, using a “wish” construction (phrasesin brackets should be omitted).

1.I’m sorry I don’t live near my work.2.I’m sorry I don’t know Finnish.3.I’m sorry I didn’t book a seat.4.I’m sorry I can’t drive.5.I’d like you to keep quiet. (You’re making so much

noise that I can’t think.)6.It’s a pity he didn’t work harder during the term.7.I’m sorry you didn’t see it.8.It’s a pity you’re going tonight.9.I’d like you to wait for me (even though you are ready

to start now).10. I’m sorry I didn’t bring a map.11. I’m sorry I didn’t know you were coming.12. I’m sorry I can’t swim.13. I’m sorry you aren’t coming with us.

Exercise 15

Write at least two wishes for the people in these situations.

I have to play tennis with Jack on Saturday. The thing is, not only he is dreadful at tennis, he’s also a pain in the neck. And now Nico has asked me if I want to play with him. I wish …

I went to see The Texas Chain Saw Massacre with Carmen last week, and she’s had nightmares about it all week.I wish …

Ten years ago, when I was 16, I left school and went to work in my dad’s business. Now the business has gone bankrupt and I’m out of work. If only …

465

I started smoking when I was a teenager. I’m on two packs a day now and I’m desperate to stop, but I just can’t manage it. If only …

We got married when we were both 18. We were in love andwe thought it would last for ever. But as we’ve got older we’ve drifted apart and now we fight all the time. I wish …

Exercise 16

Transform the sentences according to the model (use “it’s time…”)Model: You ought to stop smoking. – It’s high time you stopped smoking.

1.finish the work;2.read the book;3.go in for sport;4.learn the poem by heart;5.overcome difficulties;6.learn to fight;7.discuss the problem;8.have plans;9.visit your sick friend;10. start working regularly;11. see the doctor;12. learn to swim;13. help mother;14. buy the furniture;15. give a talk;16. see that programme;17. take care of the child;18. ring up your friend;19. plant the trees in the garden;20. wash the glasses;21. do the flat;22. clean your teeth;23. spend the weekend with us;24. buy the new boots.

466

Exercise 17

Study the following sentences. Translate them into Ukrainian. Note the use Of the Subjunctive Mood.

1.It is very strange that he should think that.2.I suggested that Tom should walk on and try to get help.3.He changed his name so that nobody should know what he

had been before.

Open the brackets, using the Subjunctive Mood.

1.It is essential that this matter (to be kept) secret.2.It is most important that I (to see) him at once.3.It is only fair that you (to know) the truth about

your own brother.4.This passage doesn’t lead anywhere. It is odd that no

one (to have noticed) this before.5.It is amazing that the Leaning Tower of Pisa (to have

stood) for so long.6.Can’t I trust you not to read my letters? It is

ridiculous that I (to have) to lock things up in my own house.

7.It is astonishing that a person of your intelligence (to be taken in) so easily.

8.It is only fair that you (to know) what people are saying about you behind your back.

9.It is essential that everyone (to be able) to see the stage.

10. It is important that I (to go) there at once.11. I suggested that they (to have) hot breakfast.12. The headmaster suggested that the school (to buy)

its own minibus.13. He insisted that the newspaper (to print) an

apology.14. He ordered that Tom (to leave) the house at once.15. He suggested that the money (to be raised) by

public subscription.

467

16. When he found out that the man had smallpox he urged that every effort (to be made) to contact his fellow passengers.

17. The doctor recommended that I (to go) to the Southin summer.

18. He advised that the child (to be taken) to hospital at once.

19. She locked the cupboard so that her son (not to take) the cakes.

20. He told me the secret so that I (to help) him.21. George is working hard so that he (to pass) his

examination. (use ‘may’)22. When he went out he left the radio on so that his

parents (to think) that he was still in his room. (use‘might’)

23. He left the front door open so that they easily (to get) into the house. (use ‘could’)

Exercise 18

Complete the following sentences.Model: It’s important that _______ they should come in time. The order was _______ that we should stay there.

1.Is it advisable that ________?2.Her first suggestion was _______.3.I can arrange that _______.4.What do you think of our plan that _______?5.I think it is a good arrangement that _________.6.Nobody demands that _______.7.It is very important that a growing child _______.8.She had only one wish that _______.9.I’ll give them some sandwiches lest _______.10. I don’t want to speak about it lest _______.11. Have you forgotten her request that ______?12. The general rule is that every student _______.13. I shall write her address and telephone number on

this sheet of paper lest _____.14. I say that again lest _______.

468

Exercise 19

Study these sentences.a) He looks as if he were sick.b) He talks as if he had done all the work himself,

but in fact Tom and I did most of it.c) He looked as though he had lost his last

friend.

Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms.

He walks as if he (to have) a wooden leg.He looks as if he (to be) very tired.He talks as though he (to live) in England for many

years.He looked as if he (to spend) all night studying.He always talks as though he (to address) a public

meeting.He laughed as if it (to be) a big joke.He treats us as if we (to be) all children.He acted as if he never (to see) us.He treated her as if she (to be) an old friend.You talk as though it (to be) a small thing to leave

your native town for ever.

Exercise 20

Supply the necessary forms of the Subjunctive Mood in clauses introduced by ‘as if’ and ‘as though’.

1.Whenever I saw them it looked as though they (to be) on very good terms with one another.

2.The knife shone as though it just (to come) out of theworkshop.

3.As I opened my door I seemed to hear a changing sound as if a mass of metal (to fall).

4.Suddenly the voice was clear and strong as if she (to be) in another room of the hotel.

469

5.Fred wasn’t shy, and he talked to her parents as though he (to know) them all his life.

6.His tanned, smooth skin looked as though a razor never(to touch) it.

7.You behave as if you (to be married) to her already.8.You look as though you (not to have) much sleep the

last night or two.9.She noticed a shade of thought pass over his face as

if he (to begin) to realize that things were changed.10. He felt as if he (to catch) cold.11. He leaned against the desk, and upon my word he

was shaking as though he (to get) fever,12. She clutched the letter to her heart as though she

(to think) I would take it from her.13. He looked as if he (not to have) a meal for a

week, and I hadn’t the heart to refuse him.14. She frowned as if she (to be puzzled).15. He looked as if he (not to sleep) much late.

Exercise 21

Express an unreal wish concerning the following statements.Model: I don’t know him well enough. – If only I knew him better. He will not be in time. – If only he were in time.

1.She makes article mistakes.2.She always comes late.3.I forgot to wind my alarm-clock.4.I don’t know who is responsible for it.5.He will miss the train.6.There is something the matter with her heart.7.That dog keeps barking all through the night.8.The show will be over by the time we come.9.I’m not able to concentrate somehow.10. They are coming today.

Exercise 22

470

Show that you are sorry an action took or did not take place in the past.Model: I lost my wrist watch. – If only I had not lost my wrist watch. I did not give him my address. – If only I had given him my address.

1.I forgot to tell her about the lecture.2.I did not leave any message.3.He did not know her address.4.She promised to come and help them.5.They did not know about that.6.They found no taxi.7.They stayed the night at a motel.8.She switched off the lights before going to bed.9.She did not read the paper that day.10. They wrote and told her so.

Translate into English.

1.І навіщо я не сказав їй про це!2.Якби я знала де вони зараз!3.Якби він тоді прийшов вчасно!4.Якби вона (завжди) не тремтіла в жаху на екзаменах!5.І навіщо вона поїхала з міста!6.Якби ж вони тоді не заблукали!

Exercise 23

Paraphrase the following sentences.Model: She would prefer to stay here. – She’d rather stay here. She would have preferred not to go there. – She’d have rather not gone there.

1.I should prefer not to make any decision now. Not before I know all the facts.

2.She would prefer to have breakfast in bed.3.They would have preferred to play football.4.Would you prefer to have lunch at the café?5.Mother would have much preferred to stay at home and

watch television.471

6.Would you prefer to go through the letters now?7.She would prefer not to discuss it in public.8.He would prefer to do this himself. He likes doing

jobs round the house.

Translate into English.

1.Я би краще зачекала тут, якщо ви не проти.2.Я так стомився вчора. Я би краще залишився вдома.3.Я не хочу їсти. Я би краще поїла пізніше.4.Він дуже хвилюється. Йому краще відповідати першим.5.Вони дуже втомилися після тесту і їм краще було би

сьогодні не залишатися на консультацію.6.Погода була жахлива. Краще би ми пішли в кіно.7.Я зараз вільний і із задоволенням зробив би переклад

статті.

Exercise 24

Give advice, using the words in brackets.Model: She makes an awful lot of spelling mistakes. (to make smb write dictations) – You had better make her write dictations every day.

1.That skirt is too wide for me. (to take it in at the waist)

2.I’ve been sleeping badly. (to take a walk last thing in the evening)

3.I think he made a mistake here. (to write and tell himso)

4.I have to be there in half an hour. (to take this bus)5.Fish never agrees with me. (to order some French

beans)6.I don’t think much of the book. (to read it to the end

first)7.I can’t make up my mind about that job. (not to hurry

with your decision)8.My, but I am hungry. (to go down to the canteen and

have a snack)

472

Exercise 25

Express a preference.Model: Do you want to go upstairs with me? (to wait here) – I’d rather wait here.

1.Shall we take a taxi? (to walk)2.Let’s have dinner first. (to have a cup of coffee and

a sandwich)3.Ann wants us to come over on Sunday. (to go to the

pictures)4.Are you going to give her a doll for her birthday? (to

give a pair of skates)5.Shall we see this Polish serial on television? (to go

to bed)6.Take the dog for his run while I fix some supper. (to

do the cooking)7.Shall I pack your things for you? (to do it myself)8.Will you explain what you mean by this. (not)

Exercise 26

Open the brackets. Show that the action named by the infinitive is an unreal one using some form of expressing unreality.

1.Let’s count the money so that we (to know) where we stand.

2.Isn’t it time somebody (to explain) to us what we are waiting for?

3.If only I (to know) what it is all about!4.If it (to rain) in the night the dog will lose the

trail.5.I (to do) anything in my power if I (can) help you.6.I do wish you (to make up your mind) one way or the

other.7.Do you find it quite natural that she (to treat) you

like a servant?473

8.I’m afraid the dog (to bite) you.9.But for his blue eyes I (can take) him for a native.10. I’m sorry I did not buy that coat, it (to be) very

useful later when the real cold began.11. Nothing I (can say) (to stop) him. He had made up

his mind.12. Why do you want me to go? It’s not as if (to

speak) their language.13. The children feel as if it (to be) holidays

already.14. It looks as if it (to be) going to rain.

Exercise 27

Change into sentences of unreal condition.

1.You went to bed very late last night and you are feeling tired now.

2.We can’t go boating as it is raining hard.3.Bill didn’t check his composition carefully and there

are a lot of mistakes in it.4.Nick fell on his bicycle yesterday because he was

driving too fast.5.She’ll never master Greek, she isn’t good at

languages.6.He has a sore throat as he ate two ice-creams

yesterday.7.We enjoyed our visit to the country because the

weather was fine.8.I feel bored as the lecture isn’t interesting.9.I haven’t invited him as I couldn’t get in touch with

him.10. He is not bright, he cannot remember simple

things.11. She is not you, she behaves in her own way.12. I don’t have a typewriter, so I cannot type the

paper.13. Under different circumstances your proposal would

be most welcome.474

14. That would have been useful a month ago.15. Another person would have acted differently.

Exercise 28

Supply the correct mood of the verbs in brackets.

1.If I (not to be) what I am, things (to be) so simple.2.If you (to be allowed) to stay in Canada, what you (to

do)?3.We are foolish and sentimental and melodramatic at

twenty-five, but if we (not to be) perhaps we (to be) less wise at fifty.

4.If I (to be) you I (to do) my hair rather differently.5.I (not to mind) if he (to say) my pictures were bad,

but he said nothing.6.After all, if he (to have) any talent I (to be) the

first to encourage him.7.I (not to go) if you (not to say) you’d come with me.8.How it (to be) if I (to drop) around this evening?9.If only I (to feel) that somebody wanted me, that I

was of use to somebody, I (to become) a different person.

10. Your manners are all right. I (not to bring) you here if they (not to be). Don’t be uneasy.

11. If you (to let) me have my way before there (to be) no cause for our trouble tonight.

12. If I (to be) twenty-seven again I suppose I (to be) as big a fool as I was then.

Exercise 29

Complete the following sentences using the words in brackets.

1.Do you actually suggest that (he _______ to take in somebody’s confidence)?

2.My only wish is that (I ______ to let alone).3.It is quite so necessary that (they _____ to punish)?

475

4.Why do you insist that (you _______ to be the first toanswer)?

5.She won’t take any sleeping pills lest (she ______ to grow used to them).

6.She proposed the arrangement that (we ______ to take turns in helping smb with smth).

7.I suppose it is rather important that (everybody ______ to understand the necessity of these measures).

8.I assure you her suggestion will be that (you _______ to leave it all to her).

9.No one objected to her demand that (he _______ to inform of our decision).

10. We asked her too lest (she _______ to be hurt).11. Do you think it advisable that (he ______ to coach

the younger boys)?12. The general rule is that (children over twelve

______ to admit).13. She kept repeating the directions again and again

lest (I ______ to confuse smth).14. We did not quite like the arrangement that (she

______ to supervise our work).15. The only condition was that (she _______ to keep

the children).

Exercise 30

Translate the sentences into English.

1.Якби я не знав його так добре, я би не повірив тому, що він мені щойно розповів.

2.Ми всі були би раді, якщо його фільм мав би успіх.3.Якби я тоді була достатньо дорослою, щоб зрозуміти всю

серйозність становища!4.Якби ти поклала книгу на місце, вона би зараз була

там.5.Якби вони почали цю роботу одразу, вони мали би змогу

закінчити її вчасно.

476

6.Якби я тоді була там власноруч, я би негайно владнала всі справи.

7.Якби ви були уважнішими на останньому уроці, ви зараз знали би учбовий матеріал краще.

8.Де ти чекав би на мене, якби ми домовилися зустрітись?9.Якби він не хворів тоді, зараз він міг би опинитися у

більш скрутному становищі.10. Хто здогадується, як би він повівся, якби почув

про це раніше?11. Я давно би відповіла на твоє питання, якби мала

змогу.12. Всі були би раді, якби ви завітали до нас ще раз

до вашого від’їзду.13. Ви почувалися би краще, якби проводили більше часу

на свіжому повітрі.

Exercise 31

Supply the correct mood of the verbs in brackets.

1.I don’t know how to address him. I wish I (to know) his name.

2.I feel as if my head (to be) on fire.3.If only I (to know) earlier, I (to send) you a

telegram.4.My wife says she wishes I (to be) a thousand miles

away.5.He felt as if he (to float) in the air.6.He stared at me as if I (to ask) him something very

odd.7.At that moment she wished she (not to send) for him.8.If I (to tell) you, you might have thought it was my

choice.9.Even if it (to be) twice as dangerous I (to carry out)

my plan.10. I wish I never (to see) you.11. Don’t look at me as if you never (to see) me

before.12. I think it (to be) natural if you (to join) them.

477

13. Remember her! As if I (can) forget her!14. Then he suddenly said, “You (to take) me to London

if I (to ask)?”15. Don’t you think it (to be) rather nice if we (to

ask) her to stay on for a week as our guest?16. “How I wish I (to be) there with you,” I said with

deep regret.17. “Don’t be sorry,” he said. “I (to be) relieved if

you (to go), if it (to be) settled somehow.”18. Well, at any rate, the weather isn’t going to

present difficulties. It looks as though it (to set in) fine.

19. I (to be) sure of it if I (to be) you.

Exercise 32

Supply the correct mood of the verbs in brackets.

1.I knew he (to be) silly, but I (not to believe) that he (to be) as silly as that.

2.I wish he (to be) a bit stronger against Crawford.3.After a moment’s silence he (to break out): “It (to

be) a nuisance if I (to beg) a cup of tea in your rooms?”

4.You must thank him, not we. Without him we (not to achieve) any success.

5.I wish she (not to look) so pale.6.“If I (to be) Crawford, I (to thank) Winslow much,”

said Chrystal.7.I (to give) a good deal for that assurance!8.Are you glad to see me? – You’re funny, Dick! As if

you (not to know).9.If I (to think) as you do I (to feel) miserable.10. Mr. Dennant’s glance rested on Shelton and quickly

fell down to the ground as though he (to see) something that alarmed him.

478

11. I wish you (to show) more sign of not liking it inpractice.

12. I can’t for the life of me understand why you didn’t wait before they decided. I (to expect) you to discuss it with me.

13. When Hilary opened the door the stranger made a quick movement forward, almost as if he (to be) going to stick his foot hurriedly to the opening.

14. Her voice sounded as though something (to offend) her.

15. I wish I (can) play tennis as well as you do.16. He looked up sharply as if he (to make) a

dangerous remark.17. I may travel out with Uncle, but it (to be) such

fun if you (to come).18. He saw it as clearly as though it (to be) before

his eyes.19. But for your friendship I (to feel) lonely here.

Exercise 33

Translate into English.

1.Бажано, щоб усі виступаючі говорили по суті справи.2.Необхідно, щоб ви зустріли делегацію на вокзалі.3.Важливо, щоб ви вжили усіх заходів безпеки.4.Необхідно, щоб усі їхні бажання були задоволені.5.Неможливо, щоб літак вилітав у таку погоду.6.Важливо, щоб урядова делегація була відправлена

вчасно.7.Необхідно, щоб ви віднеслися до нього з належною

увагою.8.Природно, що викладач володіє мовами добре.9.Необхідно, щоб ви відносилися до нього, як до

дорослого.10. Цілком природно, що вона була прийнята до

університету.11. Неприродно, що вони так поводяться. Вони такі

виховані люди.479

12. Цілком природно, що Джек перекладає з англійської мови так легко, адже він три роки провчився в Оксфорді.

13. Необхідно, щоб усі документи були підписані.14. Необхідно, щоб тварин у зоопарку годували двічі на

день.15. Бажано, щоб ви продали всі речі.16. Суттєво, щоб студенти отримували усі необхідні

підручники у бібліотеці.17. Неможливо, щоб проект було закрито.18. Природно, що Пітер не здав іспит: він зовсім не

готувався до нього.19. Необхідно, щоб ти передав моє прохання Джейн.20. Досить природно, що матч закінчився унічию.21. Бажано, щоб ви були присутні протягом нашої

бесіди.22. Важливо, щоб Ірен не заблукала в чужому місті.23. Важливо, щоб ви провели літо на півдні.24. Дивно, що він відповів на таке важке запитання.25. Необхідно, щоб ви відпочили перед відрядженням.26. Образливо, що такі дрібниці вас засмучують.27. Дуже важливо, щоб ви ознайомилися з усією

літературою цього тижня.28. Необхідно, щоб ви взяли до уваги всі деталі цього

проекту.29. Неможливо, щоб це було простим збігом.30. Бажано, щоб вони поїхали з нами на екскурсію.

Exercise 34

Translate into English.

1.Ми запропонували відкласти поїздку через погану погоду.

2.Він вимагав, щоб ми дали пояснення з приводу нашої відсутності.

3.Усі наполягали, щоб він детально розповів нам про надзвичайну подію в Нью-Йорку.

480

4.Комісія рекомендувала відкласти це питання до наступного засідання.

5.Він вимагав, щоб вони припинили поводитися з ним, як здитиною.

6.Лікар порадив, щоб хворий повторив курс лікування через рік.

7.Я запропонував, щоб його послали на стажування до Лондону.

8.Я наполягаю, щоб ви зустрілися з професором ще раз.9.Менеджер дав розпорядження, щоб рахунки були

перевірені ще раз.10. Неллі наказала, щоб ми прибрали приміщення самі.11. Ми вимагали, щоб нам повернули наші гроші.12. Джон наполягав, щоб ми летіли до Арізони літаком.13. Я попросив, щоб мені принесли іншу пару взуття.14. Вони погодилися, щоб їм надали трикімнатну

квартиру.15. Директор розпорядився, щоб збори були перенесені

на наступний тиждень.16. Він запропонував, щоб усі висловили власну думку

щодо цього питання.17. Капітан наказав своїй команді приступити до

виконання своїх обов’язків.18. Я раджу, щоб ви зустріли Новий Рік у Парижі.19. Він наказав, щоб стіл накрили на веранді.20. Було запропоновано, щоб вони не брали участь у

грі.21. Я вимагаю, щоб ви були тут рівно о восьмій.22. Я пропоную, щоб цього хлопця запросили на вечірку.23. Він наполягав, щоб молода актриса грала головну

роль у спектаклі.24. Фірма наполягала, щоб ми надали всі документи

своєчасно.25. Бажано, щоб ви поїхали з нами на екскурсію.26. Необхідно, щоб дитина почувала себе комфортно у

нашій родині.27. Необхідно, щоб вони пофарбували всі вікна в

будинку.28. Важливо, щоб ви вивчили всі правила.

481

29. Провідник запропонував, щоб група підготувалася до подорожі заздалегідь.

30. Необхідно, щоб туристи зареєстрували свій багаж.

Exercise 35

Translate into English.

1.На твоєму місці, я би не ходив на збори.2.Він виглядав так, наче був сильно схвильований.3.Ми дивилися на неї, начебто ніколи її не бачили.4.На місці батька, я б вчинив те саме.5.Якби нам довелося перекладати такі тексти, ми б

скористалися словником.6.На твоєму місці, я би не приймав поспішних рішень.7.У кімнаті було темно, наче настала ніч.8.Якби ти прийшов вчасно, ми б встигли на потяг.9.Вона поводилася так, ніби жила в цьому домі сто років.10. На місці директора я б вчинив інакше.11. На твоєму місці, я б не робив ніяких кроків.12. Він так говорив, наче навмисно хотів її скривдити.13. Якби ви були більш уважні, ви б не робили так

багато помилок.14. Якби Марта не була такою ледачою, вона б досягла

більшого успіху.15. Я б так не хвилювався на місці Кейт.16. Вона грала так натхненно, ніби хотіла показати,

який дорогий цей твір для неї.17. Якби не ця нудна робота, я б давно пішов додому.18. Якби ми мали брати участь у змаганнях, я б зробив

усе можливе, аби перемогти.19. Не може бути, щоб Елл не справився з човном!20. Ви так гарно плаваєте, наче тренуєтеся змалечку.21. Він сказав це так енергійно, наче поспішав

повідомити важливу новину.22. На твоєму місці, я б не їздив до Норвегії в цей

час.23. Він спав, як дитина.

482

24. Сюзан виглядала такою стурбованою, наче щось трапилося.

25. Я б здав квитки до каси на вашому місці.26. На вашому місці, я б не нехтував цими порадами.27. Ти такий знервований, наче сталося щось страшне.28. На вашому місці, я б зосередився на роботі.29. У нього були таки витрати, наче він був

мільйонером.30. Вже час Джону закінчити цей переклад.31. Вже час вам придбати вам нове авто.32. Вона плакала, як дитина.33. Вже давно час усім лягти спати34. Вони подивилися один на одного, наче хотіли

сказати, що обидва чудово розуміють серйозність ситуації.

35. Він здивовано подивився на мене, наче не розумів, чому я хочу покінчити з цією темою назавжди.

Exercise 36

Translate into English.

1.Він говорив так впевнено, наче знав, про що говорить.2.Час повертатися додому.3.Він подивився на будинок, наче бачив його востаннє.4.Час би організувати виставку картин талановитих дітей

нашого міста.5.На його місці, ми б не намагалися прискорити справу.

Час вже йому висловити власну точку зору.6.Якби ми мали ремонтувати квартиру, ми б придбали

сучасні матеріали.7.Час нам включити його до складу нашої команди.8.Немає потреби вам приходити на батьківські збори.9.Він би зробив ці вправи швидше.10. Він уважно подивився на неї, наче мав якісь

сумніви.11. У вас такий вигляд, наче вам все одно.12. На вашому місці, я б зачекав на директора.

483

13. Йому було дуже небажано пропускати лекцію про Шекспіра.

14. Якби вам довелося судитися з ним, щоб ви зробили?15. Неможливо, щоб вони наробили стільки помилок.16. Досить ймовірно, що така дощова погода може

тривати довго.17. Він виглядав так, наче у нього боліла голова.18. Час працювати, чи не так?19. Чи не час покінчити з таким життям?20. Не може бути, щоб він так вчинив.21. Ви такі засмаглі, наче все літо провели на півдні.22. Нам слід трохи перепочити, перш ніж розпочинати

роботу.23. Я пропоную, щоб ми зробили ці вправи вдома.24. Він завжди має такий вигляд, наче він чимось

незадоволений.25. Вам вже час викласти власну точку зору.26. Вона вважає, що йому вже давно час позбавитися

цієї поганої звички.27. Вона дивилася донизу з острахом, бо їй здавалося,

що вона ось-ось впаде.28. Чи не час нам оголосити перерву?29. Необхідно, аби вони сплатили за навчання.30. Цей чоловік, здавалося, багато страждав.

Exercise 37

Translate into English

1.Шкода, що ви не пішли подивитися цю виставку, я впевнений, вона б вам сподобалася.

2.Шкода, що вона не встигла закінчити свій твір.3.Фільм був дуже цікавий, шкода, що ти його не побачила.4.Шкода, що ти такий безтурботний, тобі все, як з гуски

вода.5.Шкода, що ти мешкаєш так далеко від мене.

484

6.Шкода, що тобі доведеться вирушати у далеку дорогу саме зараз.

7.Шкода, що ти виявився такою недалекоглядною людиною.8.Шкода, що ти витрачаєш час на всілякі дурниці.9.Шкода, що ти не скористався двомісячною відпусткою та

не з’їздив до Англії.10. Шкода, що дівчина не зможе одружитися з цим

красенем.11. Шкода, що актори не зіграли гарно і тільки

зіпсували п’єсу.12. Шкода, що вашу доповідь ніхто не почує.13. Шкода, що ви не зробили висновків з цієї історії.14. Мені б хотілося, аби ви скоріше повернули свої

гроші.15. Шкода, що ваш син така несерйозна людина.16. Я не хочу, щоб ти був таким зухвалим.17. Шкода, що він боягуз.18. Шкода, що тобі доведеться сісти на дієту.19. Шкода, що директор така обмежена людина.20. Шкода, що розмова виявилася такою недовгою.21. Шкода, що тобі більше не довіряють.22. Шкода, що тобі довелося робити це всупереч

бажанню.23. Шкода, що зараз не зима.24. Шкода, що ми не домовилися про наступну зустріч.25. Шкода, що ми не зустрілися 20 років тому.26. Шкода, що ти порушив обіцянку.27. Шкода, що мрячить дощ! Як було б чудово

прогулятися лісом.28. Шкода, що фільм такий нудний.29. Шкода, що наша довголітня дружба припинилася так

раптово.30. Шкода, що ти нічого про це не чув.

Exercise 38

Translate the sentences from Ukrainian into English.

1.Ви так засмагли, наче провели все літо на півдні.485

2.Я впевнена, він зробить вигляд, що чує про це вперше.3.Що з вами? У вас такий вигляд, ніби вам погано.4.Хвилину чи дві він стояв посеред кімнати, ніби не

знав, що робити далі.5.Чому ви дивитесь на мене так, наче я вам щось

збрехала?6.В мене було жахливе відчуття, що ми говоримо на різних

мовах.7.Я впевнена, він буде триматися так, ніби не відчуває

жодного болю.8.Вона так важко дихає, наче бігла дуже швидко і довго.9.Вона говорить так, ніби він повторює чиїсь слова.10. Він говорив про вас так, ніби знає вас все життя.11. Здається, ви вже пішли.12. В мене таке відчуття, ніби мене скривдили.13. Прикро, що ми витратили марно так багато часу!14. На вашому місці я би знав, що робити.15. Вона дивиться на мене так, ніби ми знайомі.

Здається, ми десь зустрічались.16. Прикро, що ми не поснідали вдома.17. Якби не цей прикрий випадок, ми би ніколи не

зустрілись.18. Прикро, що ви не почекали мене ще трохи, ми

поїхали би разом.19. Якби не його серйозний вираз обличчя, ми вважали

би це пустощами.20. Якби ж я подумала про це раніше!21. Ми нічого про це не знали; ми ніколи не дали би на

це згоду.22. Він не змінив би свого рішення, навіть якщо би

його дуже про це просили.23. Якби ви тільки знали, як я хвилювалась!24. Прикро, що мене не було поруч з вами тоді, коли це

трапилось.25. Якби ви добре підготувались до тесту, ви не

зробили би так багато помилок.26. Я зателефонував би тобі, але ж твій телефон був

вимкнений.

486

27. Прикро, що я поїхав з Лондона. Краще було би там залишитися.

28. От це було би добре, якби завжди було літо!29. На вашому місці я тримав би себе в руках.30. Я би дуже хотів, щоб ви серйозніше ставилися до

таких подій у вашому житті.

Exercise 39

Comment on the use of the Subjunctive Mood, translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.In his place I should have been more embarrassed and less calm.

2.Well, my dear, I do many things to please you I shouldnever do to please myself.

3.I should never have thought that peeling potatoes was such an undertaking.

4.Another ten minutes and we shouldn’t have been there, and then I shouldn’t have got back home till twelve.

5.I am a passenger, or else I should be a steward, I think.

6.It would be more economical to live at the villa.7.But for David he would never have slipped out of the

affair like this.8.You are silly, you know I like you or else I shouldn’t

be here.9.Who would have thought of such a meeting after so many

years?10. To go back there would only make it more

difficult.11. Nothing would be solved by opening our doors wide

to all comers.12. I hadn’t known about the fact, otherwise I would

have given you the extra day.13. She was by this time a woman of hard on sixty, but

she bore her years well, and no one would have taken her for more than fifty.

487

14. I’m sure a daughter would be a great amusement to you.

15. He would have gone out and come in again, but he was too concerned.

Exercise 40

Comment on the use of the Conditionals and translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1.I shouldn’t worry now in your place. Everything will clear up very soon, I’m sure.

2.It wouldn’t have astonished me if he had found some reasonable excuse and stayed away.

3.But if you were right I should prefer to act in my ownway.

4.But for my help he would have failed at the final exam.

5.It seems to me that what she refused then she would beglad to get now.

6.Sir Horace asked me one or two questions and it wouldn’t have been decent manners not to reply.

7.A few years before he wouldn’t have said so of Henry.8.Come along, Jassie! It would do you more harm to stay

by yourself.9.I’m thinking of good results we’ve achieved together.

We shouldn’t have managed them alone. It’s a pity to find us divided now.

10. If you break your promise, people will say that Crawford would never have done so in similar circumstances.

11. But for the bees we should have no honey.12. She even didn’t want to look in my direction; or

else I’d have come up and apologized.13. He was in a great hurry and had no time to think

it over. Otherwise he would have found a better way out.

14. I myself shouldn’t agree to that.15. They would all be only glad to see you.

488

16. I should have sent her away, only I thought you wanted her to talk into your machines.

17. You never did anything good to anyone. If you had done you would have more support now.

Exercise 41

Replace the infinitives in brackets by the correct form of the Subjunctive Mood in conditionals.

1.I didn’t know about the fact, otherwise I (to give) you some more time to think.

2.There was no piano because it (to take up) much room.3.Last night it (to be) quite possible.4.How wonderful it (to be) to take the sadness out of

those big and lovely eyes!5.Billy (to adore) to live in the country. His ideal

happiness was to have a pleasant cottage.6.I (to like) to say ‘no’ but it not (to be) true.7.But for his last remark she (not to start) a bargain.8.Normally by now the court-room (to be) almost empty

but for one or two lawyers.9.She didn’t know anything or she (not to agree) to

accept them.10. Nobody ever (to say) that he is a shy and timid

man.11. I don’t know what I (to do) without you, my dear

boy.12. The sensation with which James dropped the letter

was similar to that he (to have) entering his bedroom and finding it full of black beetles.

13. But for that letter on the table she (not to accuse) you.

14. He (to do) everything but nobody asked him to.15. She was just the sort of person I (to expect) the

wife of a professor to be.

Exercise 42

489

Change the type of condition in the following sentences by making it problematic, unreal in the present or future, unreal in the past.Model: Real condition – If nobody objects we shall begin at once. Problematic condition – If nobody should object weshall begin at once. Unreal condition in the present / future – If nobody

objected we should begin at once.

If nobody were to object we should begin at once.

Unreal condition in the past – If nobody had objected we should have begun atonce.

1.If the weather is fine (tomorrow) the outing will be asuccess.

2.If we take the children they will be in everybody’s way.

3.If you add a little sugar and cinnamon it’ll taste just right.

4.If he is here by five o’clock it will be all right with me.

5.If we have traffic lights here the number of road accidents will decrease.

6.If you speak to her about it she will just shrug it off.

Exercise 43

Make the sentences more emphatic by using the modal verb ‘would’ in the clauses of condition.Model: The throat symptoms would trouble you less if only you did not smokeso much. - … if only you would not smoke so much.

1.The children would not annoy you if you did not pay attention to them.

490

2.I’d fix you a meal of sorts if only somebody went and bought me some cigarettes.

3.No one would mind in the least if only you did not make such a noise.

4.Father would let you take the car if you left it clean.

5.I should be much better if you stopped asking me how Ifeel.

6.They would be all right if people let them alone.7.I should work much better if you didn’t interrupt me

all the time.8.You would not make so many mistakes in your typing if

you attended to what you are doing.9.Your health would be better if you stopped

experimenting with one medicine after another.10. Mother would not feel so bad about it if only you

remembered her birthday and wrote from time to time.

Exercise 44

Open the brackets. Refer the condition to the past, the results to the present.Model: If you (to follow) the directions on the box the jelly not (to be) such a mess. – If you had followed the directions on the box the jelly would not be such a mess.

1.If you (to take) her advice you (to know) what to do.2.If she (to be told) to come she (to be) here now.3.She (to be) well now if she (to stay) in bed for a few

days longer.4.I (to show) you this place if I (not to leave) the

book at home.5.I (to stand) to the end if I (not to promise) Mother

to be back by ten.6.You (to feel) much better if you not (to spend) a

sleepless night.7.You (to like) a picture better if you (not to read) a

book.

491

8.I (to stay and help) if I (not promise) Jane to fetch the children from school.

9.I (to go over) at once if she (not to specially ask) me not to interfere.

10. She (to be) here if she (not to miss) the night bus from London.

11. You (to know) what to do if you (to think) the matter over.

12. If it (not to rain) heavily all through the night we (to try) to cross the river here.

Exercise 45

Paraphrase the following sentences so as to make them hypothetical. Use the past tense of the Conditional when speaking about the past, the present tense when speaking about the present or future. Translate each sentence into Ukrainian.Model: I knew what to do. – I should have known what to do. He will show you the way. – He would show you the way.

1.Nobody minded in the least.2.Nothing was said on the subject.3.Someone is sure to object.4.I simply don’t know where to find him.5.He doesn’t keep anything valuable in this room.6.I don’t believe him.7.They didn’t come in time.8.She didn’t leave them without saying good-bye.9.It was a mistake.10. You will get a lot of experience that way.11. Someone warned him in time.12. People saw a low gray car pass at a wicked speed.13. They refused to do anything about it.14. You will be more comfortable in bed, dear.15. The neighbours will complain about the children

again.16. Any girl will look her best in this outfit.17. She guessed the truth at once.

492

18. She gave up her job to look after her invalid mother.

19. The children will play in the garden.20. She doesn’t understand such things.

Exercise 46

Change into sentences of unreal condition.Model: She won’t help us as she is not here. – She would help us if she were here. We didn’t meet so often because she lived far from my place. – We

should have met more often if she had not lived so far from my place.

1.They will do it if they can.2.It isn’t summer now, and we don’t go to the country.3.He doesn’t write to me, and I don’t write to him.4.She didn’t find the book because she didn’t open the

bag.5.It will be better if they don’t come.6.I didn’t give it to you because you were out.7.I can’t knit another sweater as I have no more wool.8.I don’t study Italian as I haven’t much spare time.9.She didn’t follow the doctor’s advice and fell

seriously ill.10. The boy is shivering. He isn’t quite well.11. He refuses my help, and the work won’t be finished

today.12. I have a headache because I had a sleepless night.13. Anne can’t translate this song: she doesn’t know

French well enough.14. You are not quite all right now because you didn’t

take the medicine regularly.15. They took a taxi and didn’t miss the train.16. He doesn’t know her address, or he will write to

her, I’m sure.17. The garden doesn’t look beautiful because the

trees are bare.18. He makes so many mistakes because he doesn’t know

grammar well enough.493

19. Will you do it for me if I ask you?

Exercise 47

Complete the following sentences. Use the present tense of the Conditional to refer the sentence to the present or future. Use the past tense to refer it to the past.Model: But for her nose, which is a little long –

She would be rather pretty (now). She would have been rather pretty (then).

1.But for one difficult place the translation _______2.But for her slightly trembling hands the girl ________3.But for her accent she _______4.But for the wind the day _________5.But for his words we _______6.But for the kitchen which is really too small, the

flat _________7.But for the spelling mistakes the composition_______8.But for one or two mistakes she made at the very

beginning her report _____9.But for me you ______10. But for my headache I ________

Exercise 48

Study the following sentences.a)If I had a big garden, I would grow a lot of flowers.b)If I had a big garden, I might grow a lot of flowers.c)If I had a big garden, I could grow a lot of flowers.

Indirect speechHe said that if he had a big garden, he would (might, could)grow a lot of flowers.

Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses.Model 1: If I had a typewriter I (to type) it myself. – If I had a typewriter I would type it myself.

494

Model 2: If we (to have) more rain our crops would grow better. – If we had more rain our crops would grow better.

1.If I knew his address I (to give) it to you.2.If he worked more slowly he (not to make) so many

mistakes.3.I could tell you what this means if I (to know) Greek.4.He might get fat if he (to stop) smoking.5.If he knew that it was dangerous he (not to come).6.I (to keep) a horse if I could afford it.7.What would you do if the lift (to get) stuck between

two floors?8.It (to make) a great difference to the room if you

painted each wall a different colour.9.I (not to go) there if I were you.10. You couldn’t have so much trouble with your car if

you (to have) it serviced regularly.

Model 3: If I (to see) a blind man trying to cross the road,I (to help) him. – If I saw a blind man trying to cross theroad, I would help him.

1.If I (to know) the answer, I (to tell) you.2.The journey takes about three hours by bus. You (to

get) there much sooner if you (to go) by train.3.The teacher said to David, “You’re late again this

morning. If you (to get up) earlier, you (not to be) late so often”.

4.He was a good honest man. He never (to make) a promiseif he (not to mean) to keep it.

5.The teacher told Peter that he (not to pass) the examination if he (not to work) harder.

In the next 4 sentences, use ‘might’ instead of ‘would’ (togive the meaning ‘perhaps’)

1.He’s getting fat. If he (to take) more exercise, he (to lose) weight.

495

2.He smokes about fifty cigarettes a day and he’s alwayscoughing. If he (not to smoke) so heavily, he (to get)rid of this cough.

3.She feels very tired in the morning. If she (to go) tobed earlier, she (not to feel) so tired.

4.He’s not a strong child. If he (to drink) more milk, he (to be) stronger.

In the next 4 sentences, use ‘could’ instead of ‘would’ (togive the meaning ‘possible’).

1.We (to understand) the English teacher better if she (to speak) more slowly.

2.I like reading, but I haven’t much time. If I (to have) more time, I (to read) a lot more.

3.I don’t know where he’s living now. If I (to know) hisaddress, I (to write) to him.

4.James is rather short. If he (to be) taller, he (to wear) his brother’s clothes.

Exercise 49

Read the following:I wanted to catch the nine o’clock train yesterday. I thought I had plenty of time, so I took a bus to the station. But there was a lot of traffic, and the bus kept stopping. I didn’t get to the station until ten past nine, and I had to wait until eleven o’clock for the next train. If I had taken a taxi to the station, I would have caught the nine o’clock train. (certain) I might have caught the nine o’clock train. (perhaps) I could have caught the nine o’clock train. (possible)

Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses.

1.If I had known that you were in hospital I (to visit) you.

2.If I (to know) that you were coming I’d have baked a cake.

496

3.If you (to arrive) ten minutes earlier you would have got a seat.

4.You would have seen my garden at its best if you (to be) here last week.

5.I wouldn’t have believed it if I (not to see) it with my own eyes.

6.I (to offer) to help him if I had realized that he wasill.

7.If I (to realize) what a bad driver you were I wouldn’t have come with you.

8.If I had realized that the traffic lights were red I (to stop).

9.The hens (not to get) into the house if you had shut the door.

10. If he had known that the river was dangerous he (not to try) to swim across it.

11. If you (to speak) more slowly he might have understood you.

12. If he had known the whole story he (not to be) so angry.

13. If I (to try) again I think that I would have succeeded.

14. You (not to get) into trouble if you had obeyed myinstructions.

15. If I (to be) ready when he called he would have taken me with him.

16. If she had listened to my directions she (not to turn) down the wrong street.

17. If you (to look) at the engine for a moment you would have seen what was missing.

18. I (to take) a taxi if I had realized that it was such a long way.

19. You (to save) me a lot of trouble if you had told me where you were going.

20. If you (not to sneeze) he wouldn’t have known thatwe were there.

21. If I (to see) you in the street yesterday, of course I (to say) “Good morning”.

497

22. I’m sorry I threw the newspaper away. I (not to throw) it away if I (to know) you had wanted it.

23. Why didn’t you ask me to help you? Of course I (tohelp) you if you (to ask) me to.

24. I’m sorry I couldn’t come to the cinema with you last Friday. I (to come) if I (not to be) so busy.

25. I (not to leave) the office early yesterday if I (not to finish) my work.

Use “might’ in these sentences.

1.She (to catch) a cold if she (not to wear) a coat.2.Henry took an examination last June, but he failed. If

he (to answer) the last question more correctly, he (to pass).

3.The little boy climb up the tree. He (to break) a leg or an arm if he (to fall).

4.If you (to send) the parcel by air, it (to arrive) a week sooner than it did.

Use ‘could’ in these sentences.

1.We (to send) them a Christmas card if we (to know) their address.

2.If I (to know) you were coming by the 6 p. m. train, I(to meet) you at the station.

3.I think we (to win) the football match if we (to play)a little better in the second half.

Exercise 50

Study the following sentence. The teacher told Peter, “If you had done your homework last night, you could answer my questions this morning.” (Peter didn’t do his homework last night, in the past. The teachersupposes the opposite, using “had done”. He uses “could answer” to express the present possible result.)

498

Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses.

1.I had a sandwich for lunch. If I (to have) a proper lunch, I (not to feel) so hungry now.

2.He told his friend, “I’m not feeling very well. I (notto be) here today if I (not to promise) to come.

3.I can hardly keep my eyes open. If I (to go) to bed earlier last night, I (not to be) so tired now.

4.He looked at his watch while he was driving and thought, “If I (not to stop) to get petrol, I (to be) home now”. (use ‘might’)

5.If Jack (not to hurt) his ankle yesterday, he (to play) football this afternoon. (use ‘could’)

6.He wasn’t a very happy man, and he often said, “If I (to follow) my father’s advice, I (to be) much happiernow.” (use ‘might’)

Exercise 51

Practise according to the model.Model: 1. A. He lives near his work, so he’s always in time. B. If I lived near my work I’d always be in time too. 2. A. His case is light, so he carries it himself. B. If my case were light I’d carry it myself too. 3. A. Tom and his wife have a colour television, so they stay at home in

the evenings. B. If we had a colour television we’d stay at home in the evenings too.

1.His garden gets a lot of sun, so he can grow peaches.2.They use electric typewriters, so they finish early.3.He runs round the park every morning, so he keeps very

fit.4.His alarm clock rings very loudly, so he always wakes

up in time.5.He understands electricity, so he does his own

repairs.6.His French is good, so he reads French authors in the

original.499

7.They have a balcony, so they grow plants in pots.

Exercise 52

Complete the following sentences with the form ‘were’ of the verb ‘to be’ in its modal meaning in the clause of condition to denote unreality in the future.Model: I don’t know what I should do – if he were to come now.

1.I’m not sure I should know him ______2.What should we do _______ ?3.Where would you find a doctor _______ ?4.There would not be time enough to pack _______5.I believe I should take the job after all _______6.I don’t think you would find rooms in Palanga ______7.They would be delighted ________8.I think he would understand everything and do his best

to help _______9.She would only feel uncomfortable ______10. They would not mind in the least _______

Exercise 53

Write conditional sentences according to the model. Think carefully about the verb tenses.Model: You arrived early. I wasn’t ready. – If you hadn’t arrived early, I would have been ready.

1.I ate too much last night. I’m not feeling very well.2.He went to university. He got a good job.3.She’s got a fast car. She got here in two hours.4.You only had sandwich at lunch time. You’re hungry

now.5.I didn’t see you. I didn’t say ‘hello’.6.There was a power cut. I lost two vital computer

documents.7.You didn’t ask anyone for directions. We’re lost.

500

8.He loves her a lot. He forgave her.

Exercise 54

Match the if-clauses with the correct main clauses.

If-clausesa)If you have dreams, …b)If I ever felt I had too much money, …c)If I’d known that they were valuable antiques, …d)If I didn’t behave well, …e)If I were single with no kids and no responsibilities,

…f)If I had to choose one sport I couldn’t live without,

…

Main clauses1.I didn’t get any pocket money.2.It would have to be football.3.I’d give it away to charity.4.I’d take a year out and go traveling.5.I would have kept them.6.Money makes them possible.

Exercise 55

Match the two halves of these sentences.

A B1.Would you marry me2.How would you feel3.You’d have a lot more

friends4.Would you have left

the firm5.What would you do6.I’d go out more often

a)if you were not so meanb)if someone gave you a

diamond necklacec)if I had more moneyd)if I had a lot of moneye)if you hadn’t been

promotedf)if you were in my

501

position1.If you were promoted2.If you lost your job3.If you apologized4.If you hadn’t been

promoted5.If you had lost your

job6.If I were stronger7.If I hadn’t been so

tired8.If he hadn’t

telephoned

a)you’d be able to change the system

b)you wouldn’t be sackedc)would you have left the

firm?d)would you be in despair?e)You wouldn’t have bought

such an expensive carf)I would carry it myselfg)I wouldn’t have left

asleep in the armchairh)we wouldn’t have got the

message

Exercise 56

Choose the correct word or words to replace the words in italics in these sentences.Model: I’ll give you $100 if you say nothing about this. (provided that, what if, unless) – I’ll give you $100 provided that you say nothing about this.

1.If you company went bankrupt, what would you do? (just suppose, on condition, as long as)

2.If you had to live in another country, where would yougo? (on condition, unless, imagine)

3.We’ll let him out of prison if he reports to the police station every day. (supposing, as long as, unless)

4.I’ll take them to court if they don’t pay me what theyowe. (imagine, provided that, unless)

5.If you won a million pounds – what would you do with it? (providing, as long as, unless, imagine)

6.If they keep to the agreement, I’ll give them the money. (what if, imagine, so long as)

7.You’ll be alright if you take some travellers’ cheques. (provided hat, imagine, what if)

8.I’ll complain to the manager if you don’t give me a different room. (as long as, unless, imagine)

502

9.If all the hotels were full, where would we stay? (provided that, as long as, suppose)

Exercise 57

Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses (Conditional II).

1.If I (know) her address I’d give it to you.2.He (look) a lot better if he shaved more often.3.I shouldn’t drink that wine if I (be) you.4.More tourists would come to this country if it (have)

a better climate.5.If I were sent to prison you (visit) me?6.If someone (give) you a helicopter what would you do

with it?7.I (buy) shares in that company if I had some money.8.If he (clean) his windscreen he’d be able to see where

he was going.9.If you (not belong) to the union you couldn’t get a

job.10. If I (win) a big prize in a lottery I’d give up my

job.11. What you (do) if you found a burglar in your

house?12. He might get fat if he (stop) smoking.13. I (be) ruined if I bought her everything she asked

for.14. If you slept under a mosquito net you (not be)

bitten so often.15. I could get a job easily if I (have) a degree.16. If she (do) her hair differently she might look

quite nice.17. If we had more rain our crops (grow) faster.18. The whole machine would fall to pieces if you

(remove) that screw.19. If they (ban) the sale of alcohol at football

matches there might be less violence.

503

20. What would you do if the lift (get) stuck between two floors?

Exercise 58

Supply the correct form of the missing verbs.

1.If she _____ (be) here now, she ____ (give) us some advice.

2.If he ____ (fail) in his present job, he ____ (think) about another career.

3.If you ____ (can play) a musical instrument, you ___(help) with the school orchestra.

4.If they ____ (have) the right qualifications, they ____ (be able to) apply for better jobs.

5.If she ____ (can have) some lessons, she _____ (improve) her performance.

6.If we ____ (run) our own business, we ____ (be) more independent.

7.If John ___ (go) to his home town, he ____ (visit) hismother.

8.If Susan ____ (borrow) your book, she ____ (return) it.

9.If Frank ____ (want) advice, he ____ (ask) his bank manager.

10. If you ____ (learn) your words well, you ____ (nothave to) be afraid of the vocabulary test.

11. If your brother ____ (drive) more carefully, the accident ___ (not happen).

12. If Tina ____ (call), tell her I ____ (ring) her back later.

13. I think life ____ (be) very boring if we ____ (have) nothing to do.

14. If I ____ (live) in Australia, I ____ (probably be) a sheep farmer.

15. The train has left. If you ____ (give up) smoking,you ____ (feel) a lot better.

504

16. If you ____ (think) this exercise was too difficult, you ____ (have to) read the grammar rules once more.

Exercise 59

Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses (Conditional III).

1.If I had known that you were in hospital I ____ (visit) you.

2.The ground was very soft. But for that, my horse ____ (win).

3.If you ____ (arrive) ten minutes earlier you would have got a seat.

4.You would have seen my garden at its best if you ____ (be) here last week.

5.But for his quickness I ____ (be) killed.6.I shouldn’t have believed it if I ____ (not see) it

with my own eyes.7.If he had slipped he ____ (fall) 500 meters.8.If he had asked you, you ____ (accept)?9.If I ____ (have) a map I would have been all right.10. If I ____ (know) that you were coming I’d have

baked a cake.11. I ____ (offer) to help him if I had realized that

he was ill.12. If you had left that wasp alone it ____ (not

sting) you.13. If I _____ (realize) what a bad driver you were I

wouldn’t have come with you.14. If I had realized that the traffic lights were red

I ____ (stop).15. But for the fog we ____ (reach) our destination

hours ago.16. If you had told me that he never paid his debts I

____ (not lend) him money.17. If you ____ (not sneeze) he wouldn’t have known

that we were there.505

18. If you ____ (put) some mustard in the sandwiches they would have tasted better.

19. If he had known that the river was dangerous he ____ (not try) to swim across it.

20. If you ____ (speak) more slowly he might have understood you.

21. If he had known the whole story he ____ (not be) so angry.

22. I shouldn’t have eaten it if I ____ (know) that there was ginger in it.

23. If I ____ (try) again I think that I would have succeeded.

24. You ____ (not get) into trouble if you had obeyed my instructions.

25. If you hadn’t been in such a hurry you ____ (not put) sugar into the sauce instead of salt.

26. If I ____ (be) ready when he called he would have taken me with him.

27. She had a headache, otherwise she ____ (come) withus.

28. If you ____ (look) at the engine for a moment you would have seen what was missing.

29. Rome ____ (be captured) by her enemies if the geese hadn’t cackled.

30. He would have been arrested if he ____ (try) to leave the country.

Exercise 60

Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses.

1.If he ____ (not take) his gloves off he ____ (not get)frost-bitten.

2.She was sent to prison only because she refused to paythe fine; if she ____ (pay) the fine she ____ (not be)sent to prison.

506

3. He didn’t tell me that he was a vegetarian till halfway through the meal. If he ____ (tell) me earlierI ____ (cook) him something more suitable.

4.Why didn’t you say that you were short of money? If I ____ (know) I ____ (lend) you some.

5.It’s lucky he had his torch with him. If he ____ (not have) it he ____ (fall) down the cellar steps.

6.The job is much worse than I expected. If I ____ (realize) how awful it was going to be I ____ (not accept) it.

7.It was the drug, not the disease, that killed him. He would still be alive today if he ____ (not take) the drug.

8.I overslept; that’s why I’m half an hour late; and if my phone ____ (not ring) at nine o’clock, I might still be in bed.

9.It was rather a dull game so I left before the end; ifI ____ (wait) another five minutes I ____ (see) Chelsea scoring a really exciting goal.

10. The paraffin heater was perfectly safe. There ____(not be) a fire if the children ____ (not knock) it over.

11. It’s a pity he never patented his invention. If he ____ (patent) it he ____ (make) a lot of money.

12. The fog came down suddenly and I suppose they didn’t know which way to turn; if only they ____ (have) a map and compass with them they ____ (not be) drowned.

13. He asked his parents for a loan but he didn’t say what he wanted money for, so they refused. I think if he ____ (tell) them that he wanted to open a restaurant they ____ (agree).

14. The accident was mainly Tom’s fault. He was driving much too close to the car in front. If he ____(be) further away he ____ (be able) to stop in time.

15. The launching of the rocket was delayed half an hour by bad weather. If the weather ____ (be) good they ____ (launch) it at 8.30 instead of at 9.00.

507

16. I’m sorry you didn’t tell me the dogs were allowedin the hotel; if I ____ (know) I ____ (bring) my dog. He ____ (enjoy) the walk.

17. Most people ____ (attend) the union meeting if they had had longer notice of it.

18. He says he refused the job, but that this was nothing to do with the salary. He ____ (refuse) even if they ____ (offer) him twice as much.

19. The club secretary is useless. He never tells anybody anything. We ____ (not know) about this meeting if the chairman ____ (not tell) us.

20. When the director asked her to play the lead she agreed though she didn’t know anything about the play.I think that if she ____ (read) the play first she ____ (refuse) the part.

21. The burglar made quite a lot of noise getting intothe house; but fortunately for him the family was watching a noisy TV play. If they ____ (play) cards they certainly ____ (hear) him.

22. It rained, which spoiled our picnic; but if it ____ (not rain) it ____ (be) a great success.

23. You used wet sticks; that’s why the fire took so long to light. If you ____ (use) dry sticks it ____ (light) long ago.

24. I didn’t recognize him at first because he was wearing dark glasses; if he ____ (not wear) them I ____ (recognize) him immediately.

25. When the weather got bad the climbing party turnedback; all except Tom and his brothers, who decided to go on. If only they ____ (turn back) with the others they would be alive today.

26. He wasn’t very happy at school because he was a bookish boy, not at all interested in games. If he ____ (play) games like the other boys he ____ (have) amuch better time.

27. We had to stand almost all the way. It was Tom’s fault. If he ____ (book) seats, as I told him to, we ____ (have) quite a comfortable journey.

508

28. We were traveling with false passports. That was the trouble. If our passports ____ (be) all right, we ____ (not be) arrested.

29. They voted by a show of hands and decided in favour of a strike. But that was by a narrow margin and I think that if they ____ (hold) a secret ballot there ____ (not be) a strike.

30. You knew that horse was going to win! – Don’t be ridiculous! If I ____ (know) I ____ (back) him myself.

Exercise 61

Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form (mixed Conditionals).

1.I’ve hung out the clothes. It’s lovely and sunny; if it ____ (stay) like his they ____ (be) dry in two hours.

2.French is essential in this job. All the telephonists speak it. If they ____ (not know) French they ____ (not understand) half the callers.

3.How did you do in the car rally? – We came in last actually; but only because we got lost. If we ____ (get lost) we ____ (come) in somewhere in the middle. We certainly ____ (not be) last.

4.I wasn’t really surprised that we got lost because I knew that the navigator couldn’t map-read. – But if you ____ (know) that why you ____ (take) him as navigator?

5.A group of spectators, including myself, left the stand just before the end of the game. When we were half way down the stairs a goal was scored and there was a great cheer from the spectators. If there ____ (not be) a goal a crowd ___ (not cheer).

6.If the crowd ____ (not cheer) we ____ (not run) back up the stairs to see what had happened.

7.If we ____ (not run) back we ____ (not crash) into therest of the spectators on their way down, and there ____ (not be) this frightful accident.

509

8.If the pain ____ (return) you’d better take another pill.

9.If you aren’t going to live in the house why you ____ (not sell) it? If I ____ (have) a house I couldn’t useI ____ (sell) it at once.

10. Tell him to bring his bicycle inside. If he ____ (leave) it outside someone ____ (steal) it.

11. Why do people always wear dark clothes at night? If pedestrians____ (wear) light coloured clothes drivers____ (see) them much more easily.

12. She must have loved him very much because she waited for him for fifteen years. If she ____ (not love) him she ____ (not wait) so long.

13. He looked so small and weak that nobody asked him to do anything. If he ____ (look) strong he ____ (be) expected to dig all day like everyone else.

14. When he left school he became a fisherman. His family didn’t like it at all. They ____ (be) much happier if he ____ (become) a greengrocer like his father.

15. They still say that if he ____ (go) into the greengrocery business when he left school he _____ (be) comfortably off now instead of being poor.

16. But he says that if he ____ (have) his life again he ____ (make) the same choice.

17. No one bathes here. The water is heavily polluted.If you ____ (bathe) in it you ____ (be) ill for a fortnight.

18. Look at poor Tom trying to start his car by hand again! If I ____ (be) Tom I ____ (get) a new battery.

19. But I blame the real culprit even more. If he ____(admit) his guilt Peter ___ (not be) expelled.

20. The only thing I haven’t got is a balcony. If I ____ (have) a balcony I _____ (grow) plants in pots. Then my flat ____ (be) perfect!

Exercise 62

510

Open the brackets. Use the necessary forms denoting unreality.

1.It was a wet day. If I (not to wear) my raincoat I (tobe) wet to the skin.

2.Kate is such a comfort to me. If it (not to be) for her I (to feel) lost.

3.You certainly came in time. If it (not to be) for you I (to lose) my temper.

4.I have not seen her since she was a child. If I (to see) her now I (not to know) her.

5.No one is likely to come now. But if anyone (to come) ask them to wait.

6.She looks awfully young for her years. If it (not to be) for her gray hair she (to look) about thirty.

7.The passage was not lighted. If the moon (not to shine) so brightly through the cob-webby windows we (to be) in total darkness.

8.All her things are here. If she (to go away) for good she (to take) them. She intended to come back.

9.“You see,” the lady said, “if you (not to stuff) yourself with meat you (to be able) to eat a peach now.”

10. She was the moving spirit of the whole thing. Nothing (to be done) if it (not to be) for her.

11. Everything depended now on whether she had spoken the truth. If she (to lie) we (to be) lost.

12. Probably the man had not recognized me. If he (to recognize) me he (to speak) to me.

13. We should have left a message. If we (to tell) them where we were going they (to look) for us now.

14. There’s enough money to last you for ten days. If you (to want) more Anne will lend you some.

15. I can’t tell you how grateful I am for what you did. If it (not to be) for you Dick (to be crippled) for life.

16. It’s not your heart, dear, and you know it. If you(not to eat) so much lobster salad at lunch you (to feel) fine.

511

17. I haven’t danced for years, baby. If I (to start) dancing again people (to wonder).

18. Of course it’s important. If it (not to be) so important I (not to insist) on it.

19. It was raining. If the road (not to be wet) the car (not to skid).

20. She knew what the matter with her was. If she (notto know) she (not to consent) to the operation.

Exercise 63

Open the brackets, depending on whether the sentence refersto the present, future or past.

1.Mother would worry herself sick if I (not to be) home by eleven o’clock.

2.The weather would have been just right for a long walkif there (not to be) a threat of rain in the air.

3.If you (to know) what is good for you, you would not refuse.

4.If you (not to waste) all that time arguing we should have got there already.

5.If the taxi driver (not to recognize) him he would have never been suspected.

6.Even if nothing (to happen) to delay us we should not be able to reach Sydney ahead of them.

7.Even if you (not to go) so fast we should not have found the right turning in the dark.

8.I should not have paid the slightest attention to his words if he (not to look) so upset.

9.If you (to know) her better you wouldn’t think so.10. If it (not to be) so late we’d go there now.

Exercise 64

Complete the following sentences using the words in brackets.

512

1.If it had not been for what he said (nobody _______ tobelieve).

2.If it had not been for your help and understanding (I _______ to achieve nothing).

3.If it were not for the children (we ______ to take a more interesting route).

4.If it were not for my bad foot (I _______ to go to thebeach with them).

5.If it had not been for the rain (the forest fire _______ not to go out).

6.If it were not for you (she _______ to agree with our idea).

7.If it were not for a slight stammer (she _____ to havea good pronunciation).

8.If it had not been for the fall (he ________ to come first).

Exercise 65

Supply the correct mood of the verbs in brackets.

1.If they (not to help) us we (not to find) the way.2.If I (to have) enough money I (to buy) this cassette-

recorder.3.You (to be) able to speak English better if you (to

study) harder.4.If she (to be) older she (to understand) you better.5.If he (to be) in town yesterday he (to call) on us.6.We (to enjoy) the play better if it (not to be) so

long.7.My uncle (to be) able to help us if he (to be) here.8.I (to do) the same if I (to be) there.9.If I (to know) of your arrival I (to meet) you.10. If you (to know) what it is all about, you (not to

keep on) smiling.11. If you (to go) to the theatre last night, I’m

sure, you (to enjoy) the play.12. He (to act) differently if he (to realize) the

situation.513

13. If she (to come) earlier she (to be) able to see them before they went out.

14. Nobody told me about your trouble. I (to help) youif I (to hear) about it.

15. I (to come) sooner if I (to know) you were here.16. We (not to know) anything about their plans for

the summer holidays if Mario (not to send) us a letter.

17. If you (to come) between two and three yesterday you (to find) him in.

18. If I (to be) you I (to have) a long walk in the park.

19. If I (can) help you I readily (to do) so, but you know I can’t.

20. I must be off now. If it (not to be) so late I (tostay) a little longer.

Exercise 66

Complete the sentences below the box using he information in the box.

John’s plan Possible problems AlternativesFly by 9.30 plane

to JFKMiss the plane Fly by 12.00

plane toWashington

Arrive in JFK at12.00 local time

Miss the plane Arrive in JFK at11.00 pm local

timeTake a taxi tothe company

office

No taxis Take theunderground

Report to thecompany manager

The office closed Go to a hotel

Leave back homehe following

evening

There areproblems

Stay longer

1.John will fly by 9.30 plane to New York unless ____.

514

2.If John ____, he’ll fly by 12.00 plane to Washington.

3.Unless ____, he’ll arrive in New York at 12.00 local time.

4.John may ____ if he flies by 12.00 plane to Washington.

5.Unless ____, john won’t go by underground.6.John will have ____ if there ____ no taxis at the

airport.7.John will ____ unless the office ____.8.If the office ____, John ____ to the hotel.9.Unless the office ____, John ____ to the hotel.10. John ____ back home the following evening

unless ____.11. If there ____ problems, John ____ longer.12. Unless ____ problems, John ____ longer in New

York.

Exercise 67

Supply the correct form of the verb in parentheses for eachof the following sentences.

Henry talks to his dog as if it ____ (understand) him.If they had left the house earlier, they ____ (not be)

so late getting to the airport that they couldn’t check their baggage.

If I finish the dress before Saturday, I ____ (give) it to my sister for her birthday.

If I had seen the movie, I ____ (tell) you about it lastnight.

He would give you the money if he ___ (have) it.I wish they ____ (stop) making so much noise so that I

could concentrate.She would call you immediately if she ____ (need) help.Had they arrived at the sale early, they ____ (find) a

better selection.We hope that you ____ (enjoy) the party last night.

515

If you have enough time, please ____ (paint) the chair before you leave.

We could go for a drive if today ____ (be) Saturday.Mike wished that the editors ____ (permit) him to copy

some of their material.Joel wishes that he ____ (spend) his vacation on the

Gulf Coast next year.Had we known your address, we ____ (write) you a letter.Because Rose did so poorly on the exam, she wishes that

she ____ (study) harder last night.Mrs. Wood always talks to her tenth-grade students as

though they ____ (be) adults.If they had known him, they ____ (talk) to him.He would understand it if you ____ (explain) it to him

more slowly.I could understand the French teacher if she ____

(speak) more slowly.If the roofer doesn’t come soon, the rain ____ (leak)

inside.

Exercise 68

Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses.

1.If you (find) a skeleton in the cellar don’t mention it to anyone.

2.What (happen) if I press this button?3.I should have voted for her if I (have) a vote then.4.If someone offered to buy you one of those rings,

which you (choose)?5.The flight may be cancelled if the fog (get) thick.6.What I (do) if I hear the burglar alarm?7.If you (read) the instructions carefully you wouldn’t

have answered the wrong question.8.I could repair the roof myself if I (have) a long

ladder.9.Unless they turn that radio off I (go) mad.10. If you were made redundant what you (do)?

516

11. We’ll have a long way to walk if we (run) out of petrol here.

12. You (not have) more accidents if you drove more slowly.

13. If you (wear) a false beard nobody would have recognized you.

14. Unless they leave a lamp beside that hole in the road somebody (fall) into it.

15. You’ll get pneumonia if you (not change) your wet clothes.

16. If I had known that you couldn’t eat octopus I (not buy) it.

17. She (be able) to walk faster if her shoes hadn’t such high heels.

18. If you had touched that electric cable you (be) electrocuted.

19. You (not be) any use to me unless you learn to type.

20. If anyone attacked me, my dog (jump) at his throat.

Exercise 69

Complete the following sentences using the Conditionals

1.If it were not so late _________2.If it were Sunday today ________3.If you invited him _______4.If I were you _______5.If she lived in Moscow ________6.If you had waited a little ______7.If I could play the piano _______8.If you had done it as I told you ________9.If she were my sister _______10. If the weather were fine ________

Exercise 70

Complete the following sentences:517

1.We should go to the country if _________2.I should help her if ________3.He would have done it for you, no doubt, if _______4.They would play tennis now if _________5.I should have come yesterday if ________6.What would you do if ___________?7.It would be very nice if ________8.I’d have a walking holiday if ________9.They’d be only very glad if ________10. Everything would have been all right if _______

Exercise 71

Complete the sentences making them conditional.

1.We’ll just manage to catch the train if …2.If I see him again I …3.I will accept your explanation only if …4.If my bank manager lends me the money …5.What will happen if …?6.If you don’t hear from me by next Friday …7.If your work continues to improve …8.… only if you promise not to tell anyone else.9.Look up the answer in the key only if …10. What will he say if …?11. If the worst should come to the worst …12. Give me time and …

Exercise 72

Imagine you opened the door of the classroom and found you were in …

SiberiaHawaiiScotlandThe Kalahari desertCairoThe Amazon rainforest

518

Work with a partner. Choose one place and discuss what it would be like.

What would it look like? What sounds and smells would there be? What would the building be like?

What would the weather be like? What would the people look like? What would they be

wearing? What would you eat and drink? What would you be able to do? What wouldn’t you be

able to do? Would you have a good time?

Exercise 73

Work in groups. Discuss the following situations.

If you governed your country…a)…where would you build your palace?b)…what laws would you change?c)…what new laws would you bring in?d)…what would you spend most money on?e)…what would you tax?f)…what would you ban?g)…who would you appoint as your ministers?h)…what would you have named after you?

Exercise 74

Complete the sentences to make them true for you. Discuss your sentences with a partner.

1.If I’d been born in a different country …2.If I’d been born a member of the opposite sex …3.If I’d had famous parents …4.If I’d started learning English earlier in my life…5.If I’d listened to my parents’ advice when I was

younger …6.If I hadn’t come to this English class today …

519

Exercise 75

Read the article adapted from Jane’s Police Review and thenproceed to the task.

In December, three men were arrested for illegallyobtaining customer bank details from one of the high streetbanks in Windsor. As customers took out their cards to openthe bank door, the criminals’ electronic skimming devicewould read and record the account details. The men wouldfollow the customers to the cash point and, by watchingclosely over their shoulders, got the card pin numbers. Theincidents, seven in total, were all recorded on video. Themen were arrested on their seventh attempt. Two pleadedguilty to the charge of credit card fraud, but the thirdman argued that it was a case of mistaken identity andpleaded not guilty. Thames Valley Police, therefore, calledon the Facial Verification Bureau experts. The FVB teamanalyzed the video recording of the first six incidents ofcredit card fraud. They then compared the seventh piece ofthe video recording to see whether the person was the sameas the individual in each of the other incidents. Theyconcluded that the same person was present at each of theseven incidents of credit card fraud. This evidence waspresented in court and the man was found guilty ofconspiracy to defraud.

Hypothesize according to the model:Model: Three men / obtain illegal information / arrest – If three men didn’t obtain illegal information, they wouldn’t be arrested.

1.customers take out their cards / criminals’ device read and record the account details;

2.the men follow customers / watch over their shoulders / get the card pin numbers;

3.the incidents recorded on video / the men arrested;4.two suspects plead guilty / court find them guilty;

520

5.the third man plead guilty / police not call on the Facial Verification Bureau experts;

6.experts analyze the video recording / find the truth;7.experts compare the seventh piece of the video

recording / the person be the same in each of the incidents;

8.the evidence be presented in court / the third man notfind guilty.

Exercise 76

Read the text and then proceed to the tasks.

April 1865. The Civil War is over. The US President’swife, Mrs. Lincoln, delighted to be free from therestrictions of war time, had arranged a theatre party forthe evening of Friday, April 14. They were to go Ford’sTheatre to see Laura Keene play in “Our American Cousin”.Lincoln had been warned to be on his guard, but he onlysmiled. Who would wish to kill him now that the war hadended? The play had already begun when the president’s party

entered the theatre. The mighty cheer greeted thepresident. He bowed and sat down in his stage box. Twohours passed. It was nearly ten o’clock. Suddenly a manneared the door of the box, produced a card and told theattendant that he had important news. He was admitted. Thepresident sat close to the door next to his wife. A youngarmy major with his bride was sitting on the right…

Imagine what would have happened if …Model: President’s wife had arranged a theatre party. – I wish she hadn’t arranged the party. If she hadn’t arranged it, the president wouldn’t have been shot.

1. President’s wife wanted to visit the theatre very much.

2. President’s wife was tired of war-time restrictions.

521

3. President didn’t pay much attention to the warning.4. President didn’t take care of his bodyguards.5. President was sitting by the door of the box.6. The attendant didn’t check the visitor’s card

carefully enough.7. The attendant let the visitor into the president’s

box.8. The major was sitting far from the president.9. The major’s attention was occupied by his bride.10. There were no bodyguards in the president’s box.11. The major was late to spring at the assassin.12. The assassin had a pistol.13. The assassin had a dagger too.14. The president’s box was close to the stage.15. The actors and the public were frightened.16. The assassin had a horse waiting for him.17. The assassin escaped to Maryland.18. The assassin wasn’t tried in court.19. The president wasn’t taken to hospital.20. They didn’t have neurological surgery at that time.

Finish the text using the information given above.

Exercise 77

Read the article adapted from the Guardian below and then proceed to the tasks.

Shakespeare might have ended his days on the gallows asa Catholic martyr rather than a wealthy citizen ofStratford-upon-Avon. This is one conclusion being drawn byscholar detectives as they try to account for the youngShakespeare’s “lost years”. It was proposed in the 1930sthat Shakespeare spent his formative years as a servant toCatholic families in Lancashire, having changed his name toWilliam Shakeshafte. But evidence that would explain a linkbetween Stratford and Shakeshafte’s employers inLancashire, the Houghton family of Houghton Tower, nearPreston, had been overlooked. Now, writing in the Times

522

Literary Supplement, Richard Wilson of Lancaster Universitysays that a famous Jesuit mission to newly ProtestantEngland in the winter of 1580/81 offers evidence thatconfirms “beyond reasonable doubt” the identification ofShakeshafte with Shakespeare.

Why would Shakespeare have gone to Lancashire? After1576, Shakespeare’s father, John, refused to attendStratford corporation meeting and, says a report of 1592,“obstinately refused to resort to the church”, pleadingthat he might be arrested for debt. This excuse wasaccepted by scholars until 1984, when it was shown that hewas then a wealthy man. The real reason may have been areligious feeling that swept Warwickshire a Catholicpriests arrived from the new seminary at Douai, in France,founded by the Houghton family. The priests, whose liveswere dependent on the support of families prepared to hidethem, were drawn to Stratford, one of the most significantcenters on the recusant map of England. An early recruitwas Simon Hunt, who taught Shakespeare from age 7 to 14.Prof. Wilson thinks William may have joined those young menwho adopted pseudonyms and set out to further the Catholicmission’s aims. John Shakespeare may have wanted a Catholiceducation for his son in the service of the Catholicnobleman Alexander Houghton. In 1581 the Houghton familywas arrested for sheltering the Jesuit Edmund Campion, whowas executed. Shakespeare escaped with the help of awealthy neighbour, eventually moving to London and a careerin the theatre.

Hypothesize about the following:1.Shakespeare would be a Catholic martyr if …2.Scholar detectives would make such a conclusion if …3.Shakespeare wouldn’t have changed his name if …4.Scholars could explain a link between Stratford and

Shakespeare’s employers if …5.If it were not for the famous Jesuit mission …6.The identification of Shakeshafte with Shakespeare

would be impossible now if …

523

7.Shakespeare’s father wouldn’t have refused to attend the church if …

8.Should Shakespeare’s father have been in debt, he …9.If it had not been for he evidence found in 1984 …10. If Shakespeare’s father wouldn’t have refused to

attend Stratford corporation meetings …11. It looks as if a real reason to stay away from

church …12. But for the arrival of Catholic Priests …13. There wouldn’t have been a religious fervour if …14. If it had not been for the families prepared to

hide the priests …15. The priests wouldn’t have gone to Stratford if …16. Stratford wouldn’t have been a significant center

on the recusant map of England but for …17. If Simon Hunt had not been teaching Shakespeare

until the age of 14 …18. Professor Wilson wouldn’t think that Shakespeare

had been a Catholic if …19. Shakespeare wouldn’t have joined the young men who

adopted aliases if…20. If Shakespeare’s father hadn’t wanted a Catholic

education for his son …21. The Houghton family wouldn’t have been arrested

if…22. Jesuit Edmund Campion wouldn’t have been executed

if …23. But for the execution of Edmund Campion …24. If it had not been for the wealthy neighbour’s

help…25. Shakespeare wouldn’t have started his theatre

career if…

Exercise 78

Read the following stories and discuss what you would have done.

524

I was in the supermarket yesterday and I saw this elderly woman shuffling up and down the aisles. She didn’t have a trolley, and was putting her shopping straight in her basket. Anyway, I thought nothing moreabout it and carried on doing my shopping and when I went to queue up to pay, there she was in front of me.I watched her put one tin of cat food on the counter and pay for it, then she walked out with her basket full of unpaid shopping.

Something awful happened to me last week. I’d invited six people round for dinner and you know how I hate cooking. Anyway, I spent all afternoon preparing the meal and actually I was quite pleased with how it turned out. I even managed to get all the vegetables ready at the same time as the meat. So, the vegetableswere on the table and I just had to get the chicken out of the oven. I lifted it out and I don’t know how it happened, but I dropped it on the kitchen floor andbefore I could pick it up, the cat had licked it. She regretted it afterwards, because she burnt her tongue.

My friend put me in a really difficult position the other day. She’d bought this dress for a special ‘do’ and I don’t know why she had to ask me what I thought of it. I mean, she wouldn’t have bought it if she didn’t like it, would she? And she paid a fortune for it. Anyway, she put it on and I immediately thought, “No, orange is not your colour.” Not only that, but some people just haven’t got the legs for short skirts. To be honest, she looked ridiculous.

On my last birthday, my husband just gave me an envelope. I was really excited. I thought it was goingto be tickets for a holiday to Egypt. He knew that it was my ambition to see the pyramids. Anyway, when I opened the envelope, there was a cheque inside for $5,000 and a little note saying, “Happy Birthday darling. I’ve booked you a face-lift.”

I had a very strange experience the other day. I was up in London for a meeting and it was lunch time. It was a lovely day, so I bought a sandwich and went for a

525

walk. I was just on my way back to the office when I noticed a scruffy, bearded man begging in the street. I recognized him immediately. It was someone I’d been at university with, a brilliant rugby player. He’d always been a bit of a rebel, but a very clever man. We’d been very good friends, but I’d lost touch with him when we left university.

Exercise 79

Read the text and do the tasks that follow.

In the President’s Chair

Every week we ask someone what they would do if hey were a president. This week it is a turn of Heather Pearce, university lecturer.

I would import more high technology for our industries and transport systems instead of relying on cheap labour. I would pay for this by exporting more of our agricultural produce and cutting down on our food imports. I would work hard for international peace instead of making aggressive speeches, and at home I would put more money into our health and social services instead of cutting taxes.

Task 1Which of the following would Heather Pearce choose to do ifshe was president?

1.import high technology;2.rely on cheap labour;3.export more agricultural produce;4.cut down on food imports;5.work hard for international peace;6.make aggressive speeches;7.put more money into health and social services;8.cut taxes.

526

Task 2Write your own version of “In the President’s Chair”. What would you do if you were the president of your country?

Exercise 80

Work in small groups and discuss these questions.

If you …a)…could be anywhere in the world for the next 24 hours,

where would you go?b) …were on a five year space mission and could take one

of your possessions what would it be?c)…could have the answer to any one question, what would

you want to know?d)…could change one thing about your country, what would

it be?e)…could have one day with someone from history, who

would it be?f)…won $1 million on the lottery next week, what would

you do with the money?g)…could relieve one week of your life, which week would

it be?h)…could change sex for one year, what would you do with

the time?i)…could be transported into the future, when and where

would you like to go to?j)…could be any animal, what would you be?

Exercise 81

Match the sentence halves (a-f and 1-6) to make six questions.

b)If you could spend a year on a desert island with another person, …

527

c)Assuming you could have the answer to any one question, …

d)Imagine you could relive any one experience of your life, …

e)Supposing you would never be caught, …f)If you could be any famous person’s partner, …g)Imagine you had to spend $1 million before the end of

the day, …

1.… what serious crime might you consider committing?2.… what would you ask?3.… who would you most like to spend the time with?4.… what would you spend it on?5.… whose would you like to be?6.… which experience would you choose?

Work in small groups, discuss all these questions.

Exercise 82

Translate from Ukrainian into English.

1.Що б ви сказали, якби я запросив його провести з нами суботу і неділю?

2.Які ліки ви б запропонували, якщо у хлопчика заболить горло?

3.Хлопчик не тремтів би, якби ж йому не було холодно. Дайте йому випити гарячого чаю.

4.Ми б із задоволенням посиділи ще годину, якби не було так пізно.

5.Якби ви вчасно приймали ліки, які вам виписав лікар, ви б почувалися зараз набагато краще.

6.Якби ми почали працювати рано вранці, ми б вже все закінчили.

7.На вашому місці я б не сперечалась з ними. Те, що вониговорять, має сенс.

8.Якби все було до ладу, він не виглядав би таким стурбованим.

528

9.Я б заздалегідь зробила це, якби знала, що це так важливо.

10. Я б, можливо, залишилась, якби мені дозволили.11. На вашому місці я б не пішов туди без запрошення.12. Якби ви зателефонували мені вчора, я б із

задоволенням завітав до вас.

Exercise 83

Read the text, choose the answers to the given questions and then try to find out who the shipwrecked man was.

The Shipwrecked Man

There are three men on an island. They all look the same but one of them is not a native of the island. The one who is not a native was shipwrecked years before. One day a ship comes to look for the shipwrecked man. They can ask the three men only two questions. They know that the shipwrecked man always tells the truth and the natives always tell lies. They ask the first man, “Are you the shipwrecked man?” But the answer blows away on the wind andthey do not hear it. They ask the second man: “Did the first man say “yes”?” He answers: “Yes”. From just this much information they are able to find their man. How?

1.If the first man is the shipwrecked man, what must hisanswer to their question been?

a)Yes, I am.b)No, I am not.c)People are always asking me stupid questions.

2.If the first man is not a shipwrecked man, then what must his answer have been?

a)Yes, I am.b)No, I am not.c)Get away from my island!

3.Can we tell only from the first man’s answer whether or not he is lying?

529

a)Yes, because the first man looks the same as the others.

b)Yes, because the first man has such a nice face.c)No, because he first man’s answer must be the same

in either case – ‘yes”.4.Is the second man truthfully reporting what the first

man said?a)Of course not.b)Who knows.c)Yes, he is.

5.How many of them can be telling the truth?a)One of them.b)Two of them.c)Three of them.

6.You know whether the second man is telling the truth or not?

a)He doesn’t care.b)He is telling the truth.c)He must be lying.

7.So which man is the real shipwrecked man?a)The first man.b)The second man.c)The third man.

Answers:1.a) – if the first man is the shipwrecked, he must have

told the truth and said he was.2.a) – if the first man is not the shipwrecked man, he

must have lied and said he was.3.c) – No, we can’t tell if the first man is lying or

not because he must answer “yes” in either case.4.c) – if the first man says “yes” in either case, then

the second man is trustfully reporting what he said. If the second man were a liar, he would have to say “no”.

5.a) – only one of them can be telling the truth.6.c) – since the second man is telling the truth, he

first man must be lying.

530

7.b) – the second man is the real shipwrecked man.*** The third man was not asked because he would have been the shipwrecked man if the other two had been lying.

Exercise 84

WHAT DO YOU THINK ABOUT YOURSELF?

Put “+” or “-“ in front of each question (put “v” if youdon’t know the answer), then count all the positive and negative answers.

I. Would you stay silent if …1.you had been accused of stealing something;2.you did not understand a question you had been

asked;3.someone shouted at you;4.someone asked your opinion;5.someone misunderstood what you had said;6.someone told you a joke you did not approve of;7.everybody in the meeting disagreed with your ideas;8.you hated someone;9.you were in a crowd of shouting people;10. you suddenly went deaf;11. you had emotionally hurt someone you loved;12. you were told you had passed an important exam;13. you knew an unpleasant but important fact about

someone;14. someone was chasing you down a dark street;15. you were given bad food in a restaurant;16. you were being tortured for information;17. you found someone had lied to you;18. you wanted a chatterbox to shut up;19. someone told you to shut up;20. you were asked to report a friend who had done

something wrong;21. someone asked you for money in the street;

531

22. someone spoke to you on a train and you did not like their looks;

23. you saw a parent hit a child in the street;24. you saw someone was about to light the wrong end

of the cigarette.

II. Would you feel afraid of if …1.you were driving and just missed having a fatal

accident;2.you found yourself falling from a high window;3.you were going to lose your job;4.the police stopped you and you did not know what

for;5.your doctor told that you had some years left to

live;6.you came under fire for the first time;7.you had to go to consult a psychiatrist;8.you were in high mountains and you had to cross

white water in a wooden box suspended from a cable;

9.you had to sleep in a big house alone;10. you had failed to do the job you had promised

someone you would do;11. you had a dentist appointment in ten minutes;12. the doctor said you needed an operation;13. your exams were coming up soon;14. you were walking down a dark street and

someone stepped out of the shadows in front of you;

15. you had to live alone;16. a black cat crossed your path;17. you were climbing a steep mountain;18. a dog ran at you in the street;19. your boat was sinking;20. you received a telegram late at night;21. you saw a robbery taking place.

III.Would you cry if …1.you received an award publicity;

532

2.your pet died;3.your parent left home;4.you heard a song of your childhood;5.you got the news of a terrible tragedy;6.you relationship with your friend ended;7.someone you loved was going away for a long time;8.you moved out of a neighbouhood you liked;9.you were by yourself and felt lonely;10. you saw a sad film;11. it were a very moving film even if it ended

happily;12. you had your birthday without your parents and

friends far from your home;13. you peeled onions;14. you saw someone you hadn’t seen for a long

time;15. you were frightened;16. you hurt yourself;17. you felt very nervous and tense;18. you had been laughing too hard.

Exercise 85

Answer these questions. Mind that the questions are about present and future possibilities.

1.If you could ask God just one question, what would it be?

2.If you could be another person for a day, who would you be?

3.If you could be invisible for a day what would you do and why?

4.If you could change one thing about yourself, what would it be?

5.If you could change one thing in the world, what wouldit be?

6.If you could choose to live on a different planet, which one would you choose?

533

7.If you could have only one food for the rest of your life (assuming that this strange situation would not affect your health), which food would you choose?

8.If you could meet any famous person, dead or alive, who would it be and why?

9.If you could spend a day with any celebrity, who wouldit be and what questions would you ask that person?

10. If you could take a vacation anywhere in the worldfor any length of time, where would you go?

11. If you had one wish, what would it be?12. If you had time machine, where would you go and

why?13. If you received lottery tickets as a gift at the

office party, and you won $30,000,000, would you sharethe winnings with the person that gave you the gift?

14. If you saw a robbery, would you report?15. If you were asked to choose which time you would

like to live in, which century would you choose?16. If you were given a choice between being given

great wisdom or great wealth, which would you choose?17. If you were going to a deserted island and could

only take three things with you, what would you take? Why?

18. If you were invited to have tea with the Queen of England, what would you say?

19. What kinds of problems would you have if you had to always tell the truth?

20. Supposing you are given $1 million, what you woulddo with it?

Exercise 86

Answer these questions with conditional clauses both in thepresent and the past. Use a long response.

1.If you had chosen your own first name for yourself, what would you have selected?

2.If you could live anywhere in the world, where would you choose?

534

3.If you could come back in some future life in another form, who or what would you like to be?

4.What kind of food would you have been eating for dinner if you had stayed in Italy?

5.What kind of job would you like to do if you could choose anything in the world?

6.What kind of climate would you prefer if you could choose?

7.What would you have been studying if you had attended a university abroad?

8.What language would you study if you didn’t learn English?

9.What would you have been doing today if you hadn’t come to class?

10. What would you do if your classes were boring?11. What would you do if you were the dean of your

department?12. What would you do if you were the President of

Ukraine?

Exercise 87

Translate the sentences into English, paying attention to the use of the Subjunctive Mood in conditional sentences.

1.Було б корисно порадитися з лікарем.2.Було б цікаво з’ясувати, хто з нас правий: ти чи я.3.Було б приємно прийняти душ у таку спеку.4.Було б добре випити кави.5.Було б важливо з’ясувати його думку з цього питання.6.Вам було б дуже корисно займатися спортом.7.Вона б добре навчалась, але ж часто хворіє і не

відвідує лекціі.8.Ми б із задоволенням вам допомогли, але дуже зайняті

сьогодні.9.Я поїхав би на південь, але мій лікар не радить цього

робити.10. Добре, що ви прислухались до порад лікаря, інакше

ви б не оминули запалення легень.535

11. Минулої неділі дощ йшов цілий день, інакше ми б поїхали за місто.

12. Він каже, що в нього щось негаразд із серцем, інакше він би прийняв участь у спортивних змаганнях.

13. Якби не головний біль, я б приєднався до вас.14. Якби не ваші ліки, мене б поклали у лікарню. Вони

створили диво.15. Якби ви знали всі симптоми корі, ви б одразу ж

зрозуміли, що це була не скарлатина.16. Дивна жінка! Вона не стала б радитися з лікарем

навіть якби почувала себе погано.17. Як би ви відповіли на це запитання?18. Що б ви зробили на моєму місці?19. Я б порадила вам звернутися до дантиста.20. Я б ніколи не зробив цього без вашої допомоги.

Exercise 88

Translate the sentences into English paying attention to the use of the Subjunctive and the Conditionals

1.Шкода, що він поїхав.2.Вона жалкувала, що була ніч, а не ранок, щоб ніхто не

бачив, яка ж вона нещаслива.3.Шкода, що вона мені не сестра, я б її дуже любила.4.Ми пожалкували, що залишили його там одного.5.Він пожалкував, що пішов так рано.6.Вона розсердилася так, наче були витрачені її власні

кошти.7.Не дивись на мене так, наче ніколи раніше мене не

бачив.8.Вона має такий вигляд, наче вона не знає, що сказати.9.Навіть якщо б ми отримали телеграму вчора, все рівно

було б дуже пізно.10. Навіть якщо б я була дуже зайнята, я б все рівно

знайшла час провідати її в лікарні.11. Якби ж тільки він не був такий ледачий!12. Якби не велосипед, він би нас не наздогнав.13. Якби я знав, що ти прийдеш, я б залишився вдома.

536

14. Я пішов би з вами, але мій маленький братик хворіє, мені потрібно йти в аптеку.

15. Це було важливо тоді, а не зараз.

Exercise 89

Translate into English.

1.Якби сталося так, що на світі не стало б жодних хвороб, то всі люди жили б довго і не хворіли.

2.Якщо станеться так, що ти потрапиш у біду, я допоможу тобі, не зважаючи ні на що.

3.Якби він хотів, він міг би багато чого домогтися.4.Якби ти працював хоча б три години кожного дня, ти б

склав ці іспити.5.Якби він працював, йому б не довелося просити гроші у

матері.6.Якби вона не хотіла б тебе бачити, вона б не

телефонувала.7.Якби я був султаном, я б мав трьох дружин.8.Якби не було б мрії, нема чого було б прагнути.9.Якщо б усе легко давалося, жити було б нецікаво.10. Якби вони були разом, вони були б щасливі.11. Якби квитки на концерт були дешевшими, я б

обов’язково туди пішов.12. Якби він не витрачав гроші на дрібниці, він би

давно був мільйонером.13. На твоєму місці, я б не купував таку дорогу

машину.14. Якби ти сам подивився цей фільм, ти б зрозумів моє

захоплення.15. Якби не ти, я б не був таким агресивним.16. Якби я жив з батьками, мені б не довелося

витрачати зароблені гроші на їжу.17. Якби мені подарували кокер-спанієля, я б назвав

його Джо. Вийшло б Джо Коккер.18. Якби ми поїхали поїздом, а не летіли літаком, ми б

не встигли на весілля.

537

19. Якби я мав достатньо грошей, я б вирушив у кругосвітню подорож.

20. Якби я був автором, я б змінив назву книги.21. Якби йому вдалося вивчити англійську, він би

одержав роботу у міжнародній компанії.22. Якби я працювала в цій фірмі, я б одержувала гарну

зарплатню.23. Якби зараз пішов сніг, я б поїхав кататися на

лижах.24. Якби я мала гарний зір, я б не носила окулярів.25. Якби я знав, що книга така цікава, я б давно її

прочитав.26. Якби ми були в Лондоні, ми б подивилися всі

визначні пам’ятки.27. Якби зараз було літо, я б поїхав до моря.28. Якби я мала авто, я б об’їздила усю Європу.29. Якби люди були добрішими один до одного, все у

світі змінилося б на краще.30. Якби ти читав газети, ти б знав, що відбувається у

світі.

Exercise 90

Translate into English

1.Якби Неллі жила біля університету, дорога не забирала б в неї стільки часу.

2.Якби мені подобався футбол, я ходила б з чоловіком на матчі.

3.Якби Пол не був хворий, йому б не довелося залишатися у ліжку у такий чудовий день.

4.Якби у нас не були сьогодні збори, ми б обов’язково зустрілися.

5.Якби вона могла зробити цю роботу сама, вона б не просила нас допомогти їй.

6.Ми б пограли сьогодні в теніс, якби ти не був сьогоднітакий зайнятий.

7.Якби ми взяли таксі, ми б добралися до вокзалу за півгодини.

538

8.Якби ти не була такою неуважною, ти досягла б великих успіхів.

9.Якби я знала, коли ти повернешся, я б не хвилювалася.10. Якби Пол не доглядав за автомобілем, він би давно

вже був непридатним.11. Якби ти не кричала на дитину, вона була б

спокійною.12. Що б ти зробив, якби тобі запропонували піти з

цієї посади?13. Куди б ти пішов, якби був вільний?14. Якби вона була більш терплячою, з нею легко було б

мати справу.15. Якби не дощ, ми увесь час були б на палубі.16. Якби фільм був кольоровим, він би справляв більше

враження.17. Він подумав, що він теж не знав би, як би він

вчинив, якби він був на її місці.18. Якби дорога йшла через ліс, ми б пішли пішки.19. Якби він був молодішим, я певен, він би теж

захоплювався туризмом.20. Якби я купив лотерейний квиток, я б виграв авто.21. Він би не втомлювався, якби не працював 12 годин

на день.22. Ти б не була такою повною, якби не їла так багато.23. Сьогодні не було б так вогко, якби не йшов дощ.24. Якби я поїхав до Лондона, я б відвідав музей

воскових фігур.25. Якби я мав достатньо інформації, я б написав цю

статтю.26. Якби вона прийшла пізно, він би хвилювався.27. Якби він знав французьку мову краще,він би читав

книги в оригіналі.28. Я багато б не думав, якби мав вибирати.29. Якби ти підтримав Тома, він би зміг досягти гарних

результатів.30. Вона б не була такою короткозорою, якби не читала

так багато.

Exercise 91539

Translate into English

1.Якби я знала про це вчора, я б прийшла.2.Якби Нік приїхав вчора до міста, він би приймав участь

в обговоренні.3.Якби я була вчора в театрі, я б зустріла там свого

старого друга.4.Якби він знав цю людину, він би давно запитав його про

вас.5.Якби вчора була гарна погода, ми б із задоволенням

пішли на прогулянку.6.Якби минулої неділі я дістав квитки на концерт, я б

одержав задоволення від нових пісень улюбленого співака.

7.Якби ти був вчора вдома, ми б домовилися про наші сумісні плани на відпочинок.

8.Він не зрозумів цього, якби йому не натякнули минулого разу.

9.Він би не зніяковів, якби йому сказали це прямо в обличчя.

10. Якби ви сповістили мене, що хочете поговорити зі мною, я б прийшов до вас учора.

11. Якби вчилася торік старанно, ти б успішно склала іспити.

12. Якби ти з ним зв’язався, він би зробив тобі послугу.

13. Якби я побачили цього вчора, я б розповіла йому про це.

14. Якби всі студенти взяли участь, все було б давно виконано.

15. Якби усі прийшли вчора, ми б розв’язали проблему.16. Якби знав про це, купив би квитки заздалегідь.17. Якби моя сукня була готова, я б одягла її вчора на

вечірку.18. Якби я вступила до університету торік, я б його

закінчила через 4 роки.19. Вашу статтю надрукували б, якби ви закінчили її

вчора.540

20. Якби проект був поданий на обговорення, рішення було б ухвалене зараз.

21. Було б дивно, якби ми пам’ятали кожну деталь того,що сталося дуже давно.

22. Я б відповів, якби був впевнений.23. Якби блузка підходила до спідниці, я б її купила.24. Якби у хлопчика була мама, він би не був таким

нещасним.25. Якби вони допомогли йому вчасно, він би не

потрапив у халепу.26. Якби не носив такі зношені туфлі, він би не

почував себе незграбно.27. Якби ми мали гарний фотоапарат, ми б зробили

багато цікавих фото.28. Якби вона провела тиждень біля моря, вона б

почувала себе краще.29. Якби вона прийшла сюди вчора, ми б усе обміркували

разом.30. Якби не моє погане самопочуття, я б поїхав з вами.

Exercise 92

Translate into English

1.Насправді, він не був би такий засмучений, якби йому було потрібно залицятися до Джейн.

2.Якби я зараз був у Лондоні, я б зупинився у друга.3.Якби ми дуже поспішали, ми б поїхали на таксі.4.Якби я не почув прогноз погоди, я б не взяв плаща.5.Якби ночі були теплішими, ми б спали на відкритому

повітрі.6.Якби вона не хворіла, вона б взяла участь у

сьогоднішній вечірці.7.На вашому місці, я б покарав його.8.Якби вона займалася спортом, вона не була б такою

повною.9.Вони б не відхилили мою пропозицію, якби розглянули її

як слід.541

10. На вашому місці, я б переконав його взяти участь уконференції.

11. Якби він вибачився переді мною, я б йому пробачилавсе.

12. Я б не потурбував вас так пізно, якби справа не була такою терміновою.

13. Якби ми не вжили усіх необхідних заходів, робота була б зіпсована.

14. Якби машина не їхала так швидко, нещасного випадкуб не було.

15. Якби ваші діти були не винні, вас би не викликали до директора школи.

16. Ми б давно полагодили телефон, якби у нас були гроші.

17. Нам би передали пакунок ще вчора, якби ми були на роботі.

18. Кріс з’явився б в офісі вчасно, якби він не затримався в аеропорту.

19. Я б не хвилювалася вчора весь вечір, якби знала, де ти був.

20. Якби ти взяв з собою парасольку, ти б не змок.21. Якби він мав бажання говорити відверто, він би не

відповідав на мої запитання так неохоче.22. Якби моя подруга не була такою наполегливою та

працелюбною, вона б не досягла таких великих успіхів.23. Якби ви відповіли на цей лист негайно, ви б вже

отримали відповідь.24. Якби Стів не розмовляв таким тоном, Марта б не

образилася на нього.25. Якби ти не був таким балакучим, тобі б більше

довіряли.26. Якби моя відпустка була влітку, я б поїхав до

Маямі.27. На вулиці сильний мороз. Якби було тепліше, ми б

пішли на ковзанку.28. Якби вони так не втомилися, вони б не лягли спати

так рано, та, звичайно, подивилися б телепередачу.29. Якби ця стаття була б опублікована в останньому

номері цього журналу, ми б, звичайно, її прочитали.542

30. Якби ти не боявся Джона, ти б обов’язково виграв суперечку.

Exercise 93

Translate into English

1.Якби ти вів машину обережніше, ми б уникнули нещасноговипадку.

2.Якби не твоя допомога, я б нізащо не закінчила роботу вчора.

3.Якби зараз ти сказав неправду, я б більше ніколи тобі не повірив.

4.Ти б не зробив цієї помилки, якби звернув тоді увагу на мої слова.

5.Я міг би позичити тобі гроші минулого тижня, якби був упевнений, що ти вчасно їх віддаси.

6.Якби не цей випадок, ми б так і не взнали, що він за людина.

7.Якби не терміновість цієї справи, я б залишився вдома.8.Якби він більше тренувався, йому б вдалося встановити

рекорд на Олімпійських іграх.9.На вашому місці, я б давно спробував це зробити.10. Якби не хвороба, він би ніколи не кинув палити.11. Ми б могли зробити це сьогодні, якби ви не

відмовилися нам допомогти.12. Якби ви показали квиток, цього непорозуміння б не

трапилося.13. Якби ти міг жити в іншій частині світу, яку б

країну ти обрав та чому?14. Якби до тебе приїхали гості з США, як би ти

організував їх дозвілля?15. Усі б зраділи, якби ви зайшли до нас ще раз до

вашого від’їзду.16. Я б давно відповіла на ваше запитання, якби могла.17. Якби я не знав його так добре, я б не повірив

тому, що він мені щойно розповів.18. Якби зараз було тепліше, я б надягла нове літнє

плаття.543

19. Якби минулого заняття ви були уважними, ви б заразкраще знали матеріал.

20. О, якби ми тільки могли усе пояснити!21. Хто знає, що б він зробив, якби почув про це

раніше? 22. Якби ти повсякчас не кричав на дитину, вона б не

була така знервована.23. Якби не лікар, Сюзан би не врятували.24. Вона запевнила його, що якби він був з нею

ласкавіший, вона б прийняла його освідчення.25. Якби не ураган, ми б залишилися на турбазі ще на

декілька днів.26. Мені б і на думку і не спало, що Кейт така

брехуха.27. Ми б жили дружно, якби не втручалася свекруха.28. Ти б почувала себе краще, якби перейшла на

вегетаріанське харчування.29. Якби він не був такий легковажний, мабуть, вже й

одружився.30. Кімната була б затишнішою, якби ти повісила пару

малюнків.

Exercise 94

Translate into English

1.Якби в тебе вилося волосся, ти б робила чудові зачіски.

2.Якби не твій смак, у нас би не вийшла така чудова робота.

3.Ви б почували себе краще, якби ходили до басейну.4.Ти б не підхопила запалення легенів, якби не ходила

легко вдягненою в таку жахливу погоду.5.Ми б вручили вам приз, якби ви доклали більше зусиль.6.Ти б відкрив конверт, поки нікого немає.7.Я б згадав усе, що мені казали, якби мені дали час.

544

8.Ми б давно переїхали на нову квартиру, якби в ній не було так холодно.

9.Він би вийшов із скрутного становища, якби йому не заважали.

10. Якби ти викинув з голови ці думки, всім стало б легше.

11. Якби нам видали зарплатню вчасно, ми б не потерпали від таких труднощів.

12. Якби ти була стриманішою, люди не ображалися на тебе.

13. Якби ти не вирвав зуба, в тебе б почався запальнийпроцес.

14. він би не з’їхав з глузду, якби не цей його спосібжиття.

15. Я б покликав лікаря, якби ти погодилася.16. Ми б вимокли до останньої нитки, якби не взяли з

собою парасольки.17. Ти б випив чаю, якби тобі його зараз

запропонували?18. Я б висловив вам свої співчуття словами, якби я не

був так схвильований.19. Я б вже давно попрасувала білизну, якби не ці

нескінченні телефонні дзвінки.20. Ти б сказала йому всю правду в очі, а не тримала

образу в собі.21. Ти б у них погостювала, якби вони тебе запросили?22. Якби не ваша брутальність, ми б продовжили з вами

співпрацювати.23. Якби не цей гомін, ми б давно закінчили переклад.24. Якби не твоя сором’язливість, тебе б запросили на

цю роль.25. Коли б не її завзяття, вона б давно перетворилась

на стару жінку.26. Час вже познайомити їх один з одним.27. Якби дорогу не замело снігом, ми б дісталися

міста до вечора.28. Час уже тобі припинити ці безглузді розмови.29. Бажано, аби ви перевірили зір, перш ніж будете

замовляти нові окуляри.545

30. Вона ридала, нібито з нею трапилося горе.

546

List of Sources

Abbs B., Freebairn I. Blueprint Upper Intermediate.Longman, 1993. 142p.

Alexander L.G. Longman English Grammar. Longman, 1998. 374p.

Alexander L.G. Longman English Grammar Practice forIntermediate Students. Longman, 1999. 296 p.

Allen W.S. Living English Structure. Longman, 1996. 338 p.Barabash T.A. A Guide to Better Grammar. M., 1975. 285 p.Blokh M. Y., Lebedeva A.Y., Denisova V.S. English Grammar

Exercises. Moscow, 1984. 174 p.Carr J.C. Eales F. Cutting Edge. Intermediate. Longman,

2001. 96 p.Eastwood J. Oxford Practice Grammar. Oxford: University

Press, 1999. 432 p.Evans V., Dooley J. Mission 1.Express Publishing, 1996. 216

p/Gneenall S. Reward. Intermediate. Macmillan Heinemann,

1995. 123 p.Gneenall S. Reward. Upper-Intermediate. Macmillan

Heinemann, 1997. 123 p.Gordon E.M., Krylova I.D. A Grammar of Present-day English.

M., 1980. 235 p.Gude K., Duckworth M. Proficiency. Masterclass. Oxford

University Press, 1994. 217 p.Jones L. Cambridge Advanced English. Cambridge University

Press, 1993. 251 p.Jones L. New Progress to First Certificate. Cambridge

University Press, 1997. 287 p.Jones C., Bastow T. Inside Out. Advanced. Macmillan

Publishers Ltd., 2005. 159 p.Kay S., Jones V. Inside Out. Intermediate. Macmillan

Publishers Ltd., 2004. 159 p.Kay S., Jones V. Inside Out. Upper Intermediate. Macmillan

Publishers Ltd., 2005. 159 p.Murphy R. English Grammar in Use. Cambridge University

Press, 1995. 350 p.

547

Natanson E.A. Practical English Grammar. Higher SchoolPublishing House. Moscow, 1973. 303 p.

Prodromou L. Grammar and Vocabulary for First Certificate.Longman, 2000. 319 p.

Soars J., Soars L. Headway. Intermediate. Oxford UniversityPress, 1995. 120 p.

Soars J., Soars L. Headway. Pre-Intermediate. OxfordUniversity Press, 1996. 143 p.

Soars J., Soars L., Devoy J. New Headway. Oxford UniversityPress, 2000. 104 p.

Thomson A.J., Martinet A.V. A Practical English Grammar.Oxford University Press, 1997. 383 p.

Thomson A.J., Martinet A.V. A Practical English Grammar.Exercises 1-2. Oxford University Press, 1996. 181 p.,197 p.

Vince M. Intermediate Language Practice. MacmillanHeinemann, 1998. 266 p.

Walker E., Elsworth S. Grammar Practice for UpperIntermediate Students. Longman Group Ltd., 1998. 170 p.

Yanson V., Svistun L. A Practical Guide for Learners ofEnglish. = Практичний курс англійської мови длястудентів вищих навчальних закладів. Книга ІІ. Київ: ТОВ«ВП Логос», 2003. 352 с.

Аракин В.Д. и др.. Практический курс английского языка.2курс. Москва: «Владос», 1998. 516 с.

Каушанская В.Л. Грамматика английского язика. Москва, 2000.318 с.

Павлоцкий В.М., Тимофеева Т.М. Практикум по грамматикеанглийского языка. Изд. «Каро». Санкт-Петербург, 2006.535 с.

Федотова И.Г., Ишевская Н.А. Ускоренный курс английскогоязыка. Москва: Высшая школа, 1989. 288 с.

Хведченя Л.В., Хорень Р.В., Крюковская И.В. Практическаяграматика современного английского язика. – Минск,«Книжный Дом», 2005. 687 с.

Черноватий Л.М., Карабан В.І та ін. Практична граматикаанглійської мови з вправами: Посібник для студентіввищих закладів освіти. Том 1-2.-Вінниця: Нова книга,2005.-288 с.

548

Шапран Л.Ю.,Куниця Л.І. та ін. Англійська мова: Підручник.-Київ: Фірма «ІНКОС», 2007. 717с.

Эпштейн Г.А., Казанская Н.М. Глагол. The Verb. Изд. «Каро».Санкт-Петербург, 2003. 542 с.

Internet Sources

www.adobe.comhttp://deil.lang.uiuc.edu/web.pages/grammarsafari.htmlhttp://langue.hyper.chubu.ac.jp/jalt/pub/tlthttp://literacynet.org/cnnsfhttp://www.linguistlist.orghttp://linguistic-funland.comhttp://www.aitech.http://www.englisch-hilfen.de/en/exercises_list/

alle_grammar.htmhttp://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammarhttp://www.englisch-hilfen.de/en/http://www.english-grammar-lessons.com/http://www.english-4u.de/http://www.better-english.com/grammar.htmhttp://www.better-english.com/exerciselist.htmlhttp://a4esl.org/q/j/http://owl.english.purdue.edu/handouts/grammar/http://www.englishpage.com/http://perso.wanadoo.es/autoenglish/freeexercises.htmhttp://www.learn4good.com/languages/

evr_english_grammar.htmhttp://www.learnenglishfeelgood.com/

grammarexercises.htmlhttp://englishonline.sites.uol.com.br/english/basic.htmhttp://cla.univ-fcomte.fr/english/grammar/grammar.htmhttp://a4esl.org/q/h/grammar.htmlhttp://www.nonstopenglish.com/allexercises/Grammar/

Grammar-spelling.asphttp://wwwedu.ge.ch/cptic/prospective/projets/anglais/

exercises/welcome.htmlhttp://pagesperso-orange.fr/michel.barbot/hotpot/

gramhome.htm549

http://www.chompchomp.com/menu.htmhttp://esl.about.com/od/gramma1/

Intermediate_Level_English_Grammar_for_ESL_Learners.htm

http://eleaston.com/http://englishonline.sites.uol.com.br/http://www.download-esl.com/quizzes.htmlhttp://www.ohiou.edu/esl/english/grammar/activities.htmlhttp://www.perfectyourenglish.com/http://www.perfectyourenglish.com/exercises/grammar-

exercises.htmhttp://odl.vwv.at/english/odlres/res8/Grammar/

grammar.htm

and others

550

CONTENTS

Передмова.........................................1The Noun..........................................3

The Noun (exercises).........................19The Article.......................................40

The Article (exercises)......................48The Adjective ....................................64

The Adjective (exercises)....................74Modal Verbs.......................................93

Can/could....................................93Can/could (exercises)........................95May/might....................................103May/might (exercises)........................104Must, Have to, Be to.........................111Must, Have to, Be to (exercises).............113Dare, Need...................................124Dare, Need (exercises).......................125Shall/should, Ought to.......................131Shall/should, Ought to (exercises)...........133Will/would...................................148Will/would (exercises).......................149General review of all modals.................165

Non-finite Forms of the Verb (Verbals)............172The infinitive...............................172The infinitive (exercises)...................180The Gerund...................................210The Gerund (exercises).......................217The Participle...............................245The Participle (exercises)...................249General review of all verbals................278

Mood..............................................293The Subjunctive Mood..............................293

The Subjunctive Mood (exercises).............301List of Sources...................................360

551